Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia Quaker Lives and Ideals

Home , Aboriginal Tasmanians, Aboriginal Victorians, Avoidance speech, Black War, Bush bread, Mannalargenna

Eva Bischoff Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series

Series Editors Richard Drayton Department of History King’s College London London, UK

Saul Dubow Magdalene College University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK The Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies series is a collection of studies on empires in world history and on the societies and cultures which emerged from colonialism. It includes both transnational, comparative and connective studies, and studies which address where particular regions or nations participate in global phenomena. While in the past the series focused on the British Empire and Commonwealth, in its current incarnation there is no imperial system, period of human history or part of the world which lies outside of its compass. While we particularly welcome the first monographs of young researchers, we also seek major studies by more senior scholars, and welcome collections of essays with a strong thematic focus. The series includes work on politics, economics, culture, literature, science, art, medicine, and war. Our aim is to collect the most exciting new scholarship on world history with an imperial theme.

More information about this series at http://www.palgrave.com/gp/series/13937 Eva Bischoff Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth- Century Australia

Quaker Lives and Ideals Eva Bischoff Department of International History Trier University Trier, Germany

Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series ISBN 978-3-030-32666-1 ISBN 978-3-030-32667-8 (eBook) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8

© The Editor(s) (if applicable) and The Author(s), under exclusive licence to Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2020 This work is subject to copyright. All rights are solely and exclusively licensed by the Publisher, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and transmission or information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed. The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the authors or the editors give a warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any errors or omissions that may have been made. The publisher remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

Cover illustration: Givenworks

This Palgrave Macmillan imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Switzerland AG. The registered company address is: Gewerbestrasse 11, 6330 Cham, Switzerland Acknowledgements

This project was supported by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft within the framework of the project on “Siedlerimperialismus in Nordamerika und Australien: Gouvernementale Ordnungsansätze, Kleinstereignisse und Mikropraktiken an der Frontier in der ersten Hälfte des 19. Jahrhunderts,” a Postdoc Scholarship on “Colonialism & Colonial History” granted by the German Historical Institute London, and a Postdoctoral Fellowship granted by the Martin Buber Society of Fellows in the Humanities and Social Sciences at the Hebrew University Jerusalem. I would like to express my sincere gratitude for the generous support of my research. In addition, I hereby would like to thank all the librarians and archivists across the globe, who supported my research with great competence, end- less patience, and valuable advice. Many of them put in extra hours to assist the travelling historian. This book would be impossible without their dedication and help! I also would like to thank my colleagues at home and abroad for being such supportive and wonderful kindred spirits, especially Ulla Lehmkuhl and Norbert Finzsch. Also, a big shout out to my students in Trier for putting up with my almost constant jet lag and archive- induced absences. And, of course, many thanks to the Incredible Bold!

v Contents

1 Introduction 1

2 Violence and Pacifism: Writing the History of the Anglo- world from Within 9 2.1 Playing Scales or Writing the Microhistory of the Anglo- World 13 2.2 Connecting Research Contexts and Conversations 16 New Imperial History and the British World 16 Settler Colonial Studies 21 Imperial Humanitarianism 24 Genocide Studies 27

3 A Peculiar People: Quakers and the Atlantic World Around 1800 37 3.1 Inner Light and Worldly Matters: Quaker Abolitionism 42 From Germantown to London: Becoming an Abolitionist Movement 44 The Caring Power of Evangelical Quakerism 45 3.2 Strategies of Conflict Resolution: Between Peace Testimony and Diplomacy 49 From Revolutionaries to Law-Abiding Subjects 50 The Lamb’s War and Its Consequences 51

vii viii CONTENTS

Quaker Peace Principles and Settler-Indigenous Relations in Colonial Pennsylvania 54 3.3 A Translocal Community: Quakers and Migration 59 Travelling under Concern: Ministers Abroad 60 Flows of Books and Friendly Affection: The Circulation of Knowledge 63 Friends Overseas: Certificates and Networks 66

4 Quakers in Early Nineteenth-Century Van Diemen’s Land 79 4.1 Those Assembled for Worship and Discipline: Founders of Hobart MM 83 Quakers of Convict Background 92 Free Quaker Settlers 96 4.2 Practices of Belonging: Quaker Identity in the Antipodes 109 Particular Colonists: Everyday Questions of Practising Quakerism 110 Finding a Suitable Companion: Marriage Networks 113 Living in a Masculinist Society: Quaker Men 119 4.3 Transferring the Quaker Way to the Antipodes 122 Establishing a Familiar Discipline: Organisation and Structure 123 Nourishing Minds and Teaching Principles: Quaker Books and Schools 124

5 The Case of James Backhouse and George W. Walker: Quaker Ministers and Colonial Governmentality, 1834 145

6 Being at Home: Van Diemen’s Land as a Quaker Settler Space 159 6.1 Taking the Land: Material Practices and Production of Settler Colonial Knowledge 162 Transforming Palawa Country into Settler Agricultural Space 163 Producing Settler Colonial Knowledge: Botany and Anthropology 173 Settler Architecture: Improving the Land and Building Prestige 177 CONTENTS ix

6.2 Colonial Governance and Quaker Domesticity 180 The Quaker Home and the Vandemonian Penal System 182 The Quaker Home and Cultural Genocide 188

7 The Case of Francis Cotton and George F. Story: Quaker Settlers and the Tasmanian Frontier, 1829–1831 201

8 Removal, Reform, Protection: Building a Humanitarian Empire 217 8.1 Transmissions: Settler Experiences and Humanitarian Discourse 221 Journals and Committees: Quaker Routines 227 Quaker Settler Experiences Converted 229 Establishing the Cornerstones of Humanitarian Discourse 236 Filters and Nets: Transmitting and Connecting Knowledge 238 8.2 Imagined Common Grounds: William Penn in Australia? 241 An Example to Follow: Penn in Humanitarian Discourse 244 Becoming Quaker: Imagining Settler Space|Time in 1830s Van Diemen’s Land 250

9 Tasmanian Lessons: Translation of Quaker Experiences and Concepts, 1836–1843 261 9.1 A Second Pennsylvania? South Australia and Quaker Settlers 266 9.2 A Slender Basis: Quaker Settlers and Aboriginal People 272 Coming in But Staying Out: The Etiquettes of Interaction 274 Local Politics: Between Retaliation and the Prevention of Extinction 280 9.3 South Australian Quaker Voices in Quaker Humanitarian Discourse 289 The Benevolent Coloniser Speaks: John Barton Hack 291 Shifting from Amelioration to Anthropology: William May 299 x Contents

10 Conclusion 315 10.1 Building the Anglo-World from Within 316 10.2 The Benevolent Coloniser 318 10.3 Sounds of Silence or Narrating Genocide the Quaker Way 322

Bibliography 331

Index 387 About the Author

Eva Bischoff teaches International History at Trier University, Germany. Her research interests include Colonial and Imperial History, Postcolonial Studies, Settler Colonial Studies as well as Gender/Queer Studies.

xi Abbreviations

AKJV Authorised (King James) Version of the Bible APS Aborigines Protection Society CEN Census Commission CMS Church Missionary Society CON Convict Department CSO Colonial Secretary’s Office CUS Customs Department DL Dixon Library FHL Friends House Library Gov. Governor HRA Historical Records of Australia IOR Independent Order of Rechabites LMS London Missionary Society LSD Land and Surveys Department Lt. Lieutenant Lt.-Col. Lieutenant-Colonel Lt.-Gov. Lieutenant-Governor MfS Meeting for Sufferings ML Mitchell Library MM Monthly Meeting MP Member of Parliament NL Canberra National Library of Australia, Canberra NSW New South Wales POL Launceston Police PYMIC Indian Committee of the Philadelphia Yearly Meeting QM Quarterly Meeting RGD Registrar-General’s Department

xiii xiv ABBREVIATIONS

RS Royal Society of Tasmania Collection RSA Royal Society of Tasmania SL NSW State Library of New South Wales SL South Australia State Library of South Australia SRSA State Records South Australia TAHO Tasmanian Archives and Heritage Office TUA Tasmania University Archives Utas University of Tasmania VDL Van Diemen’s Land WMS Wesleyan Missionary Society YM Yearly Meeting List of Figures

Fig. 3.1 Edward Hicks, The Peaceable Kingdom (c. 1834). (Oil on Canvas, 74.5 × 90.1 cm, National Gallery of Art, Washington, DC) 55 Fig. 3.2 Benjamin West, The Treaty of Penn with the Indians (1771– 1772). (Oil on Canvas, 190 × 274 cm, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia) 57 Fig. 4.1 Quakers in Australia, 1852–1854. (Frederick Mackie and Robert Lindsey, List of Members of Society of Friends in Australia (1852–1856), n.d., Port 8/1, Friends House Library, London) 85 Fig. 4.2 Quaker migration to Australia before 1862. (William Oats. 1985. Question of Survival: Quakers in Australia in the Nineteenth Century. St. Lucia: University of Queensland University Press, p. 31) 86 Fig. 4.3 Population Tasmania, 1803–1861. (Generated from: Australian Bureau of Statistics. “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” 3105.0.65.001— Australian Historical Population Statistics, 2014: Population Size and Growth, released 18 September 2014, http://www. abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/[email protected]/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.00 12014?OpenDocument, last access 20 January 2017) 87 Fig. 4.4 Female population Tasmania, 1803–1861 (in per cent). (Generated from: Australian Bureau of Statistics. “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” 3105.0.65.001—Australian Historical Population Statistics, 2014: Population Size and Growth, released 18

xv xvi LIST OF FIGURES

September 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@. nsf/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014?OpenDocument, last access 20 January 2017) 88 Fig. 4.5 Members and persons connected to the Religious Society of Friends, Hobart, 20 September 1833. (Generated from: Society of Friends, Records of Hobart Regional Meeting, Minute Books Hobart Monthly Meetings (20 September 1833–3 December 1857), S 1/A/1, Vol. 1 (1833–1835), 20 September 1833, pp. 9–10, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 91 Fig. 4.6 Francis Cotton (1801–1883) and Anna Maria Cotton (1800– 1882, née Tilney). (Photographs, Special and Rare Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 97 Fig. 4.7 George Fordyce Story (1800–1885). (Photograph, George Fordyce Story seated in Garden, Tasmania, c. 1850–1855, Special and Rare Materials Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 100 Fig. 4.8 Kelvedon (“F. Cotton”), 1839. (Detail from: George Frankland. 1839. This Map of Van Diemen’s Land, is Dedicated to the Land Holders of the Colony. London: J. Cross. Map coloured, mounted on linen, 128 × 83 cm, Special Collections MAP F 862, National Library of Australia, Canberra) 101 Fig. 4.9 (a) Sarah Benson Walker (1812–1893, née Mather) and (b) George Washington Walker (1800–1859). (Photographs, Special and Rare Materials Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 102 Fig. 4.10 Marriage Connections between the May, Coleman, Cotton, and Mather Families. (Data collated from: Marjorie and William Oats. 1982. “A Biographical Index of Quakers in Australia before 1862”, Hobart, pp. 62–63, 69–72, 166–67, 271–72) 114 Fig. 6.1 Police districts and military posts, 1826. (Lyndall Ryan. 2012. Tasmanian Aborigines: A History Since 1803. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin, p. 81) 166 Fig. 6.2 Oyster Bay Nation. (Lyndall Ryan. 2012. Tasmanian Aborigines: A History Since 1803. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin, p. 19) 167 Fig. 6.3 Layout of garden at Kelvedon, April 1831. (Detail from: Farm Memoranda (April 1830–February 1831), Francis Cotton and Family Papers, DX 19/B/22, entry 14 April 1831, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 168 Fig. 6.4 Rocky Hills Grant and Leases, c. 1850s–1860s. (Francis Cotton and Family Papers, DX 19/A/12, 1, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 171 List of Figures xvii

Fig. 6.5 Artefacts of Story Collection (Postcard). (Papers relating to George F. Story’s career in Van Diemen’s Land and copied extracts from his journal, Crowther Library, CRO.P610.92 STO, Tasmanian Archives and Heritage Office, Hobart) 176 Fig. 6.6 Frederick Mackie, Kelvedon, Francis Cotton’s (1853). (Lithograph: 10.2 × 12 cm, Rex Nan Kivell Collection, MS 9947, National Library of Australia, Canberra) 178 Fig. 6.7 Frederick Mackie, Kelvedon, Swan Port, Francis Cotton’s Residence (1853). (Lithograph: 20 × 19.8 cm, Rex Nan Kivell Collection, MS 9947, National Library of Australia, Canberra) 179 Fig. 7.1 Governor Davey’s (actually Governor Arthur) Proclamation to the Aborigines, 1816 (actually c.1828–30). (Oil painting on Huon Pine board, 35.7 × 22.6 × 1 cm, SAFE/R24, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney) 203 Fig. 8.1 Quaker committees and their members’ activity in the APS, 1831–1840. (Data collated from: Records of the Meeting for Suffering, Minutes (1700–1857), Vol. 43 (1823–1831), 30 May 1831, p. 634; Vol. 44 (1831–1839), 2 September 1831, p. 15, 17 November 1832, pp. 91–92, 3 January 1834, p. 172, 5 June 1837, p. 394, 7 July 1837, pp. 419–20; Vol. 45 (1840– 1848), 7 August 1840, p. 48, Friends House Library, London; Aborigines Protection Society. 1838. First Annual Report. Presented at the Meeting in Exeter Hall, May 16th, 1838. London: P. White & Son, front matter) 223 Fig. 9.1 Migration to South Australia, 1836–1857. (Douglas Pike. 1967. Paradise of Dissent. South Australia 1829–1857. London: Melbourne University Press, p. 517) 265 Fig. 9.2 Aboriginal “visits” at Fairfield, Mt. Barker, 1844. (Data collated from: Letters Margaret May to Maria Morris in 1844, May and Coleman Families, 1839–1906, PRG 131/2/2–3, State Library of South Australia, Adelaide) 276 CHAPTER 1

Introduction

Dazed by the bright sunlight and a twenty-six-hour flight I am standing in the centre of modern-day Sydney facing a monument. Made from sand- stone, it brings together three silhouettes, carved into the material, leaving three moulds behind. The stone panels lean together and form a walkable triptych, one of the most prominent forms in Christian pictorial tradition. It is called “First Impressions” and was unveiled in 1979. Commissioned from the artist Bud Dumas by the Sydney Cove Redevelopment Authority, and supported by the Fellowship of First Fleeters, it was erected to com- memorate the first generation of immigrants to the continent. It depicts the founding mothers and fathers of white Australia: the soldiers, convicts, and settler families that lived in or close to the area the memorial is standing in today. In colonial times this area was known as “The Rocks,” the commercial hub of the city infamous for its debauchery and high crime rates. The triptych marks the end of the 1970s struggle of a group of local residents against an aggressive redevelopment scheme who proudly referred to their ancestry reaching as far back as the 1800s. It also stands at the beginning of the burgeoning interest in Australian convict history, which today celebrates tremendous successes, especially economically. The Port Arthur Historic Site, which is one of eleven UNESCO World Heritage sites across Australia, received more than 300,000 visitors in 2014/15 alone.1 Celebrating the resilience and assertiveness of European immigrants, the monument does not depict those who already lived in the area when

© The Author(s) 2020 1 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_1 2 E. BISCHOFF the British arrived in 1788: the Gadigal people, the traditional owners of this land, whose resilience and adaptability are similarly impressive, if not more so. Facing unknown diseases, confronted with strangers who aggres- sively transformed the ecological conditions by introducing new species and new forms of land usage, the Gadigal survived and their descendants lived and continued to live in Sydney until today. Their story, as that of many other Aboriginal people in Australia, had not been told in academic historiography until the late twentieth century and is not as easily embraced by the general Australian public as the nation’s convict past.2 Colonial violence and genocide, Aboriginal dispossession and “Stolen Generations” stand at the heart of a (by now cold but still very powerful) “history war” in which scholars, activists, and politicians struggle to establish a hegemonic version of the nation’s (post)colonial memory. As such, this controversy is a deeply political one: After the end of the “White Australia Policy,” the country transformed into a multicultural society. Yet, confronted with a tenacious Aboriginal rights movement, it still struggles to come to terms with its settler past.3 As a German historian trained in the aftermath of another “Historikerstreit” which had focused on the evaluation and interpretation of genocidal Nazi policies, but one who is also interested in colonial history, the void left by the Sydney monument strikes a chord with me that is strangely familiar, or unheimlich.4 For many decades, the critical investigation and processing of Nazi Fascism took precedence in (West) German historiography. Colonial history, though closely intertwined with the development of Nazi extermination policies and the expansionist war in Eastern Europe, was clouded by the notion that the colonial encounter had only a negligible impact on German society as a whole.5 Until today, activists struggle to integrate German colonial history into public discourse.6 Sensitised by the cognitive dissonance resulting from these uncanny dis/similarities, an outsider’s view on current Australian historiography reveals that until very recently, soldiers, convicts, settlers, and Aboriginal Australians did not share the same disciplinary space.7 Instead, their histories were divided into separate areas or departments, social history on the one hand and anthropology or Aboriginal Studies on the other, mirroring the traditional colonial separation between “people without history” and “proper” history, namely the history of European men.8 Interestingly, both strands of scholarly research refer to the same place about 1000 kilo- metres southwest of Sydney: the island of Tasmania, in colonial times 1 INTRODUCTION 3 known as Van Diemen’s Land (VDL). Here, the encounter between settlers and Indigenous people culminated in a short, yet violent, war and the genocide of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people. Their fate constituted the spectre of imperial expansion throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.9 Herbert G. Wells, to name one of many examples, wrote in War of the Worlds (first published in 1898):

we must remember what ruthless and utter destruction our own species has wrought, not only upon animals, such as the vanished bison and the dodo, but upon its own inferior races. The Tasmanians, in spite of their human likeness, were entirely swept out of existence in a war of extermination waged by European immigrants, in the space of fifty years.10

The colonial war against Aboriginal Tasmanians was part of Raphaël Lemkin’s deliberations on the modern history of genocide in the 1940s.11 His thoughts were, in turn, informed by a particular string of settler colonial discourse to which members of the Religious Society of Friends, also known as Quakers, had contributed to in a decisive manner.12 As such, local Tasmanian Aboriginal history is deeply embedded in global discourses about the interconnectedness of imperial expansion and the physical and/or cultural annihilation of Indigenous peoples. Their fate also stands at the centre of Australian national debates, namely the aforementioned “history war,” since one of its protagonists, Keith Windschuttle, attempted to disavow the genocidal impact of European settlement on Australian Indigenous peoples.13 His thesis has been refuted expertly and repeatedly.14 His challenge, however, stimulated an even deeper engagement with the primary material available. As a result, scholars today know more about Aboriginal-settler relations in early nineteenth-century Tasmania than ever before.15 Not far from the triptych monument on Playfair Street, on 17 November 1836, a young convict named Abraham Davy found “two New Zealanders lying without shelter in a yard, exposed to the rain, and very ill.” He acted immediately and “obtained medical assistance for them.” Alas, only one of the two Maori men lived; the other “died before morning.” The survivor was offered a place at the local “benevolent Asylum, to which, however, he declined going.”16 Davy, born in 1809 to a Quaker family, had been transported to VDL in 1831 for theft and embezzlement.17 Rediscovering his faith in prison, he arrived in the colony a changed man. When he met James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, two Quaker ministers, 4 E. BISCHOFF in 1832, he became strongly attached to them and their mission “to visit in the love of the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Inhabitants of the British Colonies and Settlement, in New Holland, Van Diemens [sic] Land, and South Africa.”18 He was assigned to Backhouse as his “servant” in 1836 and accompanied him on his journey through New South Wales (NSW) and back to VDL.19 The penal colony’s Lieutenant-Governor (Lt.- Gov.) himself had prompted this transfer to remove him from wardens, masters, and fellow convicts, who would be inconsiderate to his religious sentiments and thus inhibit his moral improvement. Davy’s spontaneous act of compassion exemplifies that Europeans and Indigenous peoples interacted in many different ways and spaces, following more than one agenda and to varying results. A short glimpse of his background also indicates that violence and suffering were part of everyday life in the colonies, affecting the lives of all human beings on various levels. This study reconstructs a section of this multilayered history by focusing on the everyday life of the members of the protestant congregation Abraham Davy belonged to: the Religious Society of Friends. Quakers have been part of the Australasian colonial project from its very beginning.20 Many of them arrived as convicts; others immigrated as free settlers, forming a socially diverse but nevertheless tightly knit group. In contrast to the first Quaker colonists who went to North America, the Quakers that went for Australia neither emigrated in groups nor were endowed with a particularly strong sense of community. Australian Friends gradually formed new congregations, establishing new social bonds while sometimes (especially in the case of ex-convicts) shedding the old. As colonisers, voluntarily or involuntarily, their everyday actions contributed to the network of micro-level practices which slowly but continuously displaced and annihilated Indigenous communities. Simultaneously, early nineteenth-century Quakers were members of a religious community characterised by pacifism and the unwavering activism of its members in world-encompassing humanitarian efforts, namely the abolitionist and the prison reform movements. Previous research has demonstrated the decisive role members of the Religious Society of Friends have played in establishing and maintaining these networks and discourses.21 The reconstruction of their role in the colonies, however, has been neglected in scholarly debates so far. Existing studies on the history of Quakerism in Australasia concentrate on the development of single communities,22 particular individuals,23 or reconstruct the history of Quaker institutions such as the Friends’ School in 1 INTRODUCTION 5

Hobart.24 There are only two publications in existence today that provide an overview of the history of Australian Quakerism: Charles Stevenson’s With an Unhurried Pace, published in 1973, and William N. Oats’ A Question of Survival, published in 1985.25 Typically, these studies operate within the national paradigm and neglect Australasian connections, as do their counterparts looking at the history of Friends in Aotearoa/New Zealand.26 Although invaluable due to their eye for detail and insight into Quaker networks, their insiders’ perspective, and, at times, open adoration of Quaker settlers as pioneers, these studies stand at odds with early twenty-first-century historiography and its critical stance on the settler imperial invasion of the continent, its more impartial view on convict history, and its interest in transimperial or global networks. In contrast to these traditional studies on Quakerism in Australia, I am interested in the ways and means by which the mundane lives, the everyday experiences and practices of Quakers in the Australian colonies were integrated into the global humanitarian discourses on penal reform and the civilisation and protection of Aboriginal people on the one hand and the processes of settler imperialism on the other. My investigation follows a set of interrelated questions: What were the everyday, micro-practices of white settler society, which Quakers condoned or participated in that contributed to the genocidal processes of settler imperial expansion? In which ways did Friends try to implement their pacifist and humanitarian values into their daily lives? Did their local experiences shape the articulation of global humanitarian discourses in turn? And if so, how? How did the knowledge of Quaker involvement in earlier or other (ongoing) colonial projects influence their actions? What role did the particularities of the Australian colonial situation, namely its status and organisation as a convict colony, play in this context? In order to answer these questions, I examine a multiplicity of sources, which fall into three larger categories. The first group consists of administrative documents and records of the Vandemonian colonial administration, including official correspondence of high- or low-ranking colonial administrators, land deeds, ledger books, reports, passenger lists, and convict records at the Tasmanian Archives and Heritage Office of Tasmania (TAHO), Hobart. In addition to documents of the colonial administration, this study draws upon the official records of the Religious Society of Friends in Britain, including the minutes of the organisation’s administrative committee (the Meeting for Sufferings, MfS) as well as a number of its subcommittees (e.g. the Continental Committee). These are 6 E. BISCHOFF

complemented by their reports to the London Yearly Meeting and the epistles, circulars, addresses, and letters circulating amongst these institutions and their members, all of them preserved in the Library of the Religious Society of Friends (also Friends House Library, FHL), London. Non-governmental documents form the empirical centrepiece of my analysis. They comprise of a set of private papers from Quaker families who migrated to the Australasian colonies at the beginning of the nineteenth century. Donated by their descendants to public institutions such as the Morris Miller Library of the University of Tasmania (Utas), Hobart (where they form the Quaker special collection in conjunction with the records of the Tasmanian Quaker community), or the State Library of South Australia (SL South Australia), Adelaide, these documents range from diaries, business records, and farm journals to children’s common place books. Most of all, however, these collections of historical documents preserve the private letters of Quaker settlers, namely of the Cotton, Mather, and May families. The contents as well as the existence of these private collections reflect the middle-class background of these families and the significant amount of cultural capital these men and women carried with them. This results in a double class bias: As members of a protestant congregation, which at the beginning of the nineteenth century was strongly influenced by the evangelical imperative to “keep record” of their personal lives,27 they diligently noted down their daily activities in diary form or in a series of letters directed to friends, relatives, or fellow Quakers.28 These people left a strong and varied paper trail. In contrast to Crown prisoners, whose history in VDL can often be reconstructed only through the condescending eyes and pens of their middle-class brethren or the cold stare of administrative records, the memory and documents of these Quakers have been cherished and preserved because they were free settlers. All these materials, governmental and non-governmental alike, have their own particularities, silences, and idiosyncrasies. Most notably, they all originate from a situation coloniale and are structured by unequal relationships of power. In her study “Colonial Archives and the Arts of Governance,” Laura Ann Stoler argues that scholars “should view archives not as sites of knowledge retrieval, but of knowledge production.”29 Accordingly, Stoler encourages us to read not “against” but Along the Archival Grain and focus on its characteristics and the productivity. Stoler refers in her work explicitly to the archive as an institution and identifies it as not only a repository but also a technology of the imperial state, a 1 INTRODUCTION 7 means to regulate and control the colonised and the coloniser.30 In my investigation, I will apply her suggestion to read “along the grain” also to other, non-governmental documents, combining the evaluation of a source’s content with the analysis of its structure, the relationships of power that pervade it, and its productivity in both synchronic and diachronic dimensions.

Notes 1. On 31 July 2010, eleven Australian Convict Sites were inscribed on the UNESCO World Heritage List (“Australian Convict Sites,” Australian Government, Department of the Environment and Energy, http://www. environment.gov.au/heritage/places/world/convict-sites, last access 20 January 2017). Visitors’ numbers retrieved from “Annual Report 2014– 15,” 12, Port Arthur History Sites, http://portarthur.org.au/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2007/03/PArthur-Annual-Report-2014-15.pdf, last access 20 January 2017. 2. Rolls 2010. On Sydney’s Aboriginal history see: Attenbrow 2010. 3. Macintyre and Clark 2003; Bonnell and Crotty 2004; Goodall 2008. 4. Augstein et al. 1987; Barta 2001. 5. Conrad 2002, p. 148; Eckert and Wirz 2002, pp. 374–75. Complexities of the relationship between Holocaust, expansion in Eastern Europe, and colonial genocide(s) still not fully explored. For a window into the most recent debates, see Kühne 2013 and Fitzpatrick 2016. 6. One of many examples is the initiative to rename the streets of the so-called “Afrikaviertel” (“African quarter”) in Berlin: Kopp 2016. 7. One of the very few exceptions to this rule: Harman 2012. 8. Wolf 2010. 9. Lawson 2014a. 10. Wells 1991, p. 3. 11. Curthoys 2005 and Lemkin 2005b. 12. “Quaker” was originally a derogative term bestowed upon members of the sect by a magistrate during prosecution in 1647. It was soon appropriated by Friends, who turned the intended insult into an honorific indicating their fear of God. Early Quakers called themselves “Children of the Light.” The self-designation “Religious Society of Friends” was first mentioned in 1665 (Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 57, 45, 307). 13. Windschuttle 2003, pp. 2–3. 14. Manne 2003; Ryan 2012. 15. Johnston and Rolls 2008b, p. 14. 16. Backhouse 1838d, p. 26. The text does not mention the names of the two Maori men involved. 8 E. BISCHOFF

17. Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 82–84. 18. “Certificates of James Backhouse and George Washington Walker,” in: Backhouse 1843, pp. i–v, i (quote). 19. Backhouse 1838c, p. 67. 20. The Quaker Joseph Banks was employed as a botanist on James Cook’s Endeavour (voyages 1768–1771), hence participating in the explorative journey that would supply crucial intelligence in deciding for Australia as location for convict settlement (Banks 1998). 21. Edmonds 2012; Laidlaw 2004, 2007. 22. Evans and Evans 1982; Bennett et al. 2007; Stevenson 1987. 23. Morphett 1943; Durrant and Hack 2013; Oats 1981; Northcott 1978; Walker 1968; Cotton 1987. 24. Oats 1979. 25. Stevenson 1973, 2000; Oats 1985. The study derived from the author’s doctoral thesis (Oats 1982). He also prepared, in collaboration with his wife Marjorie, the “Biographical Index of Quakers in Australia before 1862” (Oats and Oats 1982). 26. West and Fawell 1973; Brodie and Brodie 1993, 1999. 27. Davidoff and Hall 1997, p. 88. 28. The most prominent examples in the collections at hand are the letters exchanged between Francis Cotton and his son-in-law Joseph Benson Mather (TUA, DX 20/2088-2106). Considering these and other collections, it is important to keep in mind that the majority of them were not emigrants’ letters, that is, communications to relatives of friends left behind, which form the basis for many classic studies of migration history. See for example Jones 1973, p. 16; Elliott et al. 2006. 29. Stoler 2002, p. 87. 30. Ibid., pp. 1–53. CHAPTER 2

Violence and Pacifism: Writing the History of the Anglo-world from Within

The first official Quaker meeting in the Australasian colonies was established in Hobart on 20 September 1833. Abraham Davy joined on 4 April 1834.1 He sat in silent worship among businessmen and housewives, merchants and pastoralist farmers, a medical doctor, and travelling Quaker ministers. Some of them arrived, like him, as Crown prisoners, others as free immigrants. As members of a dissident religious group, they all belonged to a small minority among those convicts and settlers that came to Van Diemen’s Land (VDL) in the 1820s.2 This study focuses on this group of people. Their experiences were “normal exceptions,” that is, sta- tistically speaking, not representative; but these people and their experiences nevertheless provide an entry point to investigate the interconnectedness of local practices and global processes, all of which shaped and structured the face of the British imperial world at the beginning of the nineteenth century.3 Geographically speaking, my investigation concentrates on early nineteenth-century VDL and South Australia between the late 1820s and early 1850s. It examines a critical phase in the British imperial project, namely the nodal point between the “Old Colonial System” of the Atlantic world and the so-called “Second British Empire,” characterised by “the massive expansion of British dominion” and the emergence “of techniques of governance” which by some scholars are considered the “origin of contemporary international order.”4 However, in order to reconstruct the entangled histories of Quaker everyday lives, my study also transgresses

© The Author(s) 2020 9 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_2 10 E. BISCHOFF these immediate temporal and geographical boundaries. It adopts different historical perspectives in terms of width and length, zooming in and out as it were (jeux d’échelles),5 and combines them to capture the complexities of the topic at hand. The study begins with mapping the social, religious, political, and economic location of early nineteenth-century Tasmanian Quaker settlers (Chap. 3). For many individuals among them, this was the first encounter with the Antipodes. On a community level, however, Quakers maintained a collective memory of transatlantic migratory movements and cherished these experiences as part of their identity. As such, Friends arrived on the island with a particular mindset, expectations, and an established set of practices which structured their everyday lives in the colony. It characterises the Religious Society of Friends as a translocal community which emerged as part and parcel of the British Atlantic, but which also set the organisational and mental framework for Friends in nineteenth-century Australia. As a result, this section adopts a perspective of longue durée, considering seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Quaker history along the Atlantic Rim. Chapters 3, 4, and 5 concentrate on the Tasmanian Quaker community and explore the form and structure of the Quaker community VDL: how its members changed the colony and how (and in which ways) they were changed in turn. Chapter 4 gives an overview of the Quaker community in Tasmania, its social composition, and its internal differentiation along the lines of social categories such as gender and free/unfree status. The fifth chapter complements the enquiry of everyday Quaker life in the colony with a case study, zooming in two central actors, the travelling ministers James Backhouse and George Washington Walker. It examines how the teachings of these Quaker ministers helped to devise, strengthen, and maintain a specific type of colonial governance. In doing so, it juxta- poses the reconstruction of Quaker everyday practices with the analysis of the impact itinerant Quaker migrants had on the colony. Just like Chap. 6, it discusses Friends’ practices and interventions in relation to key characteristics of early nineteenth-century Quakerism, namely domesticity, the “caring power” exercised by Quaker men and women, and its evangelical tenets. Chapter 6 investigates the everyday life of Quakers in 1830s and 1840s VDL in close detail. It focuses on the Quaker home as a socio-ecological space and illuminates the manifold and intricate ways in which Friends’ lives were intertwined with the settler colonial project on two levels: by 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 11 annexing and transforming Aboriginal land into a part of the imperial economic system and by establishing and maintaining a hierarchically structured, gendered, and racialised settler society. It shows that, apart from the voluntary or involuntary participation in the dispossession of the Aboriginal population, an important part of this life was interaction with transported convicts. Chapter 7 again zooms in on two historical actors, namely the settlers Francis Cotton and George Fordyce Story. This second case study reconstructs the practices and experiences of key members of the Tasmanian Quaker community during the “Black War” and considers their actions and decisions in the light of Quaker pacifism. After the detailed reconstruction of Tasmanian Quaker settler experiences, the study shifts its perspective to investigate how these local experiences influenced imperial humanitarian discourses, colonial policies as well as the lives of other Australian Quaker settlers. Chapter 8 examines the relationship between Quaker experiences at the colonial Tasmanian frontier and the world-encompassing humanitarian debates during the 1830s and 1840s. It traces the lines of communication along which these experiences were translated into imperial humanitarian discourse. It demonstrates the key role of established Quaker networks and organisational structures in this process and it considers the gaps and silences created along the way. Building on these results, Chap. 9 discusses how this discourse influenced Quaker notions of settlerism on the one hand and Quaker self- concepts on the other. By looking at the example of South Australia and its emerging Quaker community, I study the double impact of the Tasmanian Quaker experience, as it was perceived by Friends in Britain, on abstract and on a practical level. In addition, I demonstrate how South Australian Quaker voices, well versed in contemporary humanitarian thinking, in turn informed metropolitan debates, and thereby created a discursive feedback loop. Thus, following the metal maps of early nineteenth-century Quakers, their travels as well as their writings, my investigation travels from seventeenth-century Pennsylvania to nineteenth-century South Australia. It reveals those political, religious, social, and economic connections and practices that created the “Anglo-world” as a space or espace, to use a term coined by Michel de Certeau.6 In this manner, I put microhistorical flesh on the bones of Belich’s macro-historical concept, an endeavour whose undertaking has been called for repeatedly.7 12 E. BISCHOFF

Violence and contemporary notions thereof stand at the centre of the material I am investigating. Colonial administrators, politicians, humanitarians, and settlers constantly argued about violence, contested its exercise, its goals and limits. As a result concepts of violence not only varied but also changed over the course of time. In reconstructing the everyday life of Quaker settlers in colonial Australia, I trace these changes. Consequently I regard violence as neither an analytical category nor an anthropological constant, but instead an inherent trait of the human species, that is, a social phenomenon with its own history.8 Whether or not meting out cane strokes on a child, for instance, constitutes a legitimate disciplinary measure or abuse depends on historical and cultural context. Moreover, not every person involved will agree on the same set of principles. As anthropologists Nancy Scheper-Hughes and Philippe Bourgois have argued, “violence is in the eye of the beholder. What constitutes violence is always mediated by an expressed or implicit dichotomy between legitimate/illegitimate, permissible or sanctioned acts.”9 Which act is (or is not) considered violent is always contested. This perspective does not deny the existence of acts that inflict physical or psychological trauma or even killing. Instead, I consider colonial settler violence “part of the normative fabric of social and political life” while acknowledging that the boundary between those who were allowed to exert violence and those who were legitimately subjected to it was crucial in establishing colonial order.10 By adhering to pacifist principles and humanitarian values, Quakers questioned methods and approaches of British colonialism, but not necessarily the exertion of violence—for example, in self-defence or by representative of the government itself.11 At the same time if not caused by the abuse of power, individual suffering from a Quaker perspective could entail a spiritual dimension that had to be embraced to allow for personal growth.12 Thus, it is crucial to determine Quaker notions of normality and the threshold between the exertion of legitimate and illegitimate use of force. As such, violence and pacifism is not a pair of binary concepts along which my analysis will progress, but a part of the object of my historical investigation. I will determine their meaning and relationship to each other pragmatically and inductively, following a microhistorical approach which I will outline in the section below. Opening up a window into everyday Quaker lives and experiences in early nineteenth-century VDL and its “entangled history” in the manner described above rests upon a particular set of primary sources.13 This study also harnesses methodological considerations about the interconnectedness 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 13 of local and global processes and the ways and means to analyse this connection. In addition, my analysis connects to ongoing historiographical debates on the role of British emigration to the colonies, the relationship between settler colonialism and genocide as well as to global humanitarian movements at the beginning of the nineteenth century. I will briefly introduce all three of these aspects before progressing to the study’s main chapters.

2.1 Playing Scales or Writing the Microhistory of the Anglo-World How to write the history of everyday Quaker lives and its relation to a world-encompassing process such as the emergence of the Anglo-world? What is the relationship between the local and the global? In answering these questions, I take a cue from some of the methodological considerations put forward by scholars who work in Atlantic history, transnational or global history. These historians argue that microhistorical analysis provides for a deeply reflected and multilayered reconstruction of interconnected processes that constitute the local, the regional, and the global.14 Microhistorians have rarely “outlined a uniform and coherent theory,”15 yet some of them have attempted to summarise their approach, most prominently the Italian historian Giovanni Levi. Microhistory, according to Levi, includes four steps: first, the detailed and systematic analyses of the actions and behaviour of historical actors. Secondly, and by proceeding from the findings of step one, the reconstruction of the social relationships of the historical figures being studied, as well as their roles and the structures they created and were involved in. Thirdly, microhistory entails critical reflection on the narrative structure of both the historical material itself, but also the form in which scholars present their findings. Here, particular emphasis is placed on tracing discontinuities, omissions, and ruptures. Fourth, and most importantly in the context of the respective research problem at hand, microhistory includes the so-called “play with scales.”16 Starting from the premise that each scale will allow for a different aspect of a phenomenon to become accessible for historical consideration, microhistorians suggest combining a multiplicity of perspectives in a play of scales, a jeux d’échelles (Revel).17 Scholars have to choose wisely, as Brad Gregory argues, with regard to potential applications of microhistory and global history: 14 E. BISCHOFF

it is a mistake to hand someone an architectural blueprint if he or she wants to drive to another city. The key is knowing which map we need in a particular instance, and how to combine harmoniously maps of different scales.18

Taking seriously the microhistorical methodological approach Revel’s play of scales relies upon requires an even more careful course of action than what Gregory proposes. Instead of choosing a map or scale offhand to cut the historical material into pieces that fit conveniently into a pre- decided narrative, that is, to play the role of a builder, we have to carve out those social practices that constituted the mental maps and lived spaces of the historical actors in the first place (i.e. be an artist or sculptor). In other words, just as we reconstruct their social relationships, we have to retrace how they created these spaces in their various temporal and geographical dimensions.19 It is therefore paramount to accept the critical potential of microhistory—namely, its ability to question grand narratives—while not abusing it for injecting “global themes, mostly read through a biographical lens, into microhistorical narrative,” as Francesca Trivellato has pointed out.20 This constitutes an ambitious research programme, which relies on a form of reflexivity, which Michael Werner and Bénédicte Zimmermann have described in developing their concept of histoire croisée.21 In addition to the two traditional approaches of transnational history (as well of global and imperial histories we might want to add), namely comparison and reconstructions of transfers, Werner and Zimmermann propose to employ an “investigative mechanism in which the objects, categories, and analytical schemes are adjusted in the course of research” called “pragmatic induction.”22 This methodology aims specifically at tracing entanglements from synchronic and diachronic perspectives. It also involves rigorous reflection on not only the mental maps, notions, and world views of the historical actors, but also on the historian’s “concepts and analytical instruments.” Microhistorical methodology thus recognises concepts and analytical instruments “as the result of a complex process of intercrossing in which national and disciplinary traditions have been amalgamated in varying configurations, and to reintroduce the corresponding viewpoints into the inquiry.”23 Writing as a historian trained in the aftermath of twentieth- century German “history war” with a background in German colonial history becomes thus not only a third (or outsider) position,24 but a resource in the process of historical enquiry in its own right. A short 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 15

reflection on one of the central terms of Settler Colonial Studies—the concept of the “frontier”—helps clarify this. The notion of the colonial “frontier” has structured scholarly research since Frederick Jackson Turner gave his presentation to the American Historical Society in 1893.25 On a figurative level, it is imagined as a line separating wilderness and civilisation, the latter driven forward by each step the settlers took as depicted in John Gast’s famous painting American Progress (1872).26 It also entails a “teleological expectation of irreversible transformation.”27 As a result “frontier” can also be regarded as mode of self- description of settler societies. Numerous studies of US colonial history (and other colonial contexts) have demonstrated that this reductionist notion of the “frontier” can only be called fictitious.28 Scholars have repeatedly argued that the colonial encounter can be more accurately described by referring to the spatial metaphor of the “contact zone.”29 In settler colonies this zone encompassed, geographically speaking, an area in which newcomers and Indigenous people unevenly shared resources. Temporally speaking, as we will see with regard to the history of VDL, this zone was also a fragile, in hindsight transitory, state (“pre-frontier”) in which colonists and Aboriginal people exchanged knowledge and formed social bonds by trade and/or marriage.30 However the concept of the “frontier” is not only an analytical category, inapt as it might be. On a narrative level, the term is described as a third, transitional state between the old and the new home—a “phase made up in succession by entrance into a district, battling the land, community building, and, eventually, by the ‘closing in’ of the frontier.”31 Nineteenth-century settler discourse reverberates with these notions, and the “frontier” is part of a common cultural heritage of the settler societies of the Anglo-world. This last aspect, the imaginative potential of the term “frontier,” is most prominent from the aforementioned outsider perspective. It extended well beyond the Anglophone world and inspired other colonial projects. German colonial discourse, characterised by a “fantas- magorical mode,” the result of a brief active phase in relation to a long pre- and postcolonial situation, was particularly receptive to its possibilities.32 Taking all these considerations into account I use the term “frontier” in the following chapters as shorthand to mean a multilayered, complex, and shifting contact zone. 16 E. BISCHOFF

2.2 Connecting Research Contexts and Conversations History is, to borrow an analogy from Natalie Zemon Davis, a conversation between “at least two persons talking, arguing, always listening to the other as they gesture[d] at their books.”33 This study is part of many conversations. It connects to four distinct, yet interrelated, debates or fields of research: New Imperial History, Settler Colonial Studies, the history of humanitarianism, and Genocide Studies. The following chapters draw on the results of these research areas to different degrees and intensities. The findings of this study, in turn, contribute to each of them from the peculiar insider|outsider perspective characterised above, listening to the echoes of the eerily familiar questions of violence and historical responsibility.

New Imperial History and the British World Imperial history has been a burgeoning field of research for more than two decades. Inspired by postcolonial critique and a growing interest in the historical relationship between imperialism and globalisation, a rich and continuously growing body of literature emerged.34 Some scholars even speak of an “imperial” or “colonial turn” cutting through multiple national histories almost simultaneously.35 The history of the British Empire has undergone a particularly turbulent transformation in this respect. Following and building upon earlier studies of British popular culture, a New Imperial History developed, investigating the impact of imperialism not only on the colonised, but on the colonisers themselves.36 This New Imperial History is prominently known for the ensuing debate on British “absent mindedness” in contrast to the deep entanglement of British society with the imperial project.37 Yet New Imperial History offers many additional insights beyond the question to what extent Britain, its society and culture were infused with imperialist discourse or colonial commodi- ties. With regard to the investigation of the history of Quaker settlers in early nineteenth-century Australia these include two aspects in particular, namely the relationship between religion and empire and the emigration of British citizens to the colonies. The former has been investigated within the Atlantic world as well as beyond. Since the Religious Society of Friends was, from the time of its foundation, part and parcel of the British Atlantic, my study benefits greatly from these investigations. They allow me to take a perspective of 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 17 the longue durée on the history of Quakerism as well as reveal the link between religion and colonialism,38 which, in turn, brings the multiple transformations of Quaker faith and practice into view. Focusing on nineteenth-century history, I am also deeply indebted to Hilary Carey’s study Religion and Colonialism in the British World.39 Quakers, as I discuss in the following chapters, did not establish missionary stations of their own in Australasia. Yet their activities, especially those of so-called ministers “travelling under concern,” were closely intertwined with missionary networks. The latter provided crucial material and intellectual support to travelling Quaker ministers, who sought to uplift the inhabitants of the Australasian colonies morally and ended up supporting contemporary efforts to protect the Indigenous populations of the British Empire from settler brutality. To explore these connections, I draw on a set of publications that focus on the role of missionaries and their ambiguous roles as colonial collaborators on the one hand and enablers of cultural resilience and anti-colonial struggle on the other—a field of research that has flour- ished ever since Jean and John Comaroff’s study on colonial Southern Africa.40 With regard to Australian history, Anna Johnston’s work on missionary discourse and Jessie Mitchell’s pioneering investigation into missionary work in Australia provide important signposts.41 Missionaries (and religious humanitarians for that matter) were organised in world-encompassing, imperial networks, as eminent scholars such as Cathrine Hall, Alan Lester, and Tony Ballantyne have demonstrated.42 Their investigations show that “the British empire was a dynamic web-like formation, a complex and shifting assemblage of connections” that ran not only between the metropole and what is often described as periphery but “directly between the colonies.”43 Generally speaking, analyses of imperial networks reconstruct the impact of colonialism on culture and society of the mother country, thereby liquefying the categories of metropole and periphery. As a result, this approach demonstrates how these “entanglements, […] wove previously disparate groups into new relationships of interdependence.”44 Tracing networks, be they familial or economic, is also increasingly employed by researchers interested in the complexities of the British Empire. Emma Rothschild’s account of the intricate history of the Johnstones siblings is one of the primary examples of this genre.45 Others focus more on individuals whose lives transcended national boundaries by (forced) migration, trade, or vocational choice.46 They follow a narrative which disrupts established dichotomies, for instance the one between 18 E. BISCHOFF

colonisers and colonised.47 Yet, this approach, especially when focusing on one individual biography, implies its own risks: larger or far-reaching processes and structures move out of focus. Conceptually, biographies rest on a modern European concept of the individual and its identity (and one that emerged in the time period studied here), an approach which favours continuity and coherence over discontinuities, ruptures, or nonlineari- ties.48 This characteristic becomes especially problematic if individual stories are employed merely as a device to illustrate historical phenomena.49 Nevertheless, these studies provide important insights into how to employ microhistorical tools for a deeply reflected and multilayered reconstruction of interconnected processes that constituted the local, the regional, and the global. Reconstructing business or kinship networks also provides an important tool for many historians interested in the history of migration within the circumference of the Empire and the emergence of a “British World.” The systematic investigation of this conceptualisation of the British World originates from a series of conferences, the first of which were held in 1998 and 2002 in London and Cape Town, and their subsequent proceedings.50 Two leading proponents, Carl Bridge and Kent Fedorowich, emphasise that the British World is not simply on an “empire of the mind,” but a very material and tangible phenomenon:

a world whose peoples were connected by a series of interlocking networks, webs and information flows, which ranged from family and community affiliations, to commercial, scientific and professional bodies, to educational, philanthropic, religious and labour groups—associational and organisational ties which, if anything, strengthened over time.51

To describe the communities of British citizens who temporarily or permanently relocated to the colonies, scholars often use the term “diaspora,” and, indeed, this idea “has become an increasingly ‘diasporic’ concept” itself.52 Originally referring to the forced, involuntary dispersal of Jewish people across the Greek Mediterranean world during the third century BCE,53 the term “diaspora” (διασπορά) has been appropriated and rede- ployed since the 1990s to signify involuntary migratory experiences in general. Starting with Paul Gilroy’s landmark study The Black Atlantic, more and more scholars began to investigate the links between identity, space, and belonging from this perspective.54 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 19

As a concept, diaspora remains contested today.55 There is, however, a set of shared premises on what characterises diasporic communities56: People living within diasporas develop a particular relationship to an actual or imagined homeland. The existence of diasporic communities questions rigid notions of identity and destabilises the link between nation and territoriality. Those who live in and comprise diasporas represent minorities in their new environment, and their members have to negotiate acculturation and are confronted with discrimination and marginalisation. In contrast to other forms of migration, diaspora originally “connotes flight following the threat of violence rather than freely chosen experiences of displacement.”57 Yet, the majority of studies focus on British emigrants who left their homes voluntarily and, although numerically a minority compared to other ethnic groups present in a territory or individually mar- ginalised due to their sexual orientation, religious belief, or class, all of them benefited from a colonial dividend.58 They formed an “imperial diaspora,” to use a term coined by Kim Butler. Within the context of the British World, diaspora can be considered a “mode of conquest.”59 It is important to keep this in mind while considering the British World as an analytical framework for reconstructing the history of Quaker settlers in early nineteenth-century Tasmania. It limits its usefulness considerably for two reasons. First, as I demonstrate in Chap. 3, Quakers were not a diasporic community, religious prosecution in England or other territories notwithstanding. Britain was not imagined as the Quaker “homeland” in the sense that Friends saw themselves exiled and expected to return in the (near or distant) future. Instead, as early as the 1670s, colonial Quaker communities established meetings in their own right, albeit regulated by London YM (as was any other meeting). They were included in Quaker networks of spiritual and intellectual exchange following protocols originally established to guarantee the coherence and doctrinal uniformity of the church during the restoration period. These practices established what has been described as the “Quaker Atlantic.”60 Quakers were thus a translocal community, to borrow a term from the work of Ulrike Freitag and other scholars of the Zentrum Moderner Orient, Berlin. Translocality “investigates the tensions between movement and order.”61 It functions as both a research tool and a critical perspective to describe and conceptualise phenomena resulting “from a multitude of circulations and transfers” which transgressed spatial, social, and political boundaries while simultaneously creating new ones.62 As a translocal community, Quakers were mobile as migrants, exchanged goods 20 E. BISCHOFF and ideas, shared their spirituality, and built kinship and business networks across existing borders. Simultaneously, however, in transgressing “boundaries between very different scale and type,”63 they created an ordered, regulated, and differentiated space of their own as a specific response to the challenges frequent movement and a multiplicity of experiences posed to the church’s coherence. These included practices that structured time and physical space alike by determining a schedule for prayer and reading as well as creating meeting-houses and setting aside plots as burial grounds. These practices, explained in Chap. 4, extended in a rhizomatic fashion through the southern hemisphere following the first Quaker meeting held in 1833. Secondly, the notion of the British World, as it has been developed in the course of existing studies so far, tends to neglect questions of representation and power. Although as Bridge and Fedorowich claim, more and more scholars have been investigating how Britishness was adopted by people from multiple ethnic backgrounds64; where more recent studies have brought other, hyphenated forms of belonging into view,65 the field and its research conceptually rest upon the idea of Britishness, a notion which is intrinsically linked to the idea of whiteness and racial superiority.66 As a result, colonial power relations are rarely questioned and the dev- astating impact of British migration on Indigenous societies, especially in settlement colonies, is side-lined in favour of almost nostalgic descriptions, to wit: “The British World, in its most basic origins, started with people moving along country lanes from cottages in the towns and villages of rural Britain. This movement extended across several centuries and ultimately stretched across the globe.”67 It is this conceptual blind spot, as Stephen Howe has pointed out, that renders the notion of the British World a powerful tool in the hands of conservative and neo-imperial historians such as Neill Ferguson, Andrew Roberts, and Keith Windschuttle.68 These reservations carry considerable weight for my reconstruction of the history of Quaker settlers in early nineteenth-century Tasmania, one of the most ruthless settler colonial invasions that occurred during, and helped create, the British Empire. As Thomas Lawson has pointed out, its name became synonymous with the extirpation of Indigenous peoples as early as the 1830s.69 Thus, although benefitting from many results of research into the British World, my investigation follows a different approach: settler colonialism, which interprets white mass migration in the context of the emergence of “settler-invader societies” as global processes 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 21 throughout the nineteenth century, explicitly questions relationships of power and violence.70

Settler Colonial Studies The “settler colonial situation,” as Lorenzo Veracini has summarised succinctly, has to be distinguished from both colonialism and diaspora alike. Settlers, he argues, “are founders of political orders and carry their sovereignty with them.” In a way, they “return” to “their country.” They neither led the “diasporic lives” of migrants nor did they move within imperial circuits like administrators, traders, missionaries would do.71 Settler colonies existed in a triangular set of power relationships constituted by Indigenous populations, colonial metropole and its representatives, and European settlers.72 Moreover, as Tracey Banivanua Mar and Penelope Edmonds have emphasised, settler colonies relied on the appropriation of Indigenous land and its transformation into “settler space.”73 This violent process of deterritorialisation and reterritorialisation of land entailed a genocidal “logic of elimination.” Indigenous populations are regarded as either potential labourers, that is, objects of a strict assimilation policy, or obstacles that need to be removed.74 The investigation of settler colonial expansion has gained significant momentum in recent years. In 2011, this interest crystallised into a specialised academic journal entitled Settler Colonial Studies.75 Whereas earlier works focused on the mode of production, namely “settler capitalism,”76 recent studies conceptualise their objective differently. Today, scholars understand settler colonialism as a particular variation of the larger, global phenomenon of imperialist expansion that manifested itself in different colonial situations. Examples investigated range from Algeria, Brazil, to Palestine.77 As an “imperial formation” settler colonialism is characterised by several key elements.78 First, settlerism operates within the larger framework of colonial projects, at times intersecting or overlapping with, at times subverting, other forms of colonisation or empire building. Secondly, settlers impose their own social, economic, and ecological order to (re) create their home society abroad. As such, they aim to transform the colonial environment both physically and socially. As a consequence, settler colonialism is inherently genocidal as Indigenous populations are forcibly assimilated, dislocated, or physically annihilated. Patrick Wolfe has summarised these elements succinctly in a phrase that is as simple as it is fore- boding: “Settlers come to stay.”79 22 E. BISCHOFF

Because of the geographical extent and the impact of the British settler colonies, studies of the so-called Anglo-world (e.g. Canada, the United States, South Africa, Australia, Aotearoa/New Zealand) form a cornerstone of this field of research.80 Three large monographs that take a comparative macrohistorical perspective on the history of the development of the so-called Anglo-world have been published in recent years by John C. Weaver, Stuart Banner, and James Belich.81 Led by a strong interest in transnational aspects, scholars investigate the transfer and exchange of knowledge between the colonies as well as the cultural, juridical, and political characteristics they shared. They concentrate on processes of land acquisition, dispossession, and removal of Indigenous populations.82 Their findings have demonstrated a shared legacy of common law while showing that notions of individual proprietorship and improvement played a vital role in legitimising the appropriation of Indigenous land.83 These scholars highlight the influence of shared concepts (for instance, the idea of “improvement”), the impact of collective imaginary geographies such as the notion of the “empty lands,” and the legitimising power of racist discourses of Indigenous peoples and cultures.84 Researchers also reconstructed the dynamic relationship between settlers, colonial administrations, and capital interests in the metropoles, such as Chicago or London.85 Environmental and economic studies have made significant contributions to this debate.86 Drawing on these results and combining Peter Cain’s and Antony Hopkins’ studies on the history of “gentlemanly capitalism” with socio- ecological system (SES) theory,87 Norbert Finzsch developed a particularly sophisticated approach to grasp the interconnectedness of the economic, social, cultural, and ecological dimensions of settler colonisation. Focusing on Australia and the United States, Finzsch shows that the fatal “success” driving settler colonial expansion was “achieved in the context of a democratic and egalitarian society of white, predominantly Protestant Anglo-Saxon settlers organized in farms and family households.” It was always directed against an Indigenous Other.88 This particular form of settler colonialism rested upon two pillars. The first encompasses the small-scale, local, mundane actions of Anglo-settlers who by squatting, clearing, fencing, or tilling the land transformed the landscape permanently, forced Indigenous people to retreat into uninhabitable areas, which thereby destroyed the material, cultural, and spiritual 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 23 basis of their lives. In addition to the “slow violence” of ecological change,89 settler vigilantism, which was supported by racist notions of the inferiority of Indigenous peoples, played a central role in this context. The second pillar was formed by the “link between agrarian home production on the frontier and rentier capitalism in the cities” on the other.90 These mutually reinforcing developments generated a rhizomatic, nonlinear process that had “no periphery and no core, since the capital-owning elites in the cities and the social actors on the frontier form[ed] one complex inter- active community.”91 Finzsch deploys the term “settler imperialism” to designate this particular form of settler colonisation. Settlers play a vital role in this model. Their small-scale, local, mundane actions such as squatting, clearing, fencing, or tilling the land transformed the landscape, driving Indigenous people into uninhabitable areas, destroying the material basis of their livelihood and culture.92 My study takes up these arguments about settler colonialism in general and Australian settler imperialism in particular to investigate how local, small-scale, everyday practices contributed to the larger processes of settler expansion. In doing so, it contributes empirical evidence in the form of a case study. Looking at members of the Religious Society of Friends opens up a perspective of longue durée without compromising analytical depth and focus. It also complicates the picture of settlers and settlerism in colonial Australia. Until very recently, scholars of settler colonialism concentrated almost exclusively on reconstructing the outfall of the “primary binarism” between invaders and Indigenous peoples.93 Yet more and more historians are interested in uncovering the histories of other forms of the colonial encounter, instances of cultural exchange, of processes of transfer and translation, of economic adaption and negotiation structured by unequal relationships of power yet nevertheless shared histories.94 Accordingly, Tim Rowse and Lisa Ford have called for listening to the “cacophony of indigenous subjectivities—capitalist, citizen, minority, Christian pagan, hunter-gatherer, historical victim, [as] repository of pre-contact culture and member of a semi-autonomous first people.”95 My study will contribute to this ongoing scholarly debate, providing fresh insights from a microhistorical perspective on settler history. It points at set of conflicting yet intersecting settler identities, the Quaker settler being only one among them. 24 E. BISCHOFF

Imperial Humanitarianism Quakers are often cited as champions of Aboriginal land rights and, as such, as paramount examples for the “collaborative struggles” that shaped the “first land rights movement.”96 The most noticeable nineteenth- century organisation committed to this cause was the Aborigines Protection Society (APS), founded in 1837. The APS has been the object of intermittent scholarly curiosity for decades before becoming the focus of attention in the last decade.97 James Heartfield’s study of the APS and its activities in Australasia, Canada, and Africa between 1836 and 1909 offers one recent, comprehensive overview.98 Members of the Religious Society of Friends played a key role in establishing the APS as it emerged from the evangelical and abolitionist circles led by Thomas F. Buxton, Member of Parliament (MP). His connection to the Gurney family has been the object of particular scrutiny. Quaker women, as Zoë Laidlaw has shown, were instrumental in preparing the report of the parliamentary Aborigines Select Committee (1835–1837), which laid the foundation for the APS’ work.99 In addition to the administrative and organisational support of Quaker networks, the accounts of two travelling Quaker ministers, namely James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, likewise prove instrumental. Their reports, as demonstrated by Alan Lester, “were a key source of information” to Buxton and his team of Gurney women.100 As a result, information about the Australian frontier played a prominent role in the deliberations of the Committee and the APS alike.101 These conclusions are reflected in a number of studies discussing the APS, its work, and the role the parliamentary committee played with regard to the construction of the history and historiography of Australian Aboriginal policies.102 The attention to the efforts of early nineteenth-century activists on behalf of Indigenous peoples confronted with expanding settler societies and colonial rule across the globe (although in case of the APS mostly concerned with the effects of British colonial expansion) ties in with a growing interest in the emergence of humanitarianism, its nature, and its relationship to European imperialism in general. The first of these topics, however, is most often discussed in view of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, with research focusing on the emergence of modern non-governmental organisations such as the International Committee of the Red Cross and international organisations such as the League of Nations or the United Nations mostly in the aftermath of the armed 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 25

conflicts of this period, for example the Crimean War and the First and Second World Wars.103 Specialists of modern history across, by contrast, question of the nature of the humanitarian movement and its relationship to European imperialism. Inspired by contemporary political controversies about the universalism of human rights, these studies explicitly investigate the interconnectedness of religious and colonial discourses in shaping long- distance advocacy. Peter Stamatov and Michael Barnett, who have each published an extensive study on the topic, agree that humanitarianism emerged, historically speaking, as a co-dependent of the European colonial project.104 Barnett also speaks of “imperial humanitarianism” to designate this mutually constitutive relationship:

Colonialism, Christianity, and commerce, according to many humanitarians of the period, could provide the will and the way to emancipate slaves, save sinners and souls, and position backward societies on the path of civilization. It embodied an unapologetic paternalism of the period, with missionaries and liberal humanitarians sharing the belief that they had a duty to civilize and improve the lives of the native populations.105

This line of investigation is also of particular interest to scholars of the British Empire and Australasian history.106 Here, scholars come to similar conclusions. Building on the results of his work on the APS, Alan Lester concludes that “governmentality, humanitarianism and settler capitalism” were central components of “early nineteenth-century British colonial discourses” with “differential overlapping effects” in both the colonies and the metropole.107 Characterising “colonial governance [as] humanitarian,” however, does not mean “to lend credence to conservative reinter- pretations of Britain’s empire as a humane and progressive force in the world.” Rather, as Lester and Fae Dussart emphasise, they aim at “a con- structive critique of humanitarianism,” carving out how “[a]ppeals for the protection of indigenous peoples” were “intrinsic to the legitimation of Britain’s governance of newly colonized spaces.”108 Nineteenth-century humanitarians and advocates of the British Empire, scholarship shows, shared many basic tenets, most importantly the “paternalistic assurance” that Britain “knew what was best for colonised peoples.”109 Instead of supporting Indigenous peoples in leading their lives on their own terms, which in many cases would have entailed creating “their own, often hybrid, modes of cultural, social and economic practice,” 26 E. BISCHOFF humanitarians justified or actively supported radical assimilationist policies, following the same “logic of elimination” as settler discourse and practice.110 In considering these results, it is important to keep in mind that nineteenth-century activists never saw themselves as champions of human rights as we know them today. Their aim was amelioration, not equality. Their “belief that common humanity overrode divides of race did not limit paternalism.”111 Just like philanthropists at home who were concerned about the welfare of the destitute or imprisoned, activists interested in Indigenous peoples were convinced of their moral and civilisatory superiority; especially those inspired by the evangelical movement would seek the betterment of others, not political reform.112 As such, and as Claire McLisky correctly points out, the widespread usage of the term “humanitarian” to describe these activists is extremely misleading. In their own vocabulary, the term was burdened with negative connotations, even associated with the denial of the divinity of Christ.113 It would be thus more accurate to think about early nineteenth-century religious activists, engaged in alleviating the suffering of the colonised, as philanthropists or benevolent Christians, acting on behalf of their fellow men. Since the overwhelming majority of the literature on the topic employs the term “humanitarian” regardless of its blatant asynchronicity, my study will partially follow suit and use the term intermittently to ensure connectivity while retaining a minimum amount of historical accuracy. All scholars involved in the reconstruction of the mutual relationship between empire and humanitarianism underline the crucial role of Christianity as providing an ethical background and of religious, particularly missionary, networks as the practical frameworks of early global philanthropic movements.114 Scholarly assessment differs with regard to periodisation, though. To give but one example: while Barnett identifies the British abolitionist movement as the “big bang” of humanitarianism,115 Stamatov argues that “pro-indigenist advocacy in the Iberian Atlantic” during the sixteenth century provided the initial impulse.116 Both authors, however, acknowledge the key roles members of the Religious Society of Friends had in the abolitionist movement, as do many others.117 My investigation benefits greatly from the extensive scholarship outlined above. Drawing on its results, I will reconstruct the ways and means by which the experiences of Tasmanian Quaker settlers were translated into humanitarian discourses, which, in turn, influenced imperial policies 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 27 and Quaker settler practices in other Australian colonies (Chaps. 8 and 9). In doing so, I contribute to a more differentiated analysis of early nineteenth-century humanitarianism. So far, activists are commonly portrayed in a perfunctory manner, often disregarding the fact that, at first, “the humanitarian-settler divide did not run strictly along metropolitan-provincial lines.” Depicting humanitarians “as a species of maternal infidelity [who] invested with a special emotive power” and asserting that each colony had its “share of dissenters” fall short of scrutinising their colonialist and paternalistic attitudes.118 Moreover, homogenising descriptions fail to acknowledge internal frictions and disagreements, such as the controversy about Lancelot E. Threkeld or the ridicule George Augustus Robinson faced for his compassionate descriptions but who “within humanitarian circles” nevertheless was regarded “as the leading expert on Australian Aborigines.”119 Research on Quaker activists so far has focused on an elite group of Friends, namely travelling ministers and organised campaigners in Britain.120 My reconstruction of Quaker frontier life and its connection to imperial humanitarianism will reveal another layer of this multifaceted and heterogeneous movement.

Genocide Studies Writing about nineteenth-century Tasmanian history without addressing the question of genocide is impossible. This imperative derives from both history and historiography. For more than a century, scholarship on the history of Tasmania has focused on the violent conflict between the Aboriginal owners of the land and the European invaders. This emphasis is the result of the interplay of several factors. First, there is a significant gap in archival tradition prior to the 1820s; as a result, other periods of the nineteenth century are significantly overrepresented. Secondly, the settler-Aboriginal conflict and the notion of the tragic— yet in the face of progress or colonisation, supposedly inevitable—extinction of the Tasmanian Aborigines became a cornerstone of the “settler archive” as early as the 1830s.121 From a local perspective, it was an example of the “foundational and survivalist narratives that coagulate around the victorious repression of indigenous resistances” which “acquire a quasi-mythological status” and help create a shared settler identity from overcoming a perceived existential threat.122 It can also be considered the final stage of genocide, appropriating the ways and structuring the 28 E. BISCHOFF

narratives in which it is remembered.123 In addition to these localised effects, the history of the war against the Aboriginal nations of VDL was written on the backdrop of an already existing “[e]xtinction discourse” that circulated throughout the Anglo-world (at least) since the 1820s, and to which it contributed in turn.124 Tasmania became “a key instance of the inevitable vanishing of perhaps all primitive races everywhere.”125 As such, their annihilation was part of those strategies that legitimised the settler colonial project even from a metropolitan perspective that was sympa- thetic to the plight of Indigenous peoples. By mourning the victims, the perpetrators were glorified; celebrating “the might of the Empire and mourning for its impacts became melded together.”126 Among the many nineteenth-century studies on the topic, there is one of particular importance in the process of (re)inscribing this narrative: James Bonwick’s The Last of the Tasmanians: or, the Black War of Van Diemen’s Land.127 His monograph formed the basis for Raphaël Lemkin’s investigations into the Tasmanian case in preparing his three-volume study on the history of genocide during the late 1940s.128 Accordingly, the Tasmanian settler colonial archive contributed to the development of the modern concept of genocide.129 Bonwick, in turn, and as I demonstrate in my concluding reflections, was heavily influenced by Quaker voices, humanitarians and settlers alike. Thus, Quaker perspectives were not only part and parcel of settler colonial discourse but, when mediated by Bonwick’s publication, also informed the work of the “‘Father’ of the United Nations Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Genocide (1948).”130 Lemkin’s chapter on Tasmania, however, was not published during his lifetime.131 Nevertheless, his work illuminates the third reason why historiography concentrated on the late 1820s and early 1830s of Vandemonian history for so long: the impact of the experience of Nazi terror and the Holocaust on twentieth-century intellectuals. Independent of Lemkin’s work, scholars of Tasmanian history started interpreting the island’s colonial period in terms derived from the examination of murderous Nazi policies and actions.132 The result was an intellectual movement with all the characteristics of an Escher drawing: “Tasmania,” which had functioned as a chiffre for extinction-level violence in Victorian minds as much as “Auschwitz” became shorthand for genocide during the second half of the twentieth century (and whose history had informed Lemkin’s understanding of the term), was interpreted within a framework it had contributed to but was no longer recognised as a distinct case. 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 29

Clive Turnbull, Lemkin’s contemporary, was the first to perform this loop, and others followed in his footsteps.133 As a result, the Tasmanian case, which had informed the conceptualisation of genocide, was considered one of its textbook examples.134 Norman J.B. Plomley, whose groundbreaking editorial work inspired more than one generation of scholars, is another noteworthy example. In 1991, in the foreword to the edition of an eyewitness account of frontier violence, Plomley stated: “[T]he coexistence of Aborigines and settlers on the land had become impossible and a clash became inevitable.”135 He concluded that the “situation” in VDL “had been developing towards a ‘final solution’ for many years.”136 This interpretation was an important point of reference for all studies published in the 1980s and 1990s137 and which recently has been slandered as “black armband history.” Thus, the genocidal character of the conflict between colonists and the Aboriginal nations has been called into question.138 As mentioned above, the resulting debate unearthed even more evidence to support the initial assessment: the colonisation of Tasmania is a case of genocide.139 Its violence unfolded in a fractal pattern similar to that of other settler colonial situations such as the North American Old Northwest or German Southwest Africa.140 Specialists of debates in genocide studies will notice that by categoris- ing Vandemonian history and historiography in this manner, I follow what Philip Spencer has summarised as the “Australian school,” which, in contrast to liberal or post-liberal approaches, “places genocide in a broader historical framework, tracing the dynamics of imperial conquest, accompanied and legitimated by racist ideology, to show how genocides recur over time in a comprehensible pattern.”141 There is, however, one caveat I would like to put forward: the long tradition and intellectual connection between nineteenth-century extinction discourse, settler discourse, and the modern concept call for a well-reflected and cautious usage of the term “genocide.” Otherwise, scholars today risk re-inscribing the settler colonial narrative and contribute to the “symbolic genocide” of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people, silencing them yet again by representational hegemony.142 By research design and source material, this is a story about ‘whitefel- las.’ It focuses on Quaker settlers and their narratives. Aboriginal voices are not absent from the material but painfully scarce. It investigates the history of everyday violence of the settler colonial invasion in Tasmania but does not aim to determine individual or collective guilt. This is not a story of ordinary settlers in the sense of Goldhagen’s Willing Executioners.143 30 E. BISCHOFF

My objective is to reconstruct (part of) the mundane history of settler imperialism in Australia at the beginning of the nineteenth century to get a better understanding of the complexities of this genocidal process as a structure and as an event.144

Notes 1. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 3–11. 2. Oats estimates that 987 Friends arrived in the Australian colonies between 1788 and 1861 (with a total population of 1,145,585 in 1860 by comparison); see: Oats 1985, p. 39 and “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” Australian Historical Population Statistics 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@. nsf/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014? OpenDocument, last access 20 January 2017. 3. Magnússon and Szíjártó 2013, p. 19. See also: Peltonen 2001. 4. Bayly 1989, p. 2. For a settler colonial perspective see also: Morgensen 2011. 5. Revel 1995, pp. 495–96. 6. de Certeau 2011, p. 117. 7. See Wahrman 2010 and Smandych 2013. 8. There is, of course, a vibrant scholarship on the history, sociology, and anthropology of violence, which has produced rich body of literature, ranging from Bauman 1989 to Sofsky 1996, Reemtsma 2008 to Butler 2009. Some of my empirical results will implicitly relate back to these debates especially when considering the genocidal practices at the Tasmanian frontier. These general theoretical considerations are, however, neither the aim nor the focus of my study. 9. Scheper-Hughes and Bourgois 2007b, pp. 2, 5. 10. Ibid., p. 4. See also: Stoler 1995; Rao and Pierce 2006; Price 2018. 11. Weddle 2001, pp. 17–54. 12. Abruzzo 2011, pp. 50–84. 13. Randeria 2012. 14. Brewer 2010; Epple 2013; Putnam 2006; Struck et al. 2011. 15. Trivellato 2011, p. 3. 16. Levi 2001. 17. Revel 1995, pp. 495–96. 18. Gregory 1999, p. 109. 19. On a constructivist concept of space, see: Massey 2011; de Certeau 2011; Soja 2011; Lefebvre 2011. 20. Trivellato 2011, pp. 12–13. 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 31

21. Werner and Zimmermann 2006 (first published in 2002). 22. Ibid., p. 46. 23. Ibid., p. 49. 24. Esslinger et al. 2010. 25. Turner 1920. Prominent critiques are: Forbes 1959 and Nash 1991. 26. “John Gast, American Progress (1872), chromolithograph, 37.6 × 49 cm published by George A. Crofutt, (original oil on Canvas, 12 3/4 × 16 3/4 in),” Library of Congress Prints and Photographs Division Washington, DC, http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.pnp/pp.print, last access 2 January 2017. 27. Veracini 2011, p. 207. 28. On North America see: White 2011; with regard to the Pacific Dening 2004. 29. Pratt 1992, p. 6. 30. Greer 2012; Evans 2001; Finzsch 2013. 31. Veracini 2011, p. 207. 32. Kundrus 2003b, p. 7 (translation EB). See also: Zantop 1997; Friedrichsmeyer et al. 1998; Guettel 2010. See also: Altenbernd and Young 2014. 33. Davis, N.Z. 1988, p. 30. 34. Said 1993; Hall 2000; Hopkins 2002; Magee and Thompson 2010; Burton 2010. 35. Burton 2003; Ghosh 2012; Hirschhausen 2015. With regard to Australian history see: Paisley 2003. 36. MacKenzie 1986a; MacKenzie 1986b; Wilson 2004; Howe 2010. Robert Bickers alternatively speaks of the “Manchester school of British imperial history” (Bickers 2010b, p. 12). 37. For instance, the exchange between Bernard Porter and John M. MacKenzie: Porter 2004, p. ix; Porter 2008; MacKenzie 2008; MacKenzie 2011b, p. 63. 38. Gregerson and Juster 2011; Howard 2011; Lake 2011. 39. Carey 2011. 40. Comaroff and Comaroff 1986. See also: Elbourne 2002a; Porter 2005; Etherington 2009; Ballantyne 2014; Habermas 2008. 41. Johnston 2001; Johnston 2003; Mitchell 2011. 42. Hall 2009; Hall 2012; Lester 2001; Lester and Lambert 2006; Ballantyne 2012. 43. Ballantyne 2014, p. 17. 44. Ibid. See also: Fedorowich and Thompson 2013b, p. 4. 45. Rothschild 2011. See also: Magee and Thompson 2010. 46. Benchmark publications are Davis, N.Z. 2006; Colley 2007; Foster 2010; McKenzie 2010. 47. Kraft et al. 2010b, p. 11. 32 E. BISCHOFF

48. Levi 2001, pp. 104–6. 49. Andrade 2010, p. 591. 50. Pickles 2011, pp. 86–87. The conferences’ proceedings were published as a special issue of the Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History (Bridge and Fedorowich 2003a). See also: Buckner and Francis 2005. Other proceedings followed: Buckner and Francis 2006; Fedorowich and Thompson 2013a; Harper and Constantine 2010. 51. Fedorowich and Thompson 2013b, p. 2. 52. Keown et al. 2009b, p. 1. 53. Braziel and Mannur 2003b, p. 1. 54. Gilroy 1993. 55. Safran 1991; Clifford 1994; Clifford 1999. Clifford’s arguments have recently been taken up again by Banerjee 2012, pp. 4–5. 56. The following summary relies on the overviews presented by Banerjee 2012 and Braziel and Mannur 2003b. 57. Gilroy 2004, p. 123. 58. I am transferring this term from R. Connell’s description of the relationship between minor and hegemonic masculinities. Connell speaks of a “patriarchal dividend,” which all men benefit from, regardless of their masculinity, be it minor or hegemonic (Connell 1995, p. 79). 59. Butler 2001, p. 202. See also Cohen’s typology of diasporas in Cohen 2008, p. 1. For an excellent overview over this field of research, see: Laidlaw 2012a. 60. For instance: Landes 2015, p. 7 and Healey 2011. 61. Freitag and Oppen 2010b, p. 8. See also: Freitag 2005; Paulmann 2013, pp. 668–69. 62. Freitag and Oppen 2010b, p. 5. Their concept is thus much more clearly defined than the notion of the “translocal” Fedorowich suggests applying to the British World (Fedorowich and Thompson 2013b, p. 4). 63. Freitag and Oppen 2010b, p. 6. 64. Bridge and Fedorowich 2003b, p. 3. See also Darwin 2010 (proposing “imperial Britishness,” ibid., p. 396) and Dubow 2009. Similarly: Fedorowich and Thompson 2013b, p. 4. 65. Ward 2008; Bickers 2010a; Dubow 2009; Barton 2010. 66. Ward 2008, pp. 229–31. The very term “British” emerged from a colonial situation during the eighteenth century to describe North American colonists of English, Welsh, Scottish, and Irish heritage in contrast to colonial Others on the one hand and competing European colonists on the other (Bridge and Fedorowich 2003b, p. 3). John MacKenzie (2010) suggests to think about “four nations” (Irish, Scottish, Welsh, English) rather than speaking of a unified British identity. 67. Richards 2013, p. 42. 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 33

68. Howe 2012, p. 693; Pickles 2011. 69. Lawson 2014a, pp. 204–5. 70. Veracini 2010a, p. 6. See also: Stasiulis and Yuval-Davis 1995; Wolfe 1999; Elkins and Pedersen 2005; Goldstein and Lubin 2008; Hinkson 2012; Osterhammel 2010, pp. 191, 194–97; Bayly 2009, pp. 132–34; Wilson 2009, p. 125 (quote). 71. Veracini 2010a, pp. 3, 6. 72. Ibid., pp. 5–6. 73. Banivanua Mar and Edmonds 2010b, p. 4. 74. Wolfe 2006, p. 387. 75. Originally open access, the journal moved to Taylor & Francis in 2013. 76. Ehrensaft and Armstrong 1978; Denoon 1983; Brooks 1996. 77. Lloyd et al. 2013; Sessions 2011; Veracini 2006. Lorenzo Veracini claims that this shift in perspective derived from critical writings of twentieth- century anti-colonial activists and the strive for self-determination of Indigenous peoples (Veracini 2013, pp. 318, 324–25). 78. Stoler and McGranahan 2007, pp. 8–12, quote p. 8. 79. Wolfe 2006, p. 388. 80. Belich 2009, p. 6. He distinguishes this concept clearly from the neocon- servative project of “Anglosphere.” See also: Vucetic 2011, pp. 1–21. 81. Weaver 2003; Banner 2007; Belich 2009. These studies tie in with an increased interest in the history of the so-called British World. 82. Russell 2001; Evans et al. 2003; Belmessous 2012. 83. Banner 2007; Ford 2010, pp. 187–88. 84. Weaver 2003; Finzsch 2008b. 85. See, in addition to Weaver 2003; Banner 2007; Belich 2009. 86. Griffiths and Robin 1997; Belich 2009; Lloyd et al. 2013. 87. Cain and Hopkins 2002. See also: Cain 2013. 88. Finzsch 2010, p. 253. 89. Nixon 2009, p. 445. See also Patrick Wolfe’s suggestion to think about settler colonial genocide as structure and as an event: Wolfe 2010. 90. Finzsch 2010, p. 254. 91. Ibid., pp. 253–54. 92. Ibid., p. 254. 93. Wolfe 2013. 94. With regard to Tasmanian history, this includes Boyce 2008; Cameron 2011; Ryan 2012; Moneypenny 1995/96; Merry 2003. 95. Ford 2013, p. 4; Rowse 2014. See also: Wolfe 2013. 96. Behrendt 2012, p. 184; Reynolds 2003, pp. 99–125, 99; Reynolds 2014. 97. Nworah 1971; Rainger 1980; Swaisland 2000; Mitcham 2002; Blackstock 2006. 98. Heartfield 2011. 34 E. BISCHOFF

99. Laidlaw 2002; Laidlaw 2004. On the work of the committee in general, see: Elbourne 2003. 100. Lester 2008a, p. 34. 101. See also: Lester 2006, 2009, pp. 71–76. 102. Brantlinger 2008, pp. 17–20. See also: McLisky 2005; Unrau 1976. 103. Key publications being: Iriye 2002; Forsythe 2005; Simms and Trim 2011; Moyn 2012; Iriye et al. 2012; Eckel 2014; Cabanes 2014. An exception to this rule is: Bass 2008, who looks back to the first half of the nineteenth century, considering the 1830s international task force to Greece (ibid., pp. 45–151). 104. Stamatov 2013, p. 1; Barnett 2011, p. 75. 105. Barnett 2011, p. 75. 106. Samson 1998; Lester 2002; Lambert and Lester 2004; Skinner and Lester 2012a; Harvey 2013, Ford 2014. 107. Lester 2001, p. 4. Similarly: Laidlaw 2012b, p. 751. 108. Lester and Dussart 2014, pp. 2–3. 109. Lester 2008a, p. 42. 110. Wolfe 2006, p. 387; Lester 2008a, p. 42. Some postcolonial critics argue that twenty-first-century humanitarian policies still operate on the same notions of “cure, improvement, civility and good governance” and the “need to overcome misery by eradicating the barbaric and the uncivilized,” actively perpetuating a form of colonial governmentality (Dutton 2009, p. 309). 111. Laidlaw 2012b, p. 751. 112. Hilton 1991, pp. 3–5. 113. McLisky 2005, p. 57. 114. For instance: Elbourne 2002a, pp. 41–44. 115. Barnett 2011, pp. 49–56, 49 (quote). 116. Stamatov 2013, pp. 24–72, 45 (quote). 117. Barnett 2011, pp. 57–75; Stamatov 2013, pp. 97–124. 118. Ward 2008, p. 225. 119. Lester 2008a, p. 28. See also Johnston 2011 on Lancelot E. Threkeld, his radical support of Aboriginal rights, and the controversy he ignited amongst his contemporaries as well. 120. Edmonds 2012; Laidlaw 2004 and Laidlaw 2007. 121. Veracini 2010b, p. 148; Curthoys 2010, p. 232. 122. Veracini 2010b, p. 151. 123. Feierstein 2012, p. 28. 124. Brantlinger 2003, pp. 1 (quote), 123. 125. Ibid., p. 124. See also: Curthoys 2010, p. 234. 126. Lawson 2014a, pp. 154–57, 156. See also: Lawson 2014b. 127. Melville 1835; West 1852; Bonwick 1870; Calder 1875. 2 VIOLENCE AND PACIFISM: WRITING THE HISTORY… 35

128. Curthoys 2005. 129. Fitzmaurice 2010. 130. Jacobs 1999, p. 105; Moses 2010b. See also: Butcher 2013. 131. Archival research at the beginning of the twenty-first century unearthed the chapter and it was edited by Ann Curthoys (Lemkin 2005b). It is not part of Lemkin 2005a, first published in 1944. 132. Moses 2012. With regard to the link between Australian and German history see: Barta 2001. 133. Turnbull 1966 (first published in 1948). 134. Madley 2004. Only Breen 2011, writing from a North Atlantic/ Eurocentric perspective completely ignorant of both Australian debates and central works in the field of Genocide Studies, declares the Tasmanian genocide to be “forgotten.” 135. Plomley 1991, p. 18. 136. Ibid., p. 17. His interpretation of the settler-Aboriginal conflict as “inevitable” also resonates with nineteenth-century settler colonial discourse. 137. To name only three, most influential ones: Ryan 1996 (first issued 1981), Reynolds 2006 (first published 1981), and Reynolds 1995. He substanti- ated his position in Reynolds 2001, 2004, and 2013. It is important to note, however, that Reynolds traces settler violence and its impact on Aboriginal Tasmanians but insists that the Indigenous people were not helpless victims and that colonial Tasmania does not constitute a case of genocide (in view of the UN definition). Instead, he emphasises, Aboriginal Tasmanians fought a guerrilla war. “Whether Governor Arthur,” reacting to this threat, “strayed over the unmarked border between warfare to genocide cannot be answered with any certainty” (Reynolds 2004, p. 147). 138. Windschuttle 2003, pp. 2–3. 139. Manne 2003; Ryan 2012; Johnston and Rolls 2008b, p. 14. For a comprehensive overview on recent debates see: Rogers and Bain 2016. 140. Madley 2004; Finzsch 2008a; Mann 2013; Scheerer 2014. 141. Spencer 2013, p. 607. Prominent works in this line of argument are Curthoys and Docker 2001; Moses 2002; Finzsch 2010; Zimmerer 2004; Schaller and Zimmerer 2008. 142. On the notion of “symbolic genocide” and its role in post-genocidal societies see Feierstein 2012, pp. 27–28, 28 (quote). 143. Goldhagen 1996. 144. Wolfe 2010. CHAPTER 3

A Peculiar People: Quakers and the Atlantic World Around 1800

Those who wanted to inform themselves about the Religious Society of Friends (Society) at the beginning of the nineteenth century were often referred to William Penn (1644–1718) and his writings, most particularly Rise and Progress of the People Called Quakers, first published in 1694.1 In this tract, the author, himself a prominent Quaker who had joined the sect in 1666, gave a first-hand account of the foundation of the Society and of Friends’ central doctrines and practices. His early brethren, Penn wrote, resembled that of the revered “primitive Christians,” revived by George Fox (1624–1691), the sect’s founding father, who acted as God’s chosen “chosen vessel” and his “instrument.”2 Quakers, Penn’s reader learned, established their community in the face of ridicule, hostility, and prosecution. They suffered severely for their adherence to their convictions. Yet their faithfulness and religiousness convinced many to join them.3 He listed eleven characteristic principles to describe his church: Quakers were imbued with a strong sense of community and generous mutual support. Despite the unjust and cruel treatment they experienced, they were not vengeful but forgave their enemies in the spirit of Christian love. They took no oaths in deference to biblical com- mand and upheld the Christian principle of non-violence. The latter, Penn emphasised, demonstrated clearly that Quakers posed no threat to any earthly government. They did, however, refuse to pay tithes or any other contribution to support the official ministry and abstained from using titles or other forms that demonstrated deference to their social superiors.

© The Author(s) 2020 37 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_3 38 E. BISCHOFF

Instead, Friends endeavoured to speak as plainly as possible, generally preferring to keep their silence if words seemed unnecessary. Quakers supported the temperance cause and generally kept a well- ordered and respectable community life. Their marriages were officially recorded and publicly acknowledged by the congregation (although not solemnised by a priest or a magistrate), and births and burials were similarly documented.4 Their church was organised in hierarchical layers of administrative meetings, on the local, regional, and national levels, which gathered on a monthly, quarterly, and yearly basis, respectively. Official clerks, elected by the respective meetings, documented the proceedings and all the decisions that were made. As it was assumed that Christ was the head of any Christian church, no other offices existed but that of the clerk. Any Quaker might come to any of the meetings and participate, but only appointed representatives were empowered to speak on behalf of a Monthly or Quarterly Meeting. Each gathering would begin by silent contemplation to open their minds and hearts to the will of God.5 Stressing pietism and respectability, Penn’s Rise and Progress represents a form of Quakerism which had evolved from the turmoil of restoration England, the so-called “second period of Quakerism.”6 Starting in 1660 with the return of Charles II (1630–1685, rex 1660– 1685) to the throne in May of that year, Friends faced severe criminalisation and prosecution.7 George Fox and his followers, most importantly Margaret Fell (1614–1702), reacted promptly and issued first a letter in June 1660 and then a formal statement, signed by its leading members, stressing the non-violent intentions of the protestant sect in January 1661.8 In addition, they started restructuring the hitherto loose aggrega- tion of Quaker communities into an organised church, a process that continued after his death in 1691. This change “was gradual; never total; and it built on tendencies that were already evident in the 1650s.”9 The administrative structure of the Monthly (MM), Quarterly (QM), Yearly Meeting (YM) Penn described in 1694 had been implemented in the 1670s. In addition, a system of intra-Quaker communication between London YM and the separate local MMs consisting of epistles and so- called Queries and Advices was introduced in 1682. This organisational structure ensured the collection and circulation of information and improved the organisation of Quakerism as a church while retaining (in comparison to other protestant creeds) a significant level of autonomy on the part of the local communities.10 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 39

Fox and his supporters also standardised practices of registering births, marriages, and burials.11 Quaker mysticism was curtailed: Fasting was for- bidden. Visions and dreams had to be approved by the person’s respective meeting.12 The separation of men and women during meetings was introduced; ministers were seated on their own bench facing the congregation.13 London YM decreed plain dress and plain speak for all Quakers.14 Theologically speaking Friends held on to their rejection of the notion of predestination, a key characteristic of many other protestant sects such as Calvinists and Puritans that were emerging during the period. Quakers still believed in individual access to the divine (the “Inward” or “Inner Light”) but emphasised the importance of keeping one’s silence in order to be able to discern God’s will. In contrast to twentieth-century liberal Friends, early Quakers did thus not consider the Light “to be an inherent part of the human psyche,” instead identifying it with God’s influence on a person’s life. As such, the Light did not shine outward“ , but rather” referred to “the inward enlightening of and from God to every person.”15 Despite all these measures introduced by Fox and his followers, restoration crack-down on the Quaker movement was harsh. State and society accepted Quakers only gradually into the national fold. Many Friends, George Fox among them, were imprisoned, often repeatedly, for refusing to swear the oath of allegiance or to pay tithes.16 The Toleration Act (1689) as well as the Affirmation Act (1696) reduced the level of criminalisation by allowing affirmation instead of an oath.17 But “animosity against Quakers […] ran deep,” as James Walvin summarises, “they were described and considered as less than human—as cannibals, satanists and the like” which “allowed their tormentors to punish them in the most violent and bloody fashion.”18 It took until 1832 for Quakers to be eligible for membership in Parliament and until 1871 for all English universities to remove the religious entry-test barring Friends from studying. The reasons for both severity and reluctance were multiple. The group consisted of former members of the most radical protestant sects of the revolutionary 1640s and 1650s, including Baptists, Seekers, Levellers, Diggers, Fifth Monarchists, Ranters, and Muggletonians, albeit to various degrees. Prominent spokespersons such as James Nayler (1616–1660, also written Naylor) had served in the New Model Army and many of its recruits converted to Quakerism.19 Generally speaking, early Quakerism linked “advanced Protestant separatists into a loose kind of church fellowship with a coherent ideology and a developing code of ethics.”20 The sect 40 E. BISCHOFF expanded rapidly from its northern region of origin to England’s south. Scholars estimate that by the mid-1650s between 35,000 and 60,000 men, women, and children were self-professed Quakers; their numbers were at par with that of the Catholic Church.21 Quakers undermined the existing hierarchical social order, for example by refusing to pay their respects to their superiors by bowing or doffing their hats. Moreover, they rejected tithing. In addition to playing a major role in the movement by providing logistical support, Quaker women preached in public, defying the Pauline imperative of keeping their voices down in church.22 In terms of socioeconomic composition, the Quakers held urban strongholds in London and Bristol but were a predominantly rural movement, representing poor labourers even though many of them were from the middle class.23 As such, they embodied a much larger segment of seventeenth- century English society than a group of rural outcasts. Hence Quaker radicalism, as Barry Reay argues, invoked a widespread anxiety, a “fear of social anarchy” which contributed to restoration by inducing a desire for the strong, protective hand of a monarch.24 The development of Quakerism between 1660 and 1700 has often been described in terms of decline, regression, or loss of religious zeal and/or political radicalism. Yet, despite scholarly disparagement, these decades were crucial and dynamic years: “the Quaker movement was transformed, ideologically, organizationally, culturally.”25 Quaker restoration created a religious community that turned its gaze inwards on the one hand (“Quietism”), but whose members integrated more and more successfully into society on the other. The most noticeable success occurred on the economic level. Barred from military carriers, universities, official administrative offices, and traditional crafts due to their refusal to take an oath, Quakers developed tight internal business networks and turned their hands to opportunities which opened up in the advent of early industriali- sation and the prospering North American and Caribbean colonies. As early as the 1650s meetings started to organise apprenticeships for young Friends in the community.26 Quakers became planters, tea merchants, chocolate manufacturers, ironmongers, clock and instrument makers, chemists, or apothecaries. During the first half of the eighteenth century Quakers controlled between 50 and 70% of the English and the Welsh iron industries.27 Quakers founded banks and financed and managed the first mass transportation system, the railway.28 Often, Quaker women were left in charge of their husbands’ businesses during their absences, thereby sharing economic duties and responsibilities. Women also maintained the 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 41 family’s private and business networks.29 Generally speaking, Quaker communities thrived over the course of the eighteenth century, despite exclusion and the constant financial threat of imprisonment and/or impoundment of tools and equipment for refusing to tithe.30 This simultaneity has often been analysed and commented upon. It is considered to be one of the key characteristics of Quakerism during the “Long Eighteenth Century.”31 There are, however, also other aspects which shaped Friends’ life and practice during this period: the erection of “the hedge” between their own community and the world, supported by endogamy and the introduction of “birthright” membership in 1737, and strong family values;32 the significant drop in membership numbers from 60,000 in 1680 to about 14,000 in 1851;33 the negotiation of bourgeois gender norms and the strong position of Quaker women within the Society; internal fault lines along theological questions (Quietism vs Evangelicalism); disparities between rural and urban Quaker communities; “gay” Quakers and “plain” ones; continuing emigration to the colonies and involvement in the political project of Pennsylvania; Quaker peace testimony, and the ongoing anti-slavery debate amongst Friends. Studying religion and its role in late eighteenth- and early nineteenth- century societies is a difficult task. Faith involves an element of transcen- dence and emotional dimensions, which often elude systematic research. In order to grasp the phenomenon on an empirical basis, Clifford Geertz advocated an approach which provides significant purchase in the matter at hand, although it seems contraintuitive on first glance. He suggests concentrating on the “cultural dimension of religious analysis,” defining culture as “an historically transmitted pattern of meanings embodied in symbols, a system of inherited conceptions expressed in symbolic forms by means of which men communicate, perpetuate, and develop their knowledge about and attitudes toward life.”34 As a protestant sect which theologically speaking emerged from a Puritan background and whose material and visual culture is governed even today by the principle of plainness, Quakers seemingly did not develop an elaborate form of symbolism.35 Yet this assessment holds true only if nothing but material and/or pictorial objects are taken into view. Following Geertz, however, religious symbols encompass more, namely “any object, act, event, quality, or relation” that conveys meaning since all of them are “tangible formulations of notions, abstractions from experience fixed in perceptible forms, concrete embodiments of ideas, attitudes, judgements, longings, or beliefs.”36 This broader understanding of 42 E. BISCHOFF

religious symbols and symbolism enables us to analyse Quakerism in a historical perspective. As demonstrated above, Quakers defined themselves (even after solidifying into a church between 1660 and 1700) not in terms of a written creed or dogma but in terms of experience and conduct.37 The most important one among these practices was (and is until today) sharing silence.38 Others include meeting for worship, adhering to Quaker standards in plainness of dress, speech, and arranging their homes accordingly, addressing everybody on equal terms, directing their businesses in line with their standards of integrity and honesty, and keeping the peace testimony. Accordingly, the symbolism of Quaker faith is its tangible, experienced, embodied practice, woven into Friends’ everyday lives.39 Quakerism was (and remains today) subject to change, responding to different social, political, or environmental contexts. As a community, it transgressed existing boundaries while simultaneously creating new ones. Quakerism also transformed its surroundings, resulting in a reciprocal effect that stands at the centre of this analysis of Friends’ role in early nineteenth-century settler colonial Australia as well as their involvement in early nineteenth-century global humanitarian discourses. To understand these effects fully, however, we need to be aware of the specific socio- political and religious location of the Quaker colonists, who came to Australasia during the 1820s and 1830s. To map this “peculiar” location, I will outline three characteristics of Quaker life and faith around 1800: Quaker abolitionism and the role of Quaker women, the complexities of Friends’ peace testimony and their relationship with Native Americans, and Quakers as a translocal community.

3.1 Inner Light and Worldly Matters: Quaker Abolitionism Quakers were well aware of colonial Other(s), both free and unfree, of Indigenous and African descent. George Fox, who visited the American and Caribbean colonies between 1671 and 1673, explicitly discussed the question of how relationships between Native Americans, slaves, and white settlers should be structured. In his sermon “Gospel Family-order: Being a Short Discourse Concerning the Ordering of Families, Both of Whites, Blacks and Indians,” initially held in 1671 in front of the Barbadian MM (men’s meeting) and published in 1676, Fox addressed his fellow Quakers 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 43 living in the colonies as “Christians, Masters, Governours and Rulers of Families.” He stressed their responsibility as head of household for the spiritual well-being of every family member (born or bought) and their duty as Quakers to instruct them in Christian beliefs. Fox reminded them that “Christ dyed for all, […] for the Tawnes and for the Blacks, as well as for you that are called whites.” Moreover, he called upon their compassion, asked them to imagine themselves to be in their slaves’ place and urged them to let their “Servants […] go free after a considerable Term of Years, if they have served them faithfully” and to not “let them […] go away empty-handed.”40 Just like indentured men and women, slaves, Fox advised, were to be manumitted under circumstances that enabled them to build a new life. Fox reasoned consistently, if sometimes less eloquently, along these lines of argument.41 To name one other example, in his epistle “To Friends beyond Sea, that have Blacks and Indian Slaves” (1657), Fox emphasised that God “is no respecter of persons” and “hath made all nations of one blood to dwell upon the face of the earth.”42 He admonished his brethren to conduct themselves with Christian compassion and to respect the dig- nity of their servants: “ye are to have the mind of Christ, and to be merciful, as your heavenly Father is merciful.”43 Regarding the social institution of slavery as such, Fox urged for the amelioration of the condition of slaves, not their freedom.44 In doing so, he stands in an inter-denominational Christian tradition that emphasises the equality of all human beings in the eyes of God, a tradition that insisted on the humane treatment of the colonised and which began with Bartolomé de las Casas (c. 1484–1566) and continued with nineteenth- and twentieth-century missionaries.45 It was, however, no coincidence that Fox spoke to Quaker colonists on Barbados on the topic of slavery. Theirs was the first Friendly settlement outside the British Isles: In 1680, roughly 800 out of a population of 20,000 white persons were Quakers. The community vanished within the next century: some died; many moved to Pennsylvania.46 As a result, the “prosperity of Quaker communities in the New World […] depended, to a large extent, on slave labour in the Caribbean.”47 Barbados was the first British colony to introduce a “slave code” (1661), focussing on African slaves and their descendants and codifying a new form of bondage, the so-called “chattel slavery.” It set legal precedence for several other British colonies in the West Indies and North America such as South Carolina and Virginia whose slave acts mirrored the Barbadian regulations.48 The colony’s planter community was soon held to be an extremely brutalised 44 E. BISCHOFF

society. Barbados was also of particular importance because of its important role in the development of the nascent Quaker colony of Pennsylvania due to its strong ties to on an economic level and on a personal level. This included trade (including slaves) and Quaker migration to Penn’s colony out of fear of slave revolts on the island.49

From Germantown to London: Becoming an Abolitionist Movement The awareness and admonishments of its head figure did not translate easily into a general anti-slavery attitude amongst Quakers. Instead, Friends went through a long and conflict-laden process: On the one hand there were repeated attempts to abolish slave-owning amongst Friends (or at least to ameliorate the situation of bonded persons) starting with Barbadian Quakers instructing their slaves in Christian doctrine,50 Dutch-German Quaker colonists protesting the “traffick in men-body” in 1688,51 and John Woolman’s (1720–1772) and Anthony Benezet’s (1713–1784) powerful arguments against slavery.52 On the other hand, YMs were reluc- tant to take a clear stance against the economic interests of Quaker merchants and slave-owners.53 It took American Quakers until the 1750s to reach a general abolitionist consensus; labelling it a sin in 1754, they officially banned the purchase of slaves in 1758.54 Enforcing these decisions proved to be difficult. More than ten years later, the Rhode Island YM was the first to enforce the interdiction against slave-ownership and actively disown those violating its decision.55 From the very beginning of abolitionist thinking, Quaker arguments against slavery were not as altruistic as often described.56 Owning slaves was considered morally dangerous as their free labour corrupted Quaker ethics, especially in children. Trading in slaves was rejected for fear of slave revolts, assuming that rebellious individuals would be sold away by planters, thereby spreading insurgency and mutiny throughout the colonies.57 Quakers also had their own perspective on the underlying general ethical problem of cruelty and suffering. According to this view, cruelty resulted from the abuse of power to obtain unchristian goals, which undermined Quaker testimonies such as plainness, and employed means that contradicted Friends’ creed of non-violence. Suffering, in turn, was not necessarily regarded as negative because of its transformative potential. To eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century Quakers, suffering had a spiritual meaning. It was one of God’s means to induce change—for the 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 45

better.58 Following this rationale, Quaker abolitionist often set out to save their fellow Christians, not the people who had been enslaved, tortured, and raped.59 Quaker anti-slavery arguments travelled across the Atlantic along the lines originally established for intra-Quaker communication and facilitated by travelling ministers such as Samuel Fothergill (1715–1772, visiting Pennsylvania from 1754 to 1756) and John Woolman (in England in 1772).60 As a result, London YM followed American Quakers in condemning the slave trade in 1761, classifying it to be an act of misconduct, punishable by disownment.61 Abolitionist thinking gained more and more ground amongst British Friends during the following decades. In 1783, London YM presented a petition against the slave trade to Parliament, and on 22 May 1787 prominent Quakers joined a transdenominational initiative and co-founded the Society for Effecting the Abolition of the Slave Trade (also known as the Society for the Abolition of the Slave Trade).62 Quakers were also instrumental in the Anti-Slavery Society founded in 1823. Abolitionist efforts succeeded with the abolishment of the slave trade in 1807, followed by the abolition of slavery in 1833.63

The Caring Power of Evangelical Quakerism The abolitionist impulse hit British Quaker communities at a time when central theological issues were discussed: the rise of evangelicalism.64 Theologically speaking, evangelicalism was based on several principles which partly connected extremely well with existing Quaker faith and practice but also stood at severe odds with Quakerism. Evangelicalism, originating from debates within the Anglican Church, was based on the notion of “original sin” handed down from Adam and Eve through the generations. Sin alienated mankind from God and could overcome only by “atonement,” by not only having faith but by actively working in the spirit of Christianity to improve themselves and society. The Bible was regarded to be the only source of knowledge of God. As a result, philanthropy was a central part of the lives of devoted evangelicals just as keeping the Sabbath, attending church service regularly, and private prayer accompanied by regular Bible readings throughout the week.65 Whereas the concept of original sin and the authority of the Bible contradicted the most central of all Quaker principles, namely that of the presence of the “Inner Light,” that is, God, in every human being and that of the pre-eminence of the personal experience of the divine, evangelical emphasis on Christian 46 E. BISCHOFF work and behaviour resonated strongly with Quaker emphasis on conduct.66 Evangelicalism’s most fervent public supporters, both Quakers and non-Quakers, were found among “the haute bourgeoisie that dominated British politics from 1784 to the 1840s, a combination of rentier economic interests, office-holding, and social notability” which, when taken together, amounted to a social strata Quakers had gained access to during the quietist eighteenth-century period.67 One of the most prominent examples among Friends was Joseph John Gurney (1788–1847), who became the figurehead of Quaker evangelical reform and belonged to a wealthy family deeply involved in philanthropic work.68 Evangelicalism was, politically speaking, a conservative movement: “an upper- and middle-class reaction against the French Revolution and English Jacobinism.”69 It set benevolence and paternalism against the calls for social and political reform, alleviating the negative effects of industrialisa- tion while maintaining the hierarchical social order in the face of French and American Revolutions, early industrialism, and civil labour unrest.70 Many Evangelicals held public offices and exerted a direct influence on political decisions which, as we see in the chapters to come, proved essential in the debates on Aboriginal land rights and the moral obligations of Britain as a colonising power. Moreover, and perhaps even more importantly, Protestant evangelicalism became an integral part of middle-class piety and habitus. It “was less of a theological doctrine” but a way of life and part of British identity.71 Anti-slavery had a profound impact on the Society of Friends. As Christopher L. Brown puts it: “Abolitionism made abolitionists in the same moment that abolitionists made abolitionism.”72 Yet it is important to note that evangelical Quaker campaigners did not, as Brown postulates, operate “entirely out of character.”73 Quaker abolitionism built on Friends’ long-standing tradition of benevolence, originating from the organisation of support and care for Friends in need as it developed during the seventeenth century.74 This included establishing workhouses for poor, elderly Friends and orphans, starting with John Bellers’ (1654–1725) utopian plans for a “Colledge of Industry” [sic] in 1695.75 Quaker women played a key role in the organisation of Quaker poor relief on a local level: Women’s Meetings were in charge of managing funds and visiting the families in need and when the Society turned its attention to larger, philanthropic endeavours, female Friends were a vital part. Just like their fathers, brothers, and husbands they acted within larger Quaker family 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 47 networks to achieve their goals. For many prominent Quakers, humanitarian activism was as much a family business as their economic endeavours.76 The evangelical Quaker activist and minister Elizabeth Fry (1780–1845, née Gurney) can be considered a paradigmatic example of this form of female religious philanthropy operating within network of kinship and friendship.77 Fry and her fellow female philanthropists exercised what Annemieke van Drenth and Francisca de Haan call “caring power”: A “mode of power that operates through care, that is, a commitment to the well-being of others.”78 As I demonstrate in Chaps. 4 and 5, female “caring power” was also instrumental in establishing and maintaining colonial governance in colonial Tasmania. Quaker women and their contribution to the anti-slavery movement were invaluable: they founded so-called “Ladies’s Anti-slavery Societies” across the country, distributed tracts and pamphlets, held speeches, petitioned Parliament, and organised boycotts of sugar grown and refined with slave labour. “Through their combined efforts anti-slavery became a truly popular campaign.”79 Eventually, their activism included not only benevolence and abolitionism but also the protection of Indigenous peoples, as Zoë Laidlaw has demonstrated.80 Female ministry and the increasing involvement of Quaker women in socio-political activism seem to question established notions of nineteenth- century gender norms, the rising influence of evangelical morals, and most importantly the concept of the “separate spheres” according to which women were restricted to a private, domestic life while men pursued public careers in business and politics.81 Feminist historians, supported by evidence from historical investigations into masculinity, have repeatedly argued that this notion is not an accurate description of nineteenth- century gender relations but an idealised norm.82 In a similar vein, Sandra Holton, focussing on a group of Quaker women from the Priestman and Bright families, demonstrates that everyday Quaker life was far more flex- ible than bourgeois middle-class morals might suggest. The Quaker home was not a closed social space; Friends frequently opened their doors and offered hospitality to visitors, be they travelling ministers, family members, or activists from different religious and social backgrounds. Family networks ensured support and distribution of household work among female kin. Quaker men and women shared childcare and other domestic responsibilities, especially when one or even both spouses were in the ministry. Nineteenth-century Friends referred to these complementary gender constructions as “helpmeet.”83 As a result, Holton summarises that “[i]t is 48 E. BISCHOFF more accurate, then, to speak rather of a gendered division of labour within both the public and the private spheres.”84 The family home was thus a particular Quaker space in which, in addition to the meeting house, female Friends carved out their social role. Women’s activism did not preclude embracing evangelical values, though, as the case of the Friends in York, one of the largest (and contrary to the national trend) expanding communities, demonstrates. Here, a group of female ministers was instrumental in overcoming Quaker quietism.85 More than twice as many female ministers were appointed between 1778 and 1858: twenty-one women in contrast to ten men.86 Esther Tuke (1727–1822, née Maud), who married William Tuke (1732–1822) in 1765, was the most influential among them.87 She was appointed minister in 1778 and can be considered “the source of the revitalization of York Meeting.” She revived the practice of the ministry and a critical reading of the Bible. She joined evangelical tenets and Quakerism without abandon- ing the concept of the “Inner Light” as the basis of female ministry. Esther Tuke’s stepdaughters Sarah and Elizabeth Tuke (ministry 1781 and 1787 respectively) and her biological daughter Ann Tuke (ministry in 1788) supported Esther. All of them were active, outward-looking members of the community. They established the local Quaker girls’ school and supported the foundation of the groundbreaking mental asylum “The Retreat” in 1796 along with their male brethren.88 Esther Tuke was also a source of inspiration and support for her son Henry (1755–1814), who, together with Lindley Murray (1745–1826), formulated a theological critique of quietist Quakerism before Joseph John Gurney published his controversial tracts.89 York became thus one of the epicentres of Quaker evangelical revival. It was also the chosen hometown of James Backhouse (1794–1869), the travelling minister whose interventions would prove crucial for the humanitarian-political debates of the 1830s and 1840s as well as for the emergence of Australian Quakerism. Both his wife Deborah (1793?–1827, née Lowe, marriage in 1822) and his daughter Sarah joined the ranks of female ministers at York both in 1822. Backhouse himself was appointed two years later.90 He was deeply influenced by the evangelical movement amongst York’s Quakers, and the teachings of Tuke and Murray had a lasting impact on Backhouse. He became by creed and practice a true evangelical Quaker. In accordance with his spiritual environment in York, he relied on the authority of the Bible. In his tract A Concise Apology for the Peculiarities of the Society of Friends, for instance, he emphasised that 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 49

Friends’ practices, though different from many Christians, were based on “scriptural grounds.”91 Backhouse thereby stressed evangelical commonalities but in doing so fell short in explaining their true complexities. He explicitly referred his readers to prominent evangelical Quaker authors for further information: Henry Tuke’s Principles, Joseph John Gurney’s Peculiarities of Friends, and Elisha Bates’ Doctrine of Friends.92 He also engaged in philanthropic endeavours. Yet, throughout his ministry, he insisted on silent meetings and strongly believed in the personal inspiration by God.93

3.2 Strategies of Conflict Resolution: Between Peace Testimony and Diplomacy Quakers today are best known for their pacifist convictions, the so-called “peace testimony,” as it motivated the conscientious objection of male Friends during both world wars and continues to inspire the Society’s strong support of peace movements until today. It is “perhaps the best- loved of all the Quaker testimonies” amongst contemporary Friends themselves.94 Early nineteenth-century Friends also regarded it very highly: In texts they considered appropriate representations of their faith and practice, such as the aforementioned William Penn’s Rise and Progress, the peace testimony held a prominent position. Quakers, Penn elaborated, “affirm[ed] that Christianity teacheth people to beat their swords into plough-shares, and their spears into pruning-hooks.”95 Accordingly, he continued, Quakers had forsworn fighting and war. As demonstrated in the previous section, Penn also emphasised that Quaker pacifism was not “obnoxious to civil government,” on the contrary: “though they were not for fighting, they were for submitting to government” as long as “government doth not interfere with conscience.”96 Just like the other key characteristics Penn listed in his description the peace principle emerged from a very specific historical situation, namely the restoration period of the 1660s, and evolved from there. “Quaker peace principles were” therefore everything but “uncomplicated, homogeneous, self-evident, and unproblematical.”97 Its complexity is, as Meredith Weddle argues, partly due to a characteristic of pacifism in general: “As a way of organizing human interaction, it is organically connected to its historical setting and to inspired individuals, arising within a specific social culture, political system, legal and economic structure, and religious outlook.” As a consequence, she continues, while “[e]ach person 50 E. BISCHOFF must work out a definition of pacifism anew” every pacifist faces the same question: “Where does one’s responsibility begin, and end?”98 In case of the Quaker peace testimony, this is all the more true since it was conceptualised as a response to legal prosecution, assaults, and social ostracism in England. The Quaker peace testimony was soon put to the test in the face of slave revolts, Native American attacks, war, and revolution as Friends moved to the colonies during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It shaped relations between Quakers, non-Quakers, African slaves, and Indigenous peoples in North America and the Caribbean. It had divided Quakers during the American Revolutionary Wars into Fighting Quakers and those suspected of loyalism.99 By the time Quaker settlers arrived in Australia, a particular understanding of pacifist principles and practice which had evolved from this colonial context became a central part of Quaker identity. To understand where Australian Quakers stood in 1830s, we therefore have to acknowledge the complex history of Quaker peace testimony and its impact on the relationship between Indigenous peoples and members of the Religious Society of Friends. Their key reference point was the colony of Pennsylvania and William Penn’s so-called “Holy Experiment.” As I demonstrate in Chap. 8, the resulting self-concept structured Quaker contributions to humanitarian debates of the time.

From Revolutionaries to Law-Abiding Subjects As mentioned above, early Quakerism was not a pacifist movement as such. Many Friends were soldiers in the New Model Army and supported militant actions against the Royalists.100 Others upheld peace principles as early as the 1650s (i.e. John Lilburne and Thomas Lurting).101 In 1660, however, this changed dramatically. Starting with the letter written by Margaret Fell in April 1660,102 several “weighty” Friends addressed the King to convince him and the general public that Quakers were law- abiding, peace-loving Christians instead of radicals, insurgents, and revolutionaries. Their intervention was motivated by political concerns: With the ascension of Charles II to the throne, more and more Friends were incarcerated under the suspicion of treason or collusion with militant groups such as the Fifth Monarchists.103 “Pacifism,” to quote a dictum of Alan Cole, “was forced upon them by the hostility of the outside world.”104 Fell’s letter, formulated right after Charles’ arrival in the capital and prior to his inauguration to the throne, was supported by such prominent 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 51

Quaker ministers as George Fox, Richard Hubberthorne (1628, year of baptism−1662), and Samuel Fisher (1605–1665).105 It was followed by Fox’s and Hubberthorne’s Declaration from the Harmless & Innocent People of God called Quakers which reacted explicitly to the wave of prosecution of religious dissenters that followed the foiled attempt of the Fifth Monarchists to take control of London on 6 January 1661.106

Our Principle is, and our Practices have always been to seek peace, and enfue it, and to follow after Rightenoufnefs, and the Knowledge of God, feeking the Good and Wellfare, and doing that which tends to the peace of All. We know that Wars and Fighting proceed from the Lufts of Men […] out of which Lufsts the Lord hath redeemed us; […] All Bloody Principles and Practices we (as to our own particular) do utterly deny, with all outward Wars and Strife, and Fightings with Outward Weapons, for any end, or under prentence whatfoever; and this is our Teftimony to the whole World.107

Although the political motivation of both public announcements is pal- pable, there was also a spiritual dimension to the renunciation of “outward weapons.” After the failure of the Puritan revolution, Fox and his supporters saw their millenarian, apocalyptic expectations disappointed and re- orientated themselves (and their community) in order to live a Christian life in an imperfect world. They concentrated on fighting the “Lamb’s War,” a spiritual battle no less fierce, and accepted that the “Children of the Light” were bound by worldly laws just as everybody else was, as long as these did not contradict biblical commands.108 It was Robert Barclay (1648–1690) who put this position on firm theological ground in hisAn Apology for the True Christian Divinity, first published in 1676.109 The pacifist declarations of Quaker leadership did not gain the immediate and unanimous support of all members.110

The Lamb’s War and Its Consequences Considering its historical origin and the aims of late seventeenth-century Quaker leaders, the peace testimony had several, unintended consequences. The first was its gender dimension: Although both male and female Friends had been involved in developing and supporting it, Quaker men were to take the brunt for adhering to it as they were the ones expected to take up arms by their respective governments.111 In the former North American colonies, masculinity and virility were linked by the abil- 52 E. BISCHOFF ity to use armed force since carrying weapons was no longer the privilege of the aristocracy but part of the US Constitution as part of its first ten amendments contained in the Bill of Rights (adopted on 15 December 1791).112 In American gun culture, the helpless, feminised male Quaker became a stereotype of popular depictions of the frontier through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. British concepts of manliness developed along a different path: During the eighteenth century, the “Age of Sensibility,” men were encouraged to explore emotional qualities later centuries would associate as weak and female such as empathy and sensibility, even in apparently violent pastimes such as boxing.113 This concept changed in the face of French enmity during the 1790s and early 1800s. Ideal masculinity was now increasingly often associated with “heroism and virility.”114 Whereas male Friends could identify easily with qualities of the gentle and sensible man of earlier decades, martial heroism was barred from them by Christian values and adherence to the peace testimony. Refusing armed military service after the Militia Act 1806, they were ostracised, imprisoned, and faced corporal and verbal abuse.115 The peace testimony had two other consequences that are of particular interest in view of the topic of this study: it structured internal decision making processes and influenced Quaker relations to Indigenous peoples. The former intersects with what Pink Dandelion has described as the “culture of silence” in Quaker meetings: the devaluation of (unsanctioned) speech while simultaneously elevating acquiescence rooted in the concept of the “Inward Light” and its guidance.116 Meetings seeking to reach a decision wait in silence to discern God’s will and to follow it “in unity.” All voices have to be considered; yet a debate can come to a conclusion only if all members present support its outcome. It provides strong social and political cohesion as it surpasses a simple compromise. Simultaneously, however, Quaker discourse and practice is thus “more about dispute avoidance than it is about dispute resolution.”117 As a result, silences are a general characteristic of Quaker sources. The third consequence of the peace testimony came to the fore as early as Quakerism spread to the colonies, where it took on an individual as well as a political dimension. Individually, every male Quaker had to decide how to react to a direct attack on his home. Collectively, Quakers had to position themselves in relation to a government’s call for support in times of war or if any other threats to the community arose. Reacting to an official request for guidance from the community on Nevis, an island under the jurisdiction of the colonial government on 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 53

Barbados, George Fox specified his understanding of how to reconcile obedience to the authorities, adherence to the peace testimony, and personal need for security.118 Fox’s answer, addressed to “Friends in Nevis, and the Caribbean Islands” dated 5 September 1675 and approved by the Six Week’s Meeting on 7 December 1675, balanced all concerns carefully and served generations of Quaker colonists as a guideline.119 Unarmed auxiliary services, such as keeping guard in case anybody “should come and burn your house, or rob you, or come to ravish your wives or daughters, or a company should come to fire a city or town, or come to kill people,” were to be considered well within the boundaries of the peace testimony, Fox declared. Punishing any “evil-doer” according to the worldly law, however, was the duty and the task of the government. Quakers were obliged “to watch in their own way” (i.e. unarmed) and to notify official representatives. Fox explicitly mentioned two scenarios that had haunted British colonists from the beginning of the colonial project in the Caribbean and North America: slave revolts (“discover if negroes should rise up to burn plantations or steal, or do any hurt”) and attacks by Amerindian war parties. In a passage that seems to forebode the dilemma of generations of Quaker settlers to come across the Anglo-world, he wrote:

And so, if the foreign Indians should come to steal your goods or to kill, for you to be left to your freedom to watch in your own way, and to discover to the magistrate such as would destroy your lives or plantations to steal—let them come from at home or come from abroad—such evil-doers the magistrate is to punish, who is for the praise of them that do well.120

If a magistrate failed to do so, Fox continued, “he bears his sword in vain.”121 As I demonstrate in Chap. 7, notifying the authorities and relying on their lethal power to protect the lives of his family and his assigned servants was exactly what Quaker Francis Cotton did in 1829 colonial Tasmania after a group of warriors of the Oyster Bay Nation had raided his nascent farm. He relied on and thereby reasserted the state’s monopoly on lethal force. Fox’s interpretation of the peace testimony, just as Cotton’s subsequent adherence to it, depended upon on the armed protection of a government that was not burdened by the same concerns Friends held dear. In other words: Fox did not envision a Quaker government.122 Hermann Wellenreuther carved out the inherent tension between this “peculiar” understanding of the role of authorities (Obrigkeitsdoktrin) and Quaker 54 E. BISCHOFF peace testimony meticulously.123 It shaped Quaker decisions in colonies such as Rhode Island where Friends held important legislative positions and where, although they had negotiated exemption from armed service in the colony’s militia for conscientious objectors, they provided support for and actively fought in the militia during the confrontation, the King Philip’s War (1675–1679).124 The conflict between adherence to worldly laws and following pacific principles also structured the political set-up of the colony of Pennsylvania, a colony designed by its proprietary governor, William Penn, and showcase of Quaker principles in actu. Penn, devout Quaker and close friend of George Fox, became, as Peter Brock has noted, “gradually […] aware” of its consequences and developed his own strategies to negotiate this conflict.125 One of the cornerstones of his efforts to reconcile governmental responsibilities and Quaker peace testimony was building peaceful relations with the local Native American population. As I argue in Chap. 8, eighteenth-century and early nineteenth-century Quakers understood Pennsylvanian history and Penn’s actions in their own way. Their interpretation rested on the assumption that William Penn had concluded a peace treaty (“Great Treaty”) with the representatives of an Amerindian nation, the Delaware or Lenni-Lenape under an elm tree at Shackamaxon (also Shakamaxon, today part of the city of Philadelphia) in 1782. This treaty supposedly laid the foundation for a period of peaceful coexistence of settlers and Indigenous peoples living in the Delaware valley until the beginning of the American Revolution—visually depicted by Edward Hicks in his painting The Peaceable Kingdom (c. 1834, see Fig. 3.1). As I show in Chap. 8, this image of Penn as legislator and peacemaker served as an inspiration for early nineteenth-century Quakers on a personal as well as on a political level. It transcended the Atlantic world and influenced global humanitarian discourses. As such, Penn and his actions merit a closer analysis.

Quaker Peace Principles and Settler-Indigenous Relations in Colonial Pennsylvania William Penn’s colony of Pennsylvania emerged from a very specific colonial setting, structured not only by established forms of cultural interaction, exchange, and adaption on the European’s side but also by the socio-political situation of the Delaware/Lenape. Their population severely reduced by contagious diseases, the Lenape were caught between 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 55

Fig. 3.1 Edward Hicks, The Peaceable Kingdom (c. 1834). (Oil on Canvas, 74.5 × 90.1 cm, National Gallery of Art, Washington, DC) the competing interests of the Iroquois League and those of the various European (Dutch, French, and British) colonies during the Beaver Wars (finally settled in the Great Peace of Montreal, 1701), which had devas- tated the region for decades. In light of these developments, they sought an alliance with Penn in a “Chain of Friendship.” To them, this was an opportunity to establish a stronger position within the “Covenant Chain” dominated by the colony of New York and the nations of the Iroquois League.126 Based on their previous interaction with European settlers, they had a clear (although eventually false) notion of what to expect and anticipated “colonial expansion would be modest and manageable, and that often it might fail completely.”127 Additionally, Indigenous Americans held a strong position in early colonial diplomacy in general. They were highly sought after as trading partners and military allies. Pulling the newcomers into an already existing and complex network of diplomatic 56 E. BISCHOFF relationships, Native Americans set the tone for treaty negotiations. Eventually, “European and Native American traditions and practices melded to produce a new, uniquely American form of cross-cultural diplomacy,” characterised by Native American practices of gift giving, their highly developed oratory culture, and introducing their technology of record keeping, the wampum belt.128 A legal principle emerged from these practices and became enshrined in British law in 1763 by means of a royal proclamation; it stipulated that only the Crown (i.e. one of her representatives) was entitled to negotiate and sign such contracts.129 Accordingly, agreements between Native Americans and Europeans did not question the Crown’s territorial claims, on the contrary. They affirmed its prerogative while simultaneously acknowledging Indigenous land rights in terms of usage but not proprietorship.130 This tradition of acknowledging native title and bargaining with Indigenous peoples for access to or ownership of land that had emerged in the Atlantic World was flouted by Australian settlement policies. It was assumed that the Antipodean continent was uninhabited apart from a small number of widely scattered nomadic “tribes” and lay “waste” since they did not engage in any practices the British recognised as agricultural. Relying on the “right of discovery,” the Crown assumed full and sole possession of the territory and based on these assumptions, the legal doctrine known as terra nullius emerged.131 When William Penn received his royal charter on 28 February 1681, he began to negotiate a series of treaties for sections of land, which he concluded between 1682 and 1684.132 In doing so, Penn acted as every other proprietor did during the colonial period: he cleared the land of any native land title before selling or renting it to European settlers.133 He was neither the first nor the last one to do so. Swedish and Dutch colonists had negotiated with Lenape chiefs for access to land on several occasions, most notably the Swedish on 8 April 1638. Quaker colonists, who arrived in New Jersey prior to the foundation of Penn’s colony, built on these practices and employed Swedish or Dutch (often second-generation) colonists, who spoke the local creole or “Delaware Jargon,” as interpreters. Penn continued this form of proceedings for his own negotiations.134 Francis Jennings and James O’Neil Spady even argue that Penn developed the purchase scheme not on his own accord but because the Bishop of London had urged him to acknowledge their “native right of land ownership and should be compensated for it” and “only after he had secured his royal charter, sold thousands of acres of 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 57

Lenape land, and dispatched the first boatloads of colonists to North America.”135 There is no copy of a so-called “Great Treaty” and, accordingly, scholars today are very sceptical about the validity of eighteenth- and nineteenth- century reports about it. The only accord signed by Penn in existence today is the one he negotiated with Susquehannock, the Shawnee, and an Onondaga representative of the Iroquois confederacy concluded in Philadelphia on 23 April 1701.136 As William Frost, Jon Parmenter, and others have shown, the myth of the “Great Treaty” was established after 1720 in order to stabilise Quaker hegemony in eighteenth-century Pennsylvania. Pictorial representations, such as Benjamin West’s famous painting The Treaty of Penn with the Indians (1771–1772, see Fig. 3.2), a remittance work for the family of Thomas Penn (1702–1775, one of the initiators of the fraudulent “Walking Purchase” of 1737), were central in forming and perpetuating the notion of Quaker hegemony.137 Delaware/Lenape tradition regarding the “Great Treaty” is equally difficult to reconstruct. Only one wampum belt, donated to the Historical Society of Pennsylvania in 1857 by Granville John Penn, William Penn’s

Fig. 3.2 Benjamin West, The Treaty of Penn with the Indians (1771–1772). (Oil on Canvas, 190 × 274 cm, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia) 58 E. BISCHOFF great-grandson, bears witness to the special relationship between the Quaker founding father and the Delaware Nation and we may have to be careful in accepting this wampum as a Native American tradition going back to Penn’s times.138 James O’Neil Spady argues that Delaware/Lenape delegates called for the exchange of wampum belts only after relations had deteriorated and negotiation had proven to bring unreliable results.139 Contemporary scholars are also much more critical about Penn’s governmental policies as nineteenth-century Quakers. His benevolence, they argue, might have been motivated by Christian principles, but ultimately it was determined by paternalism and economic calculations.140 Spreading the Gospel was as much part of his colonial scheme as to “enlarge [the] English Empire, and promote such usefull comodities as may bee [sic] of Benefit to [the King] and [his] Dominion.”141 His legislative measures established an early form of colonial governmentality, which aimed at transforming the Indigenous population into Christians and regulating a multiethnic and multilingual population while using minimal resources. From an Indigenous perspective, Penn’s policy had the same effect as in any other settler colony on the continent: “expropriation, conquest, and extermination.”142 As a result of his policies, “[p]eace and conquest—like the European and Indian men pictured on wampum belts—walked hand in hand.”143 Diplomatic appropriation turned into deception and bloodshed after Penn’s death: In 1837, his children instigated the “Walking Purchase” to extinguish all remaining Native American’s rights in the colony and in 1763, a group of settler vigilantes, the so-called “Paxton Boys,” massacred 21 Susquehannock at Conestoga, central Pennsylvania.144 Many Quakers, however, actively continued pursuing peaceful relations in the face of growing hostilities in post-revolutionary America. The most prominent case is the support Philadelphia YM lent to the Seneca in their struggle to keep their ancestral lands in opposition to the onsetting US removal policy. This cooperation started in 1791 when Chief Cornplanter (c. 1752– 1836, Gaiänt’wakê or Kaiiontwa’kon) contacted Philadelphian Friends to arrange for the education of a group of Seneca youths amongst Quakers in the city. He invited Friends to send teachers, millers, and agricultural instructors to the Allegheny River. The first Quaker ministers and teachers arrived on the reservation in 1798.145 In addition, Friends attended treaty negotiations between members of the Iroquois Confederacy (Haudenosaunee) and the newly formed US-American administration at Newtown (1791), Sandusky (1793), and Canandaigua (1794) for their 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 59 relocation to the territory of Ohio. In 1795, the YM also appointed a Committee for the Civilization & Real Welfare of the Indian Natives (or in short Indian Committee of the Philadelphia Yearly Meeting, PYMIC). The Committee organised two missions: the one to the Oneida (Onyota’a:ka or Onayotekaonotyu, 1796–1799) in central New York and the one to the Seneca (1798–1831).146 British Friends were well aware of the activities of their American brethren on behalf of the Seneca people and other Native Americans. London YM received regular reports on these interventions in the course of the exchange of yearly epistles.

3.3 A Translocal Community: Quakers and Migration Many aspects of Quaker history have been discussed within the framework of national history, important volumes acknowledging its transatlantic dimension avant-la-lettre, notwithstanding.147 Since the advent of Atlantic History at the turn of the twentieth century, however, the number of transnational studies is growing fast.148 They demonstrate that religion was a crucial element in the “Making of the British Atlantic World,” to employ the title of one of the key publications on the topic.149 Concomitantly, an increasing number of studies have shown that Quakers were part and parcel of this development. Their results testify that Quaker identity and faith emerged within the Atlantic world. Scholars also speak of a “Quaker Atlantic” or a “transatlantic Quaker culture” in this context.150 Geographically speaking, this world initially stretched across the Caribbean, the Middle, and the New England colonies, but developed a gravitational centre in the Northern Atlantic (Pennsylvania, the Jerseys, Maryland, New York) after the communities in the West Indies during the late seventeenth century had expired.151 Two interconnected flows established the Quaker Atlantic:152 the flow of people and the flow of words. Although prior to the evangelical turn, the spoken word was revered amongst Quakers much more than written texts, and Friends started publishing travel reports, journals, sermons, epistles, and tracts (often in response to anti-Quaker literature) as early as the 1650s.153 Simultaneously, the first Friends migrated across the Atlantic to the newly founded colonies of New England and the Caribbean, or Maryland.154 Travelling ministers almost immediately followed suit.155 As seen above, London YM aimed at regulating the flow of words, that is, 60 E. BISCHOFF controlling who spoke in the name of Quakerdom since the restoration. Much less regulated, by comparison, was the migration of regular members of the Society of Friends. Since both of these flows and their respective regulation set the stage for the ways and means by which Quakerism responded to first the emigration of their members to the Antipodes, I focus on and describe three aspects of the Quaker Atlantic: the travelling ministry, the flow of books and Friendly affection, and the Quaker protocols developed to administrate the heterogeneity of Quaker lives. I seek to demonstrate how these Atlantic practices and experiences informed and structured Quaker responses to the settler expansion in 1830s/1840s Australasia.

Travelling under Concern: Ministers Abroad Quaker ministers were selected in a process that differed significantly from that of other protestant churches: they were appointed by their brethren as assembled in their respective local MM. Ministers were itinerant from the very beginning of the movement. The “Valiant Sixty,” a group of Quaker preachers and activists, include many of the founding mothers and fathers of Quakerism. George Fox travelled to Europe and the colonies during the 1670s and early 1680s.156 Initially, travelling ministers followed their own spiritual calling without being accountable to the Quaker community in general, but since the Quaker restoration, a minister who felt a “concern” or “religious compul- sion to act in a certain way,”157 in this case to visit Friends in other parts of Britain, Europe, or the colonies, had to pass a three-step procedure of official approval before actually beginning the journey. First, he or she had to inform the respective local MM and seek its approval and moral support (“unity”). Secondly, the minister had to convince the regional Quarterly Meeting of the sincerity of his or her “concern.” Both MM and QM prepared certificates that documented its knowledge and support of the journey planned. In a third and last step, the prospective traveller presented these certificates to the Second Day Morning Meeting of London YM. Again, his or her intentions were examined carefully and, if successful, the applicant was acknowledged by the Morning Meeting whose authority in this matter became so pervasive that to be recorded in its respective ledger became synonymous with being officially acknowledged as a travelling minister.158 All British Quaker ministers who visited the Antipodean colonies during the nineteenth century were officially 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 61 recorded as travelling ministers. They were supported by a group of Friends at home, appointed by the MfS.159 These committees were mainly employed to ensure the accuracy of the financial arrangements and transactions involved. They were also entrusted with keeping contact, providing moral and spiritual support and collecting reports, which, in turn, were presented to the MfS. In 1834, in addition to the support committees set up for each individual journey undertaken, the MfS installed y supplementary committee to prepare a “summary of some information respecting the Visits of our Friends now engaged in Gospel labour in Foreign parts.” This group continued its work and solidified as the Committee for Corresponding with Friends Travelling Abroad or Committee on Visits in Foreign Parts (or the Visits Committee, for short).160 It was customary for the travelling minister to be accompanied by another Friend (sometimes more than one) who shared and supported his or her “concern.” As a result, itinerant Quaker ministers usually travelled in pairs. For nineteenth-century Australia these were almost exclusively men, namely James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, Daniel and Charles Wheeler, Robert Lindsey and Frederick Mackie, Joseph James Neave and Walter Robson. There is only one exception to this rule: Sarah Lindsey (1804–1876, née Crosland) who accompanied her husband Robert on his second visit to Australasia. The companion in question did not have to be an acknowledged preacher; as a result, there was often a certain differential between the social and spiritual standing of the two. Yet, due to their different skill set and interests, they often complemented each other well. Missionary visits to the colonies are thus represented in a dual voice since each member of the team kept an individual travel journal. Sarah Lindsey’s report, for instance, provides much closer insight into family matters than that of her husband or any of her male predecessors to Tasmania.161 Looking at the Australasian Quaker missions, it becomes apparent though that London YM could exert only a limited level of control. Some of the regulations installed during the Quaker restoration period, designed to weed out elements of mysticism or the meetings’ tendency to decide without consulting London hub, proved particularly difficult to enforce. James Backhouse, for instance, selected his travel companion on the basis of a dream which, according to his own interpretation, guided him to his friend George Washington Walker.162 62 E. BISCHOFF

Originally, Quaker travels were monitored by London YM, or rather the MfS as its executive board, and the Second Day Morning Meeting. The impulse to regulate the exchange of Friends and their ideas emerged within the larger context of the Quaker restoration between 1660 and 1700, along with the introduction of a more hierarchical structure. This included intra-Quaker transatlantic communication in the form of epistles exchanged between the YMs located in London, Philadelphia, and New York.163 In doing so, Quakers inadvertently created the infrastructure and communication networks, which formed the organisational backbone of the transatlantic abolitionist movement of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. The Second Day Morning Meeting assumed a particularly important role in this context: it kept record of travelling ministers and, in addition, examined, authorised, and organised the publication of Quaker writings.164 By the beginning of the nineteenth century, however, part of these responsibilities was delegated to a special committee of the MfS that was installed to control the interaction between British Quakerism and Friends in Europe: the Continental Committee. It was founded in 1817 in response to the ministry of Elizabeth Robson (1771– 1843), Elizabeth Fry, William, and Charlotte Allen who had visited southern France and northern Germany the previous year. It communicated with representatives of the respective Quaker communities, usually the clerk of the respective meeting. With more and more Quakers emigrating to the Australasian colonies, the Continental Committee widened its scope and its tasks eventually also included the care for Friends in Australia and Aotearoa/New Zealand.165 As I show in Chap. 8, it played a central role in relaying and filtering knowledge of settler imperial expansion, its consequences for Indigenous peoples, and the experiences of Quaker settlers in the Antipodes. With regard to the itinerant Quaker ministry in Australia it is important to keep in mind that the Continental Committee was set up with a Quaker perspective in mind, not with an interest in the colonies as such. Its mental map encompassed a space constituted by shared beliefs and practices. By including Prussia, France, and Norway, it geographically transgressed the Anglo-world or the British Empire. The Committee established a close and cordial relationship with Friends across Europe, strengthened by mutual visits and shared concerns about establishing Quaker schools (France) or facing repercussions for rejecting the national military service—topics Friends in Britain could relate to easily and which were discussed freely in the Committee’s yearly report to the MfS. Frontier 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 63 violence, by contrast, was not discussed in any of the group’s accounts. Eventually, there was a significant overlap between the Continental Committee and other related working groups such as the Committee on Visits in Foreign Parts, which I discuss in detail in Chap. 8.

Flows of Books and Friendly Affection: The Circulation of Knowledge Recording their daily routines in travelogues during their journeys was vital to the practices by which travelling Quaker ministers articulated their identity as Christians, as spiritual and political counsellors, as well as respected elders of new Quaker communities. These journals also convey information about the people who were met, the experiences the colonists had, and any actions they had taken. By the beginning of the nineteenth century, the ministers also reported via written letters to their respective support committee as well as to the Visits Committee. In the case of James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, the use of two distinct text- based record keeping forms ended when Backhouse decided it was “best to transmit the countenance of our journals” to convey the wealth of their experiences and the amount of information he and Walker had gathered.166 These reports played a vital role in transferring knowledge about Van Diemen’s Land (VDL) into Quaker humanitarian circles in Britain. Travelling ministers, in turn, carried knowledge with them to the colonies. Jordan Landes has reconstructed this flow in detail for the early Quaker Atlantic.167 Starting with the first itinerant preachers, print material was “part of a strategy developed by Quaker ministers to spread and defend the faith, then later to keep colonial Quakers informed of emerging discipline from London.”168 These publications included a range of different texts and genres, ranging from “ministerial tracts, pamphlets, published dialogues of Quakers and magistrates, and books.”169 As early as the 1690s, distribution was organised and monitored by London YM, which sent material across the Atlantic to so-called correspondents, appointed by the respective colonial yearly meetings, who then took responsibility for circulating these materials amongst local Friends.170 Reading material was often shared, not individually owned, notable exceptions notwithstanding. Tracts and books circulated within the community to maximise readership, and colonial meetings established communal libraries as early as the 1670s.171 As such, the flow of books, tracts, and 64 E. BISCHOFF pamphlets created a translocal community who shared words and (reading) practices. Quaker ministers travelling to the Antipodes at the beginning of the nineteenth century followed the example set by itinerant preachers before them and distributed print material amongst the colonial population. They targeted three audiences: the general (predominantly convict) population, officials or administrative staff, and fellow “serious” Christians, persons Quakers considered particularly receptive to their theology and spiritual practices. The latter, Friends assumed, could be found in all walks of life. Presenting like-minded evangelical Christians with a Quaker book, however, implied more than just the exchange of information. The printed text was a token of connectedness across denominational boundaries. It simultaneously created and symbolised an affective bond between presen- tee and presenter. As I show in Chap. 5, Quaker publications also played a key role in supporting a particular form of colonial governmentality. Reconstructing which publications were distributed by those ministers travelling to the Antipodes during the first half of the nineteenth century proves difficult. There are no systematic lists kept at Friends’ House Library, and none were found in the records stored in the Australian archives accessed in the course of my research. The travelling ministers themselves only make general remarks on this topic, speaking of “tracts” distributed or “books” presented. The frequency with which the dissemi- nation of printed material is mentioned, however, indicates how important it was to them and their fellow Quakers. In their letters, they give more specific information but cover only personal presents to Australian Friends, fellow Evangelicals, and/or colonial officials. There are, however, complementary sources that allow for reconstructing a sense of what publications Quakers (at least those connected to the MfS) considered best representative of their faith and practice: Friends applied to the meeting for free copies of tracts and books to present them to non-members. These individual book grants have been recorded (to varying degrees of detail) by the Printing Committee, in the minutes of the MfS and in a separate “Book Grants Book” [sic]. Not all of these materials have been kept and therefore only samples can be taken: the first derived from a step-by-step analysis of the minutes of the MfS from 7 March 1823 to 6 February 1824 and the second from the report of the Printing Committee for the year 1839 to the MfS on 1 May 1840.172 In both cases, individual book grants over the course of twelve months have been recorded. 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 65

In 1839, a total of 2525 publications were handed out, on average of 26.3 copies of one individual title (counting different versions of the same publication as publications in their own right). The “bestselling” Quaker authors of the year 1840, according to the Printing Committee’s records, were George Fox and Henry Tuke. Requests for Fox’s and Tuke’s writings amounted to 284 each, followed by those authored by William Penn (262 copies all his works handed out). The single most requested item, however, was John Woolman’s Journal (231 copies). William Penn’s Rise and Progress, the description of Quakerism recommended by James Backhouse in 1836 and discussed at the very beginning of this chapter, was given away 185 times in three different languages (85 English, 24 French, 76 German issues). Of the Extracts of Backhouse’s letters, only 19 issues were requested for a book grant whereas the Extracts of Daniel Wheeler’s letters were sought after significantly more (48 issues).173 Quaker benevolent activism diversified significantly during these years. With the abolitionist movement succeeding in 1833 other “good causes” came up, namely the situation of Indigenous peoples across the Anglo-world and of Amerindians in North America. The Printing Committee noted a total of 83 copies of one of three collections of pamphlets on the topic as requested: the “Aborigines Tracts Sets” (15); the pamphlet on “Indian Civilization” (12); the tract on “Indians, Tract &c” (32); and the “Information on Aborigines” (24).174 About fifteen years earlier, in 1823/24, the MfS recorded only 1617 book grants in total, with 27.9 copies of one individual title on average. The book most sought after was Anthony Benezet’s A Caution to Great Britain, of which 400 were issued. Apart from this central text of the abolitionist movement, William Penn’s publications (a total of 124 items, most often Rise and Progress with 54 issues) and Henry Tuke’s books (214) were the most popular amongst Friends’ prints and tracts.175 These two samples suggest that there was a constant presence of voices all Quakers would have been familiar with and wanted others to know as well, namely that of George Fox (the most prominent founding father), that of Robert Barcley (the reknown Quaker theologist), and that of William Penn (as the church’s “political” writer). In addition, Friends thought that certain evangelical Quaker authors (Henry Tuke) and the writings of prominent Quaker abolitionists (John Woolman and Anthony Benezet) represented their faith best. Quaker identity at the beginning of the nineteenth century was, in light of this data, abolitionist-transatlantic in nature. Journals written by the travelling ministers visiting the Antipodes 66 E. BISCHOFF were included into the Quaker reading repertoire very quickly—the first issues even while they were still in the colonies.

Friends Overseas: Certificates and Networks The first Quakers migrating across the Atlantic were reported as early as 1655, only three years after Fox’s visionary speech on Pendle Hill. Ministers “travelling under concern” followed almost immediately to those places in the Caribbean, New England, or Maryland where they had set up residences.176 In contrast to the movement of Friendly ministers, regulating the flow of Quaker emigrants was not attempted by the London YM. It would have been impossible to achieve in any event. One of the reasons for this difficulty was the decentralised structure of the organisation of the Quaker church, even after the systematising efforts during the restoration period. Although the London meetings took precedence in many spiritual and administrative matters, Quaker communities remained responsible for their respective members. This included, on the one hand, caring for elderly, sick, morally or financially troubled members. As mentioned above, women took a leading role in these philanthropic ventures. They organised poor relief and put together visiting committees to support stumbling members. Two of these “lost sheep” were Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, as we will see in Chap. 4, who married in an Anglican church to prevent the shame of a pregnancy out of wedlock. On the other hand, Quaker meetings kept their own records, including notes on births, marriages, disownments, and relocations to other meetings; the latter involved a so-called “certificate of removal” to be recorded in the respective Meeting’s minutes and issued to the person in question. These written statements gave information on the person’s conduct as well as his or her financial and marital status. It was signed by the meeting’s clerk as well as a number of witnesses; in cases involving female Friends, the clerk of the women’s meeting signed. To give an example from early 1800s, Frenchay MM informed the “Friends of Bristol Monthly Meeting” on 1 January 1810 that one Mary Bradley “was of sober conduct; and a regular attender of our religious meetings” and had been left “free from debt and marriage engagement.” The meeting concluded its brief three-line statement by “[r]ecommending her to” the “Christian regard” of the Friends in Bristol.177 These protocols were observed regardless of the geographical distance between meetings, embedding all Quaker communities in a transatlantic 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 67 network. Australasian meetings were included into this web as soon as they were formally established, thus expanding it in a truly rhizomatic fashion across the globe. Nevertheless, keeping track of members is, as Richard Vann and David Eversley have noted, very difficult, especially prior to the first census of the Religious Society of Friends in 1861. Disownments, readmissions, and attendance of meetings for worship without formal membership resulted in a fluctuating community.178 Even the information held by central organisational units of the Quaker church was vague at best. In 1847 the Continental Committee sent out a ques- tionnaire directly to the local meetings to determine the names and numbers of those who had emigrated to the southern hemisphere; the answers did not yield sustainable results. Many persons listed in other reports, particularly those written by travelling ministers, were missing. Anna Maria Cotton, to name but one example, who by then was already a reinstated member of the community and a registered minister of Hobart Meeting, was not mentioned.179 Another aspect that made controlling Quaker migration literally impossible was that, in contrast to travelling ministers, regular members did not need to seek permission for moving from other cities, villages, or colonial settlements. Certificates of removal were handed out by request only, and mobility was part of Quaker life on an individual and community level. Pennsylvania certainly is the best-known case in question. About 4000 settlers came here between 1681 and 1682, carried by a total of forty- three ships. In 1685 the colony’s European population was close to 8000 souls—not all of them Friends, however, since the religious freedom promised by the colony’s proprietor attracted members of many different denominations.180 Some Quaker communities were significantly weakened or depleted by migration. To mention only two examples: of the approximately 500 Quaker families living in Amsterdam in 1710, only seven persons were left by the end of the century.181 Welsh-speaking Friends founded a total of seven companies which acquired about 43,000 acres of land west of the river Schuylkill during the early 1680s. Here, more than 300 families settled, establishing the “Welsh barony” (also known as “Cambria,” “New Wales,” or the “Welsh Tract”).182 In addition, a second wave of Welsh emigrants left their home country at the end of the 1690s, which resulted in a total of 2000 Welsh Quakers settling overseas.183 Penn’s “Holy Experiment” was not the only one inspiring organised, large-scale Quaker emigration at the end of the seventeenth century. Other Friends became 68 E. BISCHOFF proprietors as well, establishing settlements in West and East Jersey by 1682 (united in 1702), among them Robert Barclay (although he never resided in the colony himself). Here, the city of Burlington was settled in 1677 and prior to 1681, about 1400 Quakers had moved either to this settlement or to Salem, New Jersey.184 Once communities were established, Quakers migrated within economic or kinship networks. Given the structure of Quaker businesses and the legal constraints they faced, intercommunal networks had been a part of Quaker economy from the beginning of the community (as described above). However, goods and money were not the only items moving along these routes. Young Quakers, looking for an apprenticeship, which local businesses and workshops could not provide, sought education and experience; Quaker families relocated their workshops or merchant businesses to more favourable circumstances. Endogamy helped reinforce, and sometimes even establish, these networks.185 These networks were transatlantic in extent and outlook. They followed the general economic systems established in the Atlantic world between the late sixteenth and eighteenth centuries, namely the maritime/metropolitan—and the territorial/ agricultural-circuits along the frontier of North America, albeit with a tendency to the former rather than the latter.186 Quakers thereby contributed to the estimated 1.4 million Europeans, who came to North America between 1500 and 1783.187 Much like in early colonial Australia, Friends belonged to the comparatively smaller, more privileged group of free settlers as the majority of those arriving on the shores of the thirteen colonies were slaves, convicts, or indentured servants of African or European descent (75%). Yet, the North American colonies were not convict societies in the same way their Australasian counterparts came to be, namely an extension of the British penal system. Between 50 and 60% of the English emigrants came to North America as indentured servants.188 Those transported were sold into servitude and toiled their way into freedom without a disciplinary framework such as the one established in VDL. Approximately 50,000 convicts were transported from Britain and sold in this manner between 1718 (the First Transportation Act) and 1775 (the year the rebelling thirteen colonies refused to accept transport ships any longer). These represent 25% of all British arrivals in these years; 80% of them went to Maryland and Virginia.189 As a result, the thirteen colonies were societies of servitude and slavery, not convict societies. 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 69

Notes 1. For instance: SL NSW, Ab 124/6. 2. Penn 1834, pp. 13, 48, 48–61. I refer to this twelfth edition of his work since this version would have been available to Quakers during the time- frame of my analysis. Rise and Progress was first published in 1694. 3. Ibid., pp. 13–17. 4. Ibid., pp. 20–29. 5. Ibid., pp. 41–45. 6. Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 215–415; Reay 1985, p. 107; Vann 1969, p. 201. 7. On the impact of restoration politics, see: Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 6–54; Reay 1985, pp. 105–6; Miller 2005. 8. Barbour 1996, p. 149; Brock 1990, pp. 24–25. 9. Reay 1985, pp. 104–5. Some historians argue that the process of restructuring and organising the Quaker movement into a church did start prior to the ascension of Charles II to the throne with the trial against James Nayler (e.g. Moore 2000, p. 167). On Nayler’s trial see: Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 241–78. 10. Walvin 1997, p. 25; Landes 2015, p. 4. 11. Newman 2013, p. 435. Quaker marriages were not officially recognised until the Marriage Act of 1836. However, their unions were recognised since 1753 by exempting Quakers and Jews from legal requirement of a member of the Anglican clergy performing the ceremony. 12. A regulation which was opposed particularly by Quaker women (Mack 1994, pp. 276–83). An interpretation is challenged by Hobby 1994 (p. 90). Regulations notwithstanding, dreams and visions continued to be an important part of Quaker spirituality (Gerona 2004a, pp. 27–35). 13. Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 251–89. 14. Walvin 1997, p. 31. For the gender dimension of the debate on dress and (un)covering heads in church or in front of social superiors see: Kesselring 2011. 15. Graves 2009, p. 17. 16. Walvin 1997, p. 21. 17. Raistrick 1968, p. 39. 18. Walvin 1997, p. 19. 19. Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 18–27, 95–97; Moore 2013, p. 14; Cole 1956. 20. Reay 1985, p. 9. 21. Reay 1986, pp. 141–64, 141. 22. Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 44, 93 (Quaker women in general); 99, 134, 249 (Margaret Fell); 420–23 (Mary Fisher). See also: Trevett 1991; Wilcox 1995; Gill 2005. 23. Reay 1986, p. 144. 70 E. BISCHOFF

24. Ibid., p. 161 (quote), 163. 25. Reay 1985, p. 105; Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 307–42. 26. Walvin 1997, pp. 48–50; Raistrick 1968, p. 48. 27. Walvin 1997, p. 88. 28. Raistrick 1968, pp. 56, 217; Kirby 1984, pp. 3–4, 41–44, 101–16; Pratt 1985, pp. 76–77, 89; Walvin 1997, pp. 70–72. 29. Raistrick 1968, pp. 55–61, 80–81, 119–20. However, there are indicators that women played a larger role in early capitalist economy in general (Laurence et al. 2012). 30. Quaker business success has been interpreted as the embodiment of Weber’s protestant ethic (Raistrick 1968, pp. 35–39, 43–44; Pratt 1985, pp. 1–12, 19–20; Freeman 2013, p. 420) or, alternatively, as the effect of skilled banking, excellent networking, and superior education (Walvin 1997, pp. 61–104). 31. The “Long Eighteenth Century” is alternatively set 1688–1832 or 1660– 1830 (O’Gorman 1997; Baines 2004; Marshall 1998b, p. 1). 32. Newman 2013, p. 437. 33. Punshon 1984, p. 190. Elizabeth Isichei (1970, p. 112) counts 13,859 registered attending members in 1861. 34. Geertz 2004, p. 3. I am indebted to Kristen Block whose reference to Geertz’s anthropological approach helped me to interpret Quaker faith and practice in the manner suggested above (Block 2012, p. 4). 35. There was, however, a distinctive Quaker material culture (Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 1–12; Thomas 2002). 36. Geertz 2004, p. 5 (emphasis EB). 37. William Braithwaite speaks of “the living experience” of Quakerism (1961b, pp. 376–77). 38. See also: Levi 2001. 39. This is why Quakerism until the present day is learning by doing and experiencing (Dandelion 1996, pp. 250–52). 40. Fox 1676, pp. 16, 13–14, 16. 41. Carroll 1997. 42. “CLIII. To Friends beyond Sea, that have Blacks and Indian Slaves [1657],” in: Wallace 1975a, p. 144. 43. Ibid., p. 145. 44. Carey 2007, p. 29. A similarly cautious approach was pursued by Quaker humanitarians during the 1830s and 1840s in arguing for compensation and education of Aboriginal Australians in exchange for them being displaced from their land and the destruction of their livelihood (see Chap. 8). 45. Stamatov 2010. 46. Gragg 2009, p. 58. On Barbados in general see: Gragg 2003. 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 71

47. Davis, D. B. 1988, p. 304. See also: Soderlund 1985, pp. 54–86; Gragg 2009, pp. 64–65; Lambert 2005. 48. Carey 2007, p. 29. Davis 2006. 49. Block 2010, 2012; Carey 2007; Gerbner 2010; Gragg 2009, pp. 149– 50; Hinds 2005; Matthews 2006; Carey 2012. 50. Gerbner 2010, pp. 57–73. Barbados can be considered the epicentre of Quaker anti-slavery discourse (Carey 2007, pp. 27–28, 2012, pp. 40–69). 51. Kathrine Gerbner (2007, p. 151) argues that the Germantown protest, traditionally hailed as one of the milestones of the development of Quaker abolitionist thinking, was in fact is “an interesting anomaly” which took an outsider perspective (German and Dutch immigrants) on Pennsylvanian slaveholder Quaker society. It was rejected by Philadelphia YM. 52. Slaughter 2008; Jackson 2009. 53. Drake 1965, p. 9; Soderlund 1985, pp. 87–111; Davis 2006, 2008; Jordan 2007. 54. Frost 1980, pp. 123–25, 167–70 (“Philadelphia Yearly Meeting Minutes [1754]”). Abruzzo 2011; Brown 2006, pp. 90–91; Carey 2012, pp. 177– 219; Carey and Plank 2014; Davis 1999, p. 213. 55. Frost 1980, pp. 171–73. See also “New England Yearly Meeting Minutes,” in ibid., pp. 175–78. 56. The grand narrative of Quaker abolitionism is one of unmitigated progress, driven by an inherent sense of justice, as for example in Drake 1965. For a more critical approach see: Soderlund 1985; McDaniel and Julye 2009. 57. Gerbner 2007, pp. 151–56. 58. Abruzzo 2011, pp. 18–19, 32–39, 50–84. These concepts are deeply rooted in Christian tradition in general (ibid., pp. 16–49) and were shared by moderate evangelicals around 1800 (Hilton 1991, pp. 10–11). 59. Abruzzo 2011, pp. 50–51. 60. Frost 1980, pp. 171–73; Carey 2012, pp. 4–5. 61. Carey 2012, p. 2. 62. The Quakers involved were: John Barton (1755–1789); William Dillwyn (1743–1824); George Harrison (1747–1827); Samuel Hoare Jr. (1751– 1825); Joseph Hooper (1732–1789); John Lloyd; Joseph Woods Sr (1738–1812); James Phillips (1745–1799); and Richard Phillips. See: Jennings 1997, pp. 1–21 (on Woods, Hoare, Harrison, and Philips); D’Anjou 1996. The other three founding members were Anglicans: Thomas Clarkson, Granville Sharp, and Philip Sansom. 63. Jennings 1997, pp. 99–114. Whether or not slavery was abolished because of political and moral pressure or because of economic reasons, see Williams 2007 [first published in 1944] and Drescher 2010 [first edition 1977]. Recent investigations seem to support the latter: Carrington 2002, pp. 188–220; Hall et al. 2014. 72 E. BISCHOFF

64. Walvin 1997, p. 128. Evangelicalism was also an important element in the reform debates within North American Quaker communities as part of the “Second Great Awakening.” It eventually led to the first larger schism (Hicksite-Orthodox) in the 1820s. See: Hamm 2013. 65. Isichei 1970, pp. 5–6. 66. Hamm 1992, pp. 110–17. 67. Hilton 1991, p. 7. 68. Wright 1995, pp. 24–30. On the impact of Gurney see: Isichei 1970, pp. 3–8; Kennedy 2001, pp. 20–22; Swift 1962. 69. Hilton 1991, pp. 3–5; Kiernan 1952. Similarly: Walvin 1997, p. 128. 70. Black and MacRaild 2003; Hilton 2008; Langford 1998, pp. 235–87; Marshall 2003a, 2007; Hilton 1991. 71. Bradley 2006, pp. 18–29, 22 (quote). See also: Hilton 1991, p. 7; Morris 1983; Davidoff and Hall 1997, pp. 76–95; Colley 2009, p. 54; Nanni 2012, pp. 42–43. 72. Brown 2006, p. 394. 73. Ibid., p. 392. 74. I agree with Sandra Holton’s assessment on the relationship between evangelical religion and female Quaker philanthropy in general (Holton 2007, p. 55). 75. Bellers’ plan was never realised. Yet, other early projects were, including the Quaker workhouses in Bristol (founded 1696) and Clerkenwell (founded 1702). See: Freeman 2013, p. 423; Raistrick 1968, p. 86; Gwyn 1995, pp. 334–35. 76. Wright 1995, p. 55; Jennings 2006. 77. van Drenth and de Haan 1999, pp. 51–80. There are numerous biographies of Fry’s life. In lieu of a complete list two pointers: Skidmore 2005 (as representation of her own voice) and Whitney 1937 (most recent reprint 2007). 78. van Drenth and de Haan 1999, p. 11 (quote), 15. 79. Ferguson 1992, pp. 51–67; Midgley 1995, pp. 43–71. It has been argued that the organisational and rhetorical skills Quaker women acquired in supporting abolitionism in turn strengthened nineteenth-century feminism (ibid., pp. 154–77). Yet, recent scholarship has demonstrated that Quaker women were not as prominent as previously thought. See: van Drenth and de Haan 1999, pp. 11–12. 80. Laidlaw 2004. 81. On the difficulties to reconcile female ministry, protestant creeds in general, and evangelical perspectives in particular, see: Walker 2010, pp. 107–9 and Midgley 2010. 82. Davidoff and Hall 1997, p. 33; Kerber 1988; Hausen 1992b; Tosh 1999, pp. 27–50. 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 73

83. Bacon 1986. 84. Holton 2007, pp. 53–55, 68–69, 53 (quote). 85. Wright 1995, p. 30. 86. Ibid., p. 146 (appendix II). 87. William Tuke was by then an already well-respected member on both the local (York MM) and the national levels (London YM). Biographisch- Bibliographisches Kirchenlexikon, s.v. “William Tuke (∗ 24.3. 1732 in York, † 6.12. 1822),” by Claus Bernet. 88. Wright 1995, pp. 17–18, 18 (quote). 89. Ibid., pp. 24–30. On the impact of Henry Tuke see: Kennedy 2001, pp. 19–20. 90. Wright 1995, p. 146 (appendix II); Backhouse 1828. See also: FHL, Port Vol. 24/45. This overview registers John Backhouse, Hannah Backhouse, Jonathan Backhouse, Catharine Backhouse for Durham MM and Daniel Wheeler for Yorkshire MM. 91. Backhouse 1833, p. 3. 92. Tuke 1805; Gurney 1824; Bates 1829. 93. For a succinct description of this position, shared by many (moderate) evangelical Quakers, for example, Joseph J. Gurney, see Kennedy 2001, pp. 20–30. 94. Bradney and Cownie 2000, p. 55. See also: Abrams 1996. 95. Penn 1834, p. 22, a reference to Isa. 2:4 (AKJV). 96. Penn 1834, p. 22. 97. Weddle 2001, pp. 10–11. Similarly: Kashatus 1990, p. xi. 98. Weddle 2001, p. 4. 99. Kashatus 1990, p. 108; Connerley 2006. 100. Walvin 1997, pp. 10–11; Reay 1986, p. 153, 1985, p. 41; Cole 1956; Hill 1993, pp. 26–27; Brock 1990, pp. 10–11; Barbour 1996, p. 145. 101. Hill 1993, p. 31; Weddle 2001, p. 10. 102. Bruyneel 2010, pp. 73–74; Kunze 1994, pp. 137–39. 103. Wellenreuther 1972, p. 10; Hill 1993, p. 31. 104. Cole 1956, p. 42. 105. Barbour 1996, pp. 149–50; Brock 1990, pp. 24–25. 106. Braithwaite 1961b, p. 615; Brock 1990, pp. 24–25; Hirst 1972, pp. 114–17. 107. Fox 1684, pp. 1–2 (retrieved from Early English Books Online). The declaration was reprinted with the approval of London YM (Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 12–13). 108. Barbour 1996, pp. 150, 155; Reay 1985, p. 108; Weddle 2001, p. 10. On the process of the “Crystallisation of Quaker Pacifism” see Brock 1990, pp. 24–31, 24 (quote). 74 E. BISCHOFF

109. Brock 1990, p. 29. Barclay 1678 (retrieved from Early English Books Online). 110. Barry Reay, for instance, argues that there are indications that Friends were involved in the Northern Plot of 1663 (Reay 1985, pp. 108–9). See also: Hill 1993, p. 33. 111. Jantzen 2005. 112. Lenz 2010, pp. 96–141, 151–61. 113. Barker-Benfield 1992, pp. 247–50; Downing 2010. Connecting to concept of national identity as “polite and commercial people” (Langford 1998). 114. Colley 2009, pp. 289–325, 295 (quote). 115. Bell 2011. See: Militia Act, 1809. Correspondence to Meeting for Sufferings Regarding Friends’ Refusal to Serve in the Local Militia and Subsequent Fines and Imprisonment, 1809–1810, FHL, Meeting for Sufferings, MS Box 13/7. There is currently no study on Quaker imprisonment for adhering to the peace testimony during the Anti-Napoleonic Wars in Britain. For early Quakerism, see Braithwaite 1961a, pp. 478–79. 116. Dandelion 1996, pp. 238–39. 117. Bradney and Cownie 2000, pp. 80, 166 (quote). They stress the particular role of the clerk of the meeting in discerning what is called the “sense of a meeting,” that is, the underlying, shared will of all members (ibid., pp. 75–76). 118. Hubbard 2002, pp. 20–23. The island was of central importance to the British slave trade in the Caribbean between 1675 and 1730. Here, the Royal African Company landed every one of its ships during this period. Hubbard estimates that 6000 to 7000 slaves were shipped through its port every year (ibid.). 119. “CCCXIX. To Friends in Nevis, and the Carribee Islands [1675],” in: Wallace 1975b, pp. 86–92. See also: Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 620–21. 120. Ibid., quoted in Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 620–21. 121. Ibid. 122. Nor did Barclay or Penn at the beginning of his career as governor and proprietor of a colony. See: Reay 1985, pp. 106–11; Brock 1990, p. 31; Braithwaite 1961b, p. 621. 123. Wellenreuther 1972, pp. 12–15. 124. This decision was not accepted unanimously. A group of Rhode Island Quakers adopted and published a “testimony” in which they condemned their government’s decisions and called for a policy that would follow Quaker peace principles more consistently (Weddle 1992, 2001, pp. 6, 143–224; Pointer 2007, p. 169). Fox was aware of the Rhode Island decision to exempt Quakers from active military service and explicitly commended it in his letter to Friends in Nevis and the Caribbean colonies 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 75

in November 1675 (Braithwaite 1961b, pp. 620–21). See also: Hirst 1972, p. 331. 125. Brock 1990, p. 31. 126. Jennings 1986, pp. 196–97, 196 (quote). 127. O’Neil Spady 2004, p. 19. 128. Calloway 2013, pp. 12–48, 12 (quote). See also: Miller 2007; Hinderaker 2012, pp. 229–33, 235–38. 129. Miller, 2007. See also: “Royal Proclamation (October, 7, 1763),” The Avalon Project, http://avalon.law.yale.edu/18th_century/proc1763. asp, last access 20 January 2017. 130. Miller 2007, pp. 76–82. 131. Banner 2007, pp. 2, 28; Miller 2012, p. 2; Reynolds 2003, pp. 37–65. 132. Klepp 2002, p. 66; Jennings 1986, p. 199 (map); see also: Dunn and Dunn 1982, pp. 439–506. 133. Richter 2015; Kenny 2009, pp. 2, 18–19. 134. Klepp 2002, p. 50; O’Neil Spady 2004, pp. 25–27. See also: Hoffecker et al. 1995; Merrell 1999. Penn was also not the first Quaker with governmental authority in the colonies who was confronted with the question of how to react to threats of and actual exertion of violence by Indigenous groups. See Weddle 2001 (pp. 113–211) on Rhode Island Quakers during the 1660s and 1670s. 135. O’Neil Spady 2004, p. 31; Jennings 1986, p. 197. The Bishop of London was involved per charter to guarantee the Anglicisation of the colonists’ as well as their spiritual well-being but had no investment in missionary efforts (Webb 1986, p. 190). 136. Kenny 2009, p. 11. Smolenski identifies the accord of 1701 as the “Great Treaty” (Smolenski 2010, pp. 185, 189). However, this agreement was a political instrument, not a land deed. It was designed to curb claims of the colony of New York as well as that of its allies, the Iroquois Five Nations (Jennings 1986, pp. 202–5). 137. Frost 1983, pp. 600–4; Parmenter 2002; Rigal 2000; von Erffa and Staley 1986, p. 207. 138. Orchard 1925, pp. 7–16 and plate No. III. 139. O’Neil Spady 2004, p. 38. Nineteenth-century Quakers were well aware of this void in Pennsylvanian history. In the Account of the Conduct of the Religious Society of Friends towards the Indian Tribes the MfS’ Aborigines Committee claimed that a “parchment-roll containing the celebrated treaty between W. Penn and the Indians, in 1682” had been found (Society of Friends 1844, pp. 33–35). A discovery that was emphasised in the booklet’s review in The Friend when it was first published in 1844 [Vol. 2, no. 5 (1844), pp. 116–18, 117–18 (quote)]. This finding cannot be confirmed by historiography today. 76 E. BISCHOFF

140. Sugrue 1992; Merrell 1999, pp. 28–30; Frost 1983, pp. 596–604. On how Penn’s legacy was invoked by his descendants and Seneca leaders after his death, see Richter 1999. 141. “Charter for the Province of Pennsylvania (1681),” The Avalon Project, http://avalon.law.yale.edu/17th_century/pa01.asp, last access 20 January 2017. In this and with regard to many other aspects, Penn’s charter reiterated Calvert’s charter for the colony of Maryland (Webb 1986, pp. 178–79). 142. Kenny 2009, p. 3. See also: Barr 2012. 143. Gerona 2004b, p. 62. 144. Hirst 1972, pp. 368–69; Harper 2006, p. 45; Calloway 2013, pp. 38–39; Kenny 2009, p. 15; Richter 2002, pp. 203–6. 145. Swatzler 2000, pp. 7–26; Betts 2010, pp. 280–302; Wallace 1972, pp. 272–77. 146. Wallace 1972, pp. 220–21. See also: Ream 1981. 147. See e.g.: Bacon 1999; Tolles 1960; Wellenreuther 1972. 148. On the concept of Atlantic History Bailyn 2005; Armitage 2009. 149. Mancke and Shammas 2005; Pestana 2009; Howard, 2011; Gregerson and Juster 2011. 150. Landes 2015, p. 7; Healey 2011. 151. Landes 2015, p. 7. 152. Ibid., p. 7. 153. Ibid., p. 27. 154. Ibid., pp. 126–46. 155. Tolles 1960, p. 9; Landes 2015, pp. 24, 131–32. 156. Juterczenka 2007. See also: FHL, Port Vol. 17/2. 157. Bradney and Cownie 2000, p. 53. 158. Landes 2015, p. 27. 159. For Backhouse’s and Walker’s journey see FHL, Minutes of MfS, Vol. 43, p. 634 and ibid., Vol. 44, p. 15. For the committee on Daniel and Charles Wheeler’s journey see ibid., Vol. 44, pp. 91–92. 160. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, p. 172. 161. Sarah Lindsey: American Memorandums and Select Journals, Vols. 1–4, FHL, Lindsey MSS S 229–34 with S 234 (Vol. 4, 18 April 1860–27 July 1861) the one on the couple’s journey in Australia touching upon Melbourne, Tasmania, and Sydney. Parts of her journal covering her visit to the United States have been edited and published: Jones 1914; Jackson 1944, 1969a, b, c. 162. Backhouse 1843, p. 13. The notion of the prophetic power of dreams was widely established in Atlantic Quaker culture as Carla Gerona has shown (Gerona 2004a, pp. 27–35). 163. Landes 2015, pp. 37–63. 3 A PECULIAR PEOPLE: QUAKERS AND THE ATLANTIC WORLD AROUND 1800 77

164. Ibid., pp. 4, 24–29. 165. Miscellaneous Papers Relating to Friends in Australasia, 1833–1900, FHL, Continental Committee, MS Box 15/5/1–70. A regular Australian General Meeting was established when the MfS appointed an Australia Correspondence Committee (also Australian or, since 1907, Australasian Committee to include Aotearoa/New Zealand). 166. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/3, p. 8. 167. Landes 2015, pp. 107–25. 168. Ibid., p. 107. 169. Ibid., p. 108. This included the epistles exchanged between the respective YMs (ibid., pp. 47–54). 170. Ibid., pp. 38, 117. 171. Ibid., pp. 118–21. 172. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 43, pp. 1–75; ibid., Vol. 45, pp. 26–28. 173. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 45, pp. 26–28. 174. Ibid. 175. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 43, pp. 1–75. 176. Tolles 1960, p. 9; Landes 2015, pp. 23–24. 177. FHL, Port Vol. 23/64. The two meetings were five to six miles apart. 178. Vann and Eversley 2002, pp. 22–23. 179. FHL, Minutes of the Continental Committee, Vol. 66, pp. 51–53. 180. Landes 2015, p. 127. 181. van Strien 1993, p. 203. 182. Allen 2007, p. 182. 183. Ibid., pp. 184–85. 184. Allen 2013, p. 40. See also: Gragg 1980. 185. Enmeshing family networks with business interests was a characteristic of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century middle-class culture in general. See: Davidoff and Hall 1997, pp. 215–22. 186. Hornsby 2012, pp. 15–44. 187. Bridge and Fedorowich 2003b, p. 4. 188. Fedorowich 2008, pp. 64–65. 189. Ibid., p. 65. CHAPTER 4

Quakers in Early Nineteenth-Century Van Diemen’s Land

On 22 January 1835, the newly formed Hobart Quaker Meeting stood in front of a fellow Quaker’s home, facing a closed door.1 William Holdship,2 whose premises had acted as a gathering place for the congregation even prior to his acceptance into membership in July 1834, locked his door and left.3 The confounded Friends waited for about thirty minutes before another member, William Rayner, arrived and clarified that Holdship’s home was shut for Quakers permanently. Holdship, he reported, had informed him two days ago that “meetings should be held at his house no longer.”4 After finding a temporary gathering place, the meeting contacted Holdship and formally enquired into the reasons for his decision. Holdship replied that it had been determined on general principle: “it was not his intention to meet any more with Friends,” adding that he had been “much inconvenienced by the meetings being held at his house.”5 Entered into the meeting’s minutes, his answer might as well have been inconvenience, but may have instead spelled embarrassment. As further questions revealed, Holdship objected to socialising with people he considered of dubious reputation. As those who had visited him stated in various reports, Holdship had “given way to an unchristian objection to meet with persons who have been prisoners” and “positively decline[d] meeting anymore with Friends in Van Diemen’s Land.” His case exemplified how the “pride of fallen man” could result in “a forbearance towards others in love” and

© The Author(s) 2020 79 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_4 80 E. BISCHOFF see only the “haltings of the weak” instead of trying “to restore” less stable fellow brethren “in the spirit of meekness.”6 The investigation into Holdship’s case took the better part of 1835. It was a difficult and slow process and the committee tasked with conducting it was replaced just prior to the final interview, in December of the same year.7 It submitted its concluding report at the meeting on 14 January 1836. The assembled Friends decided to formally exclude Holdship from the Society on the basis of these findings. The testimony of disownment was issued on 3 February 1836.8 In this document, the members in attendance of the Hobart MM strongly dissociated themselves from Holdship’s class-based bigotry by condemning his behaviour in frank words: “this Meeting […] feels itself called upon to testify its disapproval of the conduct of the said William Holdship.” In true Quaker fashion, the assembly also expressed its hope for reconciliation. Hobart Friends “earnestly desire[d] his spiritual welfare” and expressed their wish “that by seeking knowledge from God,” Holdship’s “understanding may be enlightened and turn to the teachings of the Spirit of Truth.”9 Holdship’s case was not the only one the community struggled with. Along with his refusal to sit in silence with ex-convicts the meeting also discussed the application for membership by Mary Gibbs Eade, a single woman who had been transported prior to 1833 and worked at Government House. She started attending meetings for worship after James Backhouse and George W. Walker visited the Lieutenant-Governor’s home. She applied for membership in August 1834.10 Her request was turned down after a lengthy debate on 14 January 1836 during the same meeting which decided to issue the certificate of disownment to Holdship.11 She was interviewed several times during this period. Two reports from two different committees were filed and discussed.12 The first, issued on 2 October 1834, set the tone for the following debate. Eade, Friends noted, was convinced in theory but her behaviour lacked proper Quaker decorum.13

We believe her to be in considerable measure convinced that the principles of the Society of Friends are those of the Gospel, but she does not appear to have attained to a sufficiently practical application of them to warrant our inviting her into Membership at present.14

The final decision in Eade’s case was made in January 1836 after yet another interview with the applicant: “it is our judgement,” Friends 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 81

concluded, that “her mind is still far from clear on subjects of Christian faith and practices and her religious character too unsettled” to admit her into their midst. As a result, “her request” could not be “granted […] with safety, either for herself or the Society.”15 Like the dispute triggered by William Holdship’s refusal to socialise with (ex)convicts, the debate on Mary G. Eade’s application revolved around questions of propriety and respectability. Both were therefore directly connected to Quakerism in its early nineteenth-century evangelical manifestation, which stressed, as demonstrated earlier, not only established Quaker “peculiarities” such as plain dress and speech, but also temperance and routines of everyday piety. Yet, Quakers also emphasised forgiveness, compassion, and an awareness of one’s own flaws and limitations. For instance, in discussing Holdship’s case in an address to his “little flock,” James Backhouse, the spiritual mentor of the Hobartian congregation, reminded his fellow brethren of these Christian qualities.16 He wrote:

Christ himself has declared that “it is impossible but that offences will come;”(f) therefore let us not be discouraged by them, nor act as the world, who refuse to come unto Him, or to walk with Him because of these offenses […] dear friends [sic], have compassion on those who through unwatchfulness and human infirmity are overtaken with a fault; and seek to “restore such in the spirit of meekness, considering yourselves, lest ye also be tempted.”(i)17

Regarding Eade, the meeting also gave spiritual counsel in the form of an addendum to the concluding report, which was handed to the applicant:

The Monthly Meeting of Hobart Town earnestly desired that Mary Gibbs Eade may be brought to the knowledge of the Truth as it is in Jesus, by waiting upon the Lord to witness the operation of the Holy Spirit in the secret of the heart, which is the only true guide to life and salvation.18

Vandemonian Friends thereby exerted the spiritual aspect of Friendly “caring power.” The wording of the meeting’s decision demonstrates the strong influence of evangelical views on the Hobart congregation, embodied by the travelling minister James Backhouse who came from the York MM, an evangelical Quaker stronghold. In this vein, supporting convicts in their attempts to better themselves and to adopt a Christian, especially a Quaker way of life, became a particular concern of the Hobartian meeting in 1835/36. When they learnt that some in the group who lived 82 E. BISCHOFF in servitude had been hindered by their masters to attend meetings for worship, they petitioned the authorities on their brethren’s behalf.19 James Backhouse and George W. Walker were authorised to submit the meeting’s resolution to the “Lieutenant Governor, the Chief Police Magistrate and the Principal Superintendent of Convicts.”20 Together, these three decisions—for example expelling Holdship, denying Eade, and supporting convict members to practise their faith—determined the Vandemonian meeting’s structure and policy for decades to come. They restrained open class-based bigotry on the one hand and upheld standards of Quaker decorum and principles on the other. Although they had been officially founded two years earlier on 20 September 1833, Tasmanian Friends came into being as a community in this conflict-laden process in late 1835 and early 1836. Quakers were not the only colonists concerned about questions of propriety and respectability. Both were also central issues of colonial Australian society in general during the first half of the nineteenth century, as Penny Russell has demonstrated. Especially in the penal colonies of NSW and VDL, men and women of the middle classes were keen to establish themselves as respectable members of the community and leave the convict stain behind.21 For members of the Religious Society of Friends, however, as the short glimpse into the Hobartian Meeting’s decisions in 1835/36 has shown, establishing and maintaining respectability had two, interde- pendent dimensions: an individual and a collective one. Friends had to build and uphold their own reputation as businessmen, Friends, and members of society. In addition, they also had to establish the credibility their community as a whole. This chapter will explore key elements of this process as part of the ways and means in which Quakers, as part of a translocal community, established themselves and built their new homes in an ancient Country. To do so, I will first give an overview of the social composition and structure of the core group of founders of the first Australian Quaker meeting in Hobart in September 1833. Highlighting their differences (urban-rural; convict-free; gendered experiences), I will also carve out their commonalities (religious epiphanies and new beginnings). Secondly, I will foreground those Quaker practices which played a central role in articulating Quaker identity (including from refusing to take oaths and marriages) and how Quaker men lived their faith in the colony. Since the congregation kept a watchful eye on its members, adherence to Quaker tradition and peculiarities was not simply a private matter. On one hand, a 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 83 sense of belonging was fostered by connecting members; on the other, “the hedge” was cultivated between Friends and the world. Thirdly, I will retrace the steps taken on an institutional and organisational level to create the first Quaker community in the Australasian colonies. Here, I will concentrate on those structures, which supported not only the local community’s cohesion, but also helped to establish shared mental and social spaces.

4.1 Those Assembled for Worship and Discipline: Founders of Hobart MM Migration is, to employ Dirk Hoerder’s words, “ubiquitous and ever- present.”22 Instead of the exception, moving between different societies has been one of the “constituent features of human life.”23 As demonstrated in the first part, this assessment holds particularly true for the Religious Society of Friends, a translocal community characterised by the mobility of its members and its transatlantic networks. Migration was part of the church’s structure (certificates of removal, travelling ministry) and of the community’s collective memory of, for example, Pennsylvania. In addition, Quakers shared personal or familial migratory experiences. As seen above, these structures and memories reached back to the early days of British colonisation in North America and the Caribbean. As with transatlantic colonial expansion, Quakers have been part of the Australasian colonial project from the very beginning. The botanical illus- trator and Friend Sydney Parkinson (c. 1745–1771) was a member of James Cook’s first expedition on board the Endeavour to the Pacific (1768–1771).24 Parkinson worked for Joseph Banks (1743–1820), head botanist, on an exploratory voyage that would prove crucial in deciding for Australia as location for convict settlement.25 Parkinson stood in a long tradition of Quaker botanists that travelled overseas, starting with Thomas Lawson (1630–1691), who was among the first itinerant Quaker preachers known as the “Valiant Sixty.”26 In contrast to transatlantic Quaker migration, Friends did not arrive in Australia with a strong sense of community nor did they emigrate in groups as they had to North America. They came to the Antipodes as part of a general “migration system,” a “cluster of moves” between the British Isles and its colonies during the first half of the nineteenth century.27 Consisting not only of voluntary, deliberate, and permanent removals from one location to another, this system can best be described as a “con- tinuum” of transfers, ranging “from travel to lifetime emigration” based 84 E. BISCHOFF on decisions which were made with varying degrees of freedom of choice, ranging from voluntary to coerced or forced migration.28 Australia nevertheless remained the wallflower among the emigrants’ destinations until the late nineteenth century. Only a minority of the roughly 22.6 million migrants who left the British Isles between 1815 and 1914 of their own volition headed for the Antipodes. The majority went to North America, specifically Canada.29 It took until the 1880s for the Australian population of British origin to exceed that of Canada, reaching a tie in the middle of the decade with roughly 2.5 million persons each.30 Australian Quakers constituted a small a community, too small to be listed separately in the Australian census. Nineteenth-century census forms spoke thus only of “Other Protestant Dissenters.”31 In today’s scholarly literature, for instance in Hilary Cary’s seminal overview God’s Empire, Friends are subsumed under the general category “Protestant (unde- fined)” who, for the year 1891, comprised 29,865 persons. Methodists, by contrast, are listed as the third largest congregation after the Church of England and the Roman Catholic Church, with 377,366.32 William N. Oats estimates a total number of 987 Friends arriving in the Australian colonies between 1788 and 1861 with a total population of 1,145,585 in 1860 (Fig. 4.2).33 Establishing the exact number of nineteenth-century Australian Friends proves even more difficult than counting British Quakers. In addition to the fluid character of membership in general and partially sketchy documentation (with no records of Sydney MM for instance), Quakers often relocated within the region for economic, social, or political reasons. For instance, Thomas Mason left his newly established farm in Aotearoa/New Zealand in 1847 to avoid the military confrontation that unfolded between settlers and Maori in the Hutt Valley. Tasmanian census data do not give any details on nineteenth-century Friends. The earliest data available, the census of 1842, does not list members of the Religious Society of Friends. It itemises 32,656 members of the Church of England, 3931 Roman Catholics, 3619 members of the Church of Scotland, 1944 Wesleyan Methodists, and 1650 “Other Protestant Dissenters.”34 Quakers were summarised under the last category.35 British ministers who travelled to the Australasian colonies in the 1850s—Robert Lindsey and Frederick Mackie—considered only 631 people to be connected to the Quakers in any way, 82 of which lived in VDL (see Fig. 4.1). They did not specify any that had convict backgrounds. In contrast, the biographical survey William Oats conducted in preparing A Question of Survival, his historical overview of early nineteenth-century 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 85

Members Not-members In V.D.L. connected with Fds. 59 21 heard of but not seen 2 In N.S.W. connected with Fds. 34 68 heard of but not seen 3 In Victoria, connected with Fds. 120 110 heard of but not seen 12 20 In S. Aus. connected with Fds. 83 79 heard of but not seen 2 3 In W. Aus. connected with Fds. 114 heard of but not seen 314 317 Total 631

Fig. 4.1 Quakers in Australia, 1852–1854. (Frederick Mackie and Robert Lindsey, List of Members of Society of Friends in Australia (1852–1856), n.d., Port 8/1, Friends House Library, London)

Australian Quaker history, shows a total of 1213 adults (732 male, 308 female) and children (173, gender not specified) connected in one way or the other to the Religious Society across the Australian colonies between 1830 and 1861. The overall sex ratio among adults was 30% female to 70% male (see Fig. 4.2).36 The Tasmanian Quaker community emerged from a violent and transformative phase of Vandemonian history. Originally founded in a pre-emptive move against French colonial aspira- tions in the Pacific region, the settlements were considered part of the colony of NSW and remained under the administration of its governor until 1824. The strategic value of VDL soon outranked its usefulness as a natural prison. The island became the Empire’s most important destination for convict transports. Between 1803 and 1853, the end of transportation to VDL, a total of 72,000 prisoners were deported to the island, 45% all transportees to Australia during the entire period of transportation (1788–1868). Only about 16% (12,500) were female.37 The census of 1847 shows that more than 50% of the white population were convicts or emancipists, 26% were born on the island, and less than 20% immigrated as free settlers. Convicts outnumbered free settlers three to one between 1830 and 1850.38 As recent scholarship has shown, VDL was a central part of a larger, imperial system of detention facilities to which prisoners from across the Empire were sent. Among these was a group of US-American citizens who had crossed into Upper Canada to participate in a local revolt in 1838 and several Indigenous combatants captured by British forces during the suppression of anti-colonial struggles on the Australian mainland, the Cape Colony, and in Aotearoa/New Zealand.39 86 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 4.2 Quaker migration to Australia before 1862. (William Oats. 1985. Question of Survival: Quakers in Australia in the Nineteenth Century. St. Lucia: University of Queensland University Press, p. 31)

The 1820s saw the arrival of rising numbers of free settlers, many of whom were so-called “pensioners,” that is, soldiers/officers who had fought in the Napoleonic Wars and opted for a lump sum payout of part of their retirement pension instead of a continuous annuity. They came to the Australasian colonies for a fresh start and enjoyed preferential treatment in the form of land grants. Among them was George Meredith (1777–1856), a former naval officer who, in 1821, settled at the Tasmanian east coast in the same district in which one of the prominent Quaker families, the Cottons, would acquire farmland in 1829.40 These war veterans were accustomed to violence and carried a certain propensity to exert physical force with them to the colonies. Those who fought under Arthur Wellesley (First Duke of Wellington, 1769–1852) in Spain had experienced a new, unregulated form of conducting an armed conflict (guerrilla warfare) in which superior knowledge of territory was crucial and the distinction between combatants and civilians became blurred.41 With rising crime rates in Britain during demobilisation and restoration, transportation resumed with a vengeance. This increase in voluntary and involuntary migration was part of the imperial shift to the Pacific after 1816. This shift built on the already existing “upward trend” of late eighteenth-century British politics, society, and economy to “turn[ ] outwards of Britain towards its empire.”42 As a result, settlement in VDL unfolded more and more rapidly. Whereas in 1819 Indigenous and European populations were still about 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 87 par (ca. 5000 compared to 4350), the demographic tide had turned against the Aboriginal Tasmanians only a few years later. In 1824, a total of 12,643 settlers lived on the island, among them 1500 free settlers and their families. In 1830, 23,500 Europeans resided in the colony (see Figs. 4.3 and 4.4). In addition, the colonial penal system war reorganised, following the parliamentary report of John Thomas Bigge (1780–1843) “on the Judicial Establishments of New South Wales, and Van Diemen’s Land” in 1823. Bigge, an Oxford law graduate and former chief justice of the recently acquired colony of Trinidad from 1813 to 1818, criticised the penal system of NSW and VDL as ineffective and vain. He noted that the “state of the goals” in particular prohibited “the efficiency of the police of the colony.”43 Bigge’s report was read eagerly by advocates and critics of the British penal system alike. Many claimed that deportation as punishment was not harsh enough to sway potential criminals from committing crimes.44

90000

80000

70000

60000

50000 Male Female 40000 Total 30000

20000

10000

0 147101316192225283134374043464952555861

Fig. 4.3 Population Tasmania, 1803–1861. (Generated from: Australian Bureau of Statistics. “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” 3105.0.65.001—Australian Historical Population Statistics, 2014: Population Size and Growth, released 18 September 2014, http://www. abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/[email protected]/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014?OpenDocu ment, last access 20 January 2017) 88 E. BISCHOFF

100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% Total 40% Female 30% 20% 10% 0% 147101316192225283134374043464952555861

Fig. 4.4 Female population Tasmania, 1803–1861 (in per cent). (Generated from: Australian Bureau of Statistics. “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” 3105.0.65.001—Australian Historical Population Statistics, 2014: Population Size and Growth, released 18 September 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/[email protected]/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0 012014?OpenDocument, last access 20 January 2017)

The parliamentary debates informed by Bigge’s evaluation did not abolish the transportation system, yet they resulted in a set of decisions that significantly impacted the Australasian colonies. VDL became a colony in its own right, independent from Sydney’s tutelage. George Arthur was thus the first head administrator who was directly responsible to the Colonial Office.45 Arthur initiated a thorough reform of the Tasmanian prison system, inspired by contemporary, post-Enlightenment penal theories. It aimed at transforming criminals into decent and productive members of (colonial) society. The core of his programme, however, adhered strictly to the principles of the Transportation Act of 1824, which stipulated that offenders had to be kept in hard labour, thereby serving their sentence in a manner similar to that of an indenture.46 Arthur introduced a multilevel system, which classified convicts according to their offences. Compliance and good conduct were rewarded by privileges, such as reducing the intensity of their labour, parole, or shortening their sentences; misdemeanour or criminal acts were penalised by withdrawal of the freedoms a convict had earned, corporal punishment, hard labour, or incarceration in a so-called “penal station.”47 Up until 1833, this meant internment at Macquarie Harbour, which was in operation from 1822 to 1834. This penitentiary, with its harsh conditions, 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 89 forced labour, and drastic corporal punishment, stood as a synecdoche for Tasmania as a whole throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.48 It was replaced by a reform penitentiary of Arthur’s design located at the island’s east coast, Port Arthur (1833–1877). It became equally notorious despite its extensive educational programme which taught practical skills such as shipbuilding or masonry. The penitentiary also included the empire’s only facility for criminal youths, Point Puer, and, in 1848, abandoned physical punishment in favour of solitary confinement. The large majority of transportees, however, never entered these halls. Only 20% of Tasmania’s male convict population served time in either one of the penal stations.49 Female secondary offenders were confined to goals or workhouses, so-called “female factories” in George Town (1822–1834), Launceston (1834– 1855), and Hobart (Cascades Female Factory, 1828–1856).50 The most privileged convicts, those who complied and conformed to discipline, were assigned to work for one of the free settlers. “Servants,” as these bonded labourers were euphemistically called, mostly worked as farm hands, stock-keepers, and builders. The economic privilege of free convict labour was, in turn, granted to colonists only after a successful application at one of the police districts’ special committees or (in case a maidservant was needed) the factory’s overseer. Just like masters of an indentured servant, though, employers of an assigned convict had to provide appropriate accommodation, supply him or her with food and clothing, and pay for respective medical bills.51 The settler was expected to function as the servant’s role model. If he failed to do so, for example by insobriety, fraternisation, or moral misconduct, the economic advantage of the convict’s free labour was revoked. Arthur’s system thereby employed the authority of the head of household to convey bourgeois norms and values such as cleanliness, temperance, and diligence. The family home became an integral part of the penal system.52 The assignment system aimed at harnessing the self-interest of all those involved: the settlers’ economic concerns on the one hand, and the convicts’ strive for freedom and independence on the other. It also stimulated them to regulate and control their own conduct. Ideally, the use of disciplinary force by the colonial state would become obsolete as servants and masters internalised rules and norms. “If we could supply men with an inward regulator,” Arthur wrote in a letter to humanitarian reformer and Thomas F. Buxton, MP, “it would be ten times more effectual in every case in which it would be set up in the heart than all the fear and alarm than ever can be expected from without.”53 Yet, despite his intentions, brutal force, discipline, and corporal punishments were an integral element 90 E. BISCHOFF of the penal system during Arthur’s administration. He ordered 260 executions and in 1836, the year he left the colony, 9% of the 14,000 male prisoners had received an average of thirty lashes.54 Arthur’s reforms transformed VDL into an effective, respectable colony of the British Empire. Spatial segregation, social differentiation, forced assimilation, and prisoner education aimed at creating a social order in which all subjects of the Crown were to participate according to their station. Or, to speak with David Scott, the aim was to establish a “colonial governmentality,”

which was concerned above all with disabling old forms of life by systematically breaking down their conditions, and with constructing in their place new conditions so as to enable—indeed, so as to oblige—new forms of life to come into being. [A power which] comes to be directed at the destruction and reconstruction of colonial space so as to produce not so much extractive-effects on colonial bodies as governing-effects on colonial conduct.55

Ideally, all colonial subjects were to regulate their own conduct, following their own self-interest and thereby internalising the middle-class norms and values Arthur and his contemporaries considered “civilised.”56 Generally speaking, the social structure of the congregation reflected that of Vandemonian society as a whole, albeit with minor variances. Hobart MM was comprised of prisoners, emancipists, and free middle- class settlers who had come to the island on their own volition. The first official gathering on 20 September 1833 is a good example: in the meeting’s minutes a list of full members recognised as “Present at the Meeting” (M), those attending meetings for worship (A), and those in connection with Friends in VDL (C) is recorded (see Fig. 4.5). It also provides information on social status or any given person’s individual situation.57 As a result, we know that of the sixteen people mentioned, only fourteen actually resided in the colony. Fifty per cent of the latter had criminal backgrounds whereas the general quota of convicts to free settlers was three to one between 1830 and 1850.58 The meeting’s gender ratio was more analogous to Tasmanian society at the time: in comparison to 27% women among Europeans in the colony in general, four out of fourteen (28%) were female.59 Interestingly, the meeting’s records only specify a person’s convict background, with the exceptions of Mary Eade and William Rayner. Free settlers were not identified as such. To their contemporaries, they constituted the unmarked norm. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 91

g is d in ar th

av ll in le

Po s ly d] n hi mi lle An to

fa ca d s ly o an hi us ls io th us [a il k ev wi ol 1833 ph d pr r rf o eo de Ma No si wh Th

6 re w of e, s

on ir Ne

ar er Cotton L mond s

at ye

ci VD rt

ught Ri

an in Po

goal da at d Fr

mptonsh some e s an r, r nds ve of th ha rk

no fo ie Sw rt rri fe of t s

Fr a

mi Wo , No wi

ea ha er

a ic of ston er o e, of Gr ep st gs ce us w rd wh Publ in Ke

he un ] ndon, r, fo no et ic in Ho rt La [… Lo k, re County w Ch

Me ce nste e, ar e C Ha

& s, no e

fi ton es us l th s of

rd Tu th y,

stmi nut in

n n vonshi

we Ho Wa

le, ,

wa io mi ed ce C

re li Ba Southw Le We De in rd

Ed as n

Tu nd wn

rmat s , County fo d Po

John te fo

wc To ma

rk e MM MM MM MM MM ar n, in r r od

of h

illip th vonshi

he Ne ly ly ly ly ly ch r

d ba

Yo wo rt et

Wo Ri Ph w

er er er er er in Al of De of fu an le s s ab nd w gl do othe rm rm rm rm rm om la ng lis lia lia E is fo MM MM En br MM fo fo no si a a MM fo fo fr wi

er er er er er er us

on on on on on on at

is is is is is is

St st

al pi Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr

ci ci n n n So wn wn wn an ow ow ow o ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ro ro

fr fr fr fr fr fr fr fr fr Cr Cr Cr Cr em us

ak Qu CC M AC M C A A sA le ar dA sA aC Ch sM al ri rd ilu W. m ib as mA sC me Ma wa as ph ge mC

ha nn ch ci Ja

or nM om ra A ha eo Ed Ar Members and persons connected to the Religious Society of Friends, Hobart, 20 September 1833. (Generated illia om an e, nna , ry ry ra Th John Ge An Th W Ab Fr A Th

, ee, , , , , , , , , , Ab Ma ton Ma tr l

er rd rd er , er hous re ton ton ll, lk l l mi vy, wn lla lla yn ck de ow Ro Squi Wa Wa Wa Cotton Ha Po Da Fl Po Ra Ba Cotton Ea Wa Fig. 4.5 from: Society of Friends, Records of Hobart Regional Meeting, Minute Books Hobart Monthly Meetings (20 September University Archives, 1 (1833–1835), 20 September 1833, pp. 9–10, Tasmania 1833–3 December 1857), S 1/A/1, Vol. Hobart) 92 E. BISCHOFF

Quakers of Convict Background While it may have been marked as the exception in meeting records, both sides of servitude were a daily experience for members of the Vandemonian branch of the Religious Society of Friends, be it as masters or as so-called servants. The history of the latter, as mentioned at the very beginning of this study, is riddled with difficulties since convict Quakers are drastically less represented in the records available. Their voices can often only be heard as echoes in administrative documents or the private letters of Quakers who came to VDL as free settlers. Sources are even more biased with regard to female prisoners. The biographies of three men listed as either attending meetings for worship (A) or otherwise connected to the Society of Friends in VDL (C) in the record of the founding meeting of Hobart MM (see Fig. 4.5 above) will serve as case studies to illustrate the situation of convict Quakers in early nineteenth-century Tasmania. I will discuss them in the chronological order of their arrival on the island: William Rayner, Abraham Charles Flower, and Abraham Davy. William Rayner (1767–1850) was the first of the group to arrive in VDL.60 His mother had married a non-member in 1863 but retained her membership with Devonshire House MM. After his impoverished mother had been committed to a Friends’ workhouse in 1774, Rayner was apprenticed to a baker by the institution’s governing body but soon drifted into petty criminality. After being tried for fraud and robbery several times in the early 1780s, he was disowned in 1786, and thereby lost the support of the community that had intervened repeatedly on his behalf in the previous year. In 1790, Rayner was tried and transported to NSW where he married twice, first Elizabeth Goldsmith (1765–?) in 1791 and in 1809 Susannah Chapman (1791–1865). A total of ten children resulted from these two marriages. William Oats assumes that he was pardoned for his service in the NSW Corps in 1801 and came to Hobart prior to 1815. Between 1817 and 1820, he served as constable to the police district of Hobart and the South District, respectively. He acted as stock inspector and superintendent of the government’s mill. On 11 September 1833, he petitioned the government for an indulgence (i.e. monetary compensation or reward) for losing three toes due to the deprivations he suffered while aiding George Augustus Robison’s attempts to corral and deport the so-called Western tribes of the Aboriginal Tasmanians in 1833/34. His application was supported by Robinson himself, who found that “his conduct merited 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 93

[…] approbation.”61 Rayner was thus directly and personally involved in the ethnic cleansing Robinson conducted in the wake of the “Black War” in 1833/34. Rayner joined the meeting on 15 May 1834 and became a respected member of the community. After the debacle at Holdship’s door, his home hosted the meeting for discipline in Hobart several times before the meeting house in Murray Street could be established.62 His daughter Isabella (1817–1872) was admitted in July 1834 and in the first Quaker ceremony conducted on the island, she wed William Nichollias (1801–1851, also spelled Nicholas or Nicholls) on 6 February 1835.63 Nichollias had been transported to VDL in 1821 and admitted into membership just a few months prior to the marriage in January the same year.64 He had received a conditional pardon on 12 November 1834 and was granted a full pardon on 28 July 1839.65 The couple had a strained relationship with Isabella’s father that seems to have influenced their bonds to the Quaker community as a whole: both were disowned for non-attendance in August 1838 and April 1839 respectively.66 None of Rayner’s other children or his second wife Susannah converted. Hence, despite his own strong convictions and his Quaker background, his family did not establish themselves as part of the Hobartian community.67 Judging from the fact that the puritanical William Holdship did not object to interacting with him (and, indeed, even trusted Rayner with relaying his message to the other members of the Vandemonian meeting), it is safe to assume that Rayner was accepted as a free man.68 The minutes of Hobart MM list his respectable credentials: “formerly MM Westminster, who has for some years resided with his family in this island.”69 Like many other emancipists, he probably concealed his convict background. There were many strategies convicts employed to outstrip their criminal past. Abraham Charles Flower (1805?–?), another founding member with a criminal record, chose to change his name to indicate a new beginning.70 Transported under the name Richard Edwards and arriving in VDL on 18 October 1830, Flower was initially tried for larceny in Middlesex on 26 October 1826, where he was sentenced to seven years of transportation to Bermuda. Edwards’ convict records show that he was repeatedly involved in brawls and violent incidents. He was described as “contemptuous and mutinous.”71 During an attack on a naval officer on Bermuda, he was seen carrying a knife and was charged with mutiny. His sentence was transmuted to transportation to VDL. His case is one of many that demonstrate that colonial Tasmania was part of a larger, imperial penal system.72 94 E. BISCHOFF

On arrival in Hobart Town, he was registered as being twenty-five years old.73 As a repeat offender, he was initially imprisoned at Macquarie Harbour. Edwards met James Backhouse and George W. Walker during their visit to the convict station in June 1832.74 This encounter introduced him to Quaker teachings and helped him to build a new life. His conduct improved; he was released from the convict station and employed at Government House. He started attending meetings for worship in Hobart and formally joined the church on 14 October 1833.75 He was acknowledged even prior to receiving his certificate of freedom on 4 March 1834 and is thus listed as “Crown Prisoner alias Richard Edwards” in the minutes of the first meeting for discipline in September 1833.76 His conviction and eloquence impressed his brethren and Flower was recorded as a minister of the meeting in June 1834.77 His wife Susannah (?–1858) and son Abraham joined Edwards in 1834 after almost a decade of enforced marital separation.78 The couple had eight children, six of which lived to adulthood.79 Edwards/Flower was very sincere in his contrition and the lasting changes he made to his life. To illustrate, when he received a £300 inheri- tance from his father in October 1834, he asked George W. Walker to arrange for restitution of his victims.80 Yet despite the fact that his conversion was an exemplary success story, Flower struggled to find his place in the community on both the economic and the social levels. Several of his professional endeavours failed: first, a dairy farm partnership undertaken in 1841 with Henry Propsting (another ex-convict), failed in 1842.81 In 1844, he and his family moved to Launceston. His attempt to establish himself in a new environment was financially supported by members of Hobart MM who helped him pay outstanding sums to his debtors.82 After moving to the northern part of the island, Flower became interested in other social organisations that were involved in pursuing evangelical goals. He joined the Independent Order of Rechabites (IOR), a friendly society that advocated strict temperance. Instead of supporting Flower in yet another attempt to better himself, Vandemonian Friends admonished his participation on the grounds that the IOR’s meetings took place in public spaces such as coffee-houses and that its members carried insignia and badges to indicate their affiliation to the organisation.83 In 1847 Flower upheld his commitment in the face of his meeting’s disapproval and disownment. In the end, the Tasmanian Quaker community lost one of its founding members. Although his appeal to VDL YM in 1849 was successful, Flower ended his membership when it became apparent that his readmission 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 95 would split the local meeting.84 Although one might consider both of Flower’s commitments laudable and indicative of the personal and communal cultivation expected of upstanding Friends, he was forced to choose one over the other, and suspend his personal ambition for the benefit of the community. Abraham Davy (1809–1874), whose biography serves as the third example here, chose a different strategy to cope with his criminal past.85 While Flower even went so far as to claim he arrived a free settler in the census of 1843,86 instead of denying or hiding it Davy openly confessed his crimes and vowed to change his life prior to his trial in York on 19 March 1831. After being handed a Bible during detention, he experienced a religious awakening. Convicted of larceny in two cases, Davy received a sentence of fourteen years and arrived in VDL on 19 October 1831.87 In combination with his contrition and good conduct, Davy, who was literate, enjoyed a number of privileges: he served as clerk to the police office in Launceston and a local shopkeeper. To compensate his good behaviour, Davy was awarded a yearly grant of £15 he used to pay his board and gain access to government rations. When Davy met Backhouse and Walker in 1832, he found himself back in his father’s church. He joined Hobart MM on 4 April 1834 while still under sentence.88 His religious and moral development was endorsed by his superiors. To keep him apart from the majority of the prison population and their overseers, whose coarseness and depraved behaviour was considered a potentially harmful influence, Davy was assigned to James Backhouse in 1836.89 Davy accompanied the two ministers on their journey to the Australian mainland and returned to VDL with them,90 where he eventually received a full pardon on 26 January 1837.91 Only a few months later, Davy moved to Sydney, where he became a successful businessman and landowner.92 His marriage to a non-Quaker, Jane Dawson (1815–1903), in 1838 created some tensions with the Australian branch of the Society, and he was expelled on 7 February 1839.93 Yet Davy kept his faith and his attachment. When the YM of VDL linked with Sydney MM in 1842, both he and his wife were listed as members of the meeting in Sydney.94 Although entering the colonial prison system from disparate points in life and passing through along different ways, the three men shared the experience of coerced migration (the “middle passage” of transportation) and the social stigma that went along with it.95 To them, acceptance into the Quaker church amounted to a more general recognition as respectable members of Vandemonian society. Friends’ moral and cultural capital, 96 E. BISCHOFF their reputation for honesty, good business conduct, and their abolitionist activism and prison reform movement lent an emancipist’s attempt to establish a new life considerable credibility. Religious feelings and concerns about one’s social status were not mutually exclusive, at least not to them and their contemporaries. According to the prevailing evangelical interpretation of Quakerism, sincere religious conviction and bourgeois respectability went hand in hand. Tasmanian Quakers were very supportive of convicts who wanted to better themselves, as the decisions of Hobart MM in 1835/36 show. Travelling Quaker ministers always visited correc- tive institutions; offered spiritual guidance and reading material; and engaged in debates about penal reform.96 Regardless of this general predisposition to encourage rehabilitation, however, convicts faced the same structural problem found in Vandemonian society more generally: those guarding the gates were often literally their masters. A good example is the case of Mary G. Eade. Her application for membership was discussed in the very household in which she was employed: the Cotton family. As a result, her master also controlled this part of her life.97 Francis Cotton, as we know from his own hand, was very discriminate about including new members. He wrote: “The Door [sic] of admission should be properly guarded.”98

Free Quaker Settlers Non-convict Friends, who became part of the group of founding fathers and mothers of Hobart MM, came to VDL as part of the growing stream of settlers in the second half of the 1820s. They arrived as individuals or in family units. It is important to keep in mind, however, that the Australasian colonies were not the most popular destinations for British emigrants in general or Quakers in particular. The Quaker Atlantic was well developed and connections across the Atlantic Rim were still strong, despite the American Revolution. As a result, Canada comprised the largest Quaker community among British settler colonies by the end of the century, with 7345 members in 1871, 6553 in 1881, 4650 in 1891, and 4100 in 1901. Relatively speaking, however, their numbers were tiny. Only 0.08% of those who specified their denomination identified as Friends.99 Although much smaller in geographical as well as demographical terms, Aotearoa/New Zealand sported a similar percentage: 0.05% in 1891 and 0.04% in 1901.100 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 97

Those who voluntarily went to the Australian Colonies in the 1820s were therefore the exception. Their motivations varied and not all of them were Friends prior to their emigration. This holds particularly true for the first generation of Vandemonian Quakers. From the sources available two prominent settler families emerge: the Cottons and the Mathers. They came with dissimilar motivations and established themselves in different circumstances. Whereas the latter was family of urban businessmen, the former became pastoralists and farmers. Francis Cotton (1801–1883) emigrated to VDL in 1828 with his wife Anna Maria Cotton (1800–1882, née Tilney) (Fig. 4.6).101 They arrived after considerable difficulties at sea, in December 1828.102 Both had been members of Quaker meetings (Southwark and Devonshire House, respectively) but were disowned in 1821 for marrying in church.103 The date of birth of their first child Henry, born on 21 January 1821, suggests that

Fig. 4.6 Francis Cotton (1801–1883) and Anna Maria Cotton (1800–1882, née Tilney). (Photographs, Special and Rare Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 98 E. BISCHOFF they rather risked expulsion from the community than having a child out of wedlock. The minutes of Devonshire House MM confirm this, speaking of Anna Maria Cotton’s “very reproachful” behaviour “previously to her marriage.”104 The records also indicate that she was reprimanded much more severely than her husband for their transgressions. After being alerted to her case by the Devonshire House Women’s Meeting on 6 March 1821, two (male) Friends were appointed to visit her.105 A first report on her case came in on 8 May 1821:

We have to report, that previously to her marriage, her conduct has been very reproachful; upon which subject, as well as the circumstance of her being married in a manner contrary to the rules of our Society, we have endeavoured to bestow considerable labour, in order to bring her mind to a just sense of her misconduct; and are enabled to inform the meeting that she was brought to an acknowledgement of her error, and we believe is truly penitent and sorry for her transgression.106

Friends’ visiting committees continued to lecture her in the following months, hinting at the possibility that she might retain her membership if she demonstrated serious remorse for behaving the way she did and for disregarding Quaker marriage protocol. Since Anna Maria only evinced the former but did not concede to the latter, she was eventually expelled on 9 October 1821.107 Her husband, by contrast, had to face the visiting Elders only once in 1821. His terse statement that “he was fully aware at the time of the breach of our rules, but considered he could not have been married otherwise for a considerable time” was duly noted in their report read on 13 February 1821.108 Francis had been apprenticed to a carpenter in 1816 and would not have been able to support a family. The meeting would have rejected a marriage licence on these grounds. No attempts to convince him of the error of his ways were made and he was disowned by the decision of Southwark MM on 13 March 1821.109 No reference to the morality or immorality of his premarital conduct was made. The official document handed to him spoke of “circumstances [that] had induced him to violate the rules of our Society” and expressed the possibility of a future reinstatement should he retrospectively acknowledge “the importance of our religious testimonies” again and “by a circumspect and consistent conduct therewith, become fit to be reinstated in membership with us.”110 Regardless of their egalitarian views on women’s involvement in the affairs 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 99 of the church in general and their support of the female ministry in particular, in judging the premarital sexual practices of women with a double standard. Quakers therefore engaged in a common form of sexual politics historians have identified as characteristic of the nineteenth century. Anna Maria Cotton gave birth to fourteen children during the course of her marriage. Twelve of them lived to see adulthood. Only three of them were daughters: Anna Maria Jnr, Mary, and Rachel—the last being the youngest, born in 1842. Raising such a large family in colonial VDL presented its own difficulties. Francis Cotton’s letters to his contact in Hobart are full of requests to send trousers, jackets, shirts for a crowd of ever-growing boys.111 Shoemakers, a rarity among the assigned convicts, were always highly sought after in the Cotton household.112 Another, more long-term, challenge presented itself to the couple in finding suitable marriage partners for their children, given the large number of sons and the overall gender imbalance in VDL. This was an important factor in establishing Quakerism on the island for future generations, as I will discuss in the following section. Archival documents indicate that Francis Cotton maintained a connection to his father and his brother in London despite his social estrangement by disownment and his physical separation by space. His brother Thomas (1799–1876) was of particular importance. He provided information on developments in England and acted as Francis’ business contact in Britain.113 In addition, Francis and Anna Maria Cotton retained a deep commitment to their faith. As James Backhouse noted in 1833 Francis Cotton, as head of household, assembled all members of the household, including the assigned convict servants, for Bible reading on Sundays. In addition, he read the Scriptures or other pious Quaker texts to his family twice a day.114 Both Cottons were among the first to join the effort to constitute a local Quaker meeting in the colony. They were listed as “[t]hose attached to Fr[ien]ds in other parts of this Island” in the first and founding meeting of the Hobart community on 20 September 1833.115 Francis Cotton officially joined Hobart MM on 14 October the same year, his wife on 4 April 1834.116 Simultaneously, all of their children were also received into membership.117 Those born in the following years were all registered with the meeting subsequently. The Cottons became highly influential figures of the congregation: he was recorded as a minister by Hobart MM in June 1834 and served as clerk of the meeting for twenty- seven years starting in July 1834.118 Anna Maria Cottons was also acknowledged as a minister by Hobart MM in July 1837.119 100 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 4.7 George Fordyce Story (1800–1885). (Photograph, George Fordyce Story seated in Garden, Tasmania, c. 1850–1855, Special and Rare Materials Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart)

The couple established themselves on a farm located on the east coast of the island, in the district of Great Swan Port (see Fig. 4.7). They named their estate “Kelvedon” (Fig. 4.8) after Anna Maria’s place of birth. Naming their new homes after places connected to their family history was common among the newly established landed gentry of the Australian colonies.120 Naming was, just like mapping, the symbolic counterpart of the literal settler colonial appropriation of Aboriginal land. Describing Kelvedon to the readers of the British Friend in 1851, Francis Cotton told a success story. He had a total of 270 acres (ca. 135 ha) under cultivation, 2200 acres rented for pastoral sheep farming, and about 5000 sheep (Fig. 4.8).121 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 101

Fig. 4.8 Kelvedon (“F. Cotton”), 1839. (Detail from: George Frankland. 1839. This Map of Van Diemen’s Land, is Dedicated to the Land Holders of the Colony. London: J. Cross. Map coloured, mounted on linen, 128 × 83 cm, Special Collections MAP F 862, National Library of Australia, Canberra)

Their home became a central hub for Quaker community life in Tasmania: It doubled as meeting hall, first for Hobart MM in the period between 10 July 1834 and 2 November 1843, and then for Launceston MM for the duration of its existence (4 January 1844 to 16 November 1851).122 In addition, it was a way station for all travelling ministers who visited Tasmania during the nineteenth century (Fig. 4.9). The Cottons’ hospitality was well known in the community and beyond. In 1839, an imposter even tried to exploit the generosity of the family by pretending to be a fellow Quaker in need, who only “lately [had] obtained his freedom.” The guest “was invited into our long Room, dined” yet could not produce any “letters of introduction, & such” to support his claim. He was immediately banned from the table and “dismissed to the 102 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 4.9 (a) Sarah Benson Walker (1812–1893, née Mather) and (b) George Washington Walker (1800–1859). (Photographs, Special and Rare Materials Collection, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart)

Men’s Hut.”123 “We shall I trust be always glad to serve the followers of the Lord Jesus Christ, whether rich or poor,” but in the future, Francis Cotton decided after this incident, unknown guest claiming to be connected to the Society would have to produce some kind of written confir- mation, a “note” or “passport” before being admitted into the family’s sanctuary, the long room, or parlour ever again.124 Although well established and accepted by their fellow Quakers in the colony, the Friends of their original meetings were less inclined to accept them back into the fold; especially with regard to Anna M. Cotton. Since Hobart MM was not acknowledged as a fully independent organisational unit of the Society of Friends until 1861, all Vandemonian Friends had to register with a meeting in Britain. They were advised to do so with their “home” meeting.125 Accordingly, Francis and Anna Maria Cotton applied for readmission to Southwark and Devonshire House in 1834. Only one of them, however, was successful: Francis. In his short application he simply 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 103 explained that he had “long deplored those deviations which led to [his] disownment” and felt “earnestly desirous of being reinstated in membership.”126 His plea was supported by James Backhouse and George W. Walker, two highly regarded travelling ministers. They testified that Cotton, despite his separation from the Society, had “faithfully” followed “the testimonies to the simplicity & spirituality [of the] gospel of which Friends believe themselves called upon to bear.” Moreover, they continued, he had supported their mission by serving as an “advocate” to these principles in the public ministry, that is, preaching to “his own family & neighbourhood & when accompanying” the ministers on their travels in VDL.127 Francis Cotton was “reinstated in membership” on 16 September 1834.128 Anna M. Cotton’s simultaneous application to Devonshire MM was turned down “on the ground of her residing at so great a distance from us” and the lack of a “recognized Meeting” which could “exercise a right care and oversight over its members.”129 In 1853, her husband ventured another attempt. He wrote to one of the meeting members personally and “expressed his earnest desire” that his wife be readmitted.130 The members of Devonshire House MM took her case under consideration again and decided that circumstances had changed: namely, by recognising her husband’s position in the Tasmanian community and the couple’s continued exemplary moral conduct.131 Thus, almost nineteen years after Anna Maria Cotton had been accepted by Vandemonian Friends and sixteen years after she had been elected minister of Hobart MM, she was finally reinstated on 6 September 1853—not because of her own numerous accomplishments, but because the British Friends held her husband’s ability to govern his own household in higher regard. The Cottons’ disownment prior to their emigration and the lengthy process of re-establishing Anna Maria Cotton’s status within the larger Quaker community demonstrate that the couple, regardless of their economic and social success in the colony, was in a similar position as their convict fellow Quaker in many ways: they, too, came to VDL after an enforced split from their social environment. They built a new life for themselves in which the social stigma of disownment was meant to be forgotten, yet it kept re-emerging: in their case, through their interaction with the Society at home. The ostracism they experienced was clearly gendered: Anna Maria Cotton was held to a much higher standard than her husband even though he was considered responsible for her conduct. Their life took a significant turn after meeting the two travelling ministers James Backhouse and George W. Walker. It was a spiritual and a social 104 E. BISCHOFF awakening. Francis Cotton described this experience retrospectively as being saved from captivity: “If at these times of our temptation the Lord had not himself displayed his standard, I must have stumbled and fallen. How many times—He alone knows how many—I was almost gone, overwhelmed, led [sic] captive.”132 The Cottons’ extended family also included George Fordyce Story (1800–1885).133 He is not listed among Friends or those connected to them at the first meeting of Hobart MM in September 1833. He joined the congregation on 4 April 1834.134 Just like Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, he became a recorded minister with Hobart MM.135 Story had studied medicine at the University of Edinburgh from where he received his diploma in 1824.136 He lived as a bachelor in the Cottons’ household throughout his life. He was, by profession, deeply involved into the penal system: He was District Assistant Surgeon at Waterloo Point Station from 1829 to 1840 and Commissariat Officer.137 From 1845 to 1852, he was medical officer to the police, watch houses, and gaols in the district of Great Swan Port.138 He also conducted private consultations.139 The inhabitants of Great Swan Port district held him in high esteem.140 But the moral support of his neighbours notwithstanding, private consultations were not lucrative and did not sustain Story financially because the district was only sparsely populated by settlers. He spent a disproportional amount of time on horseback travelling from one sickbed to another.141 Like many of his contemporaries, especially those with medical backgrounds, Story was highly interested in botany; but there was also another area Story was engaged with which would eventually coalesce into the field of anthropology in the course of the nineteenth century.142 Along with botanical specimens, some of which were for the World Exhibition in Paris 1855, Story collected human remains.143 His anthropological pursuits were an important element for establishing racist settler colonial knowledge about Tasmanian Aboriginal people. Between 1844 and 1845, he became the first secretary of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land. His botanical interests also contributed to the Cotton business materially by growing flower bulbs for the Vandemonian market.144 Story’s father was a Wesleyan minister,145 and, as such, he was among other early Tasmanian Quakers who had previously belonged to the Wesleyan church. The most prominent figures were Robert Mather (1782–1855) and his children Sarah Benson (1812–1893), Joseph Benson (1814–1890), and Robert Andrew (1815–1884).146 They are first mentioned in the records of Hobart MM not by name but by denomination.147 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 105

The first to apply for and accepted into membership were Sarah B. and Robert A. Mather.148 Joseph B. followed suit in October 1835.149 Robert Mather became a member after he managed to stabilise his finances in 1837.150 The family had initially established itself in the colony’s capital but decided in 1827 to move to a farm twelve miles from Hobart at Muddy Plains (today Sandford) where Robert Mather had been granted 1200 acres (486 ha) in 1824. He extended his real estate to a total of 2000 acres (809 ha) through an additional grant and a land purchase.151 The farm was located on the land of the Moomairremener clan of the Oyster Bay Nation that had violent encounters with the colonists since 1803.152 He named his farm “Lauderdale,” the name of one of Sandford’s suburbs today. After his agricultural venture failed, he returned to Hobart in 1835. The Mather siblings grew up in a deeply pious household. Robert Mather’s first wife was Ann Benson (1786–1831), daughter of the Wesleyan minister Joseph Benson (1749–1821). Both were very active members of her father’s congregation in London where she taught Sunday school classes. They married in October 1811.153 Concerned about his wife’s deteriorating health, Robert Mather decided to emigrate shortly after Reverend Benson’s death. His brother-in-law, Samuel Benson, claimed that his decision was “[i]nfluenced by the representations” of William Charles Wentworth and Charles Jeffreys.154 Both authors praised the healthy climate of the Antipodean colonies.155 In addition, Jeffreys stressed that VDL and NSW were territories under the British rule of law:

settlers who carry with them British predilections, and who would wish still to enjoy British laws, with British manners and comforts, will find the settlements of VDL, and NSW more suited to their expectations, and unmatched in advantages to the emigrant, in climate and capability for production by any other part of the globe.156

But the love for both his wife and the rule of law seems to have been only part of Robert Mather’s motivation. Another element was Mather’s involvement in evangelical networks interested in missionary work in Australasia and Oceania. According to the retrospective account written by Sarah B. Walker (1812–1893, née Mather) (Fig. 4.9a), he was particularly moved by the Methodist Revered William Horton’s plea to his fellow Christians to settle in the Australian colonies.157 Among the family records are several documents that support this view. The most important one is a letter from 106 E. BISCHOFF the Wesleyan missionary Walter Lawry to his father-in-law Joseph Benson in which he gives information on the South Sea missions and Sydney, as well as several missionary tracts which the family brought along to VDL.158 Methodist concern about Australasia was part of the church’s missionary movement. It coincided with a change in imperial policy in general. Initiated in the colonies “largely [by] the work of pious laypeople serving the needs of particular colonies,”159 the colonial office took a more active interest in the moral and religious development of British colonists overseas during the 1820s and 1830s.160 So far, critical voices claimed, “British people had spread throughout the world, but their clergy had been unable to accompany them.”161 Robert Mather became a leading figure in the Wesleyan community in Hobart after his arrival on 10 September 1822.162 He became a founding trustee of the local Wesleyan Methodist Church and was involved in philanthropic work. Story and Mather most likely met in this context before they both converted to Quakerism.163 Interconnections such as these reflect how close the two nonconformist churches had grown during the late eighteenth-century evangelical revival, in both social relations and religious doctrine. This proximity transferred to the Australasian colonies.164 The Wesleyans’ loss was the Quakers’ gain: all three converted Mather siblings turned out to be stabilising factors in the community, both socially and spiritually. Joseph became the meeting’s clerk in October 1837.165 In addition, he was a key business partner of Francis Cotton, selling the farm’s products on Cotton’s commission and supplying the rural Quaker household with goods, information, and convict labour. Both Sarah and Joseph were elected ministers of Hobart MM in 1837.166 Sarah B. Mather’s marriage on 15 December 1840 to George Washington Walker (1800–1859) (Fig. 4.9b) established a third Quaker family household that was just as important for the social cohesion of the Tasmanian community as those led by Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, and Joseph B. Mather.167 Her partner came to Hobart on 8 February 1832 as a travelling minister from Britain. He accompanied James Backhouse from York MM on his journey to the Australasian colonies. Walker was, just like Sarah Mather, a convert. Originally from a Unitarian background, he was apprenticed to the Quaker Hadwen Bragg of Newcastle in 1814. He met James Backhouse in 1820 while the latter was helping Margaret Bragg to arrange her husband’s affairs after his death. The two men developed a close personal friendship. Walker was deeply impressed by Quaker conduct and faith. He joined the Society in 1827.168 During the course of their 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 107

voyage, Walker became a minister in his own right, elected by the Vandemonian Meeting in August 1834.169 Sarah and George developed a deep connection over the course of several months in 1834. Walker praised her faith and her resemblance to her pious mother, who was also the daughter of the famous Wesleyan minister Joseph Benson. Furthermore, Walker acknowledged and admired that Sarah’s faith kept “her head above the waves” although “[h]er trials are great, and rather peculiar for one of her years.”170 Sarah B. Mather had taken over the role of homemaker in addition to teaching her younger siblings after her mother’s death in 1831 at the age of nineteen. With Walker’s departure drawing near to continue his missionary journey on the Australian mainland and beyond in July 1837, the couple requested Robert Mather’s consent to marry prior to George’s departure. Mather rejected this appeal: Walker was to wait until his duties as a travelling minister had been fulfilled. His spiritual calling had to take precedence over establishing a mundane life.171 With Walker returning from South Africa in 1840 and the union solemnised in December of the same year, the couple established a household in the colony’s capital. Walker put into practice a plan he had developed right after he realised he would have to support a family in the colony. With the help of his friends and connections “in England, as some of them have already offered to do in times gone by,” he opened a draper business in Hobart.172 From 1848 on, he would concentrate exclusively on woollen materials in order not to encourage vanity and luxury in his customers.173 Eventually, he would copy two of those economic strategies, which had made Quakers successful and respected businessmen in Britain during the course of the eighteenth century, the world he knew from his time in Newcastle: trade and banking. He was co-founder and manager of the Hobart Savings Banks, which started operating in 1845.174 In contrast to the Cotton family home, George and Sarah Walker’s house never doubled as meeting house. There is no record detailing their mundane religious life. Considering Sarah’s familial background and the fact that George Walker gave up a lucrative line of business out of evangelical conviction, we can assume that the household was a devout one in daily practice. There is, however, ample evidence that both Sarah and George Walker were involved in several philanthropic endeavours and societies. As a result, their household resembled that of urban British Quakers not only economically but also socially. 108 E. BISCHOFF

George W. Walker was co-founder of the Van Diemen’s Land Auxiliary Temperance Society.175 He was involved in creating the Society for the Suppression of Vice in 1842 and acted as its financial manager until 1844.176 Moreover, he was a member of the colony’s Bible Society, the board of education, and the Royal Society of Tasmania.177 He was invited on the Lieutenant-Governor’s committee for the investigation of the situation of female convicts in the colony in 1842/43 and served as treasurer to the so-called Magdalen Society between 1848 and 1851.178 Sarah Walker shared her husband’s interest in benevolent causes, especially with regard to convict women. As I will demonstrate in the following chapter, she joined the Visiting Committee Cascades Female Factory, spearheaded by Jane Franklin, wife of Lt.-Gov. John Franklin, in 1842. As travelling minister, George W. Walker established contacts among the upper echelons of colonial society, which lasted well beyond his active travels. He corresponded with, to name but a few examples, Alexander Machonochie (1787–1860),179 Jane Franklin as well as key figures in establishing and maintaining the Aboriginal settlement Wybalenna, Robert Clark, Henry Jeanneret, and Joseph Milligan. Yet, in contrast to his travel companion Backhouse, to whom he and Sarah upheld a cordial friendship despite the large distance separating them, Walker never established contacts among humanitarian evangelical activists and politicians in Britain. Whereas Backhouse’s letters were reprinted not only in Quaker publications but also in the report of the parliamentary Select Committee on Aborigines of the House of Commons, appointed on 9 March 1836, Walker’s letters did not circulate beyond familial and colonial contexts.180 George and Sarah Walker had ten children with an equal number of sons and daughters. Only three of them married, namely George Benson (1844–1882), Robert (1846–1894), and John Ridley (1847–1915). All of them exchanged vows after London YM had lifted the ban on those who took non-Quakers as partners in 1859.181 Not one of the couple’s daughters took a husband. Their eldest son, James Backhouse (1841– 1899), became the most prominent among her children. Educated in Britain, he returned to become a lawyer, co-founder of the University of Tasmania, and historian of early nineteenth-century Tasmania.182 Exploiting his father’s writings and notebooks, he also fashioned himself an “expert” on Aboriginal Tasmanians.183 It is important to note that not all members of the Mather family converted. William N. Oats, who concentrates exclusively on the history of 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 109 the Quaker community, does not mention the remaining family members, neither in his monograph A Question of Survival, nor in the index he prepared. Samuel Benson’s Memoir of his sister’s life mentioned that she gave birth to seven children.184 As far as colonial administrative records indicate, not all of them lived to adulthood, and two can be identified in the official marriage records, namely John Benson (?–1856) and Samuel Benson Mather (?–1897). Both married according to Methodist practice but were supported by those family members who had joined the Religious Society of Friends: Robert A. Mather and John B. Mather supported their brother Samuel B. Mather (?–1897) in marrying Tryphena Barnett on 27 November 1845 and Robert Mather Snr acted as witness to his son John’s marriage to Isabella Biggs, 18 March 1850.185 Apparently, conversion did not disrupt the affective and economic connections among the members of the Mather family.

4.2 Practices of Belonging: Quaker Identity in the Antipodes Many Vandemonian Quakers were, as seen above, either converts or had been estranged from the Society by disownment or voluntary withdrawal. With Quaker faith privileging experience and conduct over written dogma, adhering to Quaker practices took on heightened importance. Practising Quakerism created a sense of belonging as well as individual and collective identities. As demonstrated in Chap. 3, not all practices were as religiously motivated as, for instance, observing silence during a meeting of worship, keeping plainness of dress and speech, addressing everybody on equal terms, keeping Quaker standards of integrity and honesty in business conduct, and adhering to the peace testimony. Some were social norms that had developed over time, most prominently the endogamous marriage system. Following the characteristics of everyday nineteenth-century Quaker life as described in the previous chapter, I trace three aspects of everyday Quakerism in colonial Tasmania: observing the outward signs of Quakerism, creating marriage networks, and the negotiation of Quaker values including the masculinist social environment of the colony. As with Quakerism in Britain, being a Quaker in Tasmania was highly gendered. Unbalanced demographics and a pervasive military culture affected male and female Friends differently. 110 E. BISCHOFF

Particular Colonists: Everyday Questions of Practising Quakerism Adherence to Quaker principles in the everyday life was a constant challenge for members of the newly founded Tasmanian community. Details about these difficulties can be reconstructed from two main sources: first, the meeting records of Hobart MM; and secondly, private letters written by members of the community. The former indicate that admonitions were issued to the congregation to remind the flock of Quaker practices and principles. These warnings included reminding individual members of key elements of their Society’s creed, such as sitting in silence during the meetings for worship and “keep[in]g clear accounts.”186 The latter was called for repeatedly throughout the 1830s, 1840s, and 1850s.187 The high mobility of colonial society offered many possibilities to avoid paying outstanding debts—for instance, by disappearing into the crowds of the burgeoning cities of Sydney and Melbourne—and moving Friends could easily be suspected of this form of fraud. To elevate the Society and its members beyond reproach, Hobart MM not only issued general repri- mands but also organised financial help if necessary. When Abraham C. Flower intended to relocate to Launceston but still had financial responsibilities in Hobart, local Friends pooled their resources and disencumbered him from his debts. In doing so, they supported one of their own who had had financial difficulties in the past.188 Simultaneously, they cleared both his and their Society’s name from potential allegations.189 Robert Mather, one of the early members of the Hobartian meeting, took Quaker respectability and credibility so seriously that he joined only after his financial situation had stabilised.190 Even more information on how the members of the newly established meeting learnt to live their faith step by step can be gathered from the private correspondence between Francis Cotton and Joseph Benson Mather. Cotton became a father figure to the younger Quaker whose relationship to his biological father was often strained.191 In letters to his (future) son-in-law, the elder Quaker often commented and gave advice on issues related to Quakerism and its role in everyday life.192 Among the topics discussed was, for instance, the question of plain speech. Cotton also addressed the ways in which the social environment of the Mather family reacted to behavioural changes of the newly convinced Quakers. In a letter written on 4 July 1835, Francis Cotton recounted a conversation he overheard “whilst [he] was at business at Kuckororo/Richmond.” A 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 111 young man “who formerly dealt in wool in Hobart Town” and had settled in the district publicly complained about receiving a letter from Robert Mather, Joseph’s father, who had addressed the young man simply as “Wells, Settler, Tea Tree Brush.”193 Questions of decorum and civility were taken very seriously among the colonists, especially when it came to forms of class distinction between the property-owning elite and the majority of (ex)convicts. In addition to the general “Mister” (Mr), it was customary to employ the honorific Esquire (Esq) in written communications to landed settlers. In the aforementioned example, Robert Mather used neither, a decision which had “affronted [Wells] much,” according to Francis Cotton’s report. He advised:

I would suggest to thy Father the propriety of his when addressing those persons whom he formerly addressed Mr or Capt and who are not aware of the change in his religious sentiments appending a Postscript to the first letter briefly expressing the reason of his change in the style of address.194

Cotton was not the only one concerned. James Backhouse, travelling minister and co-initiator of Hobart MM, anticipated that Friends would encounter a certain amount of hostility. In his Concise Apology for the Peculiarities of the Society of Friends, Commonly Called Quakers, in Their Language, Costume and Manners, written shortly after his arrival in the colony, Backhouse expected that Quakers would be “liable to appear singular, if not foolish, in the eyes of the uninformed.”195 To prevent misun- derstandings and conflict, Friends had “to explain their reasons for acting” out of “variance with common custom.”196 Part of these explanatory efforts was Backhouse’s publication: the author spent four of twelve pages on the “disuse of Complimentary Modes of Address,” with examples ranging from the daily “appellatives Mr. Mrs. and Miss” to “Your Majesty.”197 Incidentally, in explaining Friendly peculiarities, Backhouse’s Apology also might have served as a form of handbook to those learning how to be Quakers. Another topic discussed in Francis Cotton’s and Joseph B. Mather’s correspondence was the Quaker refusal to take oaths and its repercussions in interacting with colonial administrative authorities. “Thou last enquired my opinion in the matter,” Cotton wrote on 16 February 1837, reporting that “when called to give evidence at Waterloo Point my expressions are ‘the truth & nothing but the truth’ which have never been objected to.”198 112 E. BISCHOFF

As described in Chap. 3, Quakers were allowed to confirm their statements whenever “required upon any lawfull Occasion to take an Oath” in the form of “his or her Solemne Affirmation or Declarac[i]on” instead of “the usual Forme” since the so-called Affirmation Act of 1695/96. The words to be used were also determined: “I A.B. do declare in the Presence of Almighty God the Witnesse of the Truth of what I say.”199 The Act was renewed in 1701 and expanded in 1832. Cotton’s claim rested upon the assumption that English law was uniformly applied throughout the Crown’s colonies, making in fact an argument similar to that of the advocates in tax cases that supported the Crown’s claim to the land under the principle of terra nullius. Francis Cotton and Joseph B. Mather, however, did not discuss this general, legal question. To them the extension of English law appeared as self-evident fact, just as it did in Quaker publications on the topic.200 They were, by contrast, concerned with the finer details of the verbal act itself and to what extent the phrasing implied to relay the truth in its entirety. Cotton stated that

when called to give evidence at Waterloo Point my expressions are “the truth & nothing but the truth” which have never been objected to, for in the cases I have had to give evidence it would have been foolish to have troubled the Magistrate with the whole truth.201

When summoned to the Supreme Court or to testify in a criminal court, however, Cotton would phrase his affirmation differently: “I do not think it likely I should object to make use of the words, ‘the whole (that is the full) truth’.”202 Ultimately, Cotton concluded, they should trust in God and “let the Spirit of Truth be our Guide and then we shall have an unerring guide.”203 Refusing to take an oath the way Quakers did in colonial Tasmania constituted white settler privilege. In contrast to Aboriginal Australians, their capability and entitlement to testify in court were never questioned. Friends elected to exercise their rights differently but were nevertheless included into the body politic. As humanitarian concerns about the situation of Indigenous peoples grew during the 1830s and 1840s, Friends actively campaigned for accepting Australian Indigenous peoples’ testimony in court. As I will demonstrate in Chap. 9, including Aboriginal Australians into the legal system, and thereby extending the rule of law more equally, was thought to protect members of Indigenous communities from settler violence. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 113

Finding a Suitable Companion: Marriage Networks In Britain, Quaker marriages had been recognised by the state since 1753. The Marriage Act of 1837 formally acknowledged their status as legally binding unions. Friends were eager to see this legislation implemented in the Australasian colonies so that they could register their meeting houses with colonial administrations, and thereby increase the respectability of their community.204 In pursuing this interest, Quakers relied on the notion that the colonies were part of the same legal realm as the British Isles. As with the Act of Affirmation discussed above, Quaker peculiarity rested on their implicit inclusion into the white settler community and the concept of terra nullius. Creating the legal framework for “proper” Quaker marriages was, by comparison, a smaller task. Finding a spouse, which was essential for maintaining Quaker identity since marriage to a non-member risked exclusion, was considerably more difficult. The situation was particularly precarious for Tasmanian Quaker men, mainly because the overall imbalance between the sexes in the colonies was significant: only 20–30% of the population was female between 1830 and 1860 (see Fig. 4.4). As Oats’ statistical overview indicates, the ratio among Friends was very similar: 30% of all Australian Quakers between 1830 and 1861 were female.205 This resulted in an equally tiny number of potential marriage partners. Looking at the group of Quakers who constituted the first Tasmanian meeting, a distinct pattern, characterised by four elements, emerges: First, those who migrated as part of a larger family unit tended to intermarry, namely the Cotton, the Mather, and, eventually, the May families (see Fig. 4.10). The Mather siblings functioned as crucial links in the Tasmanian marriage network. Sarah B. Mather joined hands with the travelling minister George W. Walker, who settled down in Hobart in 1840.206 Her marriage connected the households of the two most influential figures within nineteenth-century Tasmanian Quaker community, namely Francis Cotton and George W. Walker, who, as the following chapter demonstrates, did not always agree on key questions such as transportation or Quaker solidarity. Joseph Benson Mather wed Anna Maria Cotton Jnr (1823–1856) on 5 December 1842.207 Their union exemplifies that the benefits of intermar- riage, that is, of retaining economic power within kinship networks as established in the Quaker Atlantic, could be combined with maintaining 114 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 4.10 Marriage Connections between the May, Coleman, Cotton, and Mather Families. (Data collated from: Marjorie and William Oats. 1982. “A Biographical Index of Quakers in Australia before 1862”, Hobart, pp. 62–63, 69–72, 166–67, 271–72) 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 115 religious beliefs to uphold respectability and social status in the Australasian colonies. It also demonstrates that marriage enforced bonds of true affection: Francis Cotton acted as mentor to Joseph B. Mather in religious and practical questions. In consoling, encouraging, and advising him, Cotton became Mather’s surrogate father.208 In January 1843, Cotton was over- joyed to welcome Joseph into his family proper: “I in unison with my beloved Partner affectionately salute thee.”209 The marriage of the third Mather Quaker sibling, the union between Robert Andrew and Ann Pollard (1820–?),210 shows the restrictions imposed on Quaker couples by the quest for propriety and respectability. When in March 1837 Robert Andrew Mather and Ann Pollard (who lived with the Cottons as their social and spiritual ward since her father had been disowned by the community and had moved to Sydney in 1835) fell in love, Francis Cotton acted immediately. He informed his elder brother, Joseph B. Mather, that there “appears to be an attachment existing between” the two and considering it “quite obvious that it would be highly improper for Robert to stay much longer” in Kelvedon, Francis Cotton sent the young Friend home.211 Francis Cotton and his wife Anna Maria knew how difficult it was to obtain the community’s consent from personal experience. His admonitions therefore carried not only the weight of the voice a senior member and minister has within a Quaker community, but an urgency that bespoke his personal history. Robert, who had been working as part-time tutor and farm hand at the Cottons, went first back to Hobart and then to Sydney where he established himself as a business man. His achievements impressed Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, who, after receiving a letter they considered in “every way satisfactory” from Mather, thought it “well to put things in a train for the marriage.”212 Francis Cotton anticipated a bright future for the couple: “They will become suitable help meets to each other if permitted to marry [by the meeting].”213 Ann Pollard and Robert A. Mather officially applied for the meeting’s consent to marry in April 1839.214 However, it was only after his brother Joseph had found a female convict servant to take Pollard’s place in the Cotton household’s workforce that the young woman was allowed to leave the farm. Cotton was adamant: “[u]ntil my Wife obtains other assistance, A.P. cannot leave Kelvedon.”215 The ceremony was finally conducted at the meeting house in Sydney on 22 August 1839.216 In between, the young couple communicated by letter and met in person only when chaperoned or in public.217 116 E. BISCHOFF

Again, the union of two Quakers established not only interpersonal but also interfamilial affective connections. On parting with her charge, Anna Maria Cotton addressed a short note to Robert A. Mather, which testifies to the strong emotional bonds between them:

My dear Robert, I resign my charge into thy hands & cannot say with pleasure (though I believe it will be for the mutual happiness of thyself and thy dear Ann) because indeed the pain of parting is great the vessel is in sight we must separate—it will be pleasant to be remembered by you both with affection wishing you every happiness believe me your affectionate Mother A.M. Cotton.218

As her letter exemplifies, kinship was not necessarily restricted to blood relations. Although Francis Cotton stressed the necessity of securing the household’s workforce, his wife clearly cared for Pollard as if she was one of their biological daughters. Robert A. and Ann Mather had ten children; their second daughter, Sarah Benson Mather Jnr (1846–1875), was engaged to Edward Octavius Cotton (1838–1912) but died of typhoid fever before the union was solemnised.219 The second characteristic of the Tasmanian Quaker marriage network was that membership required being part of a larger settler family unit in the first place. Single Quaker men, particularly those who had arrived in the colony as convicts, were left at the fringes. To be accepted as a potential son-in-law, they not only had to overcome social trepidations but also to prove their economic viability despite starting from very different van- tage points than free settlers. Consequently, unattached Quaker men were most often forced to look outside the community to find a partner. For them, the only possibility to avoid expulsion was to familiarise their prospective wives with Quaker faith and practice and ask them to convert. Conversion, however, was a lengthy and winded process and not always successful. Abraham Davy, for instance, attempted to introduce his fiancée Jane Dawson (1815–1903) to the Society.220 Yet, despite his best efforts, the meeting did not accept her application for membership. As a letter from Francis Cotton to Joseph B. Mather indicates, Cotton even went so far as to write her letter himself, copying from Robert Andrew Mather’s application.221 To avoid an open confrontation, it was decided “that it was best no[t] to notice them on Minutes” officially and to simply return the documents.222 Yet, since Dawson’s convincement was doubtful, Cotton recommended not accepting her application. He concluded: 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 117

Our young Men are much to be felt for & every allowance to be made, but if they wish to have happy firesides & partners of the same mind as themselves, they must be assured that such partners are baptized by one Spirit into one Body, & had the convincement of the Female in question here a genuine one.223

Davy and Dawson eventually married after their removal to Sydney in a Presbyterian Church in 1838.224 The third typical element of marriage networks established by Vandemonian Quakers was that they more than often failed to provide suitable partners. Family and status could not balance the demographic odds completely: five of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton’s nine sons who lived to adulthood married a non-Quaker. Three of them exchanged vows with a servant: Francis Jnr (1822–1872) joined hands with Margaret McLeod in 1850; Thomas (1825–1897) married Bridget Bourke in 1857; George (1829–1916) wed Margaret (also Mary) Connell in 1851.225 In addition, Henry (1821–1907), the eldest, married Lavinia Amos (1823– ?), daughter of John Amos (1776–1848), the family’s closest neighbours in the district, in October 1855 (see Fig. 4.10).226 Although all of these unions resulted in disownment, some of them hurt more than others: Whereas Lavinia was the child of a respected settler and member of the Church of Scotland, two of the Cottons’ daughters- in-law were of convict background: Bridget Bourke and Margaret Connell. The latter was employed as a nursemaid in Joseph B. Mather’s household,227 but had lied about her parents and her upbringing to conceal her family’s past. She was not, as the Mathers and the Cottons had been led to believe, “an Orphan of respectable extraction” but the daughter of a notorious convict, “the drunken woman Connell.”228 Mary came to VDL as a child, accompanying her mother, who had been convicted for receiving stolen goods and was transported in September 1845. After their arrival, Mary and her two brothers were transferred to Hobart Orphan School, as was customary with children of women under sentence.229 The Cotton family patriarch was irate:

She has been exalted almost into a heroine: at all counts into a discreet and praiseworthy girl. Now all this Castle building and […] fabrication seem sinking down into plain matter of fact—that she came out in a Convict ship with her own Mother.230 118 E. BISCHOFF

Francis Cotton feared the worst. He saw the safety of Joseph B. Mathers’ children as well as his own family’s reputation threatened. “I do not believe thou art safe in thy guardianship either—and should look to it if it were only for thy own safety,” he wrote to his son-in-law in April 1851. “I consider the credit of the family at stake,” he continued, “if things turn out as am now fearful they will—and George persists in marrying Margaret we cannot receive them as inmates under our Roof.”231 Francis Cotton thereby shared the anxieties of many free settlers about losing family respectability by allowing their children to marry a person from the convict class.232 It seems that Bridget, by contrast, was less challenging by parentage and conduct. The Cotton patriarch did not object to her the same way he did to Margaret. Yet, as an Irish Catholic, Bridget was also a deeply problematic in-law for religious reasons.233 The situation changed during the 1860s with three of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton’s sons establishing households with Quaker partners: Tilney (1836–1914) moved to South Australia and wedded Ann Giblett Allen in 1860; John (1832–1915) married Mary Ann Wills, who had come to Tasmania by assisted passage in 1863; and Edward Octavius (1838–1912) joined hands with Elizabeth Helen in 1881, six years after his engagement to Sarah Benson Mather Jnr had come to its untimely end. In 1875, when Joseph Cotton (1840–1923) entered a union with Isabella Jackson (daughter of Adam Jackson, settler in Ross), the rules had changed. Disownment for marrying non-Quakers had been officially suspended by London YM in 1860.234 The decision coincided with the dissipation of the “distinctive demographic characteristics which prevailed in Tasmania during the convict era” during the second half of the 1850s.235 But the dam- age was already done. By 1861, fifteen Tasmanian Friends had been excluded for marrying a non-Quaker.236 Finding a partner within the community was a decidedly male problem, and this is important to note as the fourth characteristic of the Quaker wedding circles of nineteenth-century VDL. The demographics of convict- era Tasmania worked in favour of Quaker women. The Cotton siblings are a good example. All three sisters married fellow brethren: a mentioned above, Ann[a] Maria wed Joseph B. Mather. Their marriage was tragically cut short by her illness and death in 1856. Mary (1827–1886) joined William May in matrimony in 1856 and relocated to South Australia, and Rachel (1842–?), the youngest Cotton sibling, married Samuel Salmon in 1880.237 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 119

Living in a Masculinist Society: Quaker Men Established as a convict colony, settler colonial Tasmania was not only demographically predominantly male but it was also a masculinist society. As Angela Woollacott has demonstrated, settler colonialism validated a particular form of “manhood,” which “emphasised physical strength, hunting skills, skills with firearms, horse-riding skills and perhaps, in a way that was understood but not to be articulated, preparedness to kill.”238 The hegemonic concept of masculinity in early nineteenth-century Britain, influenced by Evangelical Christianity, cherished compassion and self- control while delegating aggression and brute force to the military and the police.239 In settler colonial Australia, by contrast, “violence could be accepted as part of respectable manhood.”240 Woollacott delineates the emergence of “settler manhood” from “the realities of frontier violence,” that is, the struggle between Aboriginal Australians and colonists.241 However, in the case of VDL other factors have to be taken into account as well, namely the combined influence of two “total institutions” on the majority of the male population: the prison and the military. Living Quaker faith and values in masculinist VDL was thus riddled with difficulties, since the ethics of the community fit much more closely to evangelical norms and values. Frictions manifested in daily life on multiple levels. Looking at the private letters, journals, and other ego documents of the core group of Vandemonian early Friends identified above, we can identify several examples of these gender-specific difficulties. The first is directly connected to the prison system. As historians and sociologists investigating twentieth-century institutions have shown, prisons foster a form of “hypermasculinity” that is characterised by both exerting and being subjected to corporeal violence and enforced male-to- male sex as a means of establishing social hierarchy amongst inmates.242 And while a straightforward transfer of these results would disregard historical specificities and nineteenth-century comments on widespread same-sex practices (“sodomy”), and should then be taken with a grain of salt, reports on sexualised violence and male-to-male sexual practices nevertheless indicate that nineteenth-century Tasmanian convicts asserted their masculinity in a similar way.243 After all, the assignment system did not simply integrate felons into society as widely as possible (i.e. exploiting their labour); it also involved forms of incarceration that foster hypermasculinity: barracks, convict stations, transportation.244 One of the founding members of Hobart MM, Abraham Davy, was assigned as a “servant” to 120 E. BISCHOFF

James Backhouse to shelter him from the depraving influence of corrupt overseers and ruthless fellow prisoners and to ensure he could practise his faith.245 Yet with men switching back and forth between closed institutions and servitude, this form of masculinity seeped into everyday Tasmanian life, emphasising male strength, virility, and the ability to inflict physical pain. The majority of men in the colony were thus used to gender practices that stood in stark contrast to the Quaker values such as compassion, religious introspection, and self-control. In addition to convict hypermasculinity and settler manhood, another form of violent manliness was introduced to colonial Tasmania: military manliness. In addition to the soldiers of the regiments stationed in VDL,246 many of the colonists demobilised veterans of the Napoleonic War who had moved to the colony in hope of a fresh start, social advancement, and economic prosperity. They were part of the dramatic increase in settler numbers during the late 1820s. As Christine Wright has shown, ex-military men created their own social networks in the colonies. Their social and cultural affinity to those still on active duty as administrators, supervisors, or magistrates put them in a privileged political and economic position.247 Male Quakers were, by virtue of their depreciative stance towards the military, excluded from these circles, as Francis Cotton experienced when the Lieutenant-Governor John Franklin visited the district of Great Swan Port in January 1838. Franklin, his wife, and his entourage stayed nearly two days at George Meredith’s house. As host, the former Navy officer and veteran of the Napoleonic Wars organised a formal dinner but invited “no one to dine with the Governor except the Police Magistrate.” Another settler, James Hobbs (1792–1880), who was connected to the Navy but not a pensioner, “invited all the Gentlemen of that part of the District to meet the Governor’s party.” Cotton felt Meredith’s social cut deeply. In a letter to Joseph B. Mather he scorned Meredith’s behaviour (“his shame”) and lauded Hobbs’ hospitality: “[A] very pleasant evening was spent. Such an hawkeyed female as Lady Franklin would not fail to contrast the two dinners […] there was so much good feeling among us—we all appeared like Brothers.”248 Military manliness, convict hypermasculinity, and settler manhood fostered a propensity for physical violence as means of conflict resolution. Officers sustained a duelling culture that pervaded settler society.249 George W. Walker, for instance, had to acknowledge that exchanging blows was considered part of “normal” behaviour in an ex-soldier’s frame 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 121 of mind. On their way to Australia, Walker and Backhouse shared their vessel with a group of “Chelsea pensioners,” described as “a reckless, drunken set, in whose character, and conduct” the two travelling ministers found their first task of their “mission,” namely “to preach the gospel in the Southern Hemisphere.”250 At the beginning of the voyage, the captain distributed a daily ration of grog among them. Backhouse and Walker believed that the alcohol “transform[ed] these poor men into mere brutes” and persuaded him to stop. As a result, the ex-military “steerage passengers,” in Walkers words, displayed a very “unruly behaviour” and “[o]ne of them seized the captain by the collar, swearing he would throw him overboard.”251 Walker intervened, trying “to separate the two who were fighting,” but was in turn held back by “one of the bystanders” who grasped Walker around his waist and “entreated” the Quaker “to let his comrades take the refractory parties under their own management, as he feared I might suffer from their blows.”252 In his journal, Walker ascribed this behaviour to the beneficial effect of Backhouse’s and his teachings: “[H]ow far these men have been influenced by our interference.”253 Unfamiliar with military codes of conduct, he might just as well have missed the fact that his protector was making sure that the Männerbund could enforce its rules without the interference of outsiders.254 Although a non-military vessel, the captain was after all an authority figure similar to a military officer. An attack on him was a violation of conduct that would not go unnoticed. But Quakers were confronted with military manliness not only in the form of rowdy pensioners. An appreciation for military discipline pervaded Vandemonian society and manifested, for instance, in school curricula. With no self-defined educational institution in place prior to 1884, Friends who could not afford to send their sons to England to receive a higher education had to enrol them at local schools. Among these were Robert Andrew Mather’s sons Robert (1847–1913), Thomas (1851– 1925), and Joseph (1852–1890).255 All three boys attended H.M. Pike’s City School in Hobart between 1860 and 1867.256 Especially Robert studied with considerable success.257 Pike’s standard curriculum offered “English, Mathematics, Book-Keeping, Latin and Drilling” as well as instruction in two foreign languages (French and German) and drawing classes.258 Drilling, of course, posed a specific problem to Quaker parents and their children. At question was whether or not Quaker children should be allowed to participate in an exercise which was, in the eyes of contemporaries, designed to train their bodies and minds to become 122 E. BISCHOFF

“proper” men. Neither Fox’s and Hubberthorne’s Declaration from the Harmless & Innocent People of God Called Quakers nor Barcley’s Apology, Fox’s admonitions, the traditional guidelines to pacifist Quakers since their publication in the seventeenth century, discussed this particular subject. As often, Quakers had to follow their own conscience in living their faith. The archival record suggests that, at least in the second trimester of 1861, Robert and Thomas were exempted from these classes and the costs for that training were subtracted from the bill.259 It does not indicate whether their father decided for them or if the young Quakers themselves rejected this form of early military training on their own accord. Being side-lined during a physical exercise, which encouraged male bonding among their peers (and was strongly associated with manliness by society), must have put the two young men in a vulnerable and awkward position.

4.3 Transferring the Quaker Way to the Antipodes In contrast to settler colonial situations in North America, Quakers did not come to Australia with a strong sense of community. As seen above, almost none of the founding members were officially Quakers at that point in time (see Fig. 4.5). Fifty per cent of the members residing in the colony had been or still were convicts in 1833; others had been disowned or had lived in estrangement prior to emigration. The majority of those joining later converted to Quakerism in the colony. Strengthening the community by setting up key elements of Quaker structures and institutions as quickly and firmly as possible was therefore all the more important. This included establishing a regular meeting for worship (and one for discipline), erecting a meeting house to gather or conduct weddings, and finding a proper last resting place for the congregation’s members. In doing so, the newly minted Quakers translated the structures that characterised the Atlantic Quaker community to the Antipodes. Creating these structures went hand in hand with providing spiritual nourishment and instruction in the Quaker way. They also established connections through which information and Friendly affections could flow the same way affections and information circulated in the Quaker world since the late seventeenth century. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 123

Establishing a Familiar Discipline: Organisation and Structure The first official Australian Quaker meeting was established in Hobart, on 20 September 1833. It was initiated from the outside, by two travelling Quaker ministers, James Backhouse (1794–1869) and George W. Walker (1800–1859), who had met for silent worship with all those interested in Quaker faith and practice since their arrival in the colony on 8 February 1832.260 Quakers in VDL faced several practical problems in establishing their new community. The first, its social heterogeneity, has already been discussed. The second difficulty was one of location: its members were dispersed unevenly across the island. As a result, it was difficult for members living in the rural areas, namely the (extended) Cotton family in Great Swan Port, to attend meetings as regularly as required. In order to cope with this difficulty, monthly meetings took place alternately in Hobart and Kelvedon.261 After a second meeting in Launceston was formed on 4 January 1844, Friends from the district of Great Swan Port joined their ranks and met either in Launceston or at Francis Cotton’s estate.262 Kelvedon also doubled as way station for many ministers travelling to VDL “under a concern,” namely James Backhouse and George W. Walker, who stayed with the Cotton family at least once a year between 1833 and 1837, Robert Lindsey (1801–1863) and Frederick Mackie (1812–1893), who visited in 1853 and again in 1854, as well as the returning Robert Lindsey and his wife Sarah (1804–1876, née Crosland), who lodged in Kelvedon in 1860.263 The Cotton family home was the starting point of their religious visits to settlers and convict stations in the district. With every minister reporting back to the MfS and Backhouse’s journal printed and distributed amongst the meetings in extracts, Kelvedon became a fixed spot on the mental map of Friends in Britain; especially with other aspects of Quaker life in the colonies developing less favourably: Launceston MM fell apart as more and more members moved across the Bass Strait during the 1840s and the meeting was discontinued on 30 July 1851.264 The “tyranny of distance” continued to structure Australian Quakerism throughout the nineteenth century.265 The third difficulty was finding a place for worship, as the dispute between William Holdship and other members in 1834/35 had demonstrated. It took until September 1837 to find a suitable building for Hobart MM.266 To prevent any exclusion of members in the future, Hobart Friends installed a latch which could be operated from the outside 124 E. BISCHOFF of the door, enabling latecomers to join the assembly with minimal distur- bance for those already present by tugging at a cord attached to its lever.267 Friends also acquired land for their own burial grounds to ensure Quaker practices could be observed even in death.268 Along with finding physical locations and establishing organisational structures, the community strove to set up a routine for meetings, for worship, and for discipline in accordance with Quakerism as practised in the Atlantic world: examining and recognising certificates supplied by other Quaker communities for travelling ministers, issuing official documents such as marriage records and certificates of removal,269 meeting for worship on Sundays, gathering on a monthly basis for business meetings (i.e. meetings for discipline), and assembling once a year to discuss overarching questions of Quakerism in VDL.270 They thereby established a Quaker time|space at the Antipodes that was synchronous with Quakers in the Anglo-world.271 Following the same rhythm and spending time together, shared time strengthened the social cohesion of their community on a global scale. This was particularly true for yearly meetings of Tasmanian Friends, which brought together members dispersed across the island, usually for several days. Given the strict rules of endogamy and the limited number of female Quakers at marital age, these larger gatherings also presented the rare opportunity to socialise and get to know a potential partner. Yet despite all their efforts, Vandemonian Quakers and their meetings were not regarded as self-standing parts of the Religious Society of Friends until 1861 when the Hobart MM Meeting was officially recognised by the MfS in London.272 Until then, all Tasmanian and Australian Friends had to register with a meeting in Britain, preferably from their specific place of geographic origin. Also, “[m]embership granted in [only] Van Diemen’s Land could not be transferred to any Meeting in Great Britain or the United States.”273 This presented its own pitfalls and drawbacks as the cases of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton demonstrate. As discussed earlier, both applied for readmission but only his plea was successful immediately. In line with nineteenth-century gender norms, Anna Maria Cotton had to wait until 1853 when the Southwark MM officially recognised her membership.

Nourishing Minds and Teaching Principles: Quaker Books and Schools The Vandemonian Quakers supplied its members and the interested public with elevating and spiritual literature almost immediately after the 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 125 meeting’s formal foundation by establishing a library in Hobart in November 1833.274 Creating the library was part of the process of establishing the institutional set-up of Quakerism in VDL and was prone to the same difficulties as finding a more permanent physical location of the Meeting. As such, it moved between several private homes before ultimately being installed at the meeting house in 39 Murray Street in February 1836.275 The library’s collection started out from a donation of “Books, selected chiefly from those entrusted to their care and disposal by the Meeting for Sufferings of Friends in London” presented to Hobart MM by James Backhouse and George W. Walker on 1 November 1833.276 The records do not document the contents of their gift upon receipt. But in 1834, a committee charged with investigating “the state of Friends Libraries” prepared a report and itemised each of the 130 volumes presented to the meeting by author and/or title. The report was included into the minutes of Hobart MM on 4 December 1834.277 This report is thus not only an inventory of Tasmanian Friends’ libraries in 1834 but also documents what the travelling ministers Backhouse and Walker considered an adequate starter package of Quaker literature for a community consisting mostly of converts and formerly disowned Friends that had been readmitted. The committee’s list includes all of the publications which the investigation of the Minutes for Sufferings and its Printing Committee (see “Flows of Books and Friendly Affection: The Circulation of Knowledge”) demonstrate were central to early nineteenth-century Quaker self- representation. These include the writings of (or about) George Fox, Robert Barclay, William Penn, Henry Tuke, and Joseph Gurney. Texts connected to the abolitionist movement were less represented than might have been expected, however. The Hobartian list includes only one publication, a text recorded as the “Life of J. Woolman.”278 Instead of anti- slavery tracts, the minister’s donation contained many books concerning two other topics: Quakerism and education. The first gave information on key structures and decisions of the Quaker church and consisted of the printed epistles and minutes of London YM, a collection of memoirs (a form of obituary of respected Friends), and a number of tracts issued by the Society itself or associated organisations such as the Peace Society.279 The second cluster of publications that stands out in comparison to the records of the London Printing Committee consists of educational texts to be used both in school and at home. The former included not only four 126 E. BISCHOFF titles about school systems but also “Advices to Parents.”280 Furthermore, the group of educational tracts comprised of twenty-nine titles intended for younger readers, a “Juvenile Library published by the Religious Tract Society in London.”281 The Hobartian Quaker library books were highly sought after. Between May 1833 and December 1834, the librarians handed out literature for young readers seventy-seven times, and adults requested 153 volumes.282 Vandemonian Friends regularly received additional book donations in the following years. This flow of books introduced newly minted Australian Friends to the mental map and spiritual world of the Quaker Atlantic and strengthened the creed of those who rejoined the Society. As discussed earlier, evangelical Quakerism encouraged studying the Bible as well as the reading of elevating, spiritual literature at home. Some of the Quaker colonists, such as the family of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, adhered to this practice despite their estrangement from the church. The community in Hobart as a whole, however, went one step further and organised a reading group which met on Sunday afternoons to peruse selected material. The group existed only briefly: on 1 May 1834, the Meeting decided to discontinue the custom in order to uphold the “important distinction between Divine Worship and more religious instruction by reading.”283 Establishing a “Library of Friends’ Books,” they declared that the “circumstances under which Friends meet on First day afternoons” had changed “considerably.” Those interested now had “regular access” to reading material. Information that needed distributing (epistles from London YM or other letters) was to be read after the conclusion of the Meeting for Worship.284 The Meeting thereby relegated reading back to the (then again exclusive) realm of the Quaker home. From this, it can be concluded that reading about Quakerism, that is, familiarising oneself with its doctrines and principles, was a shared experience and an integral part of Quaker practices in the early stages of the Tasmanian community. Reading about Friends’ history and faith was part of the process of becoming Quaker for the first generation of Tasmanian Friends. Chapter8 emphasises this particular point, especially with regard to Quaker peace testimony and settler-Aboriginal relations. Instructing minds in the Quaker way, however, was not restricted to adults. Backhouse’s and Walker’s donation indicates that educating the next generation of Quakers was important to them. During the 1840s, it became apparent that their concern had been justified. With the first generation of Friends growing older and their children advancing to an age 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 127 which called for more formal schooling, Tasmanian Quakers, removed from the Society’s infrastructure by half the globe, faced the difficulty of raising their children without the support of Quaker institutions. According to William Oats, the meeting neglected to address this aspect of Quaker life until the early 1860s.285 Establishing a Quaker school definitely proved to be a difficult venture. It took the Vandemonian community until the end of the nineteenth century to open the Hobart Friends’ School on 31 January 1887.286 In colonial VDL, Quaker children were educated in multiple ways (or rather a combination thereof) depending on the resources available to their parents: methods included home schooling, private tutoring, and formal schooling at institutions in VDL as well as in England. Well-to-do Quaker families living in rural areas of the island, such as the Cottons, relied on home schooling. Following the example of bourgeois Quaker families in Britain, they hired private tutors. Almost all the Cottons’ teachers were Friends but none of them were professionally trained educators. Among them were George F. Story, who undertook this responsibility during the early years of the family’s settlement,287 Robert A. Mather, and Walker Thompson (c. 1797–?).288 The only exception to this rule was Eugene Rossiet Lennon (1811– 1893).289 His employment ended in a scandal, demonstrating the danger of private tutoring from the perspective of devout Quakers such as Francis and Anna Maria Cotton. A convicted larcenist and confidence trickster, Lennon, who was hired after he earned his probation at Rocky Hills Station in March 1846, was soon accused of wilfully misleading one of his students, Mary Cotton, and conducting a marriage fraud. Although initially very satisfied with Lennon’s work, Francis Cotton pressed charges against him in November 1846, after he had learnt about his daughter’s romantic attachment to her teacher.290 This situation posed a double threat to the Quaker family since marriage arrangements were central to establishing the community and the respectability of its individual members was considered vital. Mary Cotton’s parents were, as seen earlier, very much aware of both aspects of Quaker life. As far as can be reconstructed from the records, the Cottons did not hire another private tutor after dismissing Lennon. Urban Vandemonian Quakers of sufficient financial means, by contrast, did not have to rely on tutors. They had the option to send their children to one of the local private schools. As early as 1835, there were fifteen private schools in Hobart and twelve in Launceston established for male 128 E. BISCHOFF students, offering classes in modern and classical languages, mathematics, navigation, or fencing.291 Those of more moderate means and less academic ambitions registered their sons with these local schools—for example, as Robert Andrew Mather did for his sons Robert (1847–1913), Thomas (1851–1925), and Joseph (1852–1890).292 This decision implied its own difficulties. Like their brethren in Britain, Quakers in the colonies preferred their own educational institutions. Accordingly, Tasmanian Friends tried to establish a school that bore Quaker values and norms in mind throughout the 1840s and 1850s. Although every endeavour enjoyed the support of the community to various degrees, all of these attempts were started by Quakers moving to Hobart from either Britain or another Antipodean colony, and all Quaker schools had to accept students from other denominational backgrounds in order to survive financially. None of them were sustainable for more than a few years. The first was opened in 1847 by Thomas Mason (1818–1903), who had left his farm in the Hutt Valley on Aotearoa/New Zealand due to an ongoing violent conflict between settlers and the local Maoriiwi Ngāti Toa Rangatira. His school closed when he returned to his estate in 1851.293 The next two attempts to offer higher education by a Quaker were undertaken by Quaker women Sarah Bell (1803–1885) and Margaret Beale (1809–1879, née Grubb), in 1852 and 1855 respectively. Both taught adolescent women on subjects such as “English, French, Latin, drawing, and needlework.”294 Beale also accepted a few select male students. Also, she was allowed to conduct her lessons at the meeting house in Hobart.295 These endeavours were followed by the one of Frederick Mackie, who had taught at Ayton Friends’ School prior to coming to Australia, and his wife Rachel (1826–1906, née May) in 1856. They put an emphasis on observing Quaker practices such as plain dress and speech and realised a co- educative institution with her teaching the junior classes and him instructing the senior students.296 The school was endorsed by George W. Walker, by then a weighty member of the Hobartian community, who sent two of his sons to their school and Hobart MM, which decided to erect two schoolrooms behind its Meeting House to support this endeavour in March 1857.297 Frederick Mackie’s lessons included weekly half-day excursions to practice, for instance, arithmetic through surveying or botany by gardening, as opposed to reading textbooks. He and his wife returned to her family’s farm in South Australia in 1861, ending this lon- gest lasting effort of a Quaker school in colonial Tasmania.298 The last 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 129 exertion to set up a Quaker school was undertaken by Lydia Wood, a teacher from Friends’ School in Croydon, England who opened her class- room in 1861 right after the departure of the Mackie couple. Wood lacked the local community’s support and her project lasted only a few months.299 Receiving a more formal education outside of a Quaker home or school (re)enforced two elements of social difference amongst adolescent Friends: class and gender. First, co-education was endorsed by Quakers but not by their social environment. Male and female youths often went to different educational institutions once they left home. Secondly, the availability of academic training not only depended on private schools, but was also determined by the parents’ financial means. Those who were able to afford higher expenses sent their children to the colonial motherland, especially if they wanted a more formal, higher education for them. George W. Walker, for instance, sent his first-born son James Backhouse (1841– 1899) to England, to study at an independent Quaker boarding school, Bootham, for the duration of three years (1853–1856).

Notes 1. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 67. 2. Oats and Oats 1982 (p. 123) give very little biographical detail on him. There is no year of birth or death listed. Archival records at TAHO show the death of one William Holdship, aged seventy-two, in Hobart Town on 9 July 1865 (TAHO, RGD 35/1/7, No. 5431). In addition, the records show the arrival of a man of that name on 3 March 1830 by the ship Nancy (TAHO, CUS 30/1/1, P7). 3. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 67. Also the location of the MM from May 1834 to December 1834 (ibid., pp. 23, 26, 29, 37, 43, 59). 4. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 67. 5. Ibid. 6. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 95. The report was signed by the members of the visiting committee, namely James Backhouse, George W. Walker, Francis Cotton, Harry Harford Ridler, dated Hobart 15 December 1835. 7. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 92. 8. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 94–96; ibid., pp. 97–99. 9. Ibid., pp. 97–98. 10. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 93. The authors do not give any further information on Eade. Her convict records are not preserved at TAHO. 11. With final decision on 14 January 1836 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 94). The meeting took place on Kelvedon. Both decisions were confirmed by the meeting in Hobart the following month (ibid., Vol. 2, p. 97). 130 E. BISCHOFF

12. The first report was delivered on 2 October 1834 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 42–51). On 5 March 1835 another committee was appointed to visit her (ibid., pp. 69–70). The second report came in on 2 July 1835 (ibid., pp. 79–83). 13. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 37–39 (application); mentioning of the status of her request throughout 1834 and 1835, decision on her case: ibid., pp. 94–96 (Hobart) pp. 97–99 (Kelvedon). 14. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 43–44, 43 (quote). 15. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 94 and 97. 16. An Epistle to Friends of Hobart Town, &c., 23 May 1835, SL NSW, DL MS 6, pp. 7, 12–15, quote p. 12. 17. Ibid., pp. 13–14. Backhouse’s epistle was recorded in the meeting’s minutes on 2 July 1835 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 79–83. Backhouse and Walker included their epistle into their correspondence with Quakers in London. In true evangelical diligence, Backhouse indexed all biblical quotes in his text; here (f) Luke 17: 1 and (i) Gal. 6:1 AKJV. 18. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 94. This meeting took place in Kelvedon. As members of the committee were listed: James Backhouse, George W. Walker, Francis Cotton, Anna Maria Cotton. Present at this meeting of decision were: James Backhouse, George W. Walker, George F. Story, Francis Cotton, Anna Maria Cotton, Henry Cotton, Francis Cotton Jnr. 19. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 92–93. 20. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 94–96. 21. Russell 2010, pp. 2–3, 8, 108. See also: Russell 1994, pp. 2–11, 2 (quote). 22. Hoerder 2011, p. 8. 23. Ibid., p. 2. 24. Parkinson 1773. 25. On mutually reinforcing relationship between the development of botany as a science and the British Empire in general and the role of Joseph Banks in particular, see Wulf 2009 and Angster 2012. 26. Cantor 2005, pp. 176–79. On the history of Friends’ passion for botany see Nichols 2006; Sox 2004, pp. 6, 77–118. 27. Hoerder 2011, p. 16. 28. Ibid., pp. 14–15, quote p. 15. 29. Harper 1999, p. 75. 30. Carey 2011, p. 20. 31. See, for example, Abraham Charles Flower’s census form of 1843 (TAHO, CEN 1/1/61, pp. 41–42). 32. Carey 2011, p. 33. 33. Oats 1985, p. 39. For the development of Tasmania’s population between 1803 and 1861 see: “Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 131

December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” Australian Historical Population Statistics 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/[email protected]/ DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014? OpenDocument, last access 20 January 2017. 34. The Courier, 3 June 1842, 4. The census also listed 259 Jews and 60 persons considered “Mohamedans and Pagans” (ibid.). Thereby roughly 44,140 persons of self-proclaimed religious profession in relation to a total population of 58,851 (40,767 men and 18,084 women) in 1842 (Population Tasmania, 1803–1861 (“Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” Australian Historical Population Statistics 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/ AUSSTATS/[email protected]/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014?OpenDocum ent, last access 20 January 2017. 35. Flower, Abraham Charles, Census 1843, TAHO, CEN 1/1/61, pp. 41–42. 36. Oats 1985, p. 31. Oats did not include New Zealand Quakers into his survey, although the islands were officially under the jurisdiction of NSW until 1840. 37. Reynolds 2012a, p. 138; Pybus and Maxwell-Stewart 2002, p. 4 (the authors estimate a total of 156,000 transportees). 38. Reynolds 2012a, p. 138. 39. Christopher et al. 2007; Harman 2012; Pybus and Maxwell-Stewart 2002. 40. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Meredith, George (1777– 1856),” by David Hodgson; Meredith 1852. 41. Wright 2011, pp. 23–25. 42. Marshall 2003b, 1. 43. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 33, p. 85. 44. Among these critical voices was that of Jeremy Bentham (1748–1832), who explicitly promoted his concept of the “Panopticon penitentiary system” as an alternative to transportation (“Panopticon versus New South Wales. The Panopticon Penitentiary System, and the Penal Colonization, Compared. In a Letter Addressed to the Right Honourable Lord Pelham,” in: Bowring 1838, pp. 173–248; Jackson 1998. 45. Reid 2007, p. 17. The title Lt.-Gov. was kept until 1861. 46. Ibid., pp. 111–17. 47. For a detailed description of Arthur’s penal system, see Hughes 1987, pp. 388–93. 48. Ibid., p. 369. For a more recent and balanced account of Macquarie Harbour: Maxwell-Stewart 2008, pp. 1–7, 77–110. 132 E. BISCHOFF

49. Reynolds 2012a, p. 154. 50. Female Factory Research Group 2009; Kavanagh et al. 2015. 51. Hughes 1987, pp. 386–93; Reid 2007, pp. 127–30. 52. Hughes 1987, pp. 388–89; Reid 2007, p. 130. 53. George Arthur to Thomas F. Buxton, 31 January 1835, quoted in Reynolds 2012a, p. 154. 54. Reynolds 2012a, p. 154. Female convicts were not disciplined by the whip but by demeaning bodily modifications, for example head shaving (Damousi 1997, pp. 85–109). 55. Scott 2005, p. 35. See also: Chowdhury 2007, pp. 303–14; Morgensen 2011; Wilson 2011. 56. Hall 2009, p. 10. See also: Osterhammel 2005. 57. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 3, 9–10. I have complemented data drawing on Oats and Oats 1982. 58. Reynolds 2012a, p. 138. 59. Total numbers: 34,328 European inhabitants, 25,023 male, 9305 female in 1833. Population Tasmania, 1803–1861 (“Population by Sex, States and Territories, 31 December, 1788 onwards (Table 1.1),” Australian Historical Population Statistics 2014, http://www.abs.gov.au/ AUSSTATS/[email protected]/DetailsPage/3105.0.65.0012014?OpenDocum ent, last access 20 January 2017. 60. If not indicated differently, the biographical information on William Rayner and his family has been derived from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 212–13. 61. George A. Robinson to Colonial Secretary, 29 November 1833, quoted in Plomley 2008, p. 945, note 3. Raynor claimed to have helped a woman named Lywelope to the source of the Sorrell River, where she died despite his efforts. 62. The first meeting in his house took place on 5 February 1835 and the last on 4 June 1835 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 65, 77. 63. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 71–74. On William Nichollias (also spelled Nicholas) see also Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 183–84. 64. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 61–63. The official “intention of Marriage between Wm Nichollias & I Rayner” was proclaimed at the same meeting. 65. TAHO, CON 31/1/29, p. 67. 66. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 165 and ibid., Vol. 3, pp. 191–92. William Nichollias had been admonished as early as 1835 (ibid., Vol. 1, p. 88). On 15 September 1836 they had agreed “that all animosity should cease between them” and Rayner (ibid., Vol. 2, p. 111). Isabella reapplied in 1853 but was not accepted. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 133

67. Nonetheless, George Rayner was buried on the Launceston Friends’ burial ground (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 222–24. 68. Records show that he received convict labourers just like any other free settler (TAHO, CON 27/1/4, No. 433 and No. 695). 69. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 9–10. 70. If not indicated differently, the biographical information on Richard Edwards/Charles A. Flower and his family has been derived from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 98–99. 71. TAHO, CON 31/1/11. There were no further entries in his conduct record added in VDL. 72. Harman 2012; Pybus and Maxwell-Stewart 2002, pp. 53–73. 73. TAHO, CON 18/1/2, p. 303. 74. Backhouse 1838a, pp. 25–31. This edited version of Backhouse’s journal relates that they spoke at length to a group of eight men who were “considered awakened characters” (p. 30). 75. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 13–14. 76. TAHO, CON 23/1/1, No. 279; TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 9–10. 77. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 29–34. 78. Arrival onboard the Edward on 4 September 1834. See: TAHO, CSO 1/1/746/16104. 79. At least one, Charles (born 1841), was recorded with the Tasmanian Quakers (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 252–53). There is no information regarding Susannah Flower’s membership in the meeting’s records. 80. It took about half the sum to compensate his victims (Oats 1985, p. 142). 81. As a result, Flower’s financial situation was discussed repeatedly by Hobart MM throughout 1841 and 1842, starting in May 1841 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 241–42) to February 1842 (ibid., Vol. 4, p. 257). 82. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 243–44. See also: the report of the committee appointed to visit Abraham C. Flower ibid., Vol. 4, p. 257. 83. Oats 1985, p. 142. 84. Ibid., p. 143. 85. If not indicated differently, the biographical information on Abraham Davy and his family has been derived from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 82–84. 86. Flower, Abraham Charles, Census 1843 (TAHO, CEN 1/1/61, pp. 41–42). 87. TAHO, CON 31/1/10, p. 64. 88. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 19–20. 89. Backhouse 1838c, p. 67. See also: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 113–14; TUA, DX 20/2092, 21 October 1836; Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to James Backhouse, 30 April 1836, TUA, RS 58/26. The file also includes the acknowledged copy of Davy’s convict indent, as per requirement in NSW. 134 E. BISCHOFF

90. He departed from Launceston to Sydney on 29 April 1836 (TAHO, POL 458/1/2, p. 29). 91. TAHO, CON 31/1/10, p. 64. No other entries in his conduct records. 92. Davy removed to Sydney on 3 August 1837. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 147. 93. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 187–89. 94. Oats 1985, p. 150. There are no nineteenth-century records of Sydney MM available. 95. Christopher et al. 2007. 96. Bischoff 2016. 97. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 93; TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, p. 94. The decision was confirmed in Hobart the following month (ibid., p. 97). 98. TUA, DX 20/2092, n.d. 99. Carey 2011, p. 32. In Britain, Quaker membership numbers dropped during the nineteenth century. The colonies mirror this trend, albeit with a considerable delay. Considering that the overall population of settler colonies grew, this reduction is particularly striking. 100. Carey 2011, p. 35. 101. If not indicated differently, information regarding Francis and Anna Maria Cotton has been collected from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 69–71. 102. Hobart Town Courier, 20 December 1828, p. 2; TUA, DX 19/C/132. The finding aid dates the document to the year 1856. Cotton claims to be forty-eight years of age in the text, which implies that he wrote these memoirs in 1849. 103. Oats 1985, p. 153. 104. FHL, Minutes of Devonshire House MM, 11.b.2, Vol. 16, pp. 101–2. 105. FHL, Minutes of Devonshire House MM, 11.b.2, Vol. 16, p. 93. 106. Ibid., p. 101–2. 107. Ibid., p. 132. 108. FHL, Minutes of Southwark MM, 11.b.3, Vol. 18, p. 264. 109. Ibid., p. 269. 110. Ibid., pp. 354–55. 111. TUA, DX 20/2092, 27 January 1837, 16 February 1837, 18 March 1837, 28 October 1837, 17 March 1838, 7 June 1838, 10 August 1838; ibid., DX 20/2095, 11 January 1842, 19 April 1842, 28 June 1842, 4 October 1842; ibid., DX 20/2096, 2 January 1843, 17 July 1843, 12 September 1843; ibid., DX 20/2096, 26 December 1844; ibid., DX 20/2098, 14 July 1845, 27 December 1845. Francis Cotton was particularly vexed by Henry’s growth spurt in 1837/38 (ibid., DX 20/2092, 3 March 1837, 13 April 1838). 112. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 6. 113. TUA, DX 19/C/66; TUA, DX 19/C/67. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 135

114. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, pp. 5–6. 115. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 10. 116. Francis Cotton was received in membership on 14 October 1833 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 14), his wife’s on 4 April 1834 (ibid., pp. 20–21). The same meeting decided to accept the applications of Abraham Davy and George F. Story. 117. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 18–22. 118. Ibid., p. 29. The same meeting acknowledged Abraham C. Flower as minister (ibid., pp. 35–36). 119. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 132–34. The same meeting accepted Sarah Benson Mather as a minister. 120. Wright 2011, pp. 47–48, 66–67. 121. Quoted in Oats 1985, p. 157. 122. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 35–36; ibid., Vol. 4, p. 300; TUA, S 1/A/3. 123. TUA, DX 20/2093, 22 July 1839. 124. Ibid. 125. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 26–28. 126. FHL, Minutes of Southwark MM, 11.b.3, Vol. 19, pp. 321, 327–28, 328 (quote). 127. Ibid., pp. 328–29, 328 (quote). 128. Ibid., p. 327. 129. Her application was under lengthy consideration from April 1834 to June 1835. See: FHL, Minutes of Devonshire House MM, 11.b.2, Vol. 18, pp. 535–36, 535 (quote). 130. Ibid., pp. 529–30, 529 (quote). 131. Ibid., pp. 535–56. 132. TUA, DX 19/C/132. 133. If not indicated differently, information on George Fordyce Story has been collected from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 233–34. 134. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 20. 135. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 135–39. 136. TUA, C 7/2. 137. TAHO, CSO 50/Z 2052/1/7 and CSO 50/Z 2054/1/14. The beginning of his employment was 1 April 1829. 138. TAHO, CSO 50/Z 2056/1/20 and CSO 50/Z 2059/1/29. 139. As documented in the notes he kept about his private patients (TUA, C 7/39/1–11). These records are, however, incomplete: Volume 1 (1831– 1836) is reported missing by Utas Library. Also, Story’s notes do not cover the entire period. There are two gaps: between the years 1852 and 1858, and between 1862 and 1866. 140. TUA, C 7/52. 141. TUA, C 7/51. 136 E. BISCHOFF

142. There are extensive records of his correspondence with Francis Cotton’s brother Thomas concerning purchases of instruments and publications to be imported from Britain that document his interest in contemporary scientific developments (TUA, C 7/131/1–8). 143. TUA, C 7/113; Brodie 2015, pp. 316–21. 144. TUA, RSA A/1; TAHO, CSO 50/Z 2056/1/20 and CSO 50/Z 2059/1/29. 145. TUA, C 7/147. 146. If not indicated differently, information regarding Robert Mather and his children has been collected from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 166–67. 147. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 12. 148. Ibid., pp. 37–39, 43–51. 149. Ibid., pp. 84–85, 88. 150. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 142–46. 151. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Mather, Robert (1782–1855),” by Robert Mather; Samuel Benson, Memoir of Mrs Ann Mather, daughter of Reverend Joseph Benson, n.d., SL NSW, ML B 379, p. 62. The catalogue of the Mitchell Library dates the document to 1813 which, given the date of Ann Mather’s death, namely 27 August 1837, is clearly fallacious. Utas Library keeps a copy at TUA, M 10/18b. The copy is not dated. My references follow the version available at SL NSW. 152. Ryan 2012, pp. 13 (map), 17–20, 66–67. 153. SL NSW, ML B 379, pp. 8, 12. 154. Ibid., p. 31. Benson also claimed that Mather communicated with Wentworth directly (p. 33). He did not list the publications in question. Considering the timing of Mather’s decision, these very likely were Wentworth 1820 and Jeffreys 1820. 155. Wentworth 1820, p. 48; Jeffreys 1820, pp. iii–iv. 156. Jeffreys 1820, p. v. 157. Quoted in: Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Mather, Robert (1782–1855),” by Robert Mather. 158. TUA, R 7/20; TUA R 7/21–32. On Walter Lawry see: Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Lawry, Walter (1793–1859),” by S. G. Claughton. 159. Carey 2013, p. 87. 160. Ibid., p. 84. 161. Ibid., p. 88. 162. The Mathers’ voyage to VDL was riddled with difficulties. Their first attempt on board the Hope started in October 1821 but was thwarted by bad weather and a poorly equipped vessel. Forced to return to England, they finally arrived in April 1822. On board they met Rev. George Clark (1798–1875) and his wife Martha Elizabeth (née Blomfield), who were 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 137

on their way to Aotearoa/New Zealand to start his work for the CMS among the Maori. (SL NSW, ML B 379, pp. 37–51, 44; Dictionary of New Zealand Biography, s.v. “Clarke, George,” by Ray Grover.) 163. “Wesleyan Auxiliary Missionary Society,” Colonial Times 8 January 1833, p. 4. Both their names are on the list of “Officers and Committee” of the Wesleyan Auxiliary Missionary Society (elected on 31 December 1832). Story’s name is misspelled with “Dr Storry.” 164. Davidoff and Hall 1997, pp. 81–95. 165. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 142–46. He also acted as correspondent to the Continental Committee during the 1870s and 1880s (see Letters George F. Story, FHL, Records of the Continental Committee, MS Box 15/5/14–17, 20–24, 30, 39, 41, 49). 166. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 132–39. 167. TUA, W 9/A/3/1; TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 229–35. If not indicated differently, the information on George W. Walker and Sarah B. Walker is gathered from Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 271–72. 168. Backhouse and Tylor 1862, pp. 1–2. Walker became a member of Hull MM. 169. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 37–39. 170. TUA, W 9/A/1/26, pp. 11–36, 16, 31 (quote). Her father, Andrew Mather, remarried on 18 August 1842. His second wife, Esther Dixon (1842–1872), had arrived in VDL in 1837 and converted to Quakerism in 1842. 171. TUA, W 9/A/1/27. 172. TUA, W 9/A/1/26, p. 24; TUA, W 9/A/1/27; TUA, W 9/A/1/28; TUA, W 9/A/1/29. 173. TUA, W 9/A/1/30. See also Oats 1985, pp. 165–66. 174. Oats 1985, pp. 166–67. See also: Bank Documents 1848–1849, SL NSW, ML MSS 11/5. 175. SL NSW, A 585; TUA, W 9/A/6/1–15 and ibid., 17–25. 176. SL NSW, ML MSS 11/4. 177. TUA, W 9/A/1/7. 178. TUA, W 9/A/7/1. 179. TUA, W 9/A/1/14. Machonochie shared Walker’s interest in penal reform. See: Bischoff 2016. 180. The Committee’s findings were published in 1837. 181. Oats 1985, p. 16. 182. Walker 1884–1896. James B. Walker was also Vice Chancellor of Utas from 1890 to 1891. 183. Walker 1898; Walker 1900. For his role in perpetuating Quaker settler discourse, see also: Brodie 2015, pp. 314–16. 184. SL NSW, ML B 379, p. 58. 138 E. BISCHOFF

185. Marriage Samuel Benson Mather to Tryphena Barnett, 27 November 1845, TAHO, RGD 37/1/4, No. 1900; Marriage John Benson Mather to Isabella Biggs, 18 March 1851, TAHO, RGD 37/1/9, No. 551. 186. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 29–34; ibid., Vol. 2, pp. 129–31. 187. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 155–56, 159–63; ibid., Vol. 3, pp. 239–40; ibid., Vol. 4, pp. 313–16. 188. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 243–44; ibid., Vol. 4, p. 257. 189. It took almost a year to solve his case. It started with Flower enquiring for a Certificate of Removal from Hobart MM in April 1844. In March 1845, after the Meeting’s initial refusal in November 1844, he finally received the document he had requested. See: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 4, pp. 310–11, 320, 325–26. 190. Oats 1985, p. 163. 191. Interestingly, the numerical age difference of thirteen years between the two is smaller than that between some of the Cotton siblings. Henry, Francis Cotton eldest son, for instance, was twenty-one years old when his youngest sister, Rachel, was born in 1842. Francis Cotton’s social position as a landed settler and a birthright Quaker created a power differential between him and Joseph B. Mather which translated into a gen- erational relationship even prior to Joseph’s marriage with Anna Maria Cotton in 1842. 192. Letters Francis Cotton to Joseph B. Mather, 1835–1851, TUA, DX 20/2092–2102. The collection has yet to be paginated. I will therefore refer the letters by number of bundle and date. 193. TUA, DX 20/2092, 4 July 1835. 194. Ibid. 195. Backhouse 1833, p. 3. 196. Ibid. 197. Ibid., pp. 4–7, pp. 4, 5, 7 quotes. 198. TUA, DX 20/2092, 16 February 1837. 199. “William III, 1695–6: An Act that the Solemne Affirmation & Declaration of the People called Quakers shall be accepted instead of an Oath in the usual Forme. [Chapter XXXIV. Rot. Parl. 7 & 8 Gul. III. p.9. n.3.],” in: Raithby 1820, p. 152. 200. For example Backhouse 1835, p. 23. 201. TUA, DX 20/2092, 16 February 1837. 202. Ibid. 203. Ibid. 204. TUA, DX 20/2092, 29 October 1838. 205. Oats 1985, p. 31. He did not include New Zealand Quakers into his survey, although officially under the jurisdiction of NSW until 1840. 206. Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 271–72. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 139

207. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 4, pp. 286–87. 208. TUA, DX 20/2092, 4 July 1835, 24 July 1835, 3 June 1836, 21 October 1836, 1 March 1838. 209. TUA, DX 20/2096, 2 January 1843. 210. TUA, M 19/21; TUA, M 19/20. 211. TUA, DX 20/2092, 18 March 1837. 212. TUA, DX 20/2093, 2 April 1839. 213. Ibid., 7 April 1839. 214. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, pp. 191–94; TUA, M 19/21. 215. TUA, DX 20/2093, 29 of April 1839. See also his letters to Mather dating 2 April 1839 and 16 April 1839 (ibid.). The new domestic servant finally arrived on 4 May 1839 (ibid., 6 May 1839). 216. M 19/20. 217. TUA, DX 20/2092, 20 July 1838. 218. TUA M 19/191. 219. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 167. 220. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 167–68. 221. TUA, DX 20/2092, 20 July 1838. 222. Ibid. 223. Ibid. 224. TUA, DX 20/2092, 12 November 1838, 14 November 1838, and 19 November 1838. 225. Marriage records of Francis Cotton Jnr and Margaret Helen McLeod, TAHO, RGD 37/1/9, No. 100; Thomas Cotton and Bridget Bourke, TAHO, RGD 37/1/16, No. 64; George Cotton and Margaret (or Mary) Connell, TAHO, RGD 37/1/10, No. 602. Francis Cotton Jnr and Margaret McLeod (aged nineteen) married according to the rites of the Church of Scotland (TAHO, RGD 37/1/9, No. 100). Connell was a minor at the day of the marriage. Joseph B. Mather and two of his non- Quaker siblings acted as witnesses, namely John and Isabella Mather (TAHO, RGD 37/1/10, No. 602). 226. See TAHO, RGD 32/1/2, No. 5927 and TAHO, RGD 37/1/14, No. 119. They married according to the rites of the Church of Scotland on 19 October 1855. For information on the Amos family see: Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Amos, Adam (1774–1845),” by A. Rand. 227. Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 69–71. 228. TUA, DX 20/2092, 5 April 1851. 229. Margaret Connell (1815–?) was transported in September 1845 on the Tasmania (second journey) (TAHO, CON 41/1/8; TAHO, CON 19/1/5; THAO, CON 15/1/3). Mary was discharged from the school in March 1849, only a few weeks prior to her mother’s marriage to Michael Cook on 10 July (TAHO, CON 52/1/3, 71; TAHO, RGD 140 E. BISCHOFF

37/8, No. 390). See also: Kavanagh et al. 2015, pp. 212–16. The authors rely on Cotton 1987 for information. 230. TUA, DX 20/2092, 5 April 1851. 231. Ibid. 232. Kociumbas 1997, pp. 57–59. 233. Bourke arrived 7 October 1848 on the Kinnear (second journey), aged twenty-two. Born in Waterford, she was transported for larceny (cloak, turnips) under a sentence of seven years. Her convict records shows entries for “adultery” and “absconding” resulting in hard labour as punishments. She received her certificate on 4 October 1855 (TAHO, CON 41/1/19). She sought permission to marry twice while under sentence: first to John Bentley (1849) and secondly to Daniel Ryan in 1850 (both other convicts, TAHO, CON 52/1/3, 22 and CON 52/1/3, 381). Her applications were refused in both cases. 234. Newman 2013, pp. 434–44, 440. 235. Kippen and Gunn 2011, p. 388. Along with a steep gender imbalance, the author considers a high number of illegitimate births as typical for this demographic pattern. 236. Oats 1985, p. 159. He collated all expulsions between 1832 and 1862. 237. Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 69–71. 238. Woollacott 2009, p. 11.12. 239. Wiener 2004, pp. xii, 5–6; Tosh 2005, pp. 2, 5. On the concept of hegemonic masculinity see: Connell 1995, p. 76. As Woollacott and Tosh argue, this aggressive form of masculinity became hegemonic throughout the Empire by the end of the nineteenth century (Woollacott 2009, pp. 11.11–11.13; Tosh 2005, p. 34) and in Australia in particular where it merged with notions of political equality and the “ethos of mateship” (Woollacott 2015, pp. 152–54, 153 [quote]). Dirk Hoerder has identified this form as “colonizer masculinity,” prevailing at a time when “imperial men went out into the world to recast men of other societies in their image” (Hoerder 2011, p. 423). 240. Woollacott 2009, p. 11.12. 241. Ibid.; Woollacott 2015, pp. 152–54, 176–78. 242. Bereswill 2001, pp. 267–78, 2004, 2006; Meuser 1999, 2003, pp. 44–45; Smaus 2003. 243. Reid 2007, pp. 174–77. 244. Goffman 1991, p. 11. 245. Backhouse 1838c, p. 67. See also: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 113–14; TUA, DX 20/2092, 21 October 1836; Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to James Backhouse, 30 April 1836, TUA, RS 58/26. 246. Connor 2003, pp. 7–15. 247. Wright 2011, pp. 55–73, 115–31. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 141

248. TUA, DX 20/2092, 11 January 1838. 249. Russell 2010, pp. 132–39. 250. Backhouse and Tylor 1862, p. 19. The term “Chelsea pensioner” refers to a specific group of veterans, namely those who are entitled to a retirement at the Royal Hospital Chelsea, London (founded in 1682). Arguably, the authors used the word as an umbrella term for pensioned- out soldiers in general. 251. Backhouse and Tylor 1862, p. 21. 252. Ibid., p. 21. 253. Ibid. 254. Brunotte 2004; Völger and von Welck 1990. 255. See: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 4, pp. 313–16. 256. TUA, M 19/31; TUA, M 19/32; TUA, M 19/206. 257. He received several distinctions, among them the school’s “Senior Scholarship” of £12, which was almost the worth of a year’s tuition at the school which lay at 12 guineas (£12—12s—0d) in 1864. See: TUA, M 19/202–203; TUA, M 19/205; TUA, M 19/208; TUA, M 19/207. 258. M 19/207. 259. TUA, M 19/31. 260. TUA, S1/A/1, Vol 1, pp. 3–11. A meeting for worship existed (albeit informally) since 12 February 1832. 261. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 23–25. 262. A duplicate of the meeting minutes in Kelvedon was kept; see: TUA, S 1/A/2, Vol. 1 (1833–1848) and Vol. 2 (4 May 1848–16 November 1851). 263. Backhouse 1838a, p. 76, 1838b, pp. 9, 16–18, 41–42, 1838c, pp. 40, 43–44, 1838d, pp. 4, 44–46, 57, 59–61; Mackie 1973, pp. 53–58, 244– 47. For the original manuscript of Mackie’s journal see: NL Canberra MS 9947. For Robert and Sarah Lindsey see: Robert Lindsey, Memorandum Journal, FHL, Lindsey MSS, S 244, Vol. 15, pp. 202–7. Daniel and Charles Wheeler, who came to VDL in 1834, did not visit the island’s interior and thus did not write about Francis and Anna Maria Cotton’s home. 264. TUA, S 1/A/3. 265. I am thereby reframing a concept popularised by Geoffrey Blainey (1968). 266. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 78. 267. TUA, S 1/C/3/3. 268. TUA, S 1/C/5/1. TUA, S 1/C/6. 269. The first certificates recognised by Hobart MM were those presented by James Backhouse and George W. Walker on 20 September 1833 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1., pp. 2–8). 270. First VDL YM was held on 3 October 1834. See: TUA, S 1/A/4, Vol. 1. 142 E. BISCHOFF

271. Giordano Nanni makes a similar argument for religious routines across the British Empire adding the element of sound (church bells); see Nanni 2012, pp. 25–58, 41. For more theoretical considerations on the link between temporal social practices and the production of space, see: Massey 2011, pp. 1–8, 36–48. 272. Minute of MfS London (5 July 1861) regarding the establishment of a disciplinary connection with Meetings in the Australian colonies, FHL, Papers Relating to the Society of Friends in Australasia, MS Box 27/2/e/2/2. 273. Oats 1985, p. 132. 274. Others followed namely one in Launceston (1834) and another in Bothwell (1841) but could not be sustained, due to with dwindling membership in both locations. See: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 54–57; TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 3, p. 236. 275. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 2, pp. 97–99. Just like the meeting itself, it was located at William Holdship’s house in 1834/35 (TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 37–38 and ibid., Vol. 2, pp. 97–99). 276. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 16. 277. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 54–57. 278. Ibid., p. 54. This most likely refers to Woolman 1824 (first published in 1776). 279. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, pp. 54–55. 280. Ibid., p. 55. 281. Ibid., p. 54. 282. Ibid., p. 54. 283. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1, p. 25. 284. Ibid. 285. Oats 1979, p. 3; see also pp. 36–43. 286. Oats 1979, p. 65. Hobart Friends’ School still exists today. William Oats, author of several studies on the history of Australian Quakerism, served as its headmaster from 1945 to 1973. 287. Backhouse and Tylor 1862, pp. 148–49. 288. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 261. According to Wilkie (2011, p. 82 note 24), this employment is not documented in his convict record (TAHO, CON 31/1/43). 289. TUA, DX 20/2099, 28 February 1846. 290. See also Wilkie 2011, pp. 83–87. 291. Reynolds 2012a, p. 108. So-called ladies’ seminaries were much less common. Reynolds reports only one in existence in the 1830s. Public schools aimed at the pupils from working-class families with one or both parents of convict background (ibid., pp. 108–90). See also: Frost 2013, pp. 88–100; Kociumbas 1997, pp. 55–57. 4 QUAKERS IN EARLY NINETEENTH-CENTURY VAN DIEMEN’S LAND 143

292. See: TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 4, pp. 313–16. 293. Oats 1979, p. 37; Brodie and Brodie 1993, pp. 77–92. 294. Oats 1979, pp. 37–39, 39 (quote). 295. Ann Benson (1845–?) and Sarah Benson Mather (1846–?), daughters of Robert A. Mather, both attended Beale’s classes (at least for a limited time) in 1856 (TUA, M 19/30). By the time they attended this school, they were adolescents (sixteen and fifteen years of age, respectively). 296. Oats 1979, pp. 40–42; Oats 1985, p. 220. 297. Ibid., pp. 40–41. 298. Ibid., pp. 41–42. 299. Ibid., p. 42. CHAPTER 5

The Case of James Backhouse and George W. Walker: Quaker Ministers and Colonial Governmentality, 1834

In November 1832, prison reformer Elizabeth Fry addressed Samuel Marsden (1765–1838), minister of the Church of England and very successful pastoralist at Parramatta, NSW,1 and requested assistance for two of her fellow Quakers: James Backhouse and George W. Walker:

I hope thou will like & value our friend James Backhouse & his companion. They may be considered as missionaries from the Society of friends not to proselite [sic] to their own peculiar view, but for the simple purpose of doing good to their fellow men [both] spiritually & temporally. We consider them valuable men & friends & that the blessing of the Almighty will attend them & their labours of Christian love.2

The two Friends had embarked on a ten-year mission to the Australian colonies, Mauritius, and South Africa. Theirs was the first of several journeys conducted by British Quakers ministers to the Antipodes during the first half of the nineteenth century. They played a pivotal role in founding and shaping the first Quaker community in the colonies in Hobart in September 1833. In contrast to other missionaries, Backhouse and Walker did not establish a fixed, localised presence in the form of a missionary station. In line with Quaker tradition and practice, the two Friends travelled across the colonies. Colonial missionary work is often identified with what might be called the three Cs: Conversion, Christianisation, and Civilisation. Enquiring

© The Author(s) 2020 145 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_5 146 E. BISCHOFF into these three processes, scholars have focused on the complex patterns of interaction between missionaries and the colonised. They have reconstructed the missionary’s double role as coloniser on the one hand and mediator or facilitator of anti-colonial resistance on the other. Historians have traced the complex transnational networks missionary societies built and investigated the ways in which these were embedded in networks of empire.3 One of its central results is the assessment that the “relationship between missionaries and the colonial state was one fraught with compli- cations, ambiguity, and extreme provisionality.” Depending on the colonial context, “this relationship was variously mutually supportive, mutually antagonistic, or ambivalent.”4 In early colonial Australia, this relationship was, almost ironically, characterised by lack of faith. In contrast to Aotearoa/New Zealand, where several very successful missionary stations were established, the most prominent one by the Church Missionary Society (CMS) under the guidance of Samuel Marsden in 1814,5 missionary efforts in the Australian colonies were few and largely unfruitful. The prevailing assumption among church officials and local ministers was that there would be “little hope of Indigenous improvement” anyway—a declaration that simply reformu- lated the “dying race” assumption. Instead of spending money and effort on a lost cause, efforts should concentrate on bringing “religious guidance” to the colonists.6 Only two attempts had been made prior to 1830, one of which was the “Parramatta Native Institution” (or “Black Town Settlement”) built to “civilise” Aboriginal children who had been forcibly removed from their families—a venture that was undertaken on Marsden’s initiative as well. It operated between 1814 and 1829 but was not a regular missionary station as such. The other example is Lancelot Edward Threlkeld’s (1788–1859) mission at Lake Macquarie (originally by the London Missionary Society [LMS]) between 1824 and 1842.7 Investigating the missionary work of James Backhouse and George W. Walker in colonial Tasmania thus provides a view into a very specific situation coloniale, characterised by a lack of involvement on the part of missionary societies. The two travelling ministers developed an almost symbiotic relationship with the colonial state. All major actors involved shared a vision of the colony’s future in which the colonial administration was to exercise a form of benevolent power, regulating the life and the conduct of a colony’s population. Whereas in other colonies, missionaries and administrators competed for the legitimate exercise of this (in Foucauldian terms) “pastoral power” or “biopolitical power,” in 1830s 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 147

VDL Quaker missionaries and colonial state joined their efforts. Most scholarly enquiries concentrate on the triangle unfolding between the colonised, the missionaries, and the colonial state. In contrast to this traditional perspective, I propose to consider missionary work as always and simultaneously aimed at the white population as well. As such, we need to examine missionary activities as part of a governmental policy to establish a colonial society, hierarchically ordered according to gender/race/class, and to create new colonial settler subjectivities. In order to argue my point, I focus on Backhouse’s and Walker’s journals, their report to the colony’s Lieutenant-Governor, George Arthur, and on their addresses to the colony’s settler and convict population as available in the appendix of Backhouse’s travel journal, published in 1843.8 Initially, it seems, the two Friends followed in the footsteps of travelling ministers before them. The description of their task, as given in Backhouse’s and Walker’s certificates, demonstrates that their journey was conceived and conducted in the tradition of Quaker travels. Here is an extract from the certificate issued by York MM to Backhouse and Walker on 15 December 1831:

communicated unto us a belief which has long deeply impressed his mind, that he was called to visit, in the love of the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Inhabitants of the British Colonies and Settlement, in New Holland, Van Diemens [sic] Land, and South Africa, and to attend to such other religious duties as, in the course of his journeying, he may be required to perform.9

Yet, following the rather formulaic language of official Quaker documents, the credential letter does not detail the “duties” the travelling ministers were to perform. More detailed descriptions of their self-elected duties can be gleaned from their own writings, for instance Walker’s journal (as published in 1862):

This consisted primarily in preaching the gospel everywhere amongst the prisoners and colonists, both publicly and from house to house; and in the second place, in inspecting the penal settlements, gaols, schools, and other public institutions, and applying the pure and comprehensive standards of the Gospel to the spirit and regulations which prevailed in them; and lastly, in doing all in their power, be private labour and public association, to deliver the Colony from the scourge of Intemperance, under which almost all classes of the Inhabitants had groaned from the day when it was first 148 E. BISCHOFF

planted. To these must be added, the inculcation of a just and humane conduct towards the residue of the aboriginal inhabitants, and the extension of such care as they themselves were able to bestow for their physical and moral improvement.10

Judging from this description, theirs was not a “mission” in the common sense of the word but a much larger project to improve the moral condition of the colony. The ministers aimed at nothing less but the souls of the whole of the colonial population, Aboriginal people, convicts, and free colonists alike. Whereas their concern for the European population conforms with the aims of the Quaker travelling ministry as developed in the seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Atlantic world, their interest in the welfare of Indigenous peoples was less common. The most famous early nineteenth- century Quaker journey to “visit” non-Europeans, Hannah Kilham’s (1774–1832, née Spurr) voyage to Sierra Leone in 1823/24, was inspired by abolitionist thinking and pursued educational purposes.11 Backhouse’s and Walker’s interest in the situation of Aboriginal Australians was, by contrast, kindled by information they received recently, namely from the reports about the dispossession and expulsion of the Cherokee Nation and from their personal exchanges with members of the LMS in the Cape Colony. Just prior to embarking on his ten-year mission to the Australasian colonies with George Washington Walker in September 1831, Backhouse attended the British Quakers’ YM in London. As customary, the assembly turned its attention to epistles and letters from Quaker communities outside Britain that had reached the Meeting for Sufferings (MfS) in the previous months. Among them were communications from Friends in the United States, informing their brethren about the removal of the Cherokee Nation. Backhouse was appalled by the information he and his fellow Quakers received. In his journal, he noted that “[s]ome pertinent remarks were made on the outrageous conduct of the Government of the United States towards the Cherokee nation, in violating every principle of justice by driving them from their territory.” He condemned this policy in strong words:

I cannot doubt but this act of the American Congress, at the instigation of the State of Georgia will prove one step toward filling up the measure of the iniquity of that nation; & which if not refuted of & turned from, will, I 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 149

believe, before long involve the Southern States of North America in suffering, under the just judgments of God, who has long borne with their wickedness, and oppression of their fellow men. And when the overflowing scourge shall pass over them, I believe the other States which have joined hand with them in iniquity will not go unpunished.12

The act in question was the Indian Removal Act, passed on 28 May 1830, which enabled President Andrew Jackson to negotiate the terms of the dispossession and relocation of the “Five Civilized Tribes” (Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Muscogee-Creek, Seminole) to territories west of the Mississippi, allowing Southern States to take possession of their land and its resources.13 Its implementation would eventually result in the relocation of thousands of people between 1831 (Choctaw) and 1838 (Cherokee). Forced to cover long distances on foot and to cross unfavourable terrain under extreme weather conditions many lost their lives during this “Trail of Tears” or immediately after relocation due to infectious diseases. Scholars estimate that 15% of all Choctaw, half of all Creek and Seminole, and between 25 and 55% of all Cherokee died during this period.14 The American Quaker reports that had ignited James Backhouse’s anger were not the first of its kind. British Quakers had received news from their American brethren on the increasingly difficult situation of Native Americans facing European settlement for decades. Many US-American Quakers tried to improve their lot by working towards their “civilisation,” that is, their cultural assimilation. In 1823, the MfS decided to publish a report that would summarise these efforts and be distributed amongst the Quaker community by sending copies to all QMs in Britain and Ireland.15 As a result, Quakers travelling or migrating to the Antipodean colonies were generally aware of the negative effects settler imperialism had on Indigenous peoples on the North American continent. Especially James Backhouse, deeply involved in the transatlantic networks in which this information and these discourses circulated, would have been conscientious of the shift that followed at the end of the of the Napoleonic Wars when the “military and demographic balance […] shifted decisively against native peoples,” not only in North America, but eventually across the world, setting on what Christopher Bayly has called the “white deluge.”16 On their way to the Australasian colonies, Backhouse and Walker must have come to similar conclusions. Making good use of an involuntarily long stop at the Cape Colony, they contacted Rev. Dr John Philipp (1775– 1851), superintendent of the LMS’ mission in South Africa, outspoken 150 E. BISCHOFF advocate of Indigenous land rights, and critic of settler colonial expansion.17 As a result, the two Quaker missionaries came to the Antipodes with a keen eye for Aboriginal-settler relations. Disembarking in Hobart Town on 8 February 1832, Backhouse and Walker arrived in a colony that had recently undergone a number of drastic changes. Its administration and penal system had been thoroughly restructured by introducing the “assignment system,” and new anti- corruption measures. Moreover, a war had been fought against the Aboriginal population (“Black War”) which had ended only a few weeks before the two Quakers arrived in the colony, with the capitulation of the two major clans involved in the resistance, namely the Oyster Bay and Big River clans, on 31 December 1831. Internal reforms as well as the war against the Aboriginal population were closely linked to one person, George Arthur, appointed Lieutenant-Governor of VDL in 1824. Backhouse and Walker met Arthur upon arrival in the colony and immediately recognised their common interest in penal reform and shared evangelical beliefs and values. Arthur gave a full account of his efforts and invited the Quakers to conduct an enquiry into the moral status of his colony in general and an investigation into two of his most recent projects, the penal station Port Arthur and the Aboriginal settlement on Flinders Island in particular. He also ensured the full cooperation of all government employees by providing letters of reference and organised passage on governmental vessels. Thus, a mutually beneficial cooperation was established: on the one hand, the Quakers gained access to literally every penal institution and practical support of every government official. Arthur, on the other, had the opportunity to tap into the “moral capital” and the widespread network of Quaker reform movements.18 On 26 September 1832, Backhouse and Walker embarked on the government vessel the Charlotte and proceeded to inspect Arthur’s two showcase institutions: Port Arthur and Wybalenna. Their findings form the basis of the aforementioned published report “upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemens [sic] Land; with remarks upon Penal Discipline, and observations upon the General State of the Colony” to be completed on 19 June 1834. With regard to the situation of the Aboriginal people, the two Quakers gave their full support to Arthur’s policy. Not only had the “situation of the Colonists” significantly improved “by the transfer of the Aboriginal Population from the main land to Flinders Island,” the Indigenes themselves had “materially” benefitted from the removal.19 Yet, while “cordially 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 151 approv[ing] of the benevolent intentions of the Government” they criticised its “short sighted” land policy that had shown “little, or no regard to [Aboriginal] natural and indefeasible rights.” Acknowledgement of these rights and proper compensation, as the “history of America” had demonstrated, they argued, would have been “a sound and enlightened policy,” in “accordan[ce] with justice, which knows not the distinction of clime, or colour.”20 In addition, a general education policy targeting Aboriginal children was proposed. In order to “to qualify them for usefulness in the community,” Backhouse and Walker suggested separating the children from their families to educate them in the Orphan School in New Town, “to train them in the habits of the Europeans.”21 Their recommendations are a ghastly outline of nineteenth- and twentieth-century colonial policies of abducting Aboriginal children and transferring them to the care of white foster families (“Stolen Generation”).22 With regard to the prisoner population, Backhouse and Walker emphasised the positive impression they had gained of Arthur’s assignment system. Despite the numerous obstacles his policy had to overcome, it had been quite successful: convicts “who have been brought up in ignorance, idleness and profligacy, acquire[d] improved habits,” which even resulted in “cases of radical reformation.”23 They voiced only one point of critique concerning the continued practice of “flagellation,” which they considered a punishment from the “semi-barbarous ages.” They argued that “civilization and Christianity” had “corrected the error in many quarters” and would “ere long, universally stamp it as barbarous and unchristian, as well as inefficient.” From their point of view, “[p]enal discipline,” was a “medicine for the remedy and removal of moral evil” and opted instead for “Solitary confinement” as it “is calculated to awaken reflection,” alas so far not yet fully introduced to the penal system of VDL, but which would be implemented in Port Arthur in subsequent years.24 Is it difficult to determine the exact influence Backhouse and Walker had on Arthur and his decisions. We can, however, state that Arthur continued to promote his model of convict reform in the years to come and that he had his doubts about the effectiveness of corporeal punishment. To quote one of Arthur’s private letters dated 1835 to Thomas F. Buxton, the unofficial leader of the British humanitarian reform movement: “If we could supply men with an inward regulator, it would be ten times more effectual in every case in which it could be set up in the heart than all the fear and alarm than ever can be expected from without.”25 Generally speaking, Arthur preferred inducing self-control and self-regulated 152 E. BISCHOFF

conduct to corporeal discipline and punishments. He organised the Vandemonian assignment system according to these principles. After visiting Port Arthur and Flinders Island, Backhouse and Walker travelled back to the south of VDL. They preferred walking to all other means of transport as it allowed them to call upon every settlement and every household, if necessary by walking through the bush.26 The Quaker missionaries took every “religious opportunity” (as they called it) to read from the Bible or congregate with the settlers, their families and servants in prayer. They also gave counsel on more worldly topics, for instance, marriage problems, and they founded Temperance Societies whenever possible. All these practices connect back to the established tradition of Quaker missionary journeys mentioned earlier. William Oats, in his pioneering study on the Quaker history in early colonial Australia, estimates that Backhouse and Walker visited approximately 250 households.27 In their 1834 report to Arthur, they noted that the Lieutenant- Governor’s policy regarding the “improvement” of mores and morals had succeeded. “[I]n the earlier times of the Colony,” they stated that “open profligacy and intemperance [had] pervaded all ranks” which had led to a general “demoralization of the prisoners.” According to Backhouse and Walker, a number of factors had contributed to this success, namely Arthur’s own exemplary behaviour, the removal of “immoral persons from office,” withdrawal of convict labour from settler households (and economies considered as “profligate”), and the “religious labours of Christians of various denominations, and the immigration of “persons of respectable character.” Backhouse and Walker concluded that “[a]n encouraging advancement is now observable, both in the improved standard of moral, and in the increasing spirit of religious enquiry.”28 Nevertheless, much work remained to be done from the perspective of the Quaker missionaries. About three years after they had submitted their report to Arthur (December 1836 and January 1837, respectively), Backhouse and Walker directed an address to each segment of the white population, convicts and free settlers, to detail why and how they should improve their moral and spiritual condition. As will become evident, proper personal conduct was the key argument in both cases. In contrast to Arthur, however, the Quakers did not wish to “supply men with an inward regulator,”29 but instead to encourage them to align their lives along the rules set by God—or, in their words, to “walk in his fear.”30 They reminded the free settlers that material prosperity was nothing without spiritual fulfilment, “the blessings of the Lord,” which would be 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 153 obtained only by leading a Christian life and by dutifully carrying out their obligation to care, supervise, and instruct those who were “dependent upon” them, namely Australia’s indigenous and prisoner populations.31 Whereas the first, dispossessed by settlement, had to be provided for and protected so “that they may neither perish through want, nor in ignorance,” the convicts were to be led by good example onto the path of righteousness.32 Mirroring George Fox’s recommendations on governing a household, Backhouse and Walker advised their readers that each man was to rule his own house, following the role model of biblical patriarchs.33 As head of household, the Quakers recommended, he should, in addition of attending public services, assemble the whole family (relatives and servants) every Sunday (Sabbath) and read scripture to them, give counsel as he saw fit, and guide a communal prayer.34 Additionally, he should be “solicitous” in his “own conduct” and generally “walk as becometh the Gospel.”35 Clearly, the two ministers had an all-male audience in mind while writing the address. They did not give any equivalent recommendations for women in their text. Backhouse and Walker’s advice to the prisoner population concentrated on the reformation of personal behaviour. They implored their readers to “act as rational men, and as Christians” and to abandon all “sinful practices” such as “cursing, swearing, and other profane language, […] forni- fication, uncleanness,” and “intemperance, lewdness, gaming, pride, or disregard of the Divine Law.”36 As with their address to the free population, the Quakers emphasised that worldly matters were not the only ones men should be concerned with: “Do not by any means deceive yourselves, by imagining, that, because you receive a portion of the punishment of sin, in this world, you will escape the wrath of God in the next.”37 Their salvation was, however, ensured if they repented, trusted in God’s forgiveness, and conducted themselves in an appropriate manner.38 The Quakers suggested embracing their state of “bondage [as] a dispensation of mercy, […] one of salutary discipline […] a duty to discharge before God, in faithfully serving those persons to whom you are assigned.”39 As such, they should “perform it cheerfully.”40 In addition to reading the Bible and observing the Sabbath, Backhouse and Walker recommended regular private prayers and waiting in stillness, both of which were practices indicative of Quakers and were possible to engage in even without formal instruction.41 All aspects of their advice for both free and penalised Australians relate back to core aspects of English middle-class values and notions of 154 E. BISCHOFF respectability which, in turn, were deeply influenced by the evangelical movement around 1800. These were the norms of James Backhouse’s Quaker milieu in York as demonstrated in Chap. 3. Here, Quaker philanthropy exercised a form of power, which operated “through care, that is, a commitment to the well-being of others.”42 Backhouse and Walker translated these values to the Australasian context in a twofold manner: First by addressing the colonies’ European population and appealing to the colonists’ rationality and morality; caring for them and making them care for others. Secondly by endorsing and strengthening an ongoing shift in governmental policies, namely George Arthur’s attempts to reform the penal system of the colony, inducing self-control, and generally “improve” the Vandemonian population. Quaker “caring power” thus contributed to establishing and maintaining a new “colonial governmentality,” “a form of power” that was “concerned above all with disabling old forms of life by systematically breaking down their conditions, and with constructing in their place new conditions so as to enable—indeed, so as to oblige—new forms of life to come into being.“43 Generally speaking, modern governmentality joined old disciplinary practices with new regulatory technologies of “biopower.” Whereas the former rested upon the sovereign’s right to put his or her subjects to death, the latter is premised upon the principle “to let die and make live.” The spectacle of punishment of the individual body was complemented by technologies of observation, control, and regulation of col- lectives, including their behaviour and their conduct.44 In addition, it stimulated individual self-control and regulation of conduct via so-called “technologies of the self.” The latter include, but are not limited to, introspection (and the verbalisation of its findings) and bodily practices such as moderation in diet, drink, and exercise.45 These practices were forms of self-conduct, Backhouse and Walker strongly advocated themselves and which Arthur attempted to induce by a combination of incentives and sanctions operating in the assignment system. The underlying logic of Arthurs’s governmental policies was “a notion of cure, [of] improvement” driven by the conviction of “a need to overcome misery by eradicating the barbaric and the uncivilised.”46 Looking at Backhouse and Walker’s support for “total institutions,” the removal of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people, and their proposal for Aboriginal children’s education, it becomes clear that they also endorsed this aspect of Vandemonian colonial governmentality. Policies of “improvement,” however, carried a Janus face: “[I]n its more liberal moments,” it spoke about 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 155

“the correct and proper disposition of people and things.” “[I]ts night- mare is the concentration camp.”47 Both modes were actually mutually inclusive and characterise colonial governmental policies aimed at creating colonial subjects, or “new forms of life.”48 In addition, the travelling Quaker ministers and their mission promoted another aspect of modern governmentality, which often is discussed only with regard to neoliberal contemporary societies in North America and Europe, namely stimulating the active participation of citizens, their “will- ingness to contribute to the optimization of the state apparatus.” By “mobilizing others” and “applying new forms of knowledge,” citizens contribute to the “extension of state control” and articulate a new subjectivity to become “citizen subjects.”49 Backhouse and Walker’s considerable efforts of “doing good to their fellow men” can be understood as part of such governmental practices. By visiting and counselling white settlers, engaging them in prayer and persuading them to live a Christian, temper- ate, and “civilised” life, they not only reinforced bourgeois morals and norms and notions of how a “proper” white settler should conduct him, but moreover established (and/or supported) practices of self-governance which constituted settlers as “citizens-subjects,” by supporting, for instance, philanthropic organisations or Temperance Societies. As such, Backhouse and Walker contributed to the articulation of a new subjectivity or a settler-subject. This new subjectivity had a threefold point of reference: race (the distinction between non-Aboriginal and Aboriginal people), class (the distinction between free/unfree colonists), and gender (the ideal of the household patriarch).50 As a result, the missionary work of Backhouse and Walker helped in establishing a form of colonial governmentality which structured the lives of their brethren who settled in the colony. The following chapter investigates the mundane life of these Quaker colonists. It focuses on the social and physical space of the Quaker home to reconstruct everyday Quaker settler practices. It adopts a double perspective: It first examines how they contributed to those micro-practices that created a settler space by taking the land, expulsing Indigenous people, and “fashion[ing] new places of belonging out of the land they appropriated” by “recreating” their homeland’s “physical and ecological condition through domestic plantings or large scale acclimatisation programmes.”51 Secondly, it reconstructs how one of the core Quaker institutions, the family home, intersected with settler biopolitics and colonial governance. 156 E. BISCHOFF

Notes 1. Australian Dictionary of Biography, “Marsden, Samuel (1765–1838),” by A. T. Yarwood; Lake 2010; Sharp 2016, pp. 740–43. 2. Elizabeth Fry to Rev. Samuel Marsden, 23 November (?) 1832, SL NSW, ML A 1992, Vol. 1, pp. 535–36. 3. See: Elbourne 2002a; Carey 2011; Etherington 2009; Jackson 2013; Mitchell 2011. 4. Johnston 2003, p. 72. 5. Middleton 2010; Johnston 2001; Ballantyne 2014, pp. 26–64, 2012, pp. 137–58; Sharp 2016, pp. 360–430. 6. Mitchell 2011, pp. 21–22; Carey 2013, p. 84. 7. Mitchell 2011, pp. 18, 10. On Threlkeld’s mission and its difficulties see: Johnston 2011. 8. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemen’s Land, with Remarks upon the Penal Discipline, and Observations on the General State of the Colony, in 1834 [dated Hobart, 19 June 1834],” in Backhouse 1843, pp. xlvi–lxvi; “An Address to the Prisoner Population of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land [dated Sydney, 12 December 1836], in ibid., pp. lxxxiii–ci; “A Christian Address to the Free Inhabitants of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land [dated Sydney, 4 January 1837],” in ibid., pp. cvi–cxxiii. There are other versions of their 1834 report available in the archives; see: FHL, Port 18/14. I will refer to the published version of their report as I am interested in how Quakers decided to represent (and justify) their work in public. 9. Backhouse 1843, p. i. 10. Backhouse and Tylor 1862, p. 33. 11. Kilham 1828; Midgley 1995, pp. 221–22; Dimock 2010, pp. 57–59. 12. SL NSW, ML B 730, Vol. 1, p. 7. 13. “An Act to Provide for an Exchange of Lands with the Indians Residing in any of the States or Territories, and for their Removal West of the River Mississippi, 28 May 1830, 21st Congress, 1st Session,” in: Peters 1846, pp. 411–12. 14. Churchill 1997, p. 144; Perdue and Green 1995, 2007; Duthu 2008. 15. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 43, pp. 36, 67. 16. Bayly 2009, pp. 437–40, 437 (quote). 17. Backhouse 1838a, p. 9. See Philip’s evidence at the Parliamentary Select Committee on Aborigines in British Settlements on 15 June 1836, in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 549–62. See also: Northcott 1978 and Lester 2009, pp. 67–69. 18. Brown 2006. After initial reluctance, other administrators also supported Backhouse’s and Walker’s mission. See e.g.: SL NSW, ML DOC 1351. 5 THE CASE OF JAMES BACKHOUSE AND GEORGE W. WALKER: QUAKER… 157

19. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners,” in: Backhouse 1843, p. liii. 20. Ibid., p. lxvi. 21. Ibid., pp. lxv–lxvi. 22. Pilger 2014. 23. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners,” in: Backhouse 1843, p. lxv. 24. Ibid., pp. lix, clvii, lix. 25. Quoted in: Reynolds 2012a, p. 154. 26. According to Walker’s notes, they travelled Australia and Mauritius 4260 miles on land, 3000 on foot, 1000 on horseback, the rest on coaches or row-boat (SL NSW, ML B 728, pp. 113–14). 27. Oats 1985, pp. 86–87. 28. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemen’s Land,” in: Backhouse 1843, pp. lxii–lxiii. 29. Quoted in: Reynolds 2012a, p. 154. 30. “Address to the Free Inhabitants of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land,” in: Backhouse 1843, p. cvii. 31. Ibid., pp. cvii, cix. 32. Ibid., p. cviii. 33. Ibid., p. cx. 34. Ibid., pp. cxvi, cxi. 35. Ibid., pp. cxi–cxii. 36. “Address to the Prisoner Population,” in: Backhouse 1843, pp. lxxxiii, xcvi, xcviii, xcvi. 37. Ibid., p. lxxxiv. 38. Ibid., p. xcii. 39. Ibid., p. xcix. 40. Ibid. 41. Ibid., p. xcv, xcvi, xcviii. 42. van Drenth and de Haan 1999, pp. 11, 15. 43. Scott 2005, pp. 23–49, 25. 44. Foucault 1984, 2000. 45. Foucault 1988, p. 16. Foucault developed his concept in a strictly Eurocentric perspective. He has been criticised severely for this. See, for instance, Stoler 1995, pp. 19–54. 46. Dutton 2009, pp. 303–14, 309. It is the same logic, he argues, that fuelled Macaulay’s “Minute on Indian Education” (1835) and continues to moti- vate “humanitarian NGOs such as Médecins sans Frontiers, Oxfam, Amnesty” (ibid.). 47. Dutton 2009, p. 310. 48. Scott 2005, p. 25. 49. Decker 2013. 158 E. BISCHOFF

50. This mirrors Angela Woollacott’s observations on white manhood as masters of both convicts and Aboriginal workers (2015, pp. 67–97). 51. Banivanua Mar and Edmonds 2010b, p. 4. CHAPTER 6

Being at Home: Van Diemen’s Land as a Quaker Settler Space

“Being at home with the Empire,” as Catharine Hall and Ranajit Guha have argued,1 did not come easy to nineteenth-century Britons. To be comfortable with imperial power, they discursively “bifurcated” the domestic from the colonial along the same ideological lines that separated public and private spheres:

Home was supposed to keep empire—with its strange peoples and landscapes, its flora and fauna, its languages, cultures and histories, its armies and military power—at a distance, geographically distinct, separated by land masses and seas. […] Being in the bosom of one’s family meant being at home in a place that was supposedly safe, a place of belonging.2

In this “imagined geography,” the empire was marked as a different space, the space of the colonised Others.3 In addition, domesticity and the concepts of masculinity and femininity going along with it were also key elements in articulating nineteenth-century bourgeois identity, particularly in evangelical circles of British society. As a result, the idea of domestic space—“home”—was closely linked to intersecting notions of gender, class, and British national identity.4 For those Britons living in diasporic communities across the empire (such as Jamaica, Sierra Leone, or India),5 notions of home and domesticity fulfilled a similar function: it separated European colonists from their colonial subjects, both physically and socially. As Ann Stoler has

© The Author(s) 2020 159 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_6 160 E. BISCHOFF

demonstrated, regulating the “tense and tender ties” that constituted domestic space was crucial to establishing and maintaining imperial rule.6 There were three aspects in particular, which were crucial to colonial governance: the organisation of childcare, the regulation of sexuality, and the control of white women’s bodies.7 These “microsites of governance,” to employ Stoler’s words, were of particular importance in structuring everyday life in the colonies.8 Picking up her arguments, scholars of new imperial history, such as Kathleen Wilson, reconstruct how “masters and mistresses as well as gov- ernors and councillors” regulated “individual and collective behavior” and how their capacity to reproduce British manners, organise labour regimes, and establish racialised social hierarchies determined the success of a colonial enterprise. Or, more generally speaking, historians reconstruct how “a rationality that linked a well-governed colony with well-governed families and self-governing individuals” structured colonial policies.9 They also show how adherence to standards of bourgeois respectability was considered crucial to gain “access to the rights and privileges of Englishmen, and who did not.”10 Approaching the subject from a slightly different perspective, feminist historians, investigating the role of white women in the colonies, came to similar conclusions. They have shown that creating and maintaining a “proper” home, that is, a household that adhered to the standards of bourgeois respectability, was the duty of the “memsahib,” the white man’s European wife. Her efforts determined his standing within colonial society just as much as his economic or political success.11 However, the daily rituals of domesticity were not only to be practiced by the colonisers themselves. Core values and norms such as cleanliness, diligence, and patriarchal heteronormativity were considered essential elements of civilisation and were included in the curricula of missionary schools and other educational institutions that aimed at “lifting” the colonised up to higher cultural and moral standards. Mirroring philanthropic efforts to elevate “the great unwashed” by encouraging working class women to be “proper” homemakers and mothers, missionaries, and colonial administrators alike strove to teach Indigenous women needlework, cooking, and hygiene.12 This holds true for settler colonies as well: Aboriginal women and girls transferred from schools to private households to be trained as domestic servants, white women transformed into educators and agents of cultural genocide.13 The private home transmuted into cultural contact zones, into “fluid sites of affective and emotional cross-cultural encounters where 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 161 colonial relations played out on an often daily basis.”14 With regard to early colonial Australia, Penny Russell notes that all of these elements played an important role. She summarises according to three key aspects: its affective dimension (“the emotional fabric of family”), the “idea of the home as a haven of moral and social protection,” and the notion of the “home as training ground, a space of orderly habits, cleanliness, neatness and discipline, in which ideal citizens might be produced.”15 All three dimensions feature prominently in this chapter. In contrast to existing analyses, however, this investigation takes into consideration two other specificities of early nineteenth-century not factored into existing analyses of its settler colonial domesticity: VDL’s dual status as a penal colony and settler society on the one hand and the material dimension of settler home making on the other. In contrast to Britons in the metropole or colonies of domination and/ or trade, nineteenth-century British settlers (in Australia as in other settler colonies) did not aim at metaphorically or physically distancing themselves from empire. They set out to create their new homes across the seas. As such, home making encompassed the dispossession of the Aboriginal Tasmanians and the physical transformation of Country into settler space.16 The first part of this chapter investigates therefore the ways and means by which Quaker settlers contributed to the settler colonial process of taking and changing the land. In doing so, I also examine the knowledge they tapped into and/or produced during this process. To explore this socio- ecological dimension of the Quaker family home, I focus on the farm and household of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton since their private papers and farm journals give the most extensive information on this topic among the archival material available on the Tasmanian Quaker community. The second part of this chapter focuses on how the households of Vandemonian Friends and their domestic lives were integrated into colonial governance. It takes into account both, the attempts to “civilise” Indigenous people and the management and moral “improvement” of convicts alike. In addition to the Cotton material, my argument draws on sources derived from the Walker Family Papers, looking into the household of George W. Walker and Sarah B. Walker, thereby including an urban Quaker household into my analysis. The female “caring power” of Quakerism was, as this section will demonstrate, much more pronounced with the Walkers in Hobart than with the rural farming household governed by Francis Cotton. 162 E. BISCHOFF

The investigation of the history of domesticity has long been the prerogative of women’s history and, as such, was side-lined by mainstream Australian national history. However, several recent studies by eminent scholars such as Penny Russell, Kirsty Reid, and Angela Woollacott have shown that domesticity was essential to colonial policies and free settlers’ identity alike.17 Scholars from the field of settler colonial studies make a similar argument. Scott Morgensen, for instance, contends that settler colonial societies, just like any other colonial formation, came into being by organising populations and individuals along hierarchical relations structured by gender, race, and class: in other words by establishing new forms of conduct and life and by establishing a particular form of “colonial governmentality.”18 In order to “understand heteropatriarchy on stolen land,” Morgensen claims that we have to reconstruct not only how the land was taken or that Aboriginal people were dispossessed, evicted, or killed, but that we also have to explore the “gendered and sexual spaces” in which settler rule was established as a biopolitical project.19 Taking these arguments and research results into account, this chapter examines the Tasmanian Quaker home as a multidimensional space, shaped by the convergence of Quaker faith and practice, colonial governance, and settler colonial appropriation.

6.1 Taking the Land: Material Practices and Production of Settler Colonial Knowledge In his study The Other Side of Eden, the anthropologist Hugh Brody notes a remarkable paradox in comparing hunter-gatherer civilisations and European agricultural societies: although the former are often identified as nomads, the latter are perpetually moving and expanding. The “stereotypes of ‘nomadic’ hunters and ‘settled’ farmers,” he claims, have “it the wrong way round.” In a multigenerational perspective, he argues, it is agricultural societies that “tend to be on the move; hunting peoples are far more firmly settled.”20 Built on the family farm as a unit of social and material (re-)production, “the agriculturalists, with their commitment to specific farms and large numbers of children […] are forced to keep moving, resettling, colonising new lands.”21 Due to the ever-growing hun- ger for land

agricultural people can never rest—as farming families, as a lineage—in one place. They love home, but they also love the leaving of it. They celebrate 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 163

stability and security, and yet they are committed to movement. Thus farmers have two ideals, the one of sweet home, the other of conquest and adventure.22

Scholars of settler colonial history, such as Patrick Wolfe, Mohamed Adhikari, Norbert Finzsch, Tracey Banivanua Mar, and Penelope Edmonds, share Brody’s assessment, although phrasing their results differently. They identify the socio-ecological dimension as instrumental to the settlers’ invasion. Settlers aimed at transforming the colonial into domestic space.23 As Norbert Finzsch has shown, the settler home was a crucial element in this process, not only on a metaphorical or ideological level but also in a very practical, social, and material sense. Mundane, micropractices such as squatting, clearing, fencing, or ring-barking generated a rhizomatic, nonlinear process which altered the landscape and forced Aboriginal people into uninhabitable areas and destroying the material basis of their livelihood and culture.24 Considering the emphasis early nineteenth-century Vandemonian Friends put on bourgeois family values of domesticity and stability, they would have rejected Brody’s conclusions fervidly. Yet, as the following reconstruction of one of the Vandemonian Quaker settler households, the Cotton family, will demonstrate, they contributed in many ways to the dispossession of Indigenous Tasmanians and the creation of settler space. This included three dimensions in particular: first, the material, ecological transformation ranging from introducing portmanteau biota to restructuring physical space; secondly, the production of knowledge about the Tasmanian environment and the Aboriginal inhabitants of VDL; and thirdly, architectural strategies that simultaneously cemented the appropriation of Indigenous land and secured the social status of the newly minted members of the island’s landed elite. All three aspects were closely intertwined in colonial daily life. For practical reasons, each will be discussed separately in subsequent subchapters.

Transforming Palawa Country into Settler Agricultural Space A carpenter by trade, Francis Cotton grew up in Southwark, an urban environment in the County of London on the southern side of the Thames. As a city dweller, his agricultural expertise must have been minimal in 1829. Emigration advice literature praised VDL for its fecundity and its moderate climate, contrasting it to that of the colonies on the 164 E. BISCHOFF

Australian mainland. The literature claimed, “the climate of the island is, perhaps, the most salubrious of any on the globe for an European constitution.”25 Cotton initially did not intend to settle in VDL but on the Australian mainland. Yet, after the long and difficult sea voyage, he found the sight of the island so endearing that he spontaneously changed his plans and decided to stay.26 Just like any other free settler, he applied to Lt.-Gov. George Arthur for a land grant. After checking his social and economic credentials, he received 750 acres (303 ha) and the privilege to exploit convict labour in June 1829.27 In doing so, Cotton relied on the notion that the Crown was the sole and rightful proprietor of the territory that had lain waste before its conquest, an idea that later coalesced into the legal principle of terra nullius.28 With this little preparation and experience, the Cottons had to rely on their fellow settlers to supply them with knowledge about seeds, local crop sequence, and animal husbandry. Their timing was auspicious: arriving in 1829, the Cottons were part of the first generation of free settlers who immigrated to Tasmania of their own accord, but came comparatively late. Others had settled before them. Driven by necessity, earlier colonists (often convicts and emancipists) had developed an economy based on integrating Aboriginal knowledge into agricultural and pastoral practices. As a result, as James Boyce argues, “a distinctively Van Diemonian way of life” developed, which relied on carefully negotiated access to the resources of the hinterland, the bush.29 The “new immigrants,” by contrast, for instance Thomas Buxton (1789–1865), Adam Amos (1774–1845), and George Meredith (1777–1856), who would become the Cotton family’s closest neighbours, introduced a new economy. They laid exclusive claim to each parcel of land allotted to them by the Crown and introduced exog- enous plants and animals (portmanteau biota) on a larger scale, most importantly sheep and species of grass especially suitable for the pasture of the European animals. Their numbers increased dramatically: from 54,600 in 1816, to 200,000 in 1823 to a staggering 1 million in 1830.30 The ongoing “slow violence” of ecological transformation picked up speed, and the careful and seasonally adapted cultivation of the multiplicity of Trouwunna’s natural resources was substituted by extensive pastoral farming.31 Country was physically transformed into an agricultural zone of the world-encompassing British imperial economy—a transformation that took place throughout nineteenth-century Australia and which is considered one of the key characteristics of the settler imperial project.32 The intensified settlement resulted in dramatic conflicts over natural resources 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 165 between the European and the Aboriginal population. As documented for many locales throughout Australian colonial history, many clans were sev- ered from access to sacred sites and/or food supplies. British settlement proceeded along the Aborigines’ corridors. Soon most of the eastern half of the island was claimed by Europeans establishing the so-called “settled districts” (see Fig. 6.1).33 The Oyster Bay Nation was among the most severely affected by this “pastoral invasion” and was thus at the heart of the armed Tasmanian Aboriginal resistance against the settlement (see Fig. 6.2).34 The Cottons interacted with their European neighbours often, or at least as frequently as distances and businesses allowed. The women of the households helped each other in times of need. In April 1833, for instance, when Anna Maria Cotton, far advanced in pregnancy, fell ill and was unable to supervise her household on her own, Thomas Buxton’s “grown up daughter assist[ed]” her.35 Other, even closer relations were established as well: As mentioned in the previous chapter, Francis Cotton’s eldest son, Henry, married Lavinia Amos, daughter of Thomas Amos in 1856. The relationship between Francis Cotton and George Meredith was, and by extension that between the members of their respective families, however, less amicably, even strained at times. Part of this animosity might have been Meredith’s inclusion into social circles adverse to evangelical Quakerism, namely the colony’s ex-military networks. As we can gather from Francis Cotton’s farm journals and his private correspondence, the family aimed at establishing a diversified farming business instead of the mono-cropping pastoral farm that is considered typical for early nineteenth-century VDL.36 In this, Cotton’s endeavour mirrored the enterprise of George Meredith, who even invested in whaling and fishing by building a station of Freycinet Peninsula. The Cottons cleared sections of land, put it under the plough, and grew produce for the local market such as apples, potatoes, turnips, wheat, and barley.37 Also, they brought up a small herd of milk cows and sheep from Hobart and started on animal husbandry. Most of the sheep, however, were lost on the way to Kelvedon. The convict labourers sent out to retrieve the animals got disoriented during the search and failed to recapture a single one of them.38 Simultaneously, they tapped into local natural resources by collecting seaweed to fertilise their fields or by harvesting wattle bark to be exported to the tanneries in Britain.39 They employed bush walkers to hunt kangaroos for complementing their meat supplies.40 In doing so, the Cottons 166 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 6.1 Police districts and military posts, 1826. (Lyndall Ryan. 2012. Tasmanian Aborigines: A History Since 1803. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin, p. 81) 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 167

Fig. 6.2 Oyster Bay Nation. (Lyndall Ryan. 2012. Tasmanian Aborigines: A History Since 1803. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin, p. 19) 168 E. BISCHOFF engaged in practices, which James Boyce has reconstructed to be characteristic for earlier colonial times. They combined them with what contemporary English commentators considered “proper” agricultural techniques.41 In addition to clearing land for pastoral and arable farming, the family created a kitchen garden, starting in April 1831. They planted seedlings or sowed acorns of oak trees, plums, peaches, cherries, gooseber- ries, blackberries, and elderberries to name but a few (see Fig. 6.3).42 As such, the Cotton family farm presents a case study in the transformation of the Indigenous cultural landscape into an agricultural area combined with a pastoral sheep run, operated by European techniques as well as practices scholars so far have discussed only with regard to the “pre-frontier.”43 Produce not needed for subsistence was sent to the nearest urban settlement, Hobart, by ship. Here, Joseph B. Mather, fellow Quaker and (since 1842) son-in-law, organised its sale.44 Thus, most of the products of the Cotton’s farm business stayed on the island and supplied the local European population, often the inmates of convict stations.45 Convicts were not only consumers of the farm’s crops; they were also instrumental in producing them, even in building and maintaining the farm itself. Whether clearing the land for erecting (provisional) lodgings, engaging in all stages of agricultural work (ploughing, sowing, harvesting), stoving bricks and building, or raising livestock, unfree labour was the literal backbone of the Cottons’ business.46 Revealingly, the first entry in Francis Cotton’s farm memorandum dealt with convict discipline not with agricultural concerns: one worker’s diet was reduced to simple rations as penalty for “improper behaviour.”47 How Cotton determined this

Fig. 6.3 Layout of garden at Kelvedon, April 1831. (Detail from: Farm Memoranda (April 1830–February 1831), Francis Cotton and Family Papers, DX 19/B/22, entry 14 April 1831, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 169

punishment or how he attained knowledge about what constituted a punishable misdemeanour remains unclear. In 1831, he listed more than seven so-called servants employed at his estate.48 Their number grew in the years to come. In 1839, he counted “2 Carpenters, 2 Sawyers, [a] House Servant, Shoemaker, Shepherd, Gardener, & 2 Laborers” in addition to “a free Man Grubbing.”49 Some of these employments were only temporary since, under the conditions of the assignment, system highly sought after artisans such as shoemakers or tailors were appointed to different masters in short intervals to spread their services as widely as possible. Others, as in the case of Eugene Rossiet Lennon, had to leave Kelvedon because Francis Cotton was unsatisfied with their work or their conduct. In addition, we find free labourers, often from within the Quaker community such as Robert A. Mather or Ann Pollard. According to the family patriarch’s letters to Joseph B. Mather, securing the workforce needed to run the farm was a constant struggle.50 Workers both free and unfree were highly mobile in early nineteenth- century VDL: Those who had received their ticket of leave or had served their sentence to its term left their positions in search for a new life. Female household servants were particularly scarce due to the steep gender imbalance among the convict population. The women were well aware of this, some scholars have argued, and acted with an amount of self-confidence their masters found troubling.51 In addition, male convicts were also often difficult to manage and left on short notice due to serving an increased penalty or a temporary punishment. Sometimes, they just took advantage of a situation, for example taking their time travelling back to Kelvedon. Here is one of many examples from Francis Cotton’s reports on this topic, written in August 1847:

We are all in sixes and sevens; our Cook has again taken himself off [and was sentenced to] 6 months [in] Port Arthur. Our Shoemaker too last first day was out of bounds, and on second day was taken by a constable before the Police Magistrate who reprimanded him. One would have thought after this he would have made his way home quick but not he—he never returned till 9 o’clock and […] when I required of him the time he came home he spoke to me in such a very improper manner and gave no explanation, nor accounted for his absence that I sent him off and he obtained 3 mo[nth]s hard labour sentence. […] We have no word yet of Gilbert—the Tailor— and our necessities increase weekly. We must trouble thee to send us down 170 E. BISCHOFF

a Cook or House Servant as soon as possible for which I enclose an authority. We are in a great muddle in doors as I am short handed on the farm and cannot send in a man to assist. Dr S[tory] has made an enquiry at Rocky Hills where 27 will have done their Probation in about 3 weeks but no one of them will do for a House Servant.52

With many leaving for other colonies (NSW or South Australia) in the 1840s, the Victorian Gold Rush during the 1850s, and transportation suspended in 1853, free workers remaining on the island moved into a strong bargaining position. Wages for free labour rose faster and higher than was to their employers’ liking. Several of Francis Cotton’s sons, namely Henry, Thomas, John, and Tilney, joined the diggers in the gold fields of Victoria, depriving the farm of even more hands.53 Only a few of those who returned, according to the observant travelling minister Frederick Mackie, “resume[d] their former employments. They bec[a]me unsettled and unfitted for plodding industry, and frequently after squan- dering their money return[ed] to a second and even a third time to the diggings.”54 Cotton, like many other landowners and agriculturalists, worried about his economic future. This concern cut across established social networks. When publicly voicing his alarm on a public meeting at Waterloo Point in November 1843, Cotton found an unexpected ally in moving a resolution to call the public’s as well as the government’s attention to this subject: George Meredith.55 The family’s business expanded over time but did not change its multifaceted set-up. In 1838, for instance, Francis Cotton bought an additional flock of 203 merino sheep.56 Concomitantly, he acquired more real estate adding to the original land grant of 750 acres another 810 by purchase and 1800 by quit rent. As a result, a total of 3360 acres (ca. 1360 ha) were registered to Francis Cotton’s name in 1842.57 About a decade later, Cotton reported to his fellow brethren in Britain that he had a total of 270 acres (ca. 135 ha) under cultivation, had rented another 2200 acres for pastoral sheep farming, and owned about 5000 sheep (see Fig. 6.4).58 The family never relied on wool as the only product of their agricultural business and continued to grow cereals, potatoes, and apples to satisfy the local demand for produce. But when the farm ran into financial difficulties during the 1840s and 1850s, the merinos saved Kelvedon. In August 1838, Francis Cotton realised that his bank account had sunken to an unprecedented and precarious low. As a result, one of his cheques “turned out quite a Blank,” he reported to Joseph B. Mather. “I 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 171

Fig. 6.4 Rocky Hills Grant and Leases, c. 1850s–1860s. (Francis Cotton and Family Papers, DX 19/A/12, 1, Tasmania University Archives, Hobart) 172 E. BISCHOFF had no idea we had drawn Account so closely. Balance 4.11.6!!!”59 With only a few pounds and some odd change left on his bank account, Cotton faced a situation dreaded by every Quaker: loss of financial credibility. The realisation must have hit the respected minister and elder of the community hard.60 With large amounts of capital sunken into Kelvedon and waiting for the profits gained from the next harvest and sheep shearing, Cotton had to scrape together cash and collect on smaller bills to balance his finances.61 He apologetically concluded: “I had hoped to be able to pay a portion of my account [at J.B. Mather’s], but fear I shall be unable just now.”62 In 1839, debt was avoided only by coincidence: “I am glad to see Sam[ue]l Cook has not drawn up upon you as I am quite satisfied he has no need for it. Had he done so I perceive we should be in Debt however I hope to turn the Tables shortly.”63 Cotton’s financial difficulties continued as income derived from supplying convict stations proved to be unpredictable. There were multiple reasons for its incalculability, but one of the main ones was that tenders had to be submitted prior to harvest season. If the farm’s own crop came up short, Cotton had to buy part of other farmers’ yields to meet the agreement at his own cost. Some commissariat officers did not pay for supplies delivered but for rations issued. Again, Cotton had to carry the financial risk.64 In 1841, he received a cash loan of £500 but when the situation had not improved a year later, he had to mortgage his land to cover bills and pay back the money he owed.65 In his hour of need, he addressed George W. Walker, fellow Quaker and director of the Hobart Savings Bank, but his plea for credit was denied. Walker’s rejection led to a serious falling-out between the two leading members of the Vandemonian Quaker community, especially since Walker did not handle the situation as confidential as Cotton would have liked. In a letter to Joseph B. Mather, he lamented in September 1844: “It is like taking counsel of Baal.”66 By the end of the decade in January 1849, financial difficulties had accumulated, and Cotton became desperate: “if nothing else can be done—Kelvedon must be sold.”67 As reconstructed above, Cotton shifted from keeping sheep as meat suppliers to raising merinos for wool production during the late 1830s. In September 1844, he decided to take another risk and sell part of his product directly at the market in London, relying on the help of not only Joseph B. Mather to arrange the shipment but his brother Thomas to organise the sale in England.68 Slowly but steadily his decision started to pay off: During the course of the 1840s, wool and sheepskins became a 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 173 key article of his trade and a regular topic of conversation with his son-in- law Joseph B. Mather.69 Looking at this development, it becomes clear that as a farming enterprise, Kelvedon was sustainable either with free convict labour under the conditions of the assignment system or by relying on a cash crop economy, that is, mass wool production or the selling of produce. Agricultural production for local and regional markets, especially given a decreasing convict population, would not have yielded enough profits to maintain the farm. Consequently, restricted or even no access to convict labour or financial demands by free labourers posed a significant threat to the Cotton’s struggling business. Cotton was one of many businessmen who met economic difficulties during these decades of transition. As demonstrated later, Francis Cotton was an ardent supporter of convict transportation. His financial concerns certainly were a significant part of his persistence to maintain a penal system, which many of his brethren considered ineffective, inhumane, and even harmful to the future development of the colony as a whole.

Producing Settler Colonial Knowledge: Botany and Anthropology Kelvedon estate was often lauded for its beauty by its visitors. Even James Backhouse, who, as a former nursery owner, had a keen botanical eye, praised its radiance. Interestingly, Kelvedon’s garden was, in contrast to the traditional European gendered division of labour, a male space. Normally, farm work was divided between a male sphere of the outlying fields and pastures and a female sphere in the immediate vicinity of the house, taking care of small livestock, vegetable gardens, orchards, or poultry. The gardens at Kelvedon were under the tutelage of George F. Story, an educated physician who was also a passionate amateur botanist.70 For members of the Religious Society of Friends, such as George F. Story or Francis Cotton, gardening also held a religious meaning. In line with the widespread biblical image of the garden of Paradise and the story of the husbandman and the vineyard in St Matthew’s Gospel, the notion of husbandry was a key element in “male Quaker identity and self- representation” since the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.71 Although Quakerism became an increasingly urban phenomenon during that period, Friends saw themselves as husbandmen, albeit on a spiritual level: “sowing the Seed through their preaching, a form of spiritual improvement.”72 Ideally, these efforts were combined with literal farm work by ploughing 174 E. BISCHOFF or shepherding like prophets of the Old Testament. Alternatively, as William Penn had argued, botanical studies, nurseries, and gardening could be pursued to take “the primitive state and God’s creation for their model.”73 Thus, by transforming the Vandemonian landscape, perceived as wilderness or “wasteland,” into farmland, a garden even, Story realised a Quaker ideal.74 The garden was, however, also part of the highly diversified set-up of Kelvedon as a farming business. Under Story’s supervision, the family grew tulips, dahlias, and gladioli whose bulbs were sent to Hobart and sold to interested horticulturalists on the island. He exploited his botanical knowledge to contribute to the family’s economic endeavours. It is difficult to estimate the exact financial contribution to the Cottons’ income. Those letters and accounts handed down to us at TAHO and the Quaker Collection at the University of Tasmania do not give sufficient information on the profits made by catering to other settlers interested in gardening. Local demand must have been substantial since horticulture was a popular pastime for the members of the middle-classes. Growing vegetables was either a necessity or part of a farm’s business, but maintaining a flower garden demonstrated time and money to spend. It was a symbol of class status and different from other amusements such as dancing despised by Evangelical Christians.75 Tasmanian settlers striving for respectability and eager to show their newly acquired wealth emulated the landed gentry of the British Isles. Just like the arable and pastoral parts of their farming business, the nursery was realised by relying on convict labour.76 Since Story was employed as medical personnel, first at Waterloo Point and then at Rocky Hills probation station, and tended to private patients in the districts, he had very little time to conduct to actual gardening himself, except perhaps for the years 1844 and 1845 when he was appointed secretary of the Royal Society of Tasmania and superintended the development of the Botanical Gardens.77 Just like the farm’s agricultural and pastoral branch, Kelvedon’s flower garden was not connected to local markets alone; it was also linked to the settler imperial project in general. Breeding and distributing flower bulbs were part of the process of introducing portmanteau biota to the Tasmanian ecosphere. These may not have been as invasive as European grass seeds or sheep, but they altered the ecological system nevertheless. Scientifically educated, Story pursued his interest (and business venture) systematically by monitoring the weather and collecting and cataloguing samples of local 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 175 flora and fauna. Numerous notebooks, sketches, and mounted specimen testify to his passion.78 As member of the Royal Society of Tasmania, he contributed samples of the island’s flora to the Great Exhibition in Paris in 1867.79 As Julia Angster, Andrea Wulf, and others have demonstrated, the urge to collect specimen and to categorise nature was more than a fad, it was part of those practices that generated knowledge and technologies which facilitated European colonial expansion and helped establishing imperial rule. It also went hand in hand with practices of changing the world, “improving” it by turning it into a garden.80 As such, botany can be considered a “tool of Empire,” one of the “key technologies” that were instrumental in bringing about the Anglo-world as an intellectual as well as a physical space.81 Cataloguing colonial flora and fauna also often went hand in hand with classifying human beings. Scientific debates between 1780 and 1860, fuelled by the findings of several voyages of exploration into the Pacific and the struggle against slavery, set the stage for the development of (Social-)Darwinism and biological anthropology and anthropometry.82 Story was no exception. His scientific curiosity covered more than just Vandemonian flora. He was also highly interested in the Indigenous peoples of the region. As Nick Brody has reconstructed, Story kept a collection of human remains and cultural artefacts on Kelvedon, which were on display for visitors even after his death and his conclusions influenced H. Ling Roth’s anthropological study The Aborigines of Tasmania, first published in 1890.83 There are also eyewitness accounts of this so-called “Dr. Story’s Museum.”84 In 1901, a visitor was shown the collection, which, as she recalled, contained among other exhibits a set of what was “commonly known as ‘baked Māori heads’” and “a fine collection of greenstone implements & ornaments and Māori weapons of war.”85 Her report was accompanied by a picture showing two heads and several artefacts (such as several hei matau and mere and one large tiki) manufactured from the characteristic pounamu or greenstone found on the southern island of Aotearoa/New Zealand (Fig. 6.5).86 According to the family’s oral tradition (recorded in 1941), this particular collection was given to Story by the physician aboard the Coromandel, which arrived on 29 August 1840 in Port Nicholson (today Wellington Harbour) conveying 44 settlers.87 Realising that Governor Darling had prohibited importing Maori remains to NSW in 1831, the physician supposedly gave his illegal cargo to his Vandemonian colleague to avoid prosecution.88 176 E. BISCHOFF

Story was an avid collector. Given his academic background and his passion for other life sciences (botany, medicine), his interest in anthropology was firmly grounded in scientific curiosity. Yet, as a nineteenth-century Quaker and evangelical Christian, he might also have been driven by other reasons. Facing an increasingly harsh critique from colonial administrators for fruitless endeavours to convert Australian Indigenous people to the Christian faith, more and more scientists openly refuted the concept of monogenesis. Questioning the authority of the Bible, doubt of the biological arguments that undergirded the presumption that Aboriginal Australians were inferior gathered momentum, and humanitarians sought to fight fire with fire. They began looking for physical proof of a shared human “faculty of faith.”89 There are, however, no documents in Story’s papers to indicate that he was engaged in this endeavour. On the contrary, as Nicholas Brodie has shown, his contribution was crucial in establishing some of the most per- sistent racist notions about Palawa people during the second half of the nineteenth-century, namely that Aboriginal Tasmanians shunned scale-fish from their diet and the wholly unsubstantiated notion that they formed no emotional bonds with their children.90 Story’s assessment of the emotional 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 177 bonds between Aboriginal parents and their children stands thus in stark contrast to that of another Quaker, namely James Backhouse. The travelling ministers repeatedly emphasised the humanity and the affective capabilities of Palawa persons in his reports.

Settler Architecture: Improving the Land and Building Prestige Agriculture, pastoral farming, and horticulture were not the only practices, which transformed the island. Architectural practices contributed to the transformation process as well. In contrast to the Australian mainland, where absentee owners usually resided in the nascent urban settlements (Adelaide is one of many examples as we will see in Chap. 9) and employees lived in outlying shepherds’ huts, Vandemonian settlers often erected their new homes on their estates. This resulted in a distinct spatial and architectural pattern that contrasted sharply with that of the large pastoral holdings, which became characteristic for the Australian mainland. Vandemonian residences often started out as simple windbreaks, to be replaced by wooden huts, emulating the North American log cabins of “the midland tradition.” The densely forested island provided timber in abundance, and it became a popular Tasmanian construction material. However, to demonstrate their respectability and their wealth, settlers built in stone as soon as financially and logistically possible.91 The Cottons started building their residence (or rather the first floor of the main house) in brick as early as 1830.92 In 1839, an extension was added to accommodate a schoolroom, a spare bedroom for visitors, and two rooms for George F. Story.93 Fifteen years later, when the travelling minister Frederick Mackie visited Kelvedon in 1854, he drew several sketches that provide us with a clear picture of the estates spatial and architectural set-up that reflected a strict hierarchy along the categories of class and gender (see Figs. 6.6 and 6.7). The main building was the family’s home: a mansion with two storeys and a front porch. Its rooms were reserved for the members of the family, fellow Quakers, and other hon- oured guests. Set aside in a separate building were the male servants’ quarters with only one floor. Non-respectable male guests were sent here as well as demonstrated earlier.94 Female servants by contrast lived in the mansion to maintain propriety amongst the estate’s workforce. This group of buildings was surrounded by a garden, fields, and outlying pastures. Clearly visible in the foreground of Mackie’s second sketch is the gated fence enclosing part of the Cottons’ land (see Fig. 6.6). The sketch does 178 E. BISCHOFF

Fig. 6.6 Frederick Mackie, Kelvedon, Francis Cotton’s (1853). (Lithograph: 10.2 × 12 cm, Rex Nan Kivell Collection, MS 9947, National Library of Australia, Canberra) not depict the windmill Francis Cotton intended to erect, as mentioned in his letters to Joseph B. Mather in March 1839.95 Technical appliances such as a windmill, along with the buildings and the fences, which physically contributed to transforming the Aboriginal cultural landscape into settler space, were considered “improvements” in the eyes of colonial administrators and settlers. Curiously, Mackie does not represent the mill in his drawings. Instead, he sketched a flagpole and a small banner that are not mentioned in Cotton’s papers at all but emphasise the inhabitants’ patrio- tism. Considering that Cotton met with great difficulties to secure the necessary specialist, it is possible that his plans were never realised.96 The architectural role model of many of these settler estates, Kelvedon amongst them, was the residence of late eighteenth-century, early nineteenth-century English landed gentry. Colonial houses documented the social ascent of its inhabitants, in case of Francis and Anna Maria 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 179

Fig. 6.7 Frederick Mackie, Kelvedon, Swan Port, Francis Cotton’s Residence (1853). (Lithograph: 20 × 19.8 cm, Rex Nan Kivell Collection, MS 9947, National Library of Australia, Canberra)

Cotton, from city-dwelling artisans to members of the landed elite, albeit in the colonies. In this, they mirrored “minor landed” colonists of the British Atlantic world, who throughout the eighteenth century had used “gentlemanly housebuilding” as “a carefully calibrated strategy” and “universal marker of genteel status.”97 There are several indicators that Francis Cotton deliberately strove to achieve the social advancements connected to land ownership and was proud of his accomplishment. Not only was he piqued when George Meredith did not invite to join him and the other settlers of the district during the Lt.-Gov.’s visit in 1838,98 Cotton explicitly endeavoured to establish himself as a Christian gentleman, in the evangelical sense of the word. In a letter dated 12 March 1839 to Joseph B. Mather, he congratulated his future son-in-law on becoming a landowner in his own right: “Thou art now a Landholder it seems and I hop[e] thy purchase may prove a beneficial one.”99 He recommended buying real estate as “not an inapt way of disposing of [the] surplus capital” Mather’s thriving business yielded.100 Ultimately, Cotton wrote, it would be best to achieve a certain level of “moderate comfort” and leave “worldly pursuits to others.” His aim was to live “a life of usefulness among these fellow men” just like other Quakers 180 E. BISCHOFF had done before him. He explicitly referred to John Yeardley (1786–1858) and his wife Martha (1781–1851, née Savory), whose travel journal both he and Joseph B. Mather had read just recently.101 Knowing that this ideal would not be achieved immediately, F. Cotton emphasised that this did not mean “to wait […] before we unreservedly dedicate ourselves to the Lord” but to live according to Paul’s Epistle to the Romans in which he admonished his congregation to be “Not slothful in business, fervent in Spirit, serving in the Lord.”102 It is important to keep in mind, however, that landed property and gentlemanly houses provided more than a solid social standing. Stone also ensured a higher level of security in the face of natural bush fires and, during the 1820s and early 1830s, against Aboriginal warriors, who often employed arson as a weapon. Clearing the vicinity of a house of trees and underbrush was thus a tactical necessity to reduce vulnerability to attacks. The area between European domestic space and the bush associated with wilderness and considered “infested with […] Aborigines” was thus one of the major war zones of the anti-colonial Aboriginal struggle.103 With the Cotton family’s home cutting off access to the adjacent lagoon and its resources, it obstructed Aboriginal foraging practices. Their property was therefore in the middle of one of the hot zones of the “Black War.” As such, security-related aspect certainly carried some weight in Francis Cotton’s deliberations. After the end of the “Black War,” the plot transformed into a showcase of bourgeois respectability and became the beautiful flower garden depicted in Mackie’s drawings.

6.2 Colonial Governance and Quaker Domesticity The settler family home was, as seen above, the site of Aboriginal dispossession. Ecologically and economically speaking, it converted Country into an agriculture zone embedded in a multirelational imperial system of local, regional, and global markets. This process of de/reterritorialisation coincided with, and in fact was emblematic of, the production of settler colonial knowledge about flora and fauna but also the Aboriginal peoples. As Angela Woollacott has demonstrated, the transformative power of pastoral runs, plantations, and other agricultural businesses relied on exploiting non-white, Aboriginal, and convict labour. She has outlined a tableau of power between white masters and their multiethnic workforce.104 With regard to early nineteenth-century VDL, however, this picture needs to be drawn with a finer brush to capture the specificities of the 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 181 colony’s social, political, and economic situation: First, due to the “Black War” and the deportations following in its wake, Indigenous labour was not as “available” as on the Australian mainland, although there had been forms of economic exchange and cooperation during the first decades. Nevertheless, Palawa people were present in the households of European settlers. Abducted as children, they were raised in European households as domestic servants or farm hands. Often, Aboriginal girls were coerced into sexual relations.105 Secondly, VDL was not part of the Pacific migration systems that brought Chinese and Indians to the fifth continent.106 Instead, Vandemonian economy relied heavily on convict labour. Starting in 1824, the introduction of the institutionalised form of the assignment, the settler family home became part of the penal system. The patriarchal authority of the family’s head of household was employed to educate the criminals in bourgeois norms and values, cleanliness, sobriety, and work ethics. The settler was expected to lead by example. If he transgressed the boundaries of his role—for example, by fraternising or sharing alcohol—the economic advantage of the assigned convict labour was withdrawn. The family home became a space of “authority, labour discipline and moral fashioning.”107 As such, VDL was a textbook example of colonial “pastoral power” exercised to manage colonial populations (free and unfree, masters and servants alike) in which the family was no longer just an “analogy of the state” but “an instrument of governance.”108 Thirdly, given the steep gender imbalance among the European population and the hierarchical power relations between masters and convict servants as well as between European men and Aboriginal children, a specific “sexual economy” emerged.109 It guaranteed white men’s access to female convict and Aboriginal bodies while policing and regulating intimate relationships of European women. Those who became part of the Quaker community in colonial Tasmania therefore established their homes not only in a very particular settler colonial situation but also in a specific form of convict colony. As demonstrated in Chap. 3, domesticity had become central to nineteenth-century evangelical Quakers. The Quaker family home had become a space where Quaker faith and identity was practised, children were educated in the Quaker way, and comfort among Friends could be found. Its importance for the community was on par with the meeting house. As shown, individual homes such as the Cotton home fulfilled this dual role. Given the typical “gendered division of labour within both the 182 E. BISCHOFF public and the private spheres” amongst Friends,110 Quaker men and women were actively involved in creating this domestic space by governing, ordering, and regulating the intimate and affective relationships that constituted a household. Similarly, exerting the “caring power” of benevolence was a matter of course for male and female Quakers alike. In the Atlantic world, the Quaker family home was also a multiethnic set-up. Looking for advice on the topic, Friends could rely on Fox’s “Gospel Family-Order”; first published in 1676 and originally delivered as a sermon to the Quaker meeting on Barbados in 1671, it explicitly addressed the question of how to govern a household comprised of biological family, bonded servants of both European and African ethnic background. As such, Fox’s epistle also became a key text of the Quaker Abolitionist movement. Fox stressed the responsibility of Quaker men for the spiritual well-being of every member of their household.111 He thus offered a guideline not to order the affective relationships between equals but to equally govern all members of the household by white male authority. Bearing this Quaker Atlantic background in mind, this chapter explores, in two sections, the ways in which Vandemonian Friends interacted with convicts and Aboriginal persons in the family home. In contrast to existing literature on convict servants and the home as disciplinary realm, which focuses on the male head of household and his patriarchal power, this investigation delves into the role women played in this context by supervising and instructing especially female domestic servants and the extension of their caring power beyond the domestic sphere. Following the archival trail, it looks at two households in particular, that of the Cotton and the Walker families. As will become apparent, early nineteenth-century Quakerism provided a framework that enabled Friends to align their households with governmental policies particularly well. Its evangelical values put it in opposition to the “sexual economy” established in the colony.

The Quaker Home and the Vandemonian Penal System Convict “servants” were a constant presence in many settlers’ households, and Quaker homes were no exception. Kelvedon, with its pastoral and agricultural business, depended heavily on unfree labour as the first part of this chapter has shown. Unfree labourers cleared the land, ploughed, built structures, herded and shore sheep, made shoes, butchered livestock, and 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 183 tailored clothes. The farm’s workforce also included emancipists, most prominently domestic servants. Some of these tasks established affective bonds that threatened to question the hierarchical order between master and servant. Some of them resulted in near scandal, for instance the romantic connection between Eugene Rossiet Lennon and Mary Cotton. Others led to the altar of a church, namely the unions between Francis Jnr and Margaret McLeod, Thomas and Brigit Bourke, and George Cotton and Margaret Connell. In addition to threatening the Quaker community by robbing it of several of its younger members, these marriages disrupted the Cotton family due to the family patriarch’s salient class prejudice. His bigotry is aptly captured in his reaction to George’s marriage: “I do not care for parentage, but […] I consider the credit of the family at stake.”112 His bias also manifested itself on the level of daily language: when communicating with Mather about the behaviour or departure of a female servant, he rarely mentioned the persons’ names (free or unfree). At times, Cotton’s words even put them on the same level as objects:

Our Female Servant having left us at unawares, we shall be much obliged by thy forwarding by the first opportunity a Servant in lieu of her, one from the Female Factory which I presume there will be little difficulty in obtaining. also [sic] at thy convenience please send us a Tin Tea Pot of pretty good dimensions.113

His prejudice went hand in hand with the implementation of daily practices, which aimed at regulating and policing the conduct of labourers and, ultimately, upholding the distinction between family and servants, free and unfree alike. Cotton’s methods included soft and hard measures. The former ranged from summoning his workers for communal prayer and bible readings on a weekly basis to physically separating the men’s quarters from the family’s residence, resulting in a distinct architectural arrangement of the estate. Simultaneously, he provided food, clothing, and medical care as stipulated by governmental rules. He hereby fulfilled the role of the ideal head of household as stipulated by Fox and encouraged by evangelical Quakerism. Moreover, Cotton also embodied the patriarchal authority figure that stood at centre of the household according to the assignment system and whose duties included supervising, controlling, and, if deemed necessary, punishing the convicts under their care. Thus, early nineteenth-century 184 E. BISCHOFF

Quakers and colonial administrators shared a concept of governance, which aimed at controlling and regulating the individual behaviour and conduct. The hard measures Francis Cotton employed governing his employees’ conduct encompassed dismissing workers from service if they threatened the moral integrity of his family,114 particularly that of his children, and reporting their deviant behaviour to the authorities, invoking their official punishment. The troublemakers were taken by an adult male member of the family to the next police facility, namely Waterloo Point station. The response of the authorities varied according to the gravity of the offence. For instance, a group of convicts who improvised a strike to pressure the Cottons into including rum into their regular provisions were admonished and advised, “that if brought up again, they would either receive 2 years addition to their sentence or one Year to a penal settlement in chairs, or 100 lashes.”115 Their leader, however, was kept directly at the station’s gaol.116 Cotton also took a clear position in the political debates of the 1840s and early 1850s on the topic of ending transportation. Here, his class prejudice was coupled with practical and economic concerns for his farm business. Facing a potential ban of deportation and in dire need of workers, he advised his (by then) son-in-law Joseph B. Mather to secure as many convicts as possible from the next ship due to arrive in Hobart in January 1852, the Rodney: “I think it prudent to prepare all we can by getting more Prison Labour.”117 Either Mather himself or another person of trust should select the men personally to guarantee that they were “likely to do well,” that is, be malleable and obedient workers, and that Cotton’s application was processed without delay.118 Generally, he stated, “there is now no alternative as to Labour—it is either Convict Labour—or none—what will our league men who are Farmers do I wonder. It is well the Rodney has come in, and unless Transportation is continued […] the next two years I know not what Farmers are to do.”119 Cotton discussed this topic also with other members of the community, even those who did not share his view, most prominently George W. Walker. In a letter dated 27 June 1847, Walker presented the whole barrage of anti-transportation arguments in an effort to sway Cotton’s mind. Starting out by comparing criminality to a disease, he argued that the colony’s and its inhabitants’ morality was threatened by the presence of a large convict population, stipulating that a “moral evil is more generally contagious [than a] physical.”120 Emphasising the susceptibility and vulnerability of children, he continued: 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 185

There is something in the very knowledge of it that has tendency to lessen its enormity in human estimation. When the population becomes chiefly composed of persons who have lost their moral character, many of them of thoroughly deteriorated habits & principles, is it reasonable to expect that the hitherto comparatively virtuous portion of the community will escape unscathed? The full standard of moral health is lowered, & few families are exempt from the evil consequences of such a state of things. How are our children to escape from a measure of the contamination which results from even limited association with convict servants—most of whom have been corrupted in one way or other in their habits & principles. No care that parents can exercise, whose time cannot be wholly given up to surveillance, can protect them from moral injury. My belief is that few or none wholly escape.121

Free immigrants, according to Walker, were likely repelled by these conditions: “no compensation of this kind sufficient to induce one to settle down in such a charnel house as that Colony would be peopled with such beings, & expose myself & my family to the risk of contagion & disease.”122 This form of moral blackmail was common in anti-transportation literature.123 Other arguments Walker employed were the imbalance between the sexes, which he deemed not only unnatural but also in contradiction to scripture and his own observations during his travelling ministry. Moreover, he raised the question whether unfree labour was indeed cheaper than free labour, connecting the debate back to the central humanitarian cause that had defined Quakerism for his and Cotton’s generation: namely the abolitionist movement. “Do we not deceive ourselves in styling coerced & therefore slavish labour cheap?”124 His letter raises a number of questions. Did Walker notice that he implicitly accused Cotton, who in 1829 made the decision to settle in VDL, had exposed his children to moral decay and deterioration, and who continued to do so by supporting transportation? Was Cotton to believe his family was one of the few that remained unscathed? Walker’s text does not explicitly confirm this view. His explanations certainly shed an additional light on Walker’s decision to send his eldest son to England for a formal educationS in 1853. It seems this decision was not grounded in his concerns for his intellectual alone but also for his ethical development. Walker’s letter also demonstrates that the topic of convict labour and the question of how to interact with transportees continued to divide the Quaker community despite its egalitarian founding moment in 1835– 186 E. BISCHOFF

1836 when extreme class prejudice was banned and the conversion and faith of convict members was actively supported as described in Chap. 4. George W. Walker was not the only member of the Walker household whose view on convicts differed from Cotton’s strict utilitarian and class- biased perspective. Sarah B. Walker, his wife, was an active proponent of what Annemieke van Drenth and Francisca de Haan have called the “caring power” of Quaker women: she was actively involved in the Ladies’ Committee visiting female prisoners at the Cascades Female Factory in the outskirts of Hobart.125 The committee was founded by Lady Jane Franklin, wife of Lt.-Gov. John Franklin following the arrival of Kezia Elizabeth Hayter (1818–1885) on board the transportation vessel Rajah on 19 July 1841.126 Hayter was an agent of the British Society of Ladies for the Reformation of Female Prisoners, founded by Elizabeth Fry, and Fry’s protégé. The Hobart Female Factory, originally a whiskey distillery, had been redesigned during Lt.-Gov. George Arthur’s administration, along Fry’s specifications in order to house the increasing numbers of female convicts arriving in the colony. It was operational from 1828 to 1856.127 Following Fry’s example, the members of the visiting committee held addresses to the inmates, taught them their letters, and conducted communal prayers.128 According to the facility’s matron, Mrs. Hutchinson, they visited “about once a fortnight & remain[ed] in the building an hour at a time or more” and succeeded in teaching basic reading skills to several of the inmates.129 The activities of the Ladies’ Committee raised quite a stir in the colony. Many commentators, such as the Colonial Times, took offence at the fact that the committee (according to their perception) was comprised solely of “young unmarried ladies, all new comers, and therefore quite unac- quainted with the situation of the Colony.”130 The “voice of the public,” claimed the newspaper, wanted to “see the important establishment in question in the hands of matrons of long experience in the colony, the wives of the old established inhabitants.”131 Hayter, who in 1841 was engaged to the captain of the Rajah, Charles Ferguson (c1813–1868), but not married yet, stepped down in the face of such animosity.132 Jane Franklin, whose support for the committee never had been strong, waiv- ered, and the committee ceased its activities.133 The engagement of the Ladies’ Committee was, by then, part of a general debate on prison reform in general and the situation of female convicts in the colony in particular. In August 1841, the Lt.-Gov. commissioned an investigation into the topic. The committee tasked with the inquiry submitted its final report on 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 187

4 February 1843 advising Franklin to continue the assignment system for female prisoners, despite the fact that it was severely criticised with regard to male convicts at that point in time.134 It did, however, recommend “never on any account” an assignment to “be made to a family, the master or mistress of which may at any time have been a convict” since these were deemed unfit for governing criminal women.135 Public controversy, Hayter’s resignation, and Franklin’s withdrawal did not deter other women from engaging in the welfare of the factory’s inmates: On the very day the “inquiry into female convict prison discipline” was concluded, Louisa Cotton, wife of the colony’s irrigation engi- neer Hugh Calveley Cotton (1798–1881),136 implored Jane Franklin to reinstate the committee and to help “the unfortunate female convicts, whose situation appears to us so truly lamentable, & which seems so imperatively to call upon any Christian female to lend her aid in endeavouring to ameliorate their condition both in a spiritual and temporal point of view.”137 A group of women was “ready to act under” Franklin’s “direction,” she reported. Among them were two Quakers, namely “Mrs Mather” and “Mrs Walker.”138 In doing so, they followed in the footsteps of her philanthropic female brethren in England. Both women, it should be emphasised, came from free settler families. Their social affiliation thereby also mirrored the paternalism (or, in this case, the maternalism) of the nineteenth-century British middle-classes and their evangelical philanthropy. It would be short sighted to reduce the interaction between Vandemonian Quaker women and female convicts to the activities of a few within the realm of one benevolent society. Every day, just like their male counterparts, women Friends lived, prayed, and worked alongside convicts. As homemakers, their domestic responsibilities included supervising, instructing, and disciplining the household’s (predominantly) female staff. Yet, the daily interaction and the affective relationships between these women are as difficult to reconstruct, as they were common. No written documentation about this part of mundane Quaker life in VDL has survived. Only snapshots can be gathered from texts emerging from the intersection between the Quaker household as a workplace and a family home, the so-called testimonials or letters of references written for employees leaving the house.139 Although rather formulaic and short, their references provide information on the person’s period of employment, qualifications, and even the woman’s character. When parting from Marian Jennings, a “good needle woman,” Sarah B. Walker, for instance noted: “I have great 188 E. BISCHOFF pleasure in testifying to her thorough good character and conduct.”140 Jennings has been with the Walkers for more than four years. Mary Phelan, who barely stayed twelve months, was, by contrast, simply characterised as a “good General servant” and “honest, sober and industrious.”141 Existing literature on convict servants and the family home as a disciplinary realm focus on the male head of household and his patriarchal power.142 Francis Cotton and his conduct can be considered a textbook example of this amalgamation of domestic and public governance. However, as the example of Sarah B. Mather shows, female hands were involved in the exertion of this form of biopower as well: ruling, regulating, and disciplining inside as well as outside the family home.

The Quaker Home and Cultural Genocide Taking in children of Aboriginal descent as apprentices or servants was a common practice in Tasmania since the early days of the colony. It stood at the beginning of those infamous nineteenth- and twentieth-century Australian policies that organised mandatory transfer of children of mixed descent into the foster care of white families (“Stolen Generation”).143 Abduction was part of frontier warfare.144 It was also motivated by a combination of economic interests, wilful sexual exploitation, and colonial benevolence. The latter aimed at imparting “civilised” norms and values upon them, such as industriousness, cleanliness, and obedience. This form of abduction was practised by common settlers and socio-political elite alike. As a result, the family home transformed into a location of cultural genocide, and the homemaker became an active agent of “civilisation” and elimination of Indigeneity.145 Since no government records were kept on the number of Aboriginal children abducted and private material mentions them only in passing it is difficult to ascertain the exact number of persons involved. Colonists considered them not worth mentioning, taking “the presence of Aboriginal children for granted.”146 Anna Haebich estimates that 89 Palawa children, orphaned by massacres or skirmishes and removed from their clans, lived in European households between 1810 and 1836.147 James Boyce reports that 26 Aboriginal children had been baptised by 1820 by Rev. Robert Knopwood (1763–1838), chaplain to the naval expedition of Lt.-Gov. Collins.148 Yet, many of the abducted children were not chris- tened, and his parish register is incomplete. As a result, this number represents only a fraction of those taken.149 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 189

There are some prominent cases during the 1830s and 1840s, namely that of Lady Jane Franklin (1791–1875, née Griffin) and John Batman (1801–1839). The latter employed three so-called “Sydney natives” as trackers during the “Black War” and two Palawa boys as servants on his estate.150 Their identity, alas, is unknown. Considering Batman’s role as leader of a roving party, it is safe to assume that they both were so-called war orphans. Jane Franklin adopted an Aboriginal girl, named Mathinna (also written Methina), daughter of Towterer and Wongerneep, members of the West Coast Port Davey clan, and one Indigenous boy, named Timemenidic, son of Wymerric and Langatong of clans residing on the northwest side of Arthur River. Both came to Government House from Flinders Island where G.A. Robinson had renamed them Mary and Timmie (also Adolphus). Jane Franklin referred to the boy as Timeo.151 The Lt.-Gov. and his wife visited Wybalenna in January 1838, yet Robinson’s journal does not indicate that Jane Franklin offered to take in one (or two) of the reservation’s children at that point in time. Instead, Robinson noted that “[t]he Governor and Lady F solicited me for curiosi- ties, also a skull of an aboriginal.”152 It was about ten months later that the colony’s First Lady contacted Robinson and asked him “to get a black boy for her.”153 No similar archival record exists regarding Mathinna’s transfer.154 In line with Jane Franklin’s general belief in “the Victorian drive for improvement,”155 she seems to have regarded both youths as a project in “civilisation”—Mathinna more so than Timemenidic. Whereas the latter, after a brief and unsuccessful attempt to train him to wait at the governor’s table, was sent back to Flinders Island, Mathinna had become part of the family’s household by September 1841. She lived in the schoolroom area of the house and was instructed by Lady Franklin’s stepdaughter Eleanor and her governess.156 In 1842, Lady Franklin even commissioned a portrait, depicting the girl in a red European dress but with bare feet.157 When the Franklins moved back to England in 1843, Mathinna was left at Queen’s Orphan School in Hobart. From here, she went back to Flinders Island and was relocated, together with the other surviving members of Wybalenna, to Oyster Cove in 1847.158 Here, female children were separated from their community and sent to Hobart Orphan’s School, and Mathinna went with them. Records show that she was discharged in 1851 and went back to Oyster Cove. There are no definite reports regarding her further life or her death.159 Tasmanian Quakers were familiar with both households and their Aboriginal inhabitants to varying degrees: Lady Franklin’s “experiment” 190 E. BISCHOFF was commented on in public.160 James Backhouse and George W. Walker had visited Batman and his estate during their travelling ministry in May 1833. Walker, who had settled in Hobart after marrying Sarah Benson Mather in 1840, retained many of the contacts established among the upper echelons of Vandemonian Society. Among them was a connection to Government House and its residents. The Walkers were not only participating in philanthropic endeavours supported by the Franklins as described above but also invited to sociable events, for instance the official opening of the Ancanthe Museum (today the institutional home of the Art Society of Tasmania) on 26 October 1843.161 According to the archival sources available, there were no Aboriginal children, whether they were called apprentices or servants, present in neither the Cotton nor the Walker household. This does not indicate, however, that Quakers were opposed to the practice. After visiting the reservation on Flinders Island in 1833, George W. Walker and his fellow travelling minister, James Backhouse handed in a summary of their findings. In this report, they lauded Lt.-Gov. Arthur’s removal “of the Aboriginal Population from the main land to Flinders Island” and proposed an education policy specifically targeting Aboriginal children “to qualify them for usefulness in the community.”162 Backhouse and Walker suggested separating the children from their families to educate them in the Queen’s Orphan School in Hobart, “to train them in the habits of the Europeans.”163 Their employment as labourers (boys) and domestic servants (girls) was explicitly endorsed. Walker’s interest in the Aboriginal settlement on Flinders Island remained strong throughout its existence. After his return from South Africa in 1840, he corresponded with almost all of Wybalenna’s administrative key figures, namely Robert Clark, who acted as the settlement’s catechist (and temporarily also in other capacities such as teacher or storekeeper) since 1834,164 as well as Dr Henry Jeanneret (1802–1886) and Dr Joseph Milligan (1807–1884), who took turns as the station’s superinten- dents between 1842 and 1847.165 Walker also communicated with Harriett Jeanneret (née Merrett).166 The 1840s were a period of upheaval on Flinders Island with conflict festering amongst the Europeans and with Aboriginal people, led by those who had accompanied George A. Robinson to Port Phillip (Victoria), seeking more rights.167 As part of these endeavours, Walter George Arthur (son of Rolepa, chief of the Ben Lomond Nation, and his wife Luggenemenener) contacted George W. Walker directly in December 1845, asking for his support in their appeal for land 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 191 in order to establish their economic independence.168 While Walker’s response is not documented in the archival records, we do know that he never revisited the island.169 The family home in colonial Tasmania was, as demonstrated above, a multidimensional space, hierarchically structured along the categories of gender, race, and class. It was an integral part of the penal system, an instrument and a symbol of Aboriginal dispossession and a unit of socio- ecological transformation. As a physical space (farmhouse), its surroundings were the killing field of the “Black War.” As a social space, it was the site of cultural genocide. Thus, the family home was closely intertwined with official colonial policies, most importantly the forced assimilation of Aboriginal Tasmanians and the punishment and “improvement” of British criminals. It was therefore a site characterised by practices articulating multiple “intimate borders:”170 those between Aboriginal people and Europeans as well as those within the white settler community along the categories of class and convict background. The Quaker family home governed by the male family patriarch and conceptualised as a multiracial social space from the very beginning of Quakerism connected particularly well to this form of colonial governmentality. Yet, connectivity and mutual support did not end with exercising patriarchal governance (or what we might call in following Foucault “pastoral power”).171 As the case of Sarah Walker shows, female “caring power” played another, equally crucial role in the actualisation of Vandemonian colonial governance, which was, ultimately, about establishing a new colonial world. Quaker settlers were, however, not the only Friends whose practices and aims converged with governmental policies as the following chapter demonstrates.

Notes 1. Guha 1997, p. 483; Hall and Rose 2006b, pp. 1, 24. 2. Hall 2012, p. xxii. 3. Ibid. 4. Schwarz 2011, pp. 62–66. 5. Laidlaw 2012a. 6. Stoler 2001. 7. Stoler’s research concentrates on these issues since the 1990s, and she has published widely on this topic, most importantly: Stoler 1995, 2010. In this monograph, Stoler focuses on children’s education as part of the bourgeois strategies to distinguish themselves from the so-called lower classes and the colonised (ibid., pp. 112–39). 192 E. BISCHOFF

8. Stoler 2001, p. 831 (note 4). 9. Wilson 2011, p. 1300. See also: Fitzpatrick and Protschky 2009, pp. 323–24. 10. Wilson 2011, p. 1299. 11. Stoler 2004. Also: Clancy-Smith and Gouda 1998; O’Donnell 2005; Bischoff 2013. 12. Comaroff and Comaroff 1992; Elbourne 2002b. In the Antipodes, this played out in two different settings: the so-called “household” mission in New Zealand and the “institutional” mission in Australia. Although different in organisational set-up, both types conveyed the values and norms of bourgeois family life along with the accompanying gender constructions (see Middleton 2010). 13. Jacobson 2009, pp. 229–80, 281–327. 14. Jacobson 2010, p. 165. 15. Russell 2009, p. 328. 16. Most prominently by Norbert Finzsch (Finzsch 2010, 2017). He does not, however, include the examination of domestic space into his analysis. 17. Russell 1994, pp. 2–11, 2010, pp. 2–8; Reid 2007, pp. 92–103, 177–80; Woollacott 2015, pp. 143–49. 18. Morgensen 2011. 19. Morgensen 2012, p. 3. 20. Brody 2001, p. 7. 21. Ibid., p. 90. 22. Ibid. 23. Wolfe 2006, 2010, pp. 102–32; Adhikari 2013, 2017; Finzsch 2010, p. 261; Banivanua Mar and Edmonds 2010b, pp. 2, 4. 24. Finzsch 2010, p. 254. 25. Jeffreys 1820, p. 8. 26. Francis Cotton to Josiah Forster, 12 June 1870, FHL, Records of the Continental Committee, MS Box 18/4, 13. 27. TAHO, LSD 1/Z 1643/1/2/571. 28. Banner 2005, pp. 95–131. See also: Finzsch 2010, p. 256. 29. Boyce 2008, pp. 101–125. 30. Ryan 2012, p. 74. 31. For the term “slow violence” see: Nixon 2009, p. 445. 32. Finzsch 2006, 2010. 33. Invasion started from several beachhead settlements: first, September 1803 at Risdon Cove led by Lt. John Bowen, involving 49 Britons (3 settler families, soldiers, naval officers, and some male and female convicts); second, November 1804 at Tamar River led by Lt.-Col. William Paterson; third, February 1804 at Derwent River led by Lt.-Gov. David Collins. 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 193

34. Ryan 2012, pp. 74–83. 35. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 5. 36. Morgan 1992, p. 74. 37. TUA, DX 19/B 22, entries 25 May 1830, 17 June 1830, 14 February 1831 (wheat, potatoes, barley); TUA, DX 20/2092, 21 October 1836 (potatoes; wheat) and 3 November 1836 (apples; potatoes). 38. TUA, DX 19/B/22, entries 18 April, 25 April, and 16 July 1830. 39. TUA, DX 20/2092, 31 August 1838; ibid., DX 20/156, 27 October 1863. 40. References to hunting marsupials to supplement provisions can be found as late as 1850 (e.g. TUA, DX 20/2102, 3 May 1850). 41. Boyce 2008, pp. 101–11, 103 (quote). 42. TUA, DX 19/B/22, entry 14 April 1831. 43. Greer 2012. 44. Cotton valued Mather’s services very highly, e.g. TUA, DX 20/2093, 1 July 1839. 45. On convicts as consumers see: TUA, DX 20/2094, 14 June 1841, ibid., DX 20/2095; 8 Feb 1842, 1 August 1842; ibid., DX 20/2096, 12 Sept 1843; ibid., DX 20/2097, 30/31 March 1844; ibid., DX 20/2099, 28 February 1846; ibid., DX 20/2100, 14 Aug 1847; ibid., DX 20/2102, 3 May 1850. 46. On convicts as workers and producers: TUA, DX 20/2092, 3 November 1836, 27 January 1837, 17 March 1838, 28 September 1838, 23 October 1838, 29 October 1838, 19 November 1838; ibid., DX 20/2093, 14 Jan 1839, 21 January 1839, 28 January 1839, 4 February 1839, 12 March 1839, 2 April 1839, 16 April 1839, 29 April 1839, 4 June 1839, 19 June 1839, 1 July 1839, 30 July 1839. 47. TUA, DX 19/B/22, entry 17 April 1830. 48. Ibid., between the entries 16 July 1830 and 14 February 1831. 49. TUA, DX 20/2093, 6 May 1839. 50. For example: TUA, DX 20/2092, 19 November 1838; ibid., DX 20/2096, 2 January 1843. 51. Damousi 1997, pp. 62–66. 52. TUA, DX 20/20100, 14 August 1847. First day and second day are Quaker terms for Sunday and Monday. 53. Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 70–71. The young men were also missed as beloved children. In February 1853, Francis Cotton got so worried about John he contacted the Lt.-Gov.’s office with a plea for information on his boy who went missing on the Victorian gold fields (TAHO, CSO 24/1/216). 54. Mackie 1973, p. 43. 55. TUA, DX 20/2096, 18 November 1843. 194 E. BISCHOFF

56. TUA, DX 20/2092, 1 June 1838. One of the first references to wool can be found in a letter to Cotton’s correspondence partner dating from January 1837 (ibid., 27 January 1837). He started asking for shearing equipment from hereon. The year 1837 might therefore be the beginning of the family’s investment in merino wool sheep instead of breeds kept for meat production as was customary in NSW and VDL during the first years of settlement, see Boyce 2008, pp. 68–71. 57. Deeds relating to Francis Cotton’s land acquisition at: SL NSW, ML MSS 779, Vol. 1/1/1; ibid., Vol. 1/4/7; ibid., Vol.1/2/3; ibid., Vol.1/3/5. See also: TAHO, LSD 1/Z 1714/1/75/120. 58. Quoted in Oats 1985, p. 157. 59. TUA, DX 20/2092, 10 and 18 August 1838. 60. His own difficulties, however, did not deter him from judging others, e.g. Abraham Flower: “I think Abraham himself is not so careful as he should be: He appear never to have learned the value of money, and the necessity of looking a little advance in his transactions.” (TUA, DX 20/2093, 25 March 1839.) 61. TUA, DX 20/2092, 10 and 18 August 1838. 62. Ibid, 18 August 1838. 63. TUA, DX 20/2093, 6 May 1839. 64. TUA, DX 20/2094, 14 June 1841; ibid., DX 20/2094, 19 October 1841; ibid., DX 20/2095, 8 February 1842; ibid., DX 20/2096, 4 April 1843. 65. TUA, DX 20/2095, 8 February 1842; ibid., DX 20/2096, 17 July 1843. 66. TUA, DX 20/2097, 2 September 1844. He also contemplated giving George W. Walker a piece of his mind in 1846 by listing in “chronological detail in black and white of what he has done to me, what I have suffered at his hands. And what he has refused to do for me, which without cost- ing him any thing [sic] might have proved beneficial to me.” (TUA, DX 20/2099, 28 February 1846.) 67. TUA, DX 20/2101, 26 January 1849. 68. TUA, DX 20/2097, 2 September 1844. The role of Thomas Cotton in organising and advising the sale of wool and skins is mentioned by Francis repeatedly in his correspondence with Mather (TUA, DX 20/2100, 30 October 1847; ibid., DX 20/2101, 20 October 1849; ibid., DX20/2102, 24 February 1850; ibid., DX20/2102, 26 July 1851). 69. For instance: TUA, DX 20/2094–2100, 2102, 19 October 1841, 11 January 1842, 13 January 1842, 8 February 1842, 18 April 1842, 17 July 1843, 26 December 1844, 15 March 1845, 9 July 1845, 28 February 1846, 30 October 1847, 23 February 1850, 20 December 1851. 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 195

70. We find entries regarding this trade throughout the 1830s and early 1840s in the business instructions given to Joseph B. Mather in F. Cotton’s letters (TUA, DX 20/2092, 18 March 1837, 23 February 1838, 13 April 1838, 10 August 1838; ibid., DX 20/2093, 6 May 1839; ibid., DX 20/2096, 23 April 1843). George F. Story kept an account book as late as 1845 (TUA, C 7/109) and botanical notes almost throughout his whole life in Tasmania (TUA, C 7/101). 71. Bell 2006, p. 136. 72. Ibid., p. 140. 73. Quoted in Bell 2006, p. 142. Other famous Quaker botanists included Sydney Parkinson, who travelled with James Cook on board the “Endeavour” during his first voyage to the Pacific and the travelling minister James Backhouse (Sox 2004, pp. 77–118, 121–22). 74. Since he and Francis Cotton were elected ministers of Hobart MM, each became a “preaching husbandman” (Bell 2006, p. 140). Ironically, as Adam Newcombe has argued, the cultural landscape of Trouwunna can also be described as a garden, that is, the result of a practice of horticulture (Newcombe 2011). 75. Davidoff and Hall 1997, pp. 370–75. 76. Gardeners are listed amongst the farm’s personnel on several occasions: TUA, DX 20/2093, 6 May 1839, 30 July 1839; ibid., DX/21012, 6 January 1849. 77. TUA, RSA A/1. 78. TUA, C 7/72–98; TUA, C 7/100; TUA, C 7/101; TAHO, CRO 25/1/18; TAHO, CRO 25/1/13; TAHO, CRO 25/25/1/8. 79. TUA, C 7/113. 80. Angster 2012, pp. 145–92 (focussing on the Royal Navy as agent of knowledge production); Wulf 2009, pp. 222–42 (refers to the British “Botanical Empire,” p. 223). 81. Headrick 1981, p. 12. I borrow Headrick’s term to stress the utility of knowledge for exercising power without endorsing his three-phase model of imperial expansion, which from the perspective of a postcolonial scholar can only be considered Eurocentric and simplistic. 82. Gascoigne 2010, pp. 227–37; Gardner 2008. Scientific interest and philanthropic impulses did not preclude each other. Johann Friedrich Blumenbach (1752–1840), who introduced the notion of human racial types differentiated by skin colour, was a member of the APS. 83. Brodie 2015, pp. 317–20. 84. The “museum” was part of his quarters and kept on the premises until the twentieth century. His papers and material possessions were bestowed to several different institutions of Utas in 1970–1972 and in 1987: books 196 E. BISCHOFF

to Launceston medical library (my thanks to Michael Bennett for providing me with a list of the titles deposited there); papers and “specimen” were sent to TUA and the university’s medical school. Other parts of his estate had been donated to other institutions or had been acquired by collectors earlier. Among them were several human skulls that “formerly belonged to the late E.O. Cotton, Esq.” (Wunderly and Wood-Jones 1933, p. 583). A copy of letter kept in the Correspondence files TUA, Quaker Special Collection from TUA archivist Margaret Littlejohn to E.F. Cotton, 6 August 1971, speaks of “Dr. Story’s baby” as now being “safely housed in the Anatomy Department of the Medical School.” The addressee was assured that “it is reasonable to assume beyond doubt that there is every possibility that the child is an aboriginal, as it was highly unlikely that a European child would not have been buried.” 85. TAHO, CRO 25/1/16, pp. 24–25. 86. The picture is mounted as a postcard and included into the folder at TAHO, CRO 25/1/16. Mounting photographs as postcards was a widespread practice by the turn of the twentieth century. Edward O. Cotton exhibited Story’s collection with the pride and enthusiasm of an amateur anthropologist (Brodie 2015, pp. 317–20). Creating such a promotional medium is very much in line with his recorded behaviour and considering the location and the contents of the image, it is reasonable to assume the postcard actually depicts Story’s collection. Many thanks to Paul Turnbull for advising me on the identity of the artefacts depicted. 87. “New Zealand Migrant Shipping (1839–1860),” New Zealand Society of Genealogists’ Computing Group, http://members.iinet.net. au/~perthdps/shipping/mig-nz1.htm, last access 22 January 2017. 88. The Coromandel, built in Quebec in 1834, is a famous ship in Australasian settler history. It was the first migrant ship that arrived in the newly founded colony of South Australia on 12 January 1837, carrying 124 adults and 32 children (“South Australian Passenger Lists 1836–1851,” Bound for Australia). 89. Gardner 2008, pp. 261–72, 267 (quote). 90. Brodie 2015, pp. 319–20, 315–16. See also: TUA, RSA/B/15. 91. Boyce 2008, pp. 101–11, 122–23. 92. TUA, DX 19/B/22, entry 30 April 1830. The same holds true for the family’s accommodation at the “Grange" (TUA, DX 20/2096, 18 November 1843). 93. TUA, DX 20/2093, 12 March 1839. 94. Ibid., 22 July 1839. 95. See: ibid., 12 March 1839. 96. TUA, DX 20/2093, 16 April 1839, 29 April 1839, 19 June 1839, 30 July 1839. 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 197

97. Hague 2016, p. 233. See also: Hague 2015, p. 52. 98. TUA, DX 20/2092, 11 January 1838. 99. TUA, DX20/2093, 12 March 1839. 100. Ibid. 101. TUA, DX20/2093, 12 March 1839. Francis Cotton referred to Yeardley and Yeardley 1835. 102. Ibid. The reference here is to Rom. 12:11 (AKJV). Cotton apparently misquoted from memory, the AKJV reads “serving the Lord.” 103. TUA, C 7/51. 104. Woollacott 2015, pp. 67–97. 105. Moneypenny 1995/96: 64–75; Robinson 2013. 106. Westrip and Holroyde 2010, pp. 122–74. 107. Reid 2007, pp. 130, 112 (quote); Reynolds 2012a, p. 144. 108. Wilson 2011, pp. 1299–300, 1299 (quote). 109. Russell 1997, pp. 45. 110. Holton 2007, p. 53. 111. Fox 1676, pp. 13–14, 16. 112. TUA, DX 20/2102, 5 April 1851. 113. TUA, DX 20/2092, 8 Jul 1837. In contrast to Cotton’s assumption here, female domestic helpers were in fact difficult to find. The search for new maids was a constant topic in his communication with Mather, e.g.: TUA, DX 20/2092, 27 January 1837 and 23 February 1838. Regarding A. Pollard’s replacement: ibid., DX 20/2093, 2, 16, 29 April 1839 and ibid., DX 20/2097, 30 March 1844. 114. TUA, DX 20/2095, 4 October 1842. 115. TUA, DX 20/2096, 18 November 1843. 116. Ibid. In the same letter, Cotton informed Mather that their tailor “was behaving so improperly” that he ended up in the station’s gaol as well. 117. TUA, DX 20/2102, 27 December 1851. 118. Ibid. 119. Ibid. 120. TUA, DX 19/C/123/2. 121. Ibid. 122. Ibid. 123. Reid 2007, pp. 204–46. 124. TUA, DX 19/C/123/2. 125. van Drenth and de Haan 1999, p. 15; Alexander 2013, pp. 98–99. 126. CON 19/1/1; Alexander 2013, pp. 96–97. Alexander gives dates of the arrival of the ship to May 1841. 127. Snowden 2006; Frost 2006. There are only a handful of publications on the history of the Cascades Female Factory in existence. Most of them focus on the reconstruction of individual biographies (Frost 2012). 198 E. BISCHOFF

Others focus on particular aspects of its history (Daniels 1993). Although taking important steps, these studies do not attain the same level of acute analysis achieved by Joy Damousi (1997) or Kristy Reid (2007) in discussing the situation of female convicts. 128. Alexander 2013, p. 97. 129. TAHO, CSO 22/1/50, pp. 125–34, 131 (quote), 132. I follow the transcript by Lucy Frost and Sally Rackham available online at: Female Convicts Research Centre, http://www.femaleconvicts.org.au/docs/disciplineinquiry/TranscriptofInquirywithtables.pdf, last access 23 January 2017. 130. Colonial Times, 5 October 1841, p. 2. 131. Ibid. 132. The couple married on 1 July 1843. Hayter left Hobart on 10 August 1843 with her husband on board the Rajah, ultimately settling in Melbourne. 133. Jane Franklin’s enthusiasm for helping female convicts has been assessed differently over time. Whereas Anne Summers lauded her dedication to the cause (Summers 1994, pp. 328–29), recent scholarship is more scep- tic (Russell 1997, pp. 40–41; McGoogan 2006, p. 214; Alexander 2013, p. 99). 134. TAHO, CSO 22/1/50, p. 359. 135. Ibid., pp. 359–60. 136. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Cotton, Hugh Calveley (1798–1881)”. 137. TUA, RS 17/1, p. 2. 138. Ibid. Louisa Cotton did not specify whether she was referring to Esther Mather (née Dixon, second wife of Robert Mather) or Anna Maria Mather (née Cotton, wife of Joseph B. Mather). Given her husband’s involvement in Quaker affairs and organisation, the latter is the more likely candidate. Since Sarah B. Walker had been on the committee before and considering the Walkers’ general philanthropist engagement as well as her husband’s connection to Fry, it is safe to assume that she volun- teered again. 139. TUA, W 9/B/3/1–6. 140. TUA, W 9/B/3/1. 141. TUA, W 9/B/3/2. 142. Reid 2007, pp. 75–87, 123–37. 143. It was practised throughout Australia and continues until today albeit under a different name. See: Kociumbas 1997, pp. 1–20; Haebich 2000, pp. 65–130; Robinson 2013, pp. 302–15; Pilger 2014. 144. Haskins and Jacobs 2002, pp. 230–31. 6 BEING AT HOME: VAN DIEMEN’S LAND AS A QUAKER SETTLER SPACE 199

145. Haebich 2000, pp. 65–130; Robinson 2013, pp. 302–15; Boyce 2008, pp. 86–87; Moses 2004b. The abduction or organised transfer of Indigenous children was a prominent tool of genocidal settler policies across the Anglo-world (Jacobson 2009, pp. 149–92). 146. Boyce 2008, p. 84. 147. Haebich 2000, p. 85. Lt.-Gov. Sorell attempted to curb this practice, demanding that the parents’ consent had to be obtained before taking the children in, threatening to remove the Aboriginal persons in question from the households. There is, however, no evidence that this threat was carried out. See: Boyce 2008, p. 88. With the death of Lt.-Gov. Collins in 1810, the official ban was lifted (ibid., 84). 148. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Knopwood, Robert (Bobby) (1763–1838),” by Linda Monks. 149. Boyce 2008, pp. 84–85. 150. Kociumbas 1997, p. 17; FHL, TEMP MSS 556/31, p. 5. Backhouse did not give their names. 151. Russell 2012, pp. 345, 347–48. “Mathinna” was, according to a note by George Washington Walker in 1834, the Aboriginal name for the shell necklaces handcrafted by Tasmanian Aboriginal women (George W. Walker, “Description of the making of Tasmanian Aboriginal sea shell necklace ‘Mathinna,’ Van Diemen’s Land, 1834,” TUA, Special and Rare Materials Collection, http://eprints.utas.edu.au/6141, last access 23 January 2017). 152. Journal entry 26 January 1838, Plomley 1987, p. 530. Names and family relationships taken from ibid., pp. 836–37. Robinson mentioned Timemenidic in a letter to Lady Franklin, dated 15 January 1839, and suggested how to handle him since he considered the youth “somewhat volatile in disposition.” There is no reference to Mathinna (Note 1 to Journal entry 16 January 1839, ibid., p. 779). 153. Journal entry 21 November 1838, Plomley 1987, p. 605. 154. Russell 2012, p. 345; Alexander 2013, p. 130. 155. Alexander 2013, p. 105. 156. Haebich 2000, pp. 77–117; Russell 2012, pp. 347–48, 345; McGoogan 2006, pp. 211–13; Ryan 2010; Alexander 2013, pp. 129–37. 157. “Thomas Bock (c.1790–1855), Mathinna (1842). Watercolour and Gouache on Paper, 23 × 19 cm, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, AG 290, Ikon,” Thomas Bock (6 December 2017–4 March 2018), https:// ikon-gallery.org/event/thomas-bock/, last access 12 April 2017. 158. Russell 2012, p. 351. 159. Ibid., p. 353. There are two narratives established according to which she either died in 1852 or 1856 (ibid., p. 354.) 160. Hobart Town Mercury, 20 February 1857, p. 2. 200 E. BISCHOFF

161. TUA, W 9/A/1/11. The museum was founded by Jane Franklin to promote the cultural and intellectual development of the colony. The opening ceremony was conducted after John Franklin’s term as Lt.-Gov. had ended on 21 August 1843. 162. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners,” in: Backhouse 1843, p. liii. 163. Ibid., pp. lxv–lxvi. 164. TUA, W 9/A/1/25/6; TUA, W 7/33–37. 165. Plomley 1987, pp. 134–63. Henry Jeanneret to George W. Walker, 7 June 1843, TUA, W 9; TUA, W 7/46–47; TUA, W 7/49. Milligan supervised the Aboriginal inhabitants’ move to Oyster Cove in 1847. 166. TUA, W 9/A/1/29. 167. Ryan 2012, pp. 146–251. 168. Ryan 2012, p. 247. Ryan refers to: SL NSW, ML A 612/222–23. A corresponding document is not among George W. Walker’s private records kept at Utas. Just like the first attempt to petition Queen Victoria (Ryan 2012, pp. 247–50; Plomley 1987, pp. 148–49), this letter might never have arrived at its destination. 169. Palawa people of Flinders Island were literate to the point of publishing their newspaper, the Flinders Island Chronicle, as early as 1837 (Plomley 1987, pp. 1009–13). See also: van Toorn 2006, pp. 101–7. They petitioned the Queen and the Lt.-Gov. William Denison in 1846 to protest against their maltreatment by Henry Jeanneret (Ryan 2012, pp. 247–50, Plomley 1987, pp. 148–49). See also: Stevens 2017, pp. 218–331. 170. Jacobson 2010, p. 165. 171. Foucault 1984. CHAPTER 7

The Case of Francis Cotton and George F. Story: Quaker Settlers and the Tasmanian Frontier, 1829–1831

Francis Cotton, who came to VDL in December 1828, arrived in the middle of a colonial war. With the number of settlers increasing after the end of the Napoleonic Wars, dispossession and land grab intensified. More than 1 million acres were seized and distributed amongst the settlers between 1824 and 1831, accelerating between 1828 and 1831.1 Tasmanian Aboriginal nations took to violence defending their hunting grounds from the agricultural-economic intrusion and protecting their women and children from abduction by white men. In 1830, the confrontation came to a climax, with 250 Europeans reported dead. The overwhelming majority of them were male convicts (or emancipists) who were particularly vulnerable to the attacks as they worked in remote areas, clearing woods, building streets, and herding sheep.2 It was, however, the increasing number of attacks on farms and families by the end of the 1820s, which engendered large-scale fear among the white population.3 Drawing on their expertise in handling fire, Aboriginal combatants often used arson to sabotage or destroy European agricultural infrastructure and houses. Settlers especially dreaded the threat to women and children.4 The attacks provoked thoughts of giving up the colony entirely. James Ross, editor of the Hobart Town Courier, wrote on 13 November 1830: “[i]f the outrages of the Blacks be not put down […] we must abandon the island, we must look for safety only to our ships that will carry us to another shore.”5 Upon taking office on 14 May 1824, George Arthur, a skilled colonial administrator and “a devout and convinced evangelical, with a truly

© The Author(s) 2020 201 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_7 202 E. BISCHOFF

Calvinist belief in justification by faith,” who during his previous assignment as Lt.-Gov. of British Honduras (1814–1822) had fought the colony’s flourishing illegal slave trade,6 reiterated the governmental position on settler-Aboriginal relations. He announced that “[t]he Natives of the Colony” were “under British protection, and under the same laws as protect the settlers.”7 His proclamation has often been identified with a graphic depiction, originally labelled “Governor Davey’s Proclamation, 1816” (see Fig. 7.1).8 By 1830, Lt.-Gov. George Arthur had put in place a two-pronged strategy. On the one hand, he threatened or actually applied the use of deadly force by gradually excluding Aboriginal persons from protection under the law first as “open enemies” and “rioters” (29 November 1826) or outright enemies (1 November 1828) and, on the other hand, by conducting paramilitary operations against them. He encouraged settler vigilantism by offering a bounty of £5 for each Aboriginal adult and £2 for each Aboriginal child imprisoned (25 February 1830).9 On the other hand, Arthur engaged in negotiations with the Aboriginal nations, authorising lay preacher George Augustus Robinson (1791–1866) in December 1829. Thus, while police, military, and civil units conducted a series of operations against the Indigenous population between October 1830 and October 1831, Robinson opened up a dialogue with several Aboriginal leaders. The biggest and until now most prominent among those operations against the Aboriginal Tasmanians was the so-called “Black Line,” which called upon colonists “to act en masse” to “captur[e] those hostile Tribes of the Natives” that had been “committing atrocities upon the Settlers,” that is, guerrilla attacks on the invading Europeans.10 The “Black Line” was a paramilitary operation conducted between 7 October and 26 November 1830. Its aim was to drive the Indigenous population to the southern peak of the island in order to move them to a separate location. Meticulously planned, the operation, especially with regard to its primary objective, was spectacularly unsuccessful. While 2200 men were engaged to search and about half the colony’s yearly budget was spent to equip and feed the men in the field, only two Aboriginal persons were apprehended. Furthermore, the full force of the colonial administrative apparatus was employed to realise the operation.11 The “Line” was unprecedented in scale and aim. Historians today suggest that Arthur and his military and civil officers might have been inspired by ancient Greek history, by strategies that had been employed during the Peninsular War (1807–1814) in Spain, or by attempts to evict Aboriginal people from 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 203

Fig. 7.1 Governor Davey’s (actually Governor Arthur) Proclamation to the Aborigines, 1816 (actually c.1828–30). (Oil painting on Huon Pine board, 35.7 × 22.6 × 1 cm, SAFE/R24, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney) 204 E. BISCHOFF settled areas in NSW.12 Given the educational, social, and military background of the men involved, all three explanations seem plausible. It is important to keep in mind, however, that the “Line” was one of several measures taken by Arthur’s government to enforce a biopolitical and spatial regime. This act of ethnic cleansing, to employ a twentieth-century term, was considered only the first step towards full assimilation of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people. Other measures, such as forced assimilation, were yet to come. In the end, diplomacy, supported by the threat of paramilitary force, won out: Robinson managed to persuade key leaders of the Aboriginal resistance to cease hostilities and retreat to an Aboriginal reservation. Henry Reynolds contends that Arthur’s head negotiator in fact concluded an oral treaty prior to their surrender.13 Arthur believed that the ongoing “quarrel of the Natives with the Europeans” had been triggered by the massacre at Risdon Cove and that it was “daily aggravated […] by the stock-keepers and sealers” who “fire[d] upon them whenever they approached” and “deprive[d] them of their women whenever the opportunity offered.”14 As a result, he considered the spatial separation of settlers and Aborigines paramount to the success of the colony and the survival of the Vandemonian Indigenous population. Initially, Arthur envisioned an Aboriginal reservation on VDL itself.15 It remains unclear exactly when he abandoned this idea in favour of deportation to one of the islands in the Bass Strait, but that is the fate all Aboriginal Tasmanians found after Mannalargenna and his followers came to Hobart on 7 January 1832 to surrender to Arthur in person. Robinson, tasked by Arthur, forcefully removed all Aboriginal clans of the north- western nations and dissolved the creole communities in the Bass Strait by deporting the tyereelore and their children to the Aboriginal station Wybalenna (“Black Man’s House”) on Flinders Island. Robinson became the station’s superintendent in 1835. Arthur’s and Robinson’s goal was nothing less than complete assimilation or, in other terms, cultural genocide of the Aboriginal Tasmanians. Two of the key elements of this process were the separation of Indigenous families and the gender-specific education of Aboriginal children in European households, measures Robinson introduced in 1836.16 Taking in children of Aboriginal descent as apprentices or servants had been a common practice in Tasmania since the early days of the colony.17 Robinson’s institutionalisation of this practice marks the beginning of those infamous nineteenth- and twentieth-century Australian policies that organised mandatory transfer of children of mixed descent into the foster 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 205 care of white families (“Stolen Generations”).18 On Flinders, infectious European diseases and poor living conditions took a continuous, deadly toll. Robinson deported 194 Aboriginal persons to Wybalenna.19 Only 49 were relocated to Oyster Cove, an abandoned convict station, in October 1847. Among them were ten children who all were sent directly to the Hobart Orphan School.20 Arriving in the middle of the “Black War” put Francis Cotton, and all the Quaker principles he had retained after his exclusion, to a fast and radical litmus test. Moreover, after being disowned in 1821, he had been cut off from the official flow of information circulating across the Quaker Atlantic prior to their emigration. Raised and educated as a Quaker, however, he grew up in an environment characterised by evangelical philanthropy and abolitionism. Considering Quaker book production and reading habits, both Cottons must have been familiar with eighteenth- century Quaker views of settler-Indigenous relations in colonial Pennsylvania and Penn’s practical implementation of the “peace testimony.” In addition, with epistles shared and distributed across the Atlantic, they also might have known about the support Philadelphia YM had lent to the Seneca in their struggle to keep their ancestral lands since the mid- 1790s. The outrage that followed the Indian Removal Act shared by an irate James Backhouse, however, ignited after his departure from England. Located in the middle of the territory of the Oyster Bay Nation, his farm was attacked even while still under construction. George Fordyce Story recollected this attack on 25 July 1829 as the family’s “first encounter” with the Indigenous people of VDL21:

When we came to this country in 1829 & located ourselves in the District of Oyster Bay the tribe of Aborigines was held to be a very dangerous one. […] Our first experience of them was on settling at Kelved[o]n. Francis Cotton his wife & family were residing at W[aterloo] P[oin]t the military stat[io]n & Kelved[o]n 6 miles to the S[ou]th was being prepared for our future residence.—3 men were beginning to clear a small piece of Land.22

After breakfast, the men began their work and “placed their muskets at the but[t] of a tree that they were going to cut up for burning & commenced lopping off the branches when Jones, looking off his work, observed the natives sneaking up on them. He called out […] ‘grab the pieces’ but it was too late the Natives got hold of the Guns.”23 Francis Cotton, on his way to the building site, encountered the frightened Jones 206 E. BISCHOFF who had managed to escape unharmed. “The Report [was] taken at once to the Military Commandant—the Soldiers & Constables were dispatched at once to the Spot” but again it was too late24: the attackers were gone. Two of the workers escaped with their lives; the third was speared on the spot. The Cottons lost all provisions and weapons as well as one Kangaroo dog in this attack.25 Neither Francis Cotton nor Story himself is depicted as armed in this account. Cotton, after intercepting the fleeing Jones, did not rush to the scene to personally defend the lives of his workers or his property. Instead, he called upon the military and police force. Was this course of action the common response to an Aboriginal attack? The Cottons were part of the first generation of free settlers who emigrated to Tasmania of their own accord, but came comparatively late. Others had settled before them, for instance their neighbours Adam Amos (1774–1845) and George Meredith (1777–1856), who had already established their estates and businesses.26 Just as they had done with their agricultural business, the Cottons were able to build on these experiences and to gain knowledge about how to proceed in case of such an attack. By 1829, two official forms had been established: the pursuing party and the roving party. The first consisted of military and police personnel, sent out to capture Aboriginal Tasmanians who had assaulted Europeans. These groups operated under the authority of martial law, declared by Lt.- Gov. Arthur on 1 November 1828 for the settled districts.27 The second, the roving parties, were recruited from civilians only. Arthur and Thomas Anstey (1777–1851), Police Magistrate of Oatlands District, introduced them to actively hunt down Aboriginal groups.28 Additionally, settlers formed parties of their own accord. These “vigilante parties” were common practice and contributed significantly to the escalation of violence during the “Black War,” taking “a greater toll on the native population than the official or pursuit parties.”29 It is important to note that all three forms blended into each other. They all relied on the same set of ambush tactics, originally developed by Whites to abduct Aboriginal women (“gin raiding”).30 Moreover, pursuing parties often also included civilians as officers. Relying on the common law principle ofposse comitatus, pursuing parties were allowed to recruit settlers and their workers in their search.31 In reporting the attack on his property to the authorities, Francis Cotton called upon the principle of the state’s monopoly of the legitimate use of physical force. He did not initiate a vigilante party nor did he participate in the ensuing chase as a civilian member of a pursuing party. 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 207

Considering the frequency with which other settlers took justice into their own hands, his behaviour was unusual. As a newcomer, Cotton might have been unfamiliar with local practices. This, however, seems unlikely as the family knew what difficult situation they were getting themselves into: Story clearly stated that “the tribe of Aborigines was held to be a very dangerous one” at the time.32 It seems much more probable that his religious convictions influenced his decision: Quakers were pacifists. His choice could therefore be the residual effect of Quaker socialisation. As we will see later, when looking at the first visit of the travelling ministers James Backhouse and George W. Walker at Kelvedon, Francis and Anna Maria Cotton may have been disowned to avoid their first child to be born out of wedlock, but they did not abandon Quaker ways and practices in their daily lives. We have to exercise caution, though, in accepting Quaker pacifism as a general, across-the-board motivation. As discussed in Chap. 3, adherence to “peace testimony” was handled very differently in different political contexts over time. To take an example from the nineteenth-century Quakers relied on with regard to Indigenous-settler relations, namely colonial Pennsylvania: The Quaker-dominated legislative assembly of the colony firmly rejected paying taxes to finance the King’s wars on the one hand, but endorsed establishing a police force on the other. Thus, they supported the state’s monopoly on force. Francis Cotton’s actions suggest that he accepted the same division of legitimate and illegitimate use of force. All sources available suggest that the exertion of violence and guns featured prominently in early settlement life, even for the Cottons. Among the “Business correspondence and Accounts” of the family papers, there exists a receipt dated 13 October 1837 for a “Double barrel fowling piece,” ammunition, and maintenance equipment. Whether or not this weapon was employed for hunting purposes only or if it was the only one in the Cotton’s household is impossible to tell: Cotton’s farm journal covering the years 1830–1831 does only speak of business and agricultural concerns.33 Yet, as we have seen earlier in Story’s tale of the family’s early colonial life, firearms were ubiquitous in these times. The important role weapons played in Tasmanian settler life is also emphasised in Story’s narrative: the workers are attacked the very moment they lay down their weapons. Unarmed, they are exposed and vulnerable. Yet, this depiction was more than a plot device. In another part of his report of the Cotton’s experiences during early colonial times, he stressed that the danger of Aboriginal attacks was so immanent that “no one was 208 E. BISCHOFF safe to travel with[ou]t a Gun.” He also noted that to actually fire a gun would have been suicidal: “they [i.e. the Aborigines] knew you could only fire once without reloading & would seize the opportunity of rushing upon one with their spears & waddies.”34 Others shared his assessment; one of the leaders of the roving parties, Jorgen Jorgenson, explicitly advised encouraging emigrants to arm themselves and their workers with firearms but at the same time warned every man against actually discharg- ing them or else “they would rush upon him ere he had time to reload.”35 G.F. Story also spoke from first-hand experience: his job as District Assistant Surgeon (1829–1844) often forced him to travel alone through areas which, according his own words, were “infested with a very hostile tribe of Aborigines, who were frequently committing acts of violence upon the Inhabitants.”36 Apart from an attack on the farm itself, the levée en masse during the “Black Line” from 7 October to 30 November 1830 was the most likely context in which the Cottons’ were confronted with a choice between pacifist convictions and the exertion of violence against Aboriginal Tasmanians. Yet whether or not Francis Cotton, who as any other settler was called upon “to render his assistance,” actually participated in the “Black Line” is difficult to ascertain.37 His name is not listed in Government Order No. 11, 22 September 1830, which gives detailed information on how the “operation” was to be conducted. We do, however, find Cotton’s neighbours Amos and Meredith on the Government’s list.38 Both, as nineteenth-century historian James Fenton reports, “aided in the expedition, but were unable to take the field by reason of their age or from other causes.”39 Instead, they sent their assigned convict servants, as the majority of settlers did in order not to leave their farms unattended.40 Given Cotton’s reaction to the Aboriginal raid of his premises in July 1829, it seems unlikely that he disregarded a direct governmental order aimed at protecting settlers while simultaneously insisting on treating the (to be) captives with “utmost tenderness and humanity.”41 He might have chosen to follow the example of his neighbours, despatched his labourers, and remained at his recently established farm. George Fordyce Story was involved in his capacity as District Assistant Surgeon, tending to soldiers and convicts alike. As Commissariat Officer at Waterloo Point Station, he was also involved in distributing rations for participants of the “Black Line.”42 We do know for certain that the doctor played an instrumental role in the conduct of a related operation on Freycinet Peninsular almost a year later.43 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 209

On 13 October 1831, local settlers spotted signs indicating that a group of Aboriginal people endeavoured to conduct their yearly journey to the peninsula to collect swan eggs. George Meredith, who was the proprietor of a fishing and whaling station located on site, alerted the authorities.44 In contrast to the “Black Line,” this smaller expedition emerged solely as an initiative of the settlers, with veteran George Meredith taking the lead. In the temporary absence of Lt. Aubin (1802–1874), the station’s commandant and district police magistrate, Story, as commissary officer, was left with the decision whether to support the settlers’ initiative by providing the men with government supplies. After inspecting the site on 24 October 1831 with the station sergeant, Story came to two conclusions. First, he determined that the operation’s success was not guaranteed even though eighty-four persons were involved, among them two corpo- rals and eight privates.45 He therefore sent for help to “Ensign Jones & P Maclaine Esqr J.P. at Storing Bay” as well to the “Inhabitants of Little Swan Port,” asking them to render “every assistance they may consider their duty to do” and “to send every man they can spare,” respectively.46 Secondly, he concluded that “the number of men congregated” on Freycinet Peninsula had “no other possible way of their obtaining Provisions, but from this Station.”47 Story therefore decided to provide the all men involved with rations from the government’s store supplies:

[A]s by my refusal to furnish them supplies, the Line would be rendered abortive, after mature consideration, I have consented to furnish them with a similar Ration to that allowed by Your Excellency during the late operations against the Aborigines until Your Excellency’s pleasure shall be known Scale of Ration per Diem 2 lbs of Flour or Biscuit ½ lbs of Meat ½ ounce of Tea 3 ounces of Sugar being merely the necessaries, the Tobacco & Soap I have not furnished[.] The Military receive Field Ration[s].48

Story’s decision to provide rations was crucial for making this operation happen. He also supported it by trying to obtain additional manpower. Thus, without firing a shot himself, he actively participated in this chapter of the history of the violent expulsion and dispossession of the Tasmanian Aborigines. 210 E. BISCHOFF

In the end, the so-called Freycinet Line was unsuccessful, just like its larger counterpart in 1830, much to the settlers’ dismay and frustration.49 Yet although each of these paramilitary operations failed to accomplish their individual goal, that is, to capture all or a specific group of Aboriginal people, the despair and terror they collectively spread amongst the Aboriginal population significantly buoyed Robinson’s efforts. More and more indigenous leaders came to believe that negotiations could offer a way to resolve tensions. On 31 December 1831, the Oyster Bay and Big River Nations officially laid down their weapons. In the following years, almost all Aboriginal Tasmanians either went into exile or were forcibly removed to Wybalenna, an Aboriginal settlement located on Flinders Island. After the “Black Line” operation was suspended in November 1830, all the men who had been recruited returned home. Many communities, starting with Hobart, convened public meetings to express their “thanks to His Excellency for his unwearied [sic] attention in the field, and the concern he had evinced for the safety of the Colonists, and his regard to humanity on behalf of the Blacks.”50 Other districts and communities such as Richmond or New Norfolk also sent addresses. The common theme was the settlers’ gratitude for the exertions Arthur’s government has undertaken to protect their lives and property. They urged Arthur to continue in his efforts, although recent measures, referring to the operations in October and November 1830, had not proven as successful as they had hoped.51 When on 19 January 1831 the “Landed Proprietors and others of the District of Great Swan Port” gathered, Francis Cotton and G.F. Story were among them.52 They were also part of the group of eighteen settlers who had applied for permission to convene the meeting in the first place. Story served as clerk to the assembly.53 The settlers devised a petition in which Lt.-Gov. Arthur was to be thanked for his “individual personal exertions,” and his “watchful care & concern in superintending” the “late measures adopted […] for the purpose of freeing ourselves, our families, and Servants, from the outrages and Murders, so frequently committed against the white population by the Aboriginal Inhabitants.”54 In contrast to other petitioners, the men of Great Swan Port additionally acknowledged and endorsed Arthur’s humanitarian efforts. They implored him to “adopt such measures as may be deemed expedient to bring them from their state of pitiable barbarism, to enjoy some of the benefits of civilized life.”55 Earlier versions of the address discussed at the meeting were even more explicit, demanding that if the adults could not be saved, at least 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 211

Aboriginal children should come to know the “Blessings” of “civilisation” and be transformed into “useful member[s] of Society.”56 Drafts also spoke generally of “ameliorating the condition of these benighted people.”57 Although none of these phrases were acceptable to the majority of the settlers assembled at the police office in Waterloo Point, the general acknowledgement and support of Arthur’s humanitarian principles still shines through and sets their petition apart. The particularity of the Great Swan Port address may result from the fact that the district had experienced an unusual reprieve: no Aboriginal attacks had occurred since October 1830, “a period free from alarm much longer than any that had before occurred in the recollection of the oldest Settlers.”58 Another possible explanation can be found in considering the immediate circumstances in which this petition was drafted. This also allows us to locate the petition and the Quaker family’s involvement in it within the context of Tasmanian settler politics. On 11 January 1831, the day before the settlers applied for Lt. Aubin’s approval to convene the meeting, George Augustus Robinson had visited the district of Great Swan Port on his mission of “amelioration of the aborigines of Van Diemen’s Land.”59 In contrast to their neighbours, who had shut their doors firmly to Robinson and the group of Aboriginal Tasmanians he travelled with, the Cottons had extended their hospitality.60 Robinson noted in his journal that, after having tea with Police Magistrate Francis Aubin at Waterloo Point Station, he “[a]t 5 pm walked in company with Dr Story to Mr Cotton’s, about six miles distant, as also the natives, and stopped for the night.”61 It seems very likely that both Cotton and Story supported Robinson’s mission not only logistically but also by endorsing his efforts politically. Story, serving as clerk to the settlers’ assembly, would have been in a perfect position to steer the debate and make suggestions for the wording of the petition. The phrase “ameliorating the condition of these benighted people,” for instance, clearly refers to Robinson’s own understanding of his endeavours, a man Cotton and Story just had welcomed into their home. Yet it seems unlikely that they convened the meeting explicitly for their political purposes: considering the distances between the farms of the settlers involved, the initiative must have started prior to Robinson’s visit in order to collect all the necessary signatures. Also, their concern did not extend beyond the local level: Neither of them became member of the APS, a humanitarian organisation which was not restricted to the metropole but also had a colonial branch in Sydney. Other Quakers they knew did, for instance Daniel Wheeler, another Quaker minister who visited VDL in 1834.62 212 E. BISCHOFF

From this microhistorical investigation of the Cotton family’s experiences and involvement into frontier violence a complex picture emerges: the family’s life was heavily influenced by the Aborigines’ struggle to keep their land and maintain their way of life. Both adult males of the family negotiated their respective convictions carefully. George Fordyce Story, as surgeon and commissariat officer deeply involved in the colonial military and administrative apparatus, participated actively in both the official “Black Line” in 1830 and the settler-prompted “Freycinet Line” in 1831. In contrast to Francis Cotton, who had been raised as a Friend and who despite his disownment still adhered to Quaker practices and shared their values, Story was not called upon to conciliate duty, pacifist principles, or the use of force. His conversion to Quakerism would not occur until 1834. Arriving in the middle of an ongoing colonial war, Francis Cotton had a much more difficult time staying true to Quaker principles. His actions exemplify a general difficulty, which has been aptly described by Meredith B. Weddle. Pacifism, she states, as “a way of organizing human interaction” is “organically connected” to a specific historical situation, “arising within a specific social culture, political system, legal and economic structure, and religious outlook.” As such, “[p]rinciples of peace are infinitely variable, changing in goals, rationales, and practical consequences.” Yet every pacifist inevitably faces the same question: “Where does one’s responsibility begin, and end?”63 But Francis Cotton’s responsibilities were manifold: as father and head of household, he was also responsible for the safety of his extended family. His choices reflect his efforts to do justice to all of them: his workers carried weapons and were accompanied by dogs for their protection. When they were attacked, he did not initiate a pursuing party, but called upon the (colonial) state’s monopoly of lethal power, interpreting the attacks as a breach of peace and thereby enforcing his own identity as well as that of the Aboriginal Tasmanians as subjects of the Crown. This, however, was a status that official colonial legislation had recently ripped from the latter by declaring martial law throughout the territory of the settled districts on 1 November 1828. But many questions remain unanswered. Does Cotton’s reaction suggest that he was unwilling to accept the exclusion of the Indigenous population for the rule of law? How did he react to the levée en masse? Both Story and Cotton supported the George Augustus Robinson’s attempt to solve the conflict without further bloodshed. Yet, their general agreement with a policy of amelioration did not, as seen in Chap. 6, prevent them from settling, taking possession of the land according to colo- 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 213 nial administrative procedures, introducing portmanteau biota, and transforming Country into an agricultural zone connected to local, regional, and global market places. Endorsing a politics of removal simultaneously reinforced basic premises of settler imperial expansion: the legal fiction of terra nullius and the notion the “vanishing races.” A dilemma contemporary humanitarian policy was caught up in on a more general level as the following section will demonstrate.

Notes 1. Boyce 2008, pp. 261–62. One acre translated into roughly 4047 m2 (1 hectar = 10,000 m2). 2. Clements 2013a, pp. 282–321, 343; Launceston Advertiser, 8 June 1829, p. 3. 3. Clements and Gregg 2017, pp. 225–32. See also Price 2018, pp. 30–35 on the relationship between settler violence and fear in general. 4. Clements and Gregg 2017, pp. 227–28. Australian Aborigines drew on their experience of practicing an elaborate regime of firestick farming. See: Pyne 1991, pp. 85–150, 1997. 5. Hobart Town Courier, 13 November 1830, p. 3. 6. Shaw 1980, pp. 17–38, 22 (quote). 7. “Schedule of Government and Garrison Orders, Notices, Proclamations and Letters Relative to the Natives, Enclosure No. 1 in Despatch Arthur to Murray, 15 April 1830,” in: Chapman and Jetson 2006, pp. 169–72, 169. 8. Nicholas Brodie and Kristyn Harman have cast doubt on the widely established notion that Arthur commissioned the painting (and others) to inform the Aboriginal Tasmanians of his benevolent and just intentions. Instead, Harman and Brodie argue (Brodie and Harman 2017) the board and its siblings were commissioned by Lt.-Gov. Thomas Davey (1758– 1823, in office 1813–1817) as originally assumed. 9. “Government Notice, 29 November 1826,”; in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 259, pp. 20–21, 20 (quote); “Proclamation by his Excellency Colonel George Arthur, Lieutenant-Governor of the Island of Van Diemen’s Land and its Dependencies, 1 November 1828,” in: ibid., pp. 11–12; “Government Order, No. 1, 25 February 1830,” in: ibid., p. 34. 10. “Government Order, No. 11, 22 September 1830,” in Chapman and Jetson 2006, pp. 628–36, 628. 11. The “Line” has been the object of historiographical research for many decades. Most recent overviews at: Ryan 2012, pp. 131–47, 2013; Clements 2014, pp. 125–56, 2013b. 12. Ryan 2013, pp. 7–8. 214 E. BISCHOFF

13. First discussed in: Reynolds 1995, pp. 121–57 and reenforced in Reynolds 2012a, p. 79. Reynold’s claim is refuted by Boyce 2008, pp. 308–9. 14. “Copy of a Despatch from Lieut.-Governor Arthur to Viscount Goderich: Van Diemen’s Land, Government House, 10 January 1828,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 259, pp. 3–4, 3 (quote). 15. Arthur formulated the idea of establishing a reservation or station plus an educational facility for Aboriginal children as early as November 1824 (ibid., p. 3). 16. Ryan 2012, pp. 225–26. 17. Haebich 2000, pp. 79–82; Kociumbas 1997, pp. 13–14; Robinson 2013. 18. A practice that continues until today albeit under a different name. See: Pilger 2014. 19. Boyce 2008, p. 296. The exact number of Aboriginal Tasmanians taken to Flinders Island differs from author to author. Reynolds speaks of 220 (2012a, p. 79), Ryan of 112 who “form[ed] the Establishment” of Wybalenna (2012, p. 219). 20. Ryan 1996, p. 251. Again, scholars do not agree on the exact number of persons relocated: Reynolds reports 46 survivors (2012a, p. 79). 21. TUA, C 7/127. 22. Ibid. 23. Ibid. 24. Ibid. 25. Ibid. The incident is also listed in Plomley 1992, p. 79. 26. Boyce 2008, p. 110. 27. “Proclamation Lt.-Gov. George Arthur, 1 November 1828,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 259, pp. 11–12. See also: Connor 2002, pp. 143–58, 148. 28. Clements 2014, p. 72. In 1828, there were also military roving parties in particular districts, among them was Great Swanport. John Batman, to be founder of Victoria/Melbourne, was leader of one of the civilian roving parties (Campbell 1987, pp. 31–44). 29. Clements 2013a, p. 136. 30. Ibid., pp. 129–32, 137–40, 129 (quote). 31. Fox 2012, pp. 352–66. 32. TUA, C 7/127. 33. TUA, DX 19/B 22. 34. TUA, C 7/127. 35. Plomley 1991, p. 50. 36. TUA, C 7/51. He explicitly referred to the “ferocious aborigines” at Oyster Bay (TUA, RS 131/3). 37. “Government Order No. 9, 9 September 1830,” in Chapman and Jetson 2006, pp. 617–20, 617. 7 THE CASE OF FRANCIS COTTON AND GEORGE F. STORY: QUAKER… 215

38. “Government Order No. 11, 22 September 1830,” in Chapman and Jetson 2006, pp. 628–36, 630. Only one case of open disobedience to Arthur’s order has been recorded, that of Thomas Gregson (1798–1874). He even refused to send convict servants. Plomley attributes Gregson’s refusal to his general political enmity towards Arthur rather than genuine humanitarian concerns (Clements 2013a, p. 197; Plomley 1991, p. 149 (note 4)). 39. Fenton 1884, pp. 108–9. 40. The response to Arthur’s call to arms was less enthusiastic than previously assumed by scholars. Among the approximately 2200 participants, only 440 were actual free volunteers. Most settlers decided to support the “Line” by dispatching their convict labourers, resulting in 800 assigned servants as participants. In addition to 560 soldiers, 400 ticket-of-leave men were conscripted. Approximately 100 of them chose to hire a substi- tute to take their place rather than participate themselves (Clements 2013b, p. 21). 41. “Government Order No. 9, 9 September 1830,” in Chapman and Jetson 2006, p. 620. 42. “Government Order No. 11, 22 September 1830,” in Chapman and Jetson 2006, p. 634. Waterloo Point is the first of the stations to provide rations for the men engaged in the “Line” listed here. 43. On the “Freycinet Line” see: Plomley 1992, p. 99; Connor 2003, p. 100; Stoddart 2003, p. 5; Calder 2010, pp. 192–93; Ryan 2013, p. 14. 44. TAHO, CSO 1/1/316/7578/1009–13. 45. TAHO, CSO 1/1/316/7578/1015–22, 1019. 46. Ibid. 47. TAHO, CSO 1/1/316/7578/1015–22, 1020. 48. Ibid. These descriptions of the provisions demonstrate that Story possessed detailed knowledge of larger “Black Line” operation in October 1830. 49. See, e.g., the accusations made and the blame shifted in several letters to the editor (Colonial Times, 26 October 1831, p. 4; ibid., 23 November 1831, p. 3; ibid., 28 December 1831, p. 3; ibid., 1 January 1832, p. 3). 50. Plomley 1991, p. 108. 51. SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771056-a1771061; SL NSW, ML A 2188/ a1771063-a1771073; SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771074-a1771079. Settler addresses were also published in local newspapers. The Great Swan Port petition is, as far as I have been able to reconstruct, not among them. The petitions from Richmond and New Norfolk can be found in the issues of the Hobart Town Courier, 1 January 1831, p. 2 and 15 January 1831, p. 4, respectively. 216 E. BISCHOFF

52. SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771080-a1771085 (transcript by Lynne Palmer, Peter Mayo, Donna Gallacher, and John Brooker available at: http:// acms.sl.nsw.gov.au/_transcript/2007/D00007/a1771.html, last access 28 January 2017). 53. TUA, C 7/58/1 (appointing the meeting for 19 January 1831), See also the minutes of this meeting, signed by Story at TUA, C 7/58/2). 54. SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771080. The transcript reads “against the which population.” The drafts, however, speak very clearly of attacks on the “white population,” which is why I do not follow the State Library’s transcript in this instance here. 55. SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771081. 56. TUA, C 7/58/3. 57. TUA, C 7/58/2 and 3. 58. SL NSW, ML A 2188/a1771082. 59. Plomley 2008, p. 57. 60. “Called on Mr Amos but he did not come out nor did they inquire my business, but all the white men surrounded the people, gaping with astonishment,” (Plomley 2008, p. 112); “Meredith’s people” had recently killed an Aboriginal “shot through the head” (ibid., p. 111). 61. Ibid., p. 112. 62. Founded in Sydney on 16 October 1838. In addition to Wheeler, the South Australian Quaker John Barton Hack was listed an honorary member (Plomley 1987, p. 596; Aborigines Protection Society 1839a, front matter). 63. Weddle 2001, p. 4. CHAPTER 8

Removal, Reform, Protection: Building a Humanitarian Empire

The notion of the Australian continent as a “waste and empty land” was contested by empirical observation from the very beginning of the settlement. Europeans living in Sydney and its vicinity found ample evidence of Indigenous land usage and developed a rough and simplified idea of the existence of Aboriginal territoriality. These observations did not, however, deter the expansion of the settlement nor did critical voices that referred to them have any significant influence on a political level.1 The critique gathered momentum in the 1830s, resulting in what Alan Lester calls the “propaganda war” between pro-settlement and humanitarian factions.2 This debate was part of a larger historical process of questioning the notion and rearranging the idea and the structure of the British Empire. As a result, humanitarianism and empire became mutually “intertwined, in both empirical and conceptual terms.”3 Being the crucial phase of this development, the 1830s and early 1840s have come under intense scholarly scrutiny in recent years. Two decisive nodal points can been identified: the Select Committee on Aborigines (British Settlements) of the House of Commons, appointed on 9 March 1836, and the APS founded in 1837 in response to the committee’s efforts.4 The findings and policy suggestions of the former, documented in its 1837 report, and the network structure of the latter represent the content and shape the humanitarian movement of the 1830s and 1840s took. The spectre of the Tasmanian genocide loomed large in these debates. The report of the Select Committee, for instance, cited Governor George

© The Author(s) 2020 217 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_8 218 E. BISCHOFF

Murray (1772–1846), who in November 1830 lamented the “great decrease which has of late years taken place in the amount of the aboriginal population” of VDL; Murray further warned “that the whole race of these people may at no distant period become extinct.”5 According to evidence collected by the Select Committee, his prediction almost came true. Aboriginal Tasmanians, the report stated, “provoked by the British colonists, whose early atrocities, and whose robberies of their wives and children, excited a spirit of indiscriminate vengeance, became so dangerous” that the only course of action left to ensure the safety of the settlers was the removal of the entire Indigenous population.6 This act of ethnic cleansing was depicted as an act of “real mercy” since it was believed it would prevent “the utter extermination of the whole race.”7 Having determined that Indigenous peoples throughout the Empire suffered from the effects of unchecked settler expansion,8 the fate of the Aboriginal Tasmanian grew into the paradigm of settler-Aboriginal relations. In this context, Murray’s lament on the Vandemonian situation became a plea for the development of a general, moral code of imperial conduct as the con- tinuation of current policies “could not fail to leave an indelible stain upon the British Government.”9 Examining the details of the cases put before the committee, the report concluded that the Aborigines’ “atrocities” had been provoked by the settlers, most particularly by the members of the lower rungs of society (so- called “dregs”) by “stock-keepers (convicts in the employ of farmers in the outskirts of the colony), by the cedar cutters, and by other remote free settlers” who lived beyond the reach of civilisation.10 “The British empire,” the report argued, was “blessed by Providence” and in its military, economic, intellectual, and ethical superiority had been awarded “for some higher purpose.” Quoting a sermon by William Whewell (1794–1866), it posited that, “it is our office to carry civilization and humanity, peace and good government, and, above all, the knowledge of the true God, to the uttermost ends of the earth.”11 Employing the same religious language as the abolitionist movement, the report argued that, in order to live up to her providential duty, “Great Britain” had to atone for its own misdeeds and failures first. Ending slavery and the slave trade, the text continued, was a first step. The next would be the elimination of the other remaining “evil”: the “oppression of the natives of barbarous countries.”12 Settlers as well as the colonial legislative councils could not be trusted to solve these problems on their own, since they were “virtually a party” to all “disputes to adjust with the native tribes,” the report concluded.13 The central 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 219

government (and their representatives) had to act as the impartial custodians of the Aborigines’ rights and ensure their protection.14 We find similar arguments about the special responsibility of the British government throughout humanitarian discourses during the first decades of the nineteenth century.15 The APS, in picking up the political campaign when the Select Committee had concluded its work, continued in this vein. Its first annual report, published in 1838, stated:

The colossal magnitude of the dependencies of Great Britain is not merely calculated to awaken the astonishment of all who watch with interest the movements of human society, but to demand a system of enlightened, comprehensive, and persevering efforts, that such an instrument of conveying blessings to the human race should not be perverted by a mistaken policy, by schemes of avarice and ambition, by lust of conquest, fame or wealth, into a mere instrument of evil, equally a curse to the thousands who inflict it, and the millions who suffer from it.16

The Select Committee and APS were not only closely linked to the abolitionist movement by shared arguments, evangelical guiding principles, or strategies pursued but also in terms of membership and networks. To demonstrate these points, most studies focus on key male figures such as Thomas Fowell Buxton (1786–1845), the MP who successfully led the parliamentary initiative to abolish slavery in 1833 (and who was also a member of the Clapham Sect, chairman of the Select Committee, and first president of the APS). Another personality often referred to is Thomas Hodgkin (1798–1866), medical pioneer and philanthropist who “did much of the work to prepare the committee, finding witnesses and gathering evidence to put before it,” and who is considered the “driving force behind” the APS.17 The limitations of concentrating on male figureheads become most apparent if their social and familial background is taken into account. On Buxton’s side, this included a particularly active and gifted group of women: his wife Hannah (née Gurney) who by hosting informal social gatherings (dinners) and participating in philanthropic gatherings fulfilled a traditional female middle-class role; and his daughter Priscilla, who as his unofficial secretary conducted his correspondence and organised the flow of information circulating through these letters for Buxton to utilise in his political speeches. After Priscilla’s marriage to fellow activist and MP Andrew Johnston in 1834, his sister-in-law and close friend of Sarah Maria 220 E. BISCHOFF

Buxton, Anna Gurney (1795–1857), followed in her footsteps as correspondent, secretary, and compiler of information. Gurney was also the main author of the Select Committee’s final report. Thomas Buxton never acknowledged her role to anyone outside the immediate family circle and a small group of political allies and friends. Since social prejudices against women actively engaged in political endeavours prevailed, officially recognising Gurney’s contributions would have likely ruined Buxton’s career and permanently damaged the cause.18 Buxton also drew on contacts he had established as a member of the abolitionist movement. These included evangelical activists living in the colonies, for instance John Philip (1775– 1851), superintendent of the London Missionary Society’s stations in South Africa since 1822, who had campaigned against the maltreatment of Africans by the colonists since his first visit to the Cape Colony in 1818. Philip also played an “important covert role” in finishing the Committee’s final report.19 Hodgkin in turn relied heavily on his contacts among missionaries and evangelical activists to collect his information. Richard King (1811–1876), one of his students at Guy’s Hospital, and a man Hodgkin had inspired to investigate the Hudson Bay Company’s conduct towards Native Americans in 1833, gave evidence to the Select Committee on Hodgkin’s recom- mendation. King spoke about the situation of the Cree (“Swampy Cree”), “Copper Indians,” and “Chippewayans” on 11 July 1836.20 He also became a member of the APS’s steering committee and cofounding of the Ethnological Society of London.21 Similarly, Hodgkin introduced Elisha Bates to the Select Committee. Bates testified on behalf of the Shawnee, a Native American Indian nation whose Ohio residents were removed to the Indian Territory under the stipulations of the Indian Removal Act after 1831.22 He was member of a committee of the YM of the Society of Friends Ohio, which laboured under the Meeting’s “concern” for “the remnant of the Shawnee tribe of Indians.”23 Both figureheads of the humanitarian movement “protecting the defenceless, and promoting the advancement of uncivilized Tribes” were thereby deeply embedded in pan-imperial networks.24 Quaker support played a central role in this context; the contributions of Quaker women were especially key to the successes of the “humanitarian moment” of the 1830s and 1840s.25 Thomas F. Buxton was deeply connected to the Society of Friends on a personal level. His mother Anna (1762–1828, née Hanbury) introduced him into Quaker circles. As a result, he befriended Joseph John Gurney (1788–1847) and came to know other members of the Gurney family who 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 221 were engaged in philanthropic and benevolent efforts, most prominently prison reformer Elizabeth Fry (1780–1845, née Gurney). Buxton also met his future wife, Hannah (1783–1872), and the couple married in 1807.26 His elder sister, Anna Buxton (1784–1855), also married a Friend, William Forster (1784–1854). Buxton communicated with James Backhouse (see Chap. 9) and based his argument against unfettered colonial settlement and his support for recognition of Aboriginal land rights on letters he received from the travelling Quaker minister. He even included one of Backhouse’s communications into the report of the Select Committee on Aborigines the House of Commons had instated on his and his supporters’ initiative.27 It is important to note that Quakers living in the Antipodean colonies were significantly less involved than Friends residing in the metropole. This holds true for the pan-imperial networks and the two nodal points of humanitarian activity on behalf of Indigenous people: the Select Committee and the APS. Although an auxiliary branch of the APS was founded in Sydney on 16 October 1838,28 only Daniel Wheeler, another Quaker “traveller under concern,” and John Barton Hack (1805–1884), a South Australian Quaker, were listed as “Honorary Members.”29 Neither G.F. Story nor Francis Cotton became members of the APS, despite their support of Robinson’s ameliorating mission at the local level. No representative of an Australian Quaker meeting testified in front of the Select Committee as Elisha Bates did for the Ohio Friends and the Shawnee. Information on Australia was instead provided by Archdeacon Broughton and J.D. Lang (Presbyterian minister) and a mixed group of missionaries, namely Dandeson Coates (CMS), W. Watson (CMS), John Beecham (Wesleyan Missionary Society, WMS), and William Ellis (LMS), and by James Backhouse and George Arthur, whose letters to Thomas F. Buxton were included as evidence.30 Considering the limited direct involvement of Australian Quakers in both of the central locations of humanitarian activity on behalf of Indigenous people, how did everyday Quaker settler experiences relate to internal Quaker as well as larger political debates in Britain?

8.1 Transmissions: Settler Experiences and Humanitarian Discourse In terms of political visibility, the parliamentary Select Committee and the APS had a smaller but with regard to the question at hand nevertheless significant cousin: the Aborigines Committee of the Quaker MfS, 222 E. BISCHOFF appointed on 5 June 1837.31 Following the London YM’s concern for “the circumstances of the Aborigines of the British Colonial Possessions, particularly the Indians in Upper Canada,” the committee was assigned to “take such steps as they may be enabled, to further the objects of the YM.”32 As demonstrated earlier, the British Quaker community and their organisational branches had been well aware of the situation of Indigenous peoples confronted with white settler imperialism in North America for decades. Until June 1837, however, the reports on their condition were not collected nor evaluated by an appointed committee, or in modern terms, a specialised task force. Instead, as the example of the YM’s outrage at the US Indian Removal Act has shown, the information had been transferred as part of regular transatlantic Quaker communication in the form of epistles and letters circulating between North American meetings, the MfS, and London YM. The Aborigines Committee first consisted of ten (June 1837), then twenty-eight (July 1837), and finally eighteen members (August 1840). Among this rather large group were several Quakers who were also deeply involved in other Quaker committees and the APS, including William Allen, Josiah Forster (1782–1870), and Thomas Hodgkin (listed in 1840) (see Fig. 8.1). The records of this committee have, alas, not been preserved. Nevertheless, the group’s regular interaction with the MfS allows for some reconstruction of its activities, however incomplete. In reviewing these interactions, several aspects come to the fore. First, the committee started out with a transatlantic perspective, focussing on the fate of the Canadian First Nations as its description on both the minutes of the London YM and the MfS clearly indicates (“the Aborigines of the British Colonial Possessions, particularly the Indians in Upper Canada”). Accordingly, one of the first activities of this Quaker task force was to formulate a memorial addressed to John George Lambton (1792– 1840), Earl of Durham, as the newly appointed Governor General of the Province of Canada in March 1838. In this petition, adopted by the MfS at an extraordinary meeting on 24 March 1838, the British Quaker community drew the Governor General’s attention to the “attempts to dispossess them by treaty of their most valuable reservations in Upper Canada, and to settle them upon the rocky Islands of Lake Huron,” a location utterly unsuitable for agriculture or pastoralism.33 Secondly, British Quakers employed a set of recurring arguments to support Indigenous peoples, which a closer look at the text of the memorial demonstrates. The petition begins by invoking the notion of a special 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 223

r le W ee ee ee 38 GW Wh m m C ts 18 & & si bC 37 bC 40 JB D Vi QA 18 QA 18 APS Allen, WilliamxxxxxCommiee Alsop, Robert (Jnr)xx Barclay, Abram Rawlinsonx Barclay, John xx Barrett, Richardxx Barry, John Thomas xx Bedford, Peterxxxxx Bell, John xx Christy, Thomas x Darton, Samuel x Forster, Joseph xxxx Forster, Josiah xx xx xCommiee Forster, Robert xx xx x Forster, Williamxx Grimshaw, Williamx Gurney, Samuel xx xx Hamilton, John x Hanbury, Corneliusx x Hargrave, Williamx Harris, Edward xx Hodgkin, John Jun. xx Hodgkin, Thomas (M.D.) xCommiee Holmes, George x Howard, Robert x xCommiee Kitching, John xxx Knight, Henry (Jnr)xx Manley, Williamxx Neatby, Joseph x Norton, Thomas (Jnr)xx Paull, Edward x Sanderson, John xx xx xx Shewell, Joseph x Stacey, George xx xx x Storrs, Joseph xx

Fig. 8.1 Quaker committees and their members’ activity in the APS, 1831– 1840. (Data collated from: Records of the Meeting for Suffering, Minutes (1700– 1857), Vol. 43 (1823–1831), 30 May 1831, p. 634; Vol. 44 (1831–1839), 2 September 1831, p. 15, 17 November 1832, pp. 91–92, 3 January 1834, p. 172, 5 June 1837, p. 394, 7 July 1837, pp. 419–20; Vol. 45 (1840–1848), 7 August 1840, p. 48, Friends House Library, London; Aborigines Protection Society. 1838. First Annual Report. Presented at the Meeting in Exeter Hall, May 16th, 1838. London: P. White & Son, front matter) 224 E. BISCHOFF relationship between Native Americans and Quakers going back to William Penn’s foundation of Pennsylvania “and his care for the rights and interests of the Indians with whom he had intercourse” to establish a particular speaking position: that of the Quaker expert on Indigenous affairs. Based on this claim, the MfS called upon Lord Durham to “employ the extensive powers” at his disposal “in securing to the original possessors of the soil of Canada, those rights which belong to them, not only as members of the great human family, but in virtue of their just and ancient title and which Britons as Christians are bound to acknowledge and respect.”34 As the Meeting continued, Durham was to prevent the “expulsion of the Indians from their reservations,” regardless of financial interests involved (“[h]owever attractive the prize which these valuable lands may present to the cupidity of white adventurers”) or the “apparent regularity of the treaties.” These contracts had, according to the Friends’ memorial, taken “advantage of the too confiding disposition of the Indian” and were thus to be revoked.35 Out of “regard for the national character, and above all for the dictates of Christian morality as regulating the conduct of civilized towards uncivilized man,” the Quakers continued, Durham was not only to ensure a “permanent confir- mation of the title of the Indians” but moreover “the enactment of laws which […] effectually prevent their alienation under any pretext.”36 To ensure the full implementation of these measures, the Meeting “claim[ed] on behalf of the Indians an immediate and entire participation in the rights of British subjects.” Their treatment as a “separate nation in the midst of a civilized community,” the Quakers argued, effectively pre- vented “their protection and improvement.” If by “possessing all the advantages of British citizens” they would “amalgamate with the subjects of the Canadian Government, […] the comfort and welfare of their white neighbours would be materially promoted.”37 Cultural assimilation, however, was only to be taken so far. Based on the “principles of the Society of Friends,” the Meeting explicitly urged the Governor General “against the employment of the Indians in military service.” Their involvement was “likely to aggravate the horrors inseparable from all war and greatly to retard their own emancipation from the savage state.”38 A review of the petition also reveals a number of underlying characteristics. The Quakers’ arguments rested upon the firm belief in their own expert position founded on what they considered to be William Penn’s legacy of negotiation and peaceful cohabitation. Accordingly, they not only considered themselves particularly well equipped to counsel other Europeans on colonial policies but also to speak on behalf of Native Americans.39 Their attitude towards Indigenous people is structured by a form of paternalistic 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 225 benevolence, which permeated nineteenth-century philanthropy as a whole. Their demands were rooted in Quaker beliefs and norms and did not take Indigenous views into account. Being a potential military ally, for instance, had strengthened as well as weakened the political position of Native Americans throughout the eighteenth century as many historians have pointed out. Quakers also fully endorsed racist notions such as the hierarchical distinction between “civilised” and “uncivilised man” as well as the imperative for “improvement” and assimilation for Indigenous people to survive. Yet, they had developed a clear notion of the ultimate source of the conflict between First Nations and white settlers, namely the dispossession of and expulsion of Indigenous people from their land. Quakers did not criticise colonial expansion as such but its conduct: identifying greedy settlers as the real perpetrators instead of the representatives of the British government. This conceptual blind spot might well have had very practical reasons. Since addressing high-ranking government officials was one of their favourite strategies to influence colonial policies, Quakers were rhetorically pre- vented from pointing out the involvement and shortcomings of the people and agencies they appealed to for help. Instead, Quakers emphasised the importance of Christian values as the guiding principle for imperial policies past and present. Last but not least, the Quaker committee, and thus for all intents and purposes official British Quakerism, was fully aware of the fact that treaties between Native Americans and Europeans were an instrument of (further) dispossession—as in the case of the Indian Removal Act, which enabled the US federal government to dislocate the “Five Civilized Tribes” to reservations beyond the Mississippi via contractual agreement. The petition, which recommended nullifying an existing agreement in order to protect the interests of the Native Americans, shows the difficulties that resulted from existing treaties, especially with regard to the removal of the Anishinaabe (Ojibway, or St Clair people) to islands in Lake Huron. As we will see later in the next chapter, this lesson, learned in the transatlantic encounter, was completely forgotten with regard to Aboriginal Australians and frontier violence. To end the latter and ensure the respect of acknowledgement of Indigenous land titles, the Quakers favoured contractual dislocation, compensation, and committing Aboriginal people to governmental institutions of control/supervision. The third aspect, which a review of the Aborigines Committee’s activities reveals, is the fact that British Quakers, as an organisation, committed themselves to the cause of the Aboriginal Australians comparatively late and only as part of efforts on behalf of Indigenous people in general. Support of the efforts of their American brethren to alleviate the impact of 226 E. BISCHOFF settler imperialism on Native Americans had been part and parcel of British Quaker activism for decades; in 1838, the parliamentary Select Committee had already investigated the situation of Indigenous peoples throughout the Anglo-world, including Australia, and submitted its recommendations. The Quaker committee and the MfS were well aware of its work and endorsed it by publishing extracts of its report for the general public.40 Quakers shifted their collective gazes only slowly to the Antipodean Colonies. The committee’s first yearly report submitted to the MfS on 18 May 1838, for instance, is a testimony to the transatlantic perspective of their work and its focus on the situation in North America. Other Indigenous groups became part of their concern by incorporating the findings of Daniel Wheeler’s report on the situation of the Pacific Islanders, namely his assessment of the distribution of the four most destructive agents distributed among them: “Ardent Spirits, Disease, Gunpowder, and Fire Arms.”41 Fourth: The committee’s primary means to collect information followed established lines of inter-Quaker communication, namely the exchange of epistles and reports among existing YMs and the circulation of letters within their network of correspondents. As Australian Quaker meetings were recognised as independent Meetings as late as 1861 and the formation of the first Australian YM did not succeed prior to 1901, official Quaker channels did not exist during the 1830s and 1840s, the period of the “propaganda war” between humanitarians and settlers.42 It comes as no surprise then that Quaker settlers and their experiences had no direct impact on the Committee’s work. Neither Francis Cotton nor any of his Australian brethren communicated directly with this specialised task force nor were they referred to in one of the Committee’s reports or publications during this time. Nevertheless, Quaker emigration to the Australasian settler colonies took centre stage in the Committee’s work in 1839 as the formulation of an official address to those Friends “contemplating emigration to distant colonies” demonstrates.43 Adopted by the MfS on the Committee’s initiative on 1 November the same year, and distributed amongst all QMs, the text aimed at “remind[ing]” potential Quaker emigrants of “how much the steps they take may affect not merely the interests of humanity but moral and Christian principle” in general.44 The addressees were implored to “reflect upon the responsibility which attaches to them when they are the neighbours of uncivilized and Heathen Tribes.”45 The majority of settlements, the text continued, had been established by “dispossess- 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 227 ing the Native of their lands without equivalent,” a reference to the policy of terra nullius, a course of action unique to the colonies on the Australian mainland and VDL. Furthermore, the Indigenous population had suffered “incalculable injury to [their] moral and physical condition,” being “more or less reduced in numbers, and, in some instances completely exterminated.”46 The Aborigines Committee (via the MfS) urged Quaker emigrants to be “careful neither directly nor indirectly to inflict injury upon the natives.”47 Friends should rather strive to “exhibit the practical character of that religion which breathes ‘peace on earth and goodwill toward men’.”48 As a result, the address continued:

they will not only exert themselves to check the evils which are but too generally inflicted by the whites upon their feebler neighbours, but will be solicitous to do their part in endeavouring to diffuse amongst them the blessings of civilization and Christianity, which will prove the best means of preventing their extermination, and raising them to the full enjoyment of their rights.49

In formulating this list of duties, the MfS envisioned Quaker settlers not as private persons but as agents of a humanitarian policy led by Christian values and humanitarian goals. Whereas the first generation of Quaker emigrants did not have such guidelines, those members settling at the end of the 1830s and in the early 1840s were tasked with a heavy moral and practical burden. The following chapter will explore how they fared, on the one hand, in facing the double responsibility of economic success (bankruptcy was, after all, reason for disownment from the Quaker community) and, on the other, in respecting Aboriginal rights. The Meetings’ address also demonstrates that official Quakerdom had a clear (if not necessarily realistic) idea about the lines of conflict between settlers and Aboriginal peoples in the Australian colonies. If the considerations of the Quaker Aborigines Committee or those of the MfS were not directly informed by Quaker settlers and their everyday experiences, and if official Quaker communication regarding Indigenous peoples focussed on the transatlantic encounter, how then were the assembled members able to formulate such a clear vision of appropriate Quaker behaviour in the Australian colonies?

Journals and Committees: Quaker Routines Looking at the minutes and records of the various Quaker committees in question, another pathway along which information on the situation in 228 E. BISCHOFF the Antipodean colonies arrived in London becomes apparent, starting with the reports of James Backhouse and George Washington Walker in the 1830s. Recording their daily routines during their journeys in a travel log was vitals to the practices by which travelling Quaker ministers articulated their identity as individual Christians, as men, as (seemingly) impartial auditors and mediators, as spiritual and political counsellors, as well as founders and respected elders of new Quaker communities. These journals, however, also conveyed information about the people they met, the experiences the colonists had, and any actions they had taken. These texts were also part of official Quaker communication. All so-called “travellers under concern” were supported by a group of Friends at home, appointed by the MfS.50 These committees were mainly employed to ensure the accuracy of the financial arrangements and transactions involved. They were also entrusted with keeping contact, providing moral/spiritual support, and collecting reports (which in turn it presented to the MfS). These reports usually took the form of letters written by the “travellers” to the respective committee; but in the case of Backhouse and Walker’s journey, the ministers decided on another course of action: “So much has occurred to interest us since we arrived here that we have thought it best to transmit the countenance of our journals from hence.”51 In addition to the regular support committee, two other Quaker committees were concerned with accompanying Backhouse’ and Walker’s journey, namely the Committee for Corresponding with Friends Travelling Abroad (also called Committee on Visits in Foreign Parts) and the Continental Committee. Essentially, they functioned as a set of filters. The former chose which parts of the reports and letters that had been received would be presented during the sessions of the MfS; the MfS, in turn, would select, prepare, and transmit this information to the London YM. The latter, following a resolution of the YM in 1834, prepared an edited version of the report of travelling ministers, the so-called “Extracts.”52 Thus, these extracts only included those parts of a travelling minister’s journal the committee members considered of interest to the general Quaker (related) public. The committee followed the ministers’ progress and extracts were released in subsequent parts. Each British MM, according to the MfS’s decision, was to be furnished with one copy of their reports, and it “recommended that they be circulated from family to family […], in order that Friends generally may have an opportunity of reading the same.”53 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 229

What insights can we glean from these reports and extracts with regard to the circulation of knowledge on the conflict between Indigenous Australians and Europeans at the Australian frontier in general and the situation of Quaker settlers in particular? In reconstructing this knowledge, it will be necessary to differentiate between those details available to members of the respective Quaker committees and the information accessible to Quakers in general.

Quaker Settler Experiences Converted The accounts the travelling ministers provided about Francis Cotton, his family as well as their experiences as settlers in the letters they sent to their support committee are limited. None of the events discussed in Chap. 7 were described in Backhouse’s travel log. On the occasion of his and George Washington Walker’s first visit to Kelvedon in April 1833, James Backhouse noted none of the hostilities that accompanied the Cottons’ settlement at Oyster Bay or the “Black War,” nor did he at any point later in his text. Instead, he described their “brick-nog’d” two-storey house, “surrounded by a verandah [sic]” and mentioned their “good garden.” To readers familiar with early nineteenth-century debates on colonisation, these details distinguished a diligent and industrious (“proper”) settler from the despised squatters of the earlier colonial period.54 The family proudly indicated their provenance by naming their farm after Anna Maria Cotton’s place of birth.55 Backhouse also gave personal information such as the number of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton’s children (seven at this point in time), the strong resemblance between two of their older sons and Thomas Cotton, their grandfather, who was a fellow Quaker from London (member of Southwark, Devonshire House) and would have been known to his readers.56 He also provided details that would enable his audience to recognise them as true brethren and to locate the family within evangelical networks. For instance, “Anna Maria Cotton,” Backhouse noted, “was a good deal overcome by her feelings: she said she had not hoped to see any Friends there on a religious visit.”57 This sentiment qualified her as a woman, who was, befitting contemporary gender norms, deeply attached to Quaker customs and social networking on an emotional level. Francis Cotton, as a true “serious” Christian, father, and head of household, had established “the practice” of gathering all members of his extended family (including the assigned convicts) twice on Sundays to read to them parts 230 E. BISCHOFF of the Bible. Additionally, he read “the Scriptures to his family after breakfast” and a “passage of the writings of Friends or other pious authors in the evening.”58 Moreover, reviewing the “religious interview” the travelling ministers conducted with both of them, Backhouse noted that he “believe[d] it is the design of the Lord to have a people to bear testimony to the complicity & the purity of the Gospel of Christ, & have no doubt but if this family be faithful to their convictions, they will have a part in this matter.”59 George Fordyce Story, who eventually would become a member in 1834, was characterised by his evangelical heritage: Backhouse noted him being the son of George Story (1762–1818), a Wesleyan minister, whose life had been memorialised in a “valuable & interesting tract.”60 Backhouse stressed the spiritual dimension of the Cotton family’s life, especially of Francis Cotton as an individual, even further in the following journal entries as well as in one of the accompanying addresses to William Manley: “The most interesting event that occurred was that of our Frd F. Cotton beginning to speak as a minister, which he did much to our comfort.”61 He referred to a meeting at the settlement of Michael Bates on 2 May 1833, where Francis “Cotton acknowledged his dependence upon the Lord, by quoting a passage of Scripture.” Backhouse was deeply moved by Cotton’s verbal testimony and commented in his travel log:

May this act of dedication prove the first prelude to further seriousness he be faithful to his convictions. I have no doubt but he will become a useful instrument in the Divine hand: his growing religious concern has been a real comfort to me.62

This high praise is quite astounding considering the fact that Cotton, at this point in time, was officially disowned. Backhouse must have felt a strong spiritual connection to Anna Maria’s husband that transcended Quaker decorum. His descriptions also indicate that Cotton, regardless of the question of formal membership, considered himself a Friend and acted upon Quaker norms and beliefs, at least with regard to everyday religious practices. Not all the information given on the Cottons (and their extended family) survived the editing process. Backhouse’s emphasis on the spiritual dimension, however, was clearly reflected in theExtracts . Anna Maria Cotton’s reaction to the ministers’ visit, the exchange on matters of religion between the couple and the travellers, and the Sunday meetings were all integrated into the published version.63 Other details, however, were 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 231 omitted, and Backhouse’s characterisation of the Cotton family in the committee’s abridgement was thus reduced to three entries: one describing Backhouse’s and Walker’s arrival, a second on their communal Sunday meeting for worship, and a third on the ministers’ religious advice given to the couple. The paragraphs maintained Anna Maria Cotton’s joy at welcoming the visitors and some basic information on the size of their family, but there were no references to Quaker family networks, that is, the children’s grandfather:

13th [4th mo. 1833] We pursued our journey, passing the huts of Little Swanport, and reached Francis Cotton’s House just before dark. F.C. and his wife gave us a most hearty welcome. They have seven small children. Anna Maria Cotton was a good deal overcome by her feelings; she said she had not hoped to see any Friends there, on a religious visit.64

The Extracts also included some brief notes on their interaction on a spiritual level but omitting all indicators of Francis Cotton’s evangelical “seriousness” or the high hopes Backhouse had for his spiritual development. Instead of conveying a sense of arrival amongst Friends (in the double meaning of the word) as Backhouse did in his journal, the entries in the Extracts suggest a more hierarchical relationship between the ministers and the Cottons, which may well reflect a more critical stance of the dis- tanced, metropolitan Quakers/editors on former (disowned) members:

14th. First-day. At eleven o’clock we assembled for worship in a large room in F. Cotton’s house, and again in the evening. On both these occasions, after a solemn pause, I thought it my place to address the company at some length. […]

24th. We had a religious interview with Francis and A.M. Cotton. I thought it my place to encourage them to faithfulness, in bearing the testimonies of Friends in all things, believing them to be according to the Holy Scriptures, and that they themselves valued them as such. I also pointed out the importance of this step, in regard to their children, and to their influence in this neighbourhood.65 George Fordyce Story, whose presence in Kelvedon was left explained, in turn was characterised simply as a district assistant surgeon, his Wesleyan background and his involvement in governmental administration were both omitted.66 232 E. BISCHOFF

Other details originally given in Backhouse’s reports, but also not included in the Extracts, were those regarding the Cottons’ involvement in the colony’s assignment system—a topic the Quaker minister had discussed twice in his description of his 1833 visit, both with regard to its (at least partial) dysfunction. He first noted the lack of qualified “assigned servants,” especially shoemakers, as the demand for skilled labour did not match the number of artisans that had been transported. As a result, “[s]everal of F Cotton’s children are now barefooted, there being no shoemaker among their assigned servants at this time & no shoe maker [sic] residing in the neighbourhood.”67 Secondly, Backhouse described inadequate arrangements to confine and punish disobedient female convicts locally in connection to a former Cotton servant who was held at Waterloo Point. Knowing that the only institutions of confinement were those in Hobart and Georgetown, Backhouse claimed, female prisoners would “conduct themselves amiss on purpose to be sent up for punishment, preferring punishment with the company of those of their own cast to the industrious life of house servant to a settler in a sequestered situation.”68 Since his own experience with convict workers was very limited, we can safely assume that he very likely ascertained this information from Francis Cotton and/or George Fordyce Story who would have spoken to him about the topic in view of this case. Equally omitted from the Extracts is Story’s employment as “Commissariat Storekeeper at Waterloo Point” which Backhouse’s journal mentioned and explained as financial necessity since the doctor’s position as District Assistant Surgeon did not yield a sufficient income with “the neighbourhood affording little private practice.”69 All indicators of Story’s professional involvement in the “Black War” were therefore available to James Backhouse. Yet, as mentioned above, he made no reference to it. Whether or not he chose to keep his silence or if Story and Cotton simply did not share their experiences is impossible to determine. We do know, however, that Backhouse spoke to other settlers about their involvements. Two examples from those accounts detail how Backhouse and Walker met on their way to and from Kelvedon. The first comes from the family of Lt. James Hawkins, one of the post-Napoleonic war pensioners who had “in their individual cases beat[en] their swords into ploughshares, & their spear[s] into pruning hooks” and settled south of the Cottons’ estate.70 Backhouse relays the situation the Hawkins family members found themselves in during the “Black War” as extremely fright- ening and oppressive. Surrounded by “forest & scrub almost to the door,” 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 233 they were extremely vulnerable to Aboriginal surprise attacks and kept a constant guard. “[O]ne of their men was killed […] not far from the house; & many others lost their lives […] in the Oyster Bay district.” Backhouse also described the tactics the Tasmanian Aboriginal warriors used to draw the settlers out: setting fire to parts of the settlement as a diversion and then attacking the unprotected house.71 The second example of a settler sharing his perspective and the details of his involvement in the frontier hostilities in Backhouses letters is John Batman (1801–1839). Batman, who in scholarly literature today is regarded very critically for his role as a leader of one of the so-called roving parties,72 was characterised by the Quaker minister in a positive manner. He was introduced as a “native of Sydney,” married to a “respectable woman” (despite the fact that she was an emancipist) and father of six daughters, whose “house is a kind of rendezvous for persons in the aboriginal service.” Here, during their visit of Batman’s farm on 8 May 1833, the Quakers met Anthony Cottrell, George A. Robinson’s partner in his venture to relocate those Aboriginal communities left on the Island 31 December 1831. They also encountered several Aboriginal persons who worked on the estate, “two aboriginal boys” and “three Sydney natives, who have been employed in this war &c.”73 Batman’s involvement in the “Black War” was described very briefly, and although a number of Aborigines killed was given, the violence the Tasmanian settler exerted was softened by pointing out its legitimacy and its contribution to the consecutive amelioration efforts. In Backhouse’s own words:

J[oh]n Batman was formerly employed by the Government to take the Aborigines by capture if practicable but by destruction where they could not be captured. This was at a time when the Aborigines destroyed many white people. Under these instructions about 30 were destroyed, & 11 captured. Those captured became reconciled & have been highly useful in the peaceable arrangements so successfully made of latter time by G.A. Robinson, & A. Cottrell.74

Backhouse continued to describe how Batman led him to the grave of an Aboriginal child who had died living under his roof, a gesture of genuine concern and compassion. The minister concluded his account by noting that they “had a satisfactory religious interview with this family & the servants & military in the evening.”75 234 E. BISCHOFF

These are not the only passages of Backhouse’s journal in which he gives information on the history and the current state of the conflict between settlers and Aboriginal Tasmanians in early 1830s VDL. On the contrary, he refers to it on a regular basis, especially if we consider his insights into the development of the Aboriginal reservation on Flinders Island, Wybalenna, which he and George W. Walker visited twice during their stay in the colony. In the sample handed down to us (letters Backhouse sent to William Manley, covering the time between 5 December 1831 and 24 January 1834), the minister refers to either of these topics in almost every single instalment of his report. Considering this regularity and the details given in his text, Backhouse remained remarkably nebulous on some particularities of the conflict or the settlers’ involvement. He often omitted clear indicators that the events he referred to had taken place only two or three years prior. Instead, he frequently chose phrases such as “[a]fter the Aborigines became hostile” or “at a time when the Aborigines destroyed many white people.”76 This vagueness pushed recent historical events into a realm of almost mythical qualities by resembling the traditional time specification at the introduction of fairy tales (“once upon a time”). The phrases also mirror a narrative tradition the settlers had established amongst themselves. For them, precise time specifications were unnecessary as these stories referred to shared experiences. There are, however, exceptions to this rule which also stand out in addressing violence quite directly, naming places or persons involved, and condemning these actions in such frank terms as “cold blooded,” cow- ardly, reckless, and illegal as in the case of Alexander McKay (1802?–1882) who, according to the ministers’ informant, had killed several Aborigines when they launched a surprise attack on the camp:

We again visited St Mary’s Plain. The man who accompanied us took us to the remains of a bark hut, where a person named McKay; who was injudi- ciously employed by the Aboriginal Committee to capture the natives, came upon a party of them; & with that cold blooded cruelty, which characterizes cowardice & recklessness, fired upon them as they sat around their fire. One woman was killed if not more; & the rest captured.77

McKay, a convict transported to VDL in 1823, had been assigned to G.A. Robinson to assist him in contacting and removing the North Eastern Aboriginal nations between January 1830 and April 1831.78 His behaviour 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 235 did not differ from that of John Batman, who, as we know from his diary, pursued the same course of action, namely attacking Aboriginal campsites at night, during his time as leader of a roving party.79 Yet Backhouse described Batman’s actions in a very different, even positive manner. He characterised McKay, by contrast, as “a prisoner not of respectable character.”80 He also noted that it was safe to assume that “this act of cruel outrage led to increased animosity toward the white population, which resulted in loss of life on both sides,”81 thereby placing the blame squarely in the corner of the convict.82 This aspect resonated with metropolitan Quaker views on the Vandemonian society and class prejudices as will be demonstrated below. Another detail Backhouse usually did not elaborate on was the abduction of Aboriginal children, their forced cultural assimilation, and exploitation as labour force. John Batman was one of many settlers to do so. All these practices were a part of the regular violence settlers exerted against Aboriginal communities as several scholars have eloquently demonstrated and today are considered genocidal practices according to the UN Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide.83 As seen earlier (Chap. 5), Backhouse and Walker explicitly endorsed the separation of Indigenous children from their families and the attempts to transform them into “useful” members of colonial society that was to be hierarchically ordered along the categories of race, class, and gender. It is therefore very likely that Backhouse considered Batman’s behaviour (as well as that of other settlers) regarding Aboriginal children just as praiseworthy as his logistic support of Cottrell’s and Robinson’s mission. In addition to these, for today’s readers’ obvious, omissions, the Quaker’s manuscript journal demonstrates a peculiar blindness to how profoundly the everyday lives of the people Backhouse met were structured by the violence of the frontier. As a dedicated (although not academically trained) botanist, Backhouse had a sharp eye for the flora and fauna of the Island and the portmanteau biota introduced by the Europeans, and he devoted long paragraphs to their description. Parts of these observations were his remarks on the gardens that surrounded every one of the settler’s houses Backhouse described in his text.84 As mentioned in part two of my study, these gardens can be considered indicators of class distinction: respectable settlers vs. deficient squatters. They also, however, mark one of the major war zones of anti-colonial struggle in Tasmania. Clearing the vicinity of a house of trees and underbrush was a tactical necessity, as Backhouse’s portrayal of James Hawkins’ farm and his family’s 236 E. BISCHOFF vulnerability to Aboriginal attacks implies. The beautiful gardens around European houses were thus not only the pride and favourite pastime of its inhabitants as Backhouse claimed, but also part of the killing fields of the “Black War.” In editing Backhouse’s letters, the committee responsible had to shorten the text significantly. To cut its length, the Quakers had to select carefully the information they wanted to retain, a process every editor is very familiar with. The committee settled for a combination of omitting some parts of the minister’s descriptions and summarising others. Consequently, not only the overall quantity and part of the content but also the complexity and depth of the data included in the Extracts were dramatically reduced. Deductions like those exemplified above would be impossible based on Extracts only. In comparison to the complete manuscript version, contemporary readers would only glimpse a rough outline.

Establishing the Cornerstones of Humanitarian Discourse Although limited in contents, the Extracts nevertheless provide good insight into what topics Quakers in Britain considered relevant, since they contain only those parts of Backhouse’s descriptions they deemed worthy to inform their brethren. In preparing the Extracts, the committee tasked with their compilation followed tendencies that were already present in Backhouse’s manuscript. In doing so, they carved out three elements that would become cornerstones of humanitarian discourse on settler imperialism in the Australasian colonies, and many of these arguments were employed in the report of the Parliamentary Select Committee in 1837. The first and most clearly developed theme is the notion that Aboriginal Tasmanians were victims rather than perpetrators in this conflict. The Extracts identify early on the material cause for the struggle: the “increase of settlers […], who have occupied the lands on which they [the Indigenous population] formerly hunted kangaroos, &c., and who have chased away from their neighbourhood these native inhabitants of the soil.”85 The Tasmanians’ reaction to this dispossession was a logical and understandable one: “Who can wonder that the atrocities committed upon the aborigines should induce them to try to destroy and drive from their land, a race among whom [sic] were men guilty of such deeds?”86 The atrocities and crimes committed against them sometimes even qualify as outright “homi- cide in civilized society.”87 If anything, it was the Aboriginal peoples who needed help: Being of small numbers (“there never were was a thousand 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 237 upon the island at one time”) due to a low birth-rate, they were now carried off by European diseases, namely “catarrhal fevers, which have often diminished them greatly”; in addition, the Aboriginal people reduced their own population through intertribal wars.88 The Extracts thereby reinforced the discourse of the “vanishing races.”89 Continuing with this compassionate note, the Extracts emphasised the Aborigines’ humanity by pointing at expressions of grief, parental love, and compassion, and thus refuted the prevailing view at the time that the Indigenous Tasmanians were the “the most degraded class of savages”— beings “without natural affection.”90 The Extracts retained, for instance, an anecdote related to Backhouse and Walker by John Batman on the occasion of their visit of his estate in May 1833. “Point[ing] out the grave of an aboriginal child, who died at his house,” Batman reported that, “[w]hen it expired, the mother and other native women made great lam- entation.” The “morning after it was buried,” he “happen[ed] to walk round his garden before sun-rise” and “found its mother weeping over its grave.”91 Moreover, the Extracts reported at length on both of Backhouse’s and Walker’s visits to the Aboriginal reservation on Flinders Island and their assessment that Aboriginal Tasmanians “do not exhibit the degrada- tion which has been attributed to them either in physical or intellectual power.” Bateman also remarked that they had the potential to achieve “considerable advancement in civilization” given proper care and guidance.92 The second element the committee members retained was Backhouse’s inclination to blame convicts and stock-keepers rather than “respectable” settlers for the violence. Not only did the editors transfer the report on Alexander McKay’s crime almost to the letter as well as include other passages that would stress the responsibility of transportees and members of the lower classes,93 but they also included one of Backhouse’s reflections on the situation on the Tasmanian frontier which would profoundly reso- nate with the text’s religious readers, namely an interpretation of the conflict in biblical terms: The “stock-keepers of Van Dieman’s Land [sic], and some of the settlers” had, according to Backhouse, “exhibited” similar characteristics as those “sons of Jacob” who had plotted against their brother Joseph.94

Similar occasions of ‘evil report’ and exhibition of hardness of heart, such as induced them evilly to entreat Joseph their brother, and other descriptions of profligacy, are here found to prevail, and are reported to have prevailed 238 E. BISCHOFF

formerly in a much greater degree, especially where, from remoteness of situation, there was not much probability that the hand of justice would interfere.95

But, the Extracts continued, there was also hope. Just as Joseph brothers “improved” when brought under proper government and became inspired by “the example of their pious father,” the malevolent among the colonists had abandoned their ways. The “use of spirituous liquors,” which “aggravated” their “malignant features,” had decreased while simultaneously an “increase of moral and religious example and instruction” under the government of Lt.-Gov. Arthur had “drawn out some to the better feelings of the human heart.”96 The third keystone of humanitarian discourse the Extracts proffered was the notion of a fundamental rift between the benevolent colonial government and the greedy, violent, and immoral settlers. Just like Backhouse in his journal, the edited version emphasised the just and benign intentions of George Arthur as an administrator. He was lauded as “a Christian, not merely in theory,” who took an active “interest in the moral and religious improvement of the colonists, and the convicts and aborigines of the country.”97 Arthur’s proclamations “recommend[ed] kindness towards” the Indigenous instead of the use of lethal force even in declaring martial law.98 Developments on the ground, however, thwarted these benevolent governmental intentions, as settler took matters into their own hands, committing “terrible outrages,” particularly in the wake of the declaration that “occasion[ed] the settlers to look upon them [the Indigenous population] as common enemies.”99 It is important to keep in mind that Arthur and the Quaker ministers shared a common concept of colonial governmentality, as I demonstrated in Chap. 5.

Filters and Nets: Transmitting and Connecting Knowledge Reviewing the results of the investigation of available sources, we note that, although the journal was one part of Backhouse’s practices of articulating his identity as a Christian, Quaker minister, activist, and impartial observer, and that the Extracts were the outcome of an internal Quaker decision making process, the knowledge regarding the situation in the Antipodean colonies travelling along with these texts diverges in detail, but not in direction. The Extracts emphasised elements that seemed of particular importance to Quaker functionaries in Britain, and these elements form 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 239 the basis of what we have already come to know of the early nineteenth- century humanitarian discourse on the impact of settler imperialism on Indigenous people throughout the Anglo-world. Quaker Settlers such as the Cotton family and their involvement in the resulting conflicts did not feature prominently in both texts. The reason for this specific silence was twofold: James Backhouse perceived them first and foremost as fellow brethren and accordingly focussed on shared religious sentiments and Quaker practices in his travel log. The edited version of his travel log, which mostly omitted information on the experiences of “respectable” settlers anyway, emphasised Backhouse’s tendency to blame convicts and stock-keepers for the outbreaks of violence. Effectively, the Cotton’s involvement in the violence of the Vandemonian frontier was masked by a dual perception filter: religion and class. So far, scholars reconstructing the history of nineteenth-century humanitarianism have concentrated on charismatic leaders and their personal, familial connections between the different activists involved. Zoë Laidlaw, in particular, has demonstrated the crucial role Quaker women played in this context.100 These networks, important as they were, had an additional, structural dimension as my inquiry into the procedures of filtering and transmitting the insights of the travelling minister James Backhouse has revealed. Indeed, these networks were deeply embedded in Quaker routines and practices that guaranteed systematic distribution and maximum coverage/readership among Friends. It was decided to furnish each QM/MM with a copy, thereby feeding the Extracts into the flow of edifying, religious books and tracts meant to be read at home. The plight of the Tasmanian Aborigines (and their near extinction) became common knowledge amongst British Friends as did all other key elements discussed above. Yet what guaranteed its success simultaneously limited it: the Extracts were considered religious literature, not a political pamphlet. When compared to the other great humanitarian cause Quakers endorsed, the abolitionist movement, sentiment, and compassion did not successfully translate into action. There are two indicators for this inability. The first is the small number of Friends, who were involved in both, the pertinent Quaker committees and the APS. Those who chose to support this political pressure group (in the parlance of our time) were, however, high profile activists within the Quaker community who sat on several committees simultaneously. Josiah Forster and William Allen were the most influential among them since they had both privileged access to information from travelling ministers 240 E. BISCHOFF such as Backhouse and Walker as well as taking the opportunity to instru- mentalise it in their capacity as members of the APS’ steering committee (see Fig. 8.1). Thomas Hodgkin joined the committee much later after the two ministers had finished their visit to Australia and moved to Mauritius in February 1838. Notably, they were also embedded into familial networks, which also interlaced with other humanitarian networks we already encountered. Josiah Forster’s brothers Joseph, Robert, and William, for instance, were all engaged in at least one of the Quaker committees in question. William (1784–1854) was married to Anna Buxton (1784–1855), sister of Thomas Fowell Buxton. William Allen, father-in-law to Cornelius Hanbury (1796– 1869), who supported Daniel and Charles Wheeler’s journey and the APS, had apprenticed Thomas Hodgkin in his pharmaceutical business during the 1810s. These men belonged to a small group of humanitarian activists who were extremely successful during the “humanitarian moment” of the 1830s and 1840s but were unable to create a widespread movement. The second indicator is the self-declared failure and dissolution of the Quakers’ Aborigines Committee in 1847 in favour of the “Negro & Aborigines Fund Committee.”101 After an energetic start in 1838 to 1841, the period highlighted at the beginning of this section, the committee’s work declined considerably. The MfS tried to revive the committee and appointed three new, additional members: James Bowden, William Nash, and Samuel Sturge.102 Yet, in 1843, it reported in unusually frank words:

Past experience has clearly shown, that in the midst of various and pressing claims on the attention of the members of the MfS, the subjects referred to this Committee were so remotely connected with the interests and religious concerns of the members of our Society, that it was extremely difficult to bring together a Committee convened for the separate object of considering the condition of the Aborigines.103

One of the reasons for this difficulty, the report continued, was that no “one cause or […] special object connected with the Aborigines” had been identified and delegated to the committee, either by the MfS or “in consequence of communication from members of our Society travelling in distant part, or as the result of the engagement of those who had recently done so.”104 This inability corresponds to the eventual failure of the APS to prevent expulsion, dispossession, and genocide in the colonies in general. Britain never saw a campaign to boycott Australian wool protesting the invasion 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 241 of Aboriginal lands as it did with sugar and slavery. Historians have presented several reasons for its disability, ranging from: first, the loss of its figure head Thomas F. Buxton in 1845; second, the successful lobbying of those who supported the economic and political interests of the settlers; third, the establishment of responsible government in the colonies in (i.e. Tasmania in 1856), which removed Aboriginal politics from metropolitan accountability; fourth, the inability to broker a political deal similar to the one facilitating Abolition in 1833; fifth, the violent uprisings against British colonial rule, which made it difficult to call for compassion; sixth, to the uneasy alliance between humanitarianism, imperialism, and its “civilizing mission” in general.105 The inability to successfully mobilise Quaker networks is one more element to be added to this dynamic cluster of intersecting factors. Did Quaker settlers and their experiences prevent British Friends from identifying “cause” or “special object”?106 Was this a case of divided loyalties? As my analysis of James Backhouse’s letters and their reception by British Quaker activists has demonstrated, Quakers in Britain were in possession of the most important facts regarding the situation at the Tasmanian (and as his journey continued, the Australian) frontier. Quaker settlers such as the Cottons were discussed in religious terms, and their involvement in frontier violence was obscured by class prejudice. Thus, their experiences did not influence humanitarian debates in Quaker circles directly. Yet Friends still found it difficult to identify a clear objective. The potential reasons for this inability are manifold. One of the contributing elements, I would like to suggest, was a self-narrative that constituted a kind of blind spot. Quakers considered themselves to be on exceptionally good terms with Indigenous people, a self-concept that had derived from the Atlantic encounter, dating back to William Penn’s times. This relegated responsibility for frontier violence to others, for example, bad administrators, misled politicians, settlers from lower class background, and/or convicts. As a result, this particular self- view obfuscated the systematic character of settler imperial violence.

8.2 Imagined Common Grounds: William Penn in Australia? In May 1843, the rejuvenated Quaker Aborigines Committee reviewed the information available to them and expressed deep concern about the situation of Aboriginal people in the British settler colonies of North America, Australia, and Aotearoa/New Zealand.107 It also called the 242 E. BISCHOFF

MfS’s particular attention to the situation Quaker emigrants. Friends in the colonies, the committee argued, would be “liable to trials from which those who remain in this country are exempt” and should therefore “be impressed, not with the principles only, but also the bright example of those Friends who were amongst the early settlers in North America.”108 To support their brethren, the committee had prepared and issued addresses to emigrating Friends in the past. The address to those Friends “contemplating emigration to distant colonies,” adopted by the MfS in November 1839, was discussed earlier.109 In 1840, the committee devised a second one, entitled “Address of Christian Counsel and Caution to Emigrants to New-Settled Colonies.” It was first published in 1841.110 The second open letter upheld the moral imperative expressed in the first, and Quaker emigrants were again called upon to act as agents of humanitarian change in the colonies. In addition, the Committee spelled out the duties that this role implied, arguing that “to do nothing for their good is to be accessory to their destruction.”111 The list of tasks encompassed: distributing bibles, supporting schools and/or personally teaching Aboriginal people aiming at both children and adults, “exercis[ing] of the gift of Christian ministry,” “providing adequate reservations for the natives” and preserving these from violation, promoting their ability to improve themselves and to develop settled “civilized habits” as well as “acquiring a knowledge of the best way to turn their labour to good account.”112 Friends were strongly encouraged to put their Christian beliefs into practice: “you cannot expect that the shrewed [sic] and often remarkably observant natives will be favourably disposed to receive” religious instruction if those preaching disregarded their own principles.113 Quaker emigrants should also be careful not to “sink” to the low level of morality of frontier societies; not only “on account of your uncivilized and degraded fellow-creatures” but also for the sake of their own “immortal souls:”

How often has it happened in consequence of this tendency, that men who were correct and respectable in their conduct, and by no means destitute of religious principles whilst on British ground, have in a slave colony, or a new settlement, been guilty of things of which they would before have thought themselves incapable!114 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 243

In taking up this traditional abolitionist argument about the depriving influence of violence and slavery on the masters, the Committee reminded their readers to “seriously […] ponder these things” in order to “preserve a conscience void of offence towards God and towards man, even in the midst of the abounding wickedness with which you may be encompassed.”115 Apart from these admonitions, the 1840 “Address” mirrored many of the central elements that can also be found in Backhouse’s Extracts: Aboriginal Australians were described as the rightful owners of the soil.116 Their attacks were, as the Committee’s text pointed out, the reaction to infringement and abuse by the “very lowest class of whites” and had to be borne gracefully and “in a meek and Christian spirit.”117 Just like the Extracts had emphasised their humanity and potential to be civilised, the “Address” stressed their equality as “brethren by creation, as possessed equally with yourselves of immortal souls, as alike objects of a Saviour’s love” and subjects of the Crown.118 The text also shared Backhouse’s assessment of the disastrous impact of settler colonial expansion on Indigenous peoples in general, proclaiming that “[t]he necessary and inevitable consequence of the advance of the habitations of civilized men is to destroy the game and other means of support relied on by the uncivilized.”119 Consequently, in order to prevent the “the remnants of the native races” to be “rapidly swallowed up by the advancing tide of colonization,” Quaker emigrants were encouraged to actively support a new and “improved system be adopted in our intercourse with the Aborigines” which Quaker settlers as Christians and humanitarians had to contribute to in the manner detailed above. As such, the Committee’s “Address of Christian Counsel” was based on information derived from observation made at the Vandemonian frontier, processed by Quaker routines and sensitivities. Simultaneously, it was based on the assumption that Friends had a special relationship with Indigenous people in general because the Society, “both in this country and in America, has, from a very early period of its history, felt and evinced a lively interest in the welfare of the uncivilized and enslaved.”120 This interest, the Committee stated, went hand in hand with the “desire that their inalienable rights as a part of the great family of man might be respected, and their civilization and religious instruction promoted.”121 From this view, benevolence towards Aboriginal people was part of Quaker identity and emerged from their religious principles. Yet, this particular articulation of collective Quaker identity was comparatively recent, as I 244 E. BISCHOFF have demonstrated earlier. It emerged after 1782 when Friends embraced evangelical principles and took up the abolitionist cause. Prior to the end of the eighteenth century, the British Quaker community had been a quiet, pietistic, and inward looking sect whose members kept very much to themselves (i.e. their side of the imaginary hedge separating Quaker community from the rest of society) and refrained from political and social involvement. Thus, the conviction that Quakerism and philanthropic causes were seen as mutually intertwined was, in Eric Hobsbawm’s words, an “invented tradition.”122

An Example to Follow: Penn in Humanitarian Discourse The “Address of Christian Counsel and Caution to Emigrants to New- Settled Colonies” did not elaborate on the specifics of this historical legacy. Other publications of the Aborigines Committee did reconstruct this history in great detail. In 1844, one year after the working group had voiced its concern for the Indigenous inhabitants of British settler colonies, it published an “Account of the Conduct of the Religious Society of Friends towards the Indian Tribes” covering the second half of the seventeenth century up to the readers’ present (the year 1843). The report focussed heavily on the relationship between Native Americans and Quakers during the early colonial history of Pennsylvania, East and West Jersey: The presentation of this period covered 40% of the book, and the greater part of these pages was devoted to an description of William Penn’s (1644–1718) interaction with Native Americans founding the colony of Pennsylvania in 1681.123 Led “by the peaceful and benign principles of Christianity” and recognising the Native Americans as the “rightful proprietors of the land,” Penn had already intervened in the (re) organisation of East and West Jersey in 1676 and encouraged Quaker settlers to make a “purchase […] from its aboriginal inhabitants” before turning his hand to a colony of his own.124 Pennsylvania, the Account continued, was intended to be Penn’s “holy experiment:”125 The colony was built as a refuge for his brethren who were prosecuted for their religious convictions in seventeenth-century England but also as testimony to the “glory of God by the civilization of the poor Indians, and the conversion of the Gentiles, by just and lenient measures, to Christ’s kingdom.”126 Acting thus as the saviour to his fellow Quakers and the Natives Americans alike, Penn set up a government based on a treaty between him and the Delaware/Lenape concluded under the “great elm-tree” at Shackamaxon 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 245

(Kensington, today part of Philadelphia) in 1682.127 The contract was agreed upon “by a mutual understanding” of both parties and “settle[d] […] the purchase of lands.”128 These were not the only measures Penn took to ensure the peaceful cohabitation of Europeans and Native Americans specified in the Account. In agreement with “the adventurers and purchasers in the same province,” Penn as “Proprietary and Governor” also issued several regulations that aimed at structuring the interaction between settler and Indigenous population. These stipulations included: trade regulations that were designed to protect “the poor natives” from “overreach,” the public control of the quality of all products in inter-ethnic trade, and the guarantee that the “improvement of their ground, and providing sustenance for their families” would be as respected as those which “any of the planters shall enjoy.” Additionally and most importantly, Penn decreed that all inhabitants of his colony should enjoy full equality before the law. Settlers acting against an Indigenous person would receive “the same penalty of the law as if he had committed it against his fellow-planter.” The governor explicitly banned settler vigilantism. Europeans who suffered an injustice from a Native American should “make his complaint” to the authorities who would then seek redress on his behalf in counsel with the local Indigenous leaders. All cases of “differences between the planters and the natives” had to be brought before a mixed jury of twelve men (six equally appointed from both sides).129 Penn’s good governance resulted in an era of harmony:

And thus, while the neighbouring states, by pursuing a different policy, were engaged in frequent broils and wars with the natives, which were attended with grievous loss of life, and great expense, Pennsylvania stood alone in the enjoyment of uninterrupted peace and quietness.130

It lasted, the text emphasised, “[a]s long as Friends retained a power in the government,” that is, the following 70 years and individual Quakers “although unarmed, and in a defenceless condition as regarded their personal safety, they lived among them in entire security” as long as they stayed truthful to the peace testimony.131 Friends, the text stressed, were attacked only when they disregarded the peace testimony, by carrying a weapon or trusting in military strength (i.e. fleeing to the false safety of a fort) instead of believing in “the protecting care of Divine Providence.”132 The “friendly and just conduct towards the natives was so effective” that Pennsylvania experienced a period of economic success and attracted more 246 E. BISCHOFF emigrants than any other New England colony. Philadelphia in particular grew into one of the urban metropoles of eighteenth-century transatlantic Anglo-world. The Account notes that Philadelphia had 10,000 inhabitants in 1718 (the year of Penn’s death) with a total of 60,000 in colony. In 1760, the city encompassed 20,000 and the colony a total of 200,000 persons.133 The committee hereby recorded a form of “explosive colonization,” a phenomenon James Belich has determined to be a central characteristic of Anglo settler expansion during the nineteenth century.134 The 1844 description of Penn’s policy was one of the most elaborate in humanitarian tract literature during this period. It cited biographies as well as letters and journals written by his contemporaries. It quoted extensively from Penn’s own writings. The text also framed his actions by refer- encing George Fox’s epistles and tried to invalidate critics who doubted the existence of the “Great Treaty” by reconstructing the tradition of records in eighteenth-century Philadelphia. Looking at the tract from today, this effort might give the impression that Penn needed this form of extensive introduction because nineteenth-century humanitarians were unfamiliar with his story. The introduction to the Account seems to support this view. It explicitly aimed at “bringing more into view the great advantages which resulted to the early settlers in these colonies,” as well as the benefits of “pursuing an upright, peaceable, and conciliatory course towards the native inhabitants.”135 The authors expressed their wish that “it may incite others to follow the same line of conduct.”136 Yet nothing could be further from the truth than assuming Penn’s oeuvre was unknown. As seen earlier, his texts such as No Cross No Crown (first published in 1669) were highly popular among Quakers who were enthu- siastically reading religious tracts for edification and spiritual uplifting. Early nineteenth-century Quakers often referred to Penn as a matter of course when discussing settler expansion and Aboriginal land rights well before the publication of the Committee’s Account. Two examples, both connected to Quaker views on the situation at the Vandemonian frontier, will help to exemplify this point. The first is James Backhouse’s and George W. Walker’s “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemen’s Land; with remarks upon Penal Discipline, and observations upon the General State of the Colony” to Lt.-Gov. George Arthur in June 1834, in which they “cordially” approved of the “benevolent intentions” of his government, but nevertheless insisted that the violence of the “Black War” could have been avoided if the “indefeasible rights” of the “Aboriginal Inhabitants” had been “duly considered” and if “an equivalent for their 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 247 lands” had been rendered to them, “a proceeding, which, in the history of America, has been proved to be practicable.”137 In the second example, a letter to Thomas F. Buxton, dated 22 October 1834,138 Backhouse chose far more candid words to describe current colonial policies in the Australian colonies, declaring it to be outright theft: “Aborigines have had wholesale robbery of territory committed upon them by the Government, and settlers have become the receivers of this stolen property.”139 To remedy this situation and to prevent that Indigenous proprietors were tricked by duplicitous practices on the part of Europeans whenever individual agreements were signed, Backhouse suggested a governmental approach very similar to the one pursued by William Penn: a central institution, the “British Government would become the original purchasers” who would then sell the land to interested settlers. Simultaneously, the government should “arrange for the preservation of the rights of the parties making the sale, and take steps to promote their settlement and civilization” by missionary work.140 Additionally, Backhouse suggested, it should take Aborigines more explicitly under the protection of the law by investigating the circumstances of their deaths in case British citizens were suspected to be involved.141 Buxton presented Backhouse’s letter as evidence during the hearings conducted by the Parliamentary Select Committee on Aborigines. As Backhouse was one of two Quaker voices to be heard by the committee, the other belonged to Thomas Hodgkin, who also relied on William Penn as an example of good colonial governance. Penn, Hodgkin asserted, “furnished a singular exception to the mode of colonization adopted by civilized and Christian states” by purchasing the territory from its Indigenous proprietors in addition to the royal charter which, according to British standards, guarantied his land title.142 Many followed Penn’s example in terms of treaty policy, Hodgkin stressed, but failed to accomplish the peaceful cohabitation achieved during the seventy years of Quaker rule initiated by “the great legislator.”143 The secret to Pennsylvania’s success were the additional “beneficent measures” Penn introduced on behalf of the Native Americans. Without these measures, treaties were “beneficial of the Whites, but irreparably injurious to the Indians” as the “former have gained an easy possession of the resources of the latter, whilst famine and in some instances war, has been the portion of the Indians as they have retreated upon the territories of other tribes.”144 Hodgkin named three “most important features” in this context: first, the refusal to remove the Indigenous population from the territory of the colony; secondly, the 248 E. BISCHOFF admittance to “full participation in the benefit and protection of the laws,” including the institution of mixed juries and the issue of trade regulations for the Amerindians’ protection145; and thirdly, Penn’s determination to civilise the Indigenous population and to include them “in the blessings of Christianity.”146 Hodgkin also introduced an important caveat by noting that Penn’s policies had “an influence diametrically the reverse of that which he would have desired”: peace, stability, and economic success that “encouraged emigration, which contracted the hunting-grounds of the Indians” and led to the eventual demise of the very conditions of Pennsylvania’s success.147 Members of the Society of Friends were not the only humanitarians who cited Penn’s policies as a potential role model for a revised set of imperial policies regarding Aboriginal people. We also find numerous examples from beyond Quaker circles. Here, Penn was remembered best, even almost exclusively, for his treaty policy. The nuances and caveats discussed in Quaker texts were often lost. One of the most influential examples with regard to Australian history is Lt.-Gov. George Arthur who lamented in his correspondence to the Secretary of State for War and the Colonies in January 1835 that “it was a great oversight that a treaty was not, […] made with the natives” when the colony of VDL had been founded in 1803.148 The agreement would have cost the British government “a mere trifle,” and it would have “given to the chiefs [what] they would have deemed a fair equivalent for what they surrendered.”149 Neglecting this exchange, Arthur continued, had created an “animosity” which was then aggravated by the “injuries done them by the convicts” who were sent hunting for kangaroo to avert a famine during the first years of the settlement.150 Heeding the lessons learned at the Vandemonian frontier and keeping the beneficial effects of early treaty policy in mind, this “experience” could be “be turned to the best account in forming the new settlements now projected in New Holland” and in “subjecting to some regulations” those squatters who had crossed the Bass Strait and had “sent from this colony several flocks of sheep to be depastured [sic] on a part of the opposite coast.”151 In conclusion, the Lt.-Gov. urged, “[e]very effort […] ought to be made to come to an understanding with the natives of Southern Australia before operations are commenced by the emigrants […] to prevent a long continued warfare.”152 His advice, it seems, was taken very seriously. In his answer to Arthur’s despatch, colonial secretary Lord Glenelg assured him that he relayed his advice to those overseeing 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 249 the implementation of the South Australia Colonisation Act 1834 (4 & 5 Will. IV c. 95) enacted on 15 August 1834.153 The Lt.-Gov. of VDL advised his superiors in this manner after he had received Backhouse’s and Walker’s “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemen’s Land” in June 1834 (as mentioned above). It is possible that he had been persuaded by the Quaker ministers’ arguments and adopted them for his purposes. Yet, Arthur was also an experienced colonial administrator familiar with past and present British colonial policies.154 These included, as recent scholarship has pointed out, establishing a contractual understanding with Indigenous dignitaries about access to their territory and/or its cession into British hands. The policy of terra nullius pursued in the Australian colonies was the exception rather than the rule.155 Quaker influence on imperial policy during the 1830s and 1840s, however, was not restricted to James Backhouse’s or George Arthur’s letters. Friends played a crucial role in establishing the parliamentary Select Committee and in formulating its recommendations. Among these were several “suggestions” that mirrored William Penn’s approach (as described in Quaker tracts), namely the combination of land purchase by treaty and benevolent legislation to protect, civilise, and Christianise the Indigenous population of British colonies.156 Apart from land cession treaties, these efforts included banning the sale of alcohol, providing protection under (British) law by ensuring equal punishment for crimes British subjects committed against Indigenous persons, providing “Religious instruction and Education,” and supporting missionary work.157 Notably, Thomas Hodgkin was involved in the formulation of both key documents: the parliamentary Select Committee’s report and the Quaker Aborigines Committee’s Account. In addition, he testified as an expert during the hearings of the parliamentary Select Committee. The geographical and social locations where Quaker voices campaigned for a revised imperial policy and suggested Penn’s form of good colonial governance indicate that theirs was a metropolitan and elite discourse. Politically speaking, it was highly influential due to Quaker involvement in early nineteenth-century evangelical networks which encompassed politicians, missionaries, and activists. It was imbued with the image of the peaceful, unarmed Quaker and the notion of Penn’s legacy of friendship endowing Friends with a special relationship to Indigenous people. These notions must have been difficult to reconcile with the experiences Quaker settlers such as the Cottons had in the Antipodean colonies at the beginning of the nineteenth century. As demonstrated in the first section of this 250 E. BISCHOFF chapter, weapons, the reliance on armed military and police forces, and participation in frontier conflicts were part of their everyday lives. Simultaneously, they had no official guidelines or recommendations to rely upon since the MfS (or rather the Aborigines Committee) did not issue any advice or Account until the late 1830s, that is, a decade after the Cottons had settled in VDL. On the contrary, the crisis they became involved in triggered the publication of the texts analysed above. Were the image of the unarmed, pacifist Quaker, the belief in Penn’s legacy, and the notion of a special relationship between Quakers and the oppressed part of an elite discourse that had no bearing in Quaker life in the Australian colonies?

Becoming Quaker: Imagining Settler Space|Time in 1830s Van Diemen’s Land The Cottons were connected to the larger, political debates on a personal level: “Travellers under concern” such as Backhouse and his companion Walker were regular guests at the Cottons’ dinner table during their visit to Australia between 1832 and 1838. Both men maintained a close and friendly relationship with the Cotton family throughout their lives. Walker became a respected fellow member of the Tasmanian Quaker community when he married Sarah Benson Mather (1812–1893) on 15 December 1840 and settled down in VDL, leaving Backhouse to return from their mission alone.158 The family’s link to the world-encompassing humanitarian network was, however, not only a personal one. Its members also participated intel- lectually as the content of George F. Story’s private papers demonstrates. In this collection, we find a number of booklets and leaflets issued by organisations engaged in the humanitarian debate outlined above. One example is a brochure published by the London Peace Society, entitled Interview between Charles II and William Penn 1681, containing a fictitious debate between Charles II (1630–1685, rex 1660–1685) and William Penn.159 The text was accompanied by several commentaries or “Notes.”160 The first of them quoted Lt.-Gov. George Arthur’s letter to the Colonial Office in January 1835 as included in the report of the parliamentary Select Committee published in 1837, specifically Arthur’s lament about the neglect of concluding a treaty with the Aborigines of VDL.161 The pamphlet is not dated, yet this quotation indicates that it was published in the context of the efforts to introduce a more benevolent imperial policy, the “propaganda war” between settlers and humanitarians 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 251

Alan Lester has diagnosed for the 1830s and 1840s, and occurred after the Select Committee’s account was released. In terms of content, the pamphlet reprinted an extract from a biography which had been recently published in Philadelphia, namely Mason L. Weems’ The Life of William Penn (1829).162 In the passage rendered, Penn confirmed his pacifist convictions and explained two central aspects of this policy regarding Native Americans. First, he confirmed that he considered Native Americans to be the true proprietors of the soil Pennsylvania was to be built upon, and declared his decision to negotiate a treaty in which the Indigenous people would be fairly compensated for ceasing their land rights despite the royal charter he had just received. Secondly, Penn questioned the legal principle of the right of discovery by inviting Charles II (and the reader of the pamphlet) to imagine being the colonised instead of the coloniser:

‘The right of discovery! a strange kind of right indeed. Now suppose, friend Charles, some canoe loads of these Indians crossing the sea, and discovering thy island of Great Britain were to claim it as their own, and set it up for sale over thy head, what wouldst thou think of it?’163

The land purchase referred to in this text was the aforementioned “Great Treaty” between the founder of Pennsylvania and the chiefs of the Delaware/Lenape. In Weems’ biography, we find one of many nineteenth- century descriptions of the conclusion of Penn’s negotiations under the “great elm-tree” at Shackamaxon in 1682, including a list of goods he bargained the land for.164 We find here yet another example of nineteenth-century Quaker and humanitarian belief in Penn’s Great Treaty, relying on a selective memory of Pennsylvania’s complex and multifaceted history. Focussing on Penn and his Christian beliefs, humanitarians ascribed him exceptional visionary powers in laying the foundation for the peaceful cohabitation of Europeans and Native Americans and initiating the special relationship between Quakers and Indigenous people.165 Humanitarian nineteenth-century remembrance of colonial Pennsylvania was, regardless of the question of accuracy, a political instrument. In stressing Penn’s vision and achievements, activists criticised current colonial policies in the Australasian colonies based on the “right of discovery” and the notion of the “empty land.” In pointing at Penn’s (perceived) successes, they presented what in their view amounted to a politically and economically viable alternative to 252 E. BISCHOFF

prevailing practices. The “invented tradition” of special Quaker-Indigenous relations claimed expert knowledge and a sense of entitlement to represent Aboriginal interests in debates among British activists and policy makers. Calling upon this tradition also collapsed two specific colonial situations, namely late seventeenth-century New England and early nineteenth- century Australasia. In doing so, humanitarians not only disregarded the different positions British settlers (micro level) and British imperial policies (macrolevel) were in. They first and foremost ignored the differences in terms of Indigenous-settler power relations as well as the cultural and socio-ecological specificities of the Aboriginal groups involved (for instance the Delaware/Lenape or the Oyster Bay Nation). In flattening these differences, they discursively created an even settler colonial space that stretched from Philadelphia to Hobart which lasted more than a century. It envisioned one settler colonial formation whose continuity was a coup d’œil brought about by the grand narratives of British expansion, Indigenous victimhood, and Quaker humanitarianism. Yet for nineteenth- century Quaker settlers such as the Cottons, the “invented tradition” of Quaker humanitarianism had an additional dimension. As we saw in Chap. 6, the Cottons did not seek a contractual understanding with any members of the Tasmanian Aboriginal nation on whose land they settled. Instead, their method of land acquisition followed the general pattern based on the juridical fiction of the colony as an “empty space.” We also know that their lives were closely intertwined with the everyday violence of the conflicts between settlers and Aboriginal Tasmanians. Judging from what we can reconstruct from their actions and daily lives, William Penn’s legacy (at least as it was seen by humanitarians and Quakers alike) was thus neither measure nor role model for the actions and decisions of the Cotton family members during the “Black War.” The Peace Society’s tract in George F. Story’s private records, however, suggests that it gained a larger influence later on in their lives. According to James Backhouse, the pamphlet was part of the reading material of the Hobartian Quakers. He reported in August 1837 that “some tracts of the Peace Society, particularly […] No. VIII” were included into the evening readings the community held frequently at Robert Mather’s house on Sunday evenings.166 “[O]ur attention was profitably recalled to thepeace- able spirit of the gospel,”167 Backhouse described his experience of this particular evening’s reading. Seven years after the “Black Line,” the Peace Society’s publication on Penn’s pacifism and his stance on Aboriginal land 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 253 rights was right on time to intervene in ongoing metropolitan debates but seems oddly out of time and place in VDL. Regular evening gatherings and readings of religious and morally uplifting texts, as I demonstrated in Chap. 3, were vital components to practices that established and maintained the identity of Quaker communities as “serious” Christians in general and of Friends in particular. Other texts read in this context were reports and minutes of central Quaker meetings (MfS and London YM), educational and elevating publications of Quakers authors, or published journal letters of “travellers under concern.” This flow of books linked Quaker communities (and other evangelical Christians) worldwide in a very material manner. It also connected them on the level of shared religious experiences and social practices. Most of the meeting’s members did not have a Quaker family background. Reading Penn’s works or works about him was thus a way to familiarise every individual member with core elements of Quaker practice and theology while simultaneously (re)affirming the group’s identity. Learning about the Penn’s legacy was, in this regard, part of becoming Quaker. Reconciling this heritage and their personal experiences during the “Black War” must have been difficult not only for the Cottons but for all members of the Tasmanian meeting. Frontier violence was, at least according to its minute books, not discussed at any of the Tasmanian Quaker Meetings during the 1830s or at any other points in time during the first half of the nineteenth century.168 And there are no contemporary documents handed down to us in which the conflict was discussed or commented on. Instead, we find the Peace Society’s pamphlet and the curt reference in Backhouse’s Extracts. The combined findings indicate that Vandemonian Quakers discussed their experiences in terms of religion and morality. If they did at all, Backhouse does not relay any information about the contents of the conversations apart from his hint on pacifism, in a private setting. It would have been a retrospective view, on their individual as well as on their collective history. Doing so would have allowed them to make sense of their experiences by locating them within the larger framework of settler colonial space|time. The “Black War” and their own actions could be interpreted as the catastrophic results of the neglect of Penn’s wisdom by earlier colonial governments, which ultimately shifted the responsibility for the war into the past when the colony was just being set up. To put it bluntly, from this point of view, the “benevolent” Quaker settler was caught in the fray but could not be held accountable. 254 E. BISCHOFF

Notes 1. Brantlinger 2003, p. 124; Evans et al. 2003, p. 64. 2. Lester 2009, p. 64. 3. Skinner and Lester 2012b, pp. 729–47, 740. 4. Aborigines Protections Society 1838, p. 11. 5. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, p. 14. 6. Ibid., p. 13. 7. Ibid., p. 84. 8. Ibid., pp. 5, 74–75. 9. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 259, p. 56, 31 (quote); House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, p. 14. 10. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, pp. 13, 10. 11. Ibid., p. 76. 12. Ibid., p. 75. 13. Ibid., p. 77. 14. Ibid., pp. 77–78; Lester and Dussart 2014; Elbourne 2003. 15. Laidlaw 2012b, p. 753. 16. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, p. 8. 17. Heartfield 2011, pp. 9–22, 11 (quote). See also: Brantlinger 2003, p. 87; Kass and Kass 1988, pp. 257–72. 18. Laidlaw 2004, pp. 6–18, 20–21. See also: Elbourne 2002a, pp. 243–46, 283, 285–87; Elbourne 2003, p. 14. The APS’s first report acknowledges the role of female philanthropists by listing them among the Society’s members (13 of 106 listed members were female), for instance Sarah Buxton and Anna Gurney. The second report, however, only lists the Society’s male affiliates. 19. Elbourne 2003, 14 (quote). See also: Laidlaw 2004, pp. 3, 12, 17; Lester 2009, pp. 67–69, 2008b, pp. 32–37; Ross 1986, pp. 139–45; de Gruchy 1999; Lester 2001, pp. 31–35. 20. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538. p. 635. King’s statement on ibid., pp. 639–42 On the role of the Hudson’s Bay Company see: Heartfield,The Aborigines’ Protection Society, p. 13. 21. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, front matter. See also: Stocking 1987, p. 244. 22. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 543–49 (statement of Elisha Bates on 11 June 1836); O’Donnell 2004, pp. 121–26. 23. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, p. 543. 24. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, front matter. 25. Midgley 1995; Rosenfeld 1993; Laidlaw 2007. 26. Laidlaw 2004, pp. 6–7. 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 255

27. Reynolds 2003, pp. 103–4; House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 680–81. Buxton became president of the APS the following year. See also: Elbourne 2003, p. 24; Laidlaw 2004, p. 7 (note 39). 28. Plomley 1987, p. 596. On the interconnectedness of metropolitan and colonial networks in imperial philanthropy, see Harvey 2013. 29. Aborigines Protection Society 1839a, front matter. 30. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 679–80 (Arthur), pp. 680–81 (Backhouse). 31. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44 (1831–1839), 5 June 1837, 394. 32. Ibid. 33. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 490–91. The meeting convened on request of “[Josiah] Forster, John Sanderson and George Stacey” (ibid., p. 489). 34. Ibid., pp. 491–92. 35. Ibid., p. 492. 36. Ibid., pp. 492–93. 37. Ibid., p. 493. 38. Ibid., pp. 494–95. The memorial was not, as intended, submitted to Lord Durham himself but to his private secretary (ibid., p. 504). 39. With some rare exceptions in which the voices of “native informants” were employed to illustrate their arguments and legitimise their claims by lending them authenticity. For instance: the letter from Francis Hesh-ten- a-quit “an Amerindian chief at Lake St Clair, who was lately in England” was part of the Aboriginal Committee’s report in 1838 (FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 520–22). 40. Society of Friends 1838. 41. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 516–17. Wheeler’s “Report” formed part of the addendum of the committee’s yearly report. 42. Oats 1985, pp. 257–59. A term coined by Alan Lester (2008a, p. 27). 43. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, p. 613. 44. Ibid., pp. 612–13, 613 (quote). 45. Ibid., p. 613. 46. Ibid. The reference to the “completely exterminated” group is most likely one to the situation of the Tasmanian Aborigines after the “Black War.” 47. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 613–14. 48. Ibid., p. 614. Quote from Luke 2:14 (AKJV). 49. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, p. 614. 50. For Backhouse’s and Walker’s journey, this included William Allen, Peter Bedford, Joseph Forster, Josiah Forster, Robert Forster, Samuel Gurney, John Kitching, William Manley, John Sanderson, and George Stacey (FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 43, pp. 634 and Vol. 44, p. 15). Daniel and Charles Wheeler’s committee encompassed William Allen, Richard 256 E. BISCHOFF

Barrett, Peter Bedford, John Capper, Josiah Forster, Robert Forster, Samuel Gurney, Cornelius Hanbury, William Manley, John Sanderson, and George Stacey (ibid., Vol. 44, pp. 91–92). See also Fig. 8.1. 51. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/3, p. 8. 52. For instance: Wheeler 1839. 53. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, p. 226. William Allen presented the committee’s final version of the first part of Backhouse’sExtracts during the same session, and a batch of 1000 copies was ordered to be printed (ibid., p. 225). 54. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 6. 55. Ibid., p. 6. Josiah Forster’s mother, Elizabeth Hayward (1759–1837) was the daughter of Robert and Mary Hayword of Kelvedon, Essex. 56. Ibid., p. 5. Backhouse probably was referring to Henry Cotton (born 21 January 1821) and Francis Cotton (born 1 March 1822). 57. Ibid. 58. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, pp. 5, 6. 59. Ibid., p. 7. 60. Ibid., p. 5. 61. Ibid., p. 8. 62. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/31, p. 3. 63. Backhouse 1838a, pp. 76–77. 64. Ibid., p. 76. 65. Ibid. 66. Ibid. 67. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 6. 68. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 7. 69. Ibid., and Backhouse 1838a, p. 76. 70. The travelling ministers met others like him, for example, Captain Edward Leard “who have left the army & became farmers; thus in their individual cases beating their swords into ploughshares, & their spear into pruning hooks (many such cases are to be met with in this Colony)” (FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 5). Backhouse referred to Joel 3:10 (AKJV)). On ex- military settler in Australia see: Wright 2011, pp. 55–73, 115–31. 71. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 5. 72. Attwood 2009, pp. 34–35; Campbell 1987, pp. 31–36; Davison 2004, pp. 292–96; Clements 2014, pp. 74–75, 113, 48. 73. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/31, p. 5. Backhouse specified none of them by name. 74. Ibid. 75. Ibid. This positive picture is consistent with other nineteenth-century assessments of Batman and his practices. See also: “The Tasmanian Penn,” Cornwall Chronicle, 13 June 1835, p. 2. 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 257

76. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 5 and ibid., TEMP MSS 556/31, p. 5. 77. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/26, p. 4. 78. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “McKay, Alexander (1802–1882)”. 79. Clements 2013a, pp. 135–36. 80. FHL, TEMP MSS 556/26, p. 4. 81. Ibid. 82. A common narrative among members of the Tasmanian settler elite in the early 1830, as Richard Price points out (Price 2018, p. 40). 83. Haebich 2000, pp. 65–130; Robinson 2013; Kociumbas 1997, pp. 1–20. 84. See for instance the descriptions of Batman’s home (FHL, TEMP MSS 556/31, p. 5) and of Hawkins’ estate (ibid., TEMP MSS 556/30, p. 5). 85. Backhouse 1838a, pp. 15–16. 86. Ibid., p. 57. 87. Ibid., p. 73. 88. Ibid., p. 57, See also the description of Backhouse’s and Walker’s first exchange with Lt.-Gov. George Arthur on this topic in February 1832 (ibid., p. 15). 89. See: Brantlinger 2003, pp. 123–24 and Brantlinger 1995, pp. 45–46. 90. Backhouse 1838a, p. 77. On racist views of Tasmanian Aborigines in nineteenth-century (public as well as scientific) discourses, see: Woolmington 1988; Finzsch 2008b; McGregor 1997, pp. 1–18. 91. Backhouse 1838a, p. 77. 92. Backhouse 1838a, p. 53, 1838c, p. 13. 93. Backhouse 1838a, p. 64. Similarly: Backhouse 1838b, pp. 36–37. 94. Backhouse 1838b, p. 34. This is a reference to Gen. 37:18–20 (AKJV). Quaker readers would have been particularly familiar with Joseph’s story, since it was often referred to in abolitionist contexts. 95. Backhouse 1838b, p. 34. 96. Ibid., pp. 34–35. An opposition that has been scrutinised by Elbourne 2003, 30–33. 97. Backhouse 1838a, p. 15. 98. Ibid., p. 16. 99. Ibid., p. 73. 100. Laidlaw 2004, pp. 6–18. 101. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 45, p. 533. 102. Ibid., pp. 195–97. 103. Ibid., p. 230. 104. Ibid. 105. Heartfield 2011, pp. 303–6; Elbourne 2003; Lester 2009. 106. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 45, p. 230. 107. Ibid., p. 232. 258 E. BISCHOFF

108. Ibid. 109. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 612–14. 110. Ibid., Vol. Vol. 45, p. 72. See also: Society of Friends 1843. 111. Society of Friends 1843, p. 4. 112. Ibid., pp. 4–5. 113. Ibid., p. 5. 114. Ibid., p. 6. 115. Ibid. 116. Ibid., p. 2. 117. Ibid., pp. 6, 3. 118. Ibid., pp. 2, 6, 3, 2, 4. Legal equality was, however, a fiction not a reality on the Australian colonial ground, see disputes on Aborigines taking legal oaths and giving testimony in court. 119. Ibid., p. 4. 120. Ibid., p. 1. 121. Ibid. 122. Hobsbawm 2009, p. 1. 123. Society of Friends 1844. 124. Society of Friends 1844, pp. 18, 14. 125. Ibid., p. 27. 126. Ibid., pp. 24–26, 26 (quote). 127. Ibid., pp. 31–38, 38 (quote). 128. Ibid., p. 31. The existence of a single treaty, concluded in 1682, is doubted by historians today. Penn rather followed the regular form of contractual dispossession by arranging a series of treaties. 129. Society of Friends 1844, pp. 27–28. 130. Ibid., p. 67. 131. Ibid., p. 68. 132. Ibid., pp. 70–73, 69 (quote). 133. Ibid., p. 67. From the context in which this information is presented in the text, we have to assume that the Committee referred to white settlers only, neglecting the Native American population of both the city and the colony. 134. Belich 2009, p. 9. 135. Society of Friends 1844, p. i. 136. Ibid. 137. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemens Land,” in: Backhouse 1843, pp. xlvi-lxvi. 138. “James Backhouse to Thomas F. Buxton, 22 Oct 1834,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 680–81. 139. Ibid., p, 680. 140. Ibid. 8 REMOVAL, REFORM, PROTECTION: BUILDING A HUMANITARIAN EMPIRE 259

141. Ibid., p. 681. 142. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, pp. 113–15, 113. 143. Ibid., pp. 114, 115. 144. Ibid, p. 114. 145. Ibid., p. 113. 146. Ibid., p. 114. 147. Ibid. 148. “Despatch Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to T. Spring Rice (copy), 27 January 1835,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, p. 121. 149. Ibid. 150. Ibid. 151. Ibid. 152. Ibid. 153. “Despatch Lord Glenelg to Lt.-Gov. George Arthur (copy), 3 August 1835,” in House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, p. 122. South Australia Colonisation Act, 1834 (4 & 5 Will. IV c. 95), 15 August 1834, transcript available at: Museum of Australian Democracy, http://foundingdocs.gov.au/resources/transcripts/sa1_doc_1834.pdf, last access 28 January 2017. 154. Shaw 1980, pp. 17–38. 155. Belmessous 2015b. 156. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, pp. 76–81, 76 (quote). 157. Ibid., pp. 78–81. 158. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 271. 159. TUA, C 7/144. The Society for the Promotion of Permanent and Universal Peace (short London Peace Society) was established on 14 June 1816. Among the founding members were William Allen and Joseph Pease, both also members of APS steering committee, plus Joseph Sturge, who instituted the Birmingham auxiliary branch. He was also a member of the APS. See also: Laity 2001, pp. 13–36. 160. TUA, C 7/144. p. 2. 161. “Despatch Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to Secretary T. Spring Rice (copy), 27 January 1835,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, pp. 121–22. 162. Weems 1829, pp. 124–27. 163. TUA, C 7/144, pp. 1–2. 164. Weems 1829, pp. 154–57, 154 (quote). 165. This myth is sometimes even transported into the twenty-first century. Christopher Bayly, for instance, claims that it was William Penn who provided an alternative to colonisation, “simple extermination and expropriation” by purchasing Native American land instead of simply seizing it by right of his royal charter (Bayly 1999, pp. 32–33). Interestingly, Bayly 260 E. BISCHOFF

refers to the Account published by the Society of Friends in 1844 to sub- stantiate his argument. 166. Backhouse 1838d, p. 68. 167. Ibid. (my emphasis). 168. TUA, S 1/A/1, Vol. 1. CHAPTER 9

Tasmanian Lessons: Translation of Quaker Experiences and Concepts, 1836–1843

The events in VDL cast long shadows across local and imperial policies alike. Policy makers in London re-evaluated existing settler colonial practices. Some of their deliberations were monetary and strategic, extrapolat- ing the financial costs and loss of settlers’ lives of military conquest of the whole continent from the Tasmanian case. Other concerns addressed moral issues. Members of Parliament (the so-called “Saints”) as well as office-bearers called for a British empire that would take its responsibilities as a civilised and Christian nation more seriously. This reorientation of imperial policies predates the work of the parliamentary Select Committee on Aborigines (British Settlements) of the House of Commons (appointed 9 March 1836). Their decisions had immediate yet ambivalent consequences on the ground in colonial Australasia. Just like the Select Committee’s work, though, their efforts were closely connected to Quaker networks and discourses. These interconnections become most apparent when examining the Colonial Office’s decisions in the process of founding the colony of South Australia in 1836.1 In 1834, the South Australian Association successfully lobbied for the “South Australian Constitution Act” (passed on 15 August 1834). It was based on the premise that the territory on the Australian continent “consist[ed] of waste and unoccupied lands which are supposed to be fit for the purposes of colonization.”2 The Association’s successor, however, the South Australian Company (founded in 1835), when seeking permission to establish a new colony on the Australian mainland on the territory

© The Author(s) 2020 261 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_9 262 E. BISCHOFF specified in the parliamentary act of 1834, was confronted with a new group of administrators who pursued humanitarian ideals: Charles Grant/ Sir Glenelg (1778–1866) as Secretary of State for War and the Colonies, Sir George Grey (1799–1882) as Under-Secretary, and James Stephen (1789–1859) who first served as an assistant and became Under-Secretary in 1836.3 All three representatives at the Colonial Office had been involved in the abolitionist movement and were close to T.F. Buxton’s circle of campaigners. As such, the “reformers at the helm” were, on a personal level, well within reach of the Quaker publications and discourses analysed in the previous chapter.4 The politicians’ concerns were also informed by a correspondence from the Lt.-Gov. of VDL, George Arthur, who, in a letter dated 27 January 1835, explicitly warned his superiors in London about the consequences of neglecting Aboriginal land rights, predicting a long and violent struggle. He strongly suggested purchasing land from its Indigenous owners prior to settlement.5 Arthur, in turn, had received James Backhouse’s and George Washington Walker’s “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemen’s Land” only a few months before, in June 1834. In it, they had impressed their conviction that the “Black War” could have been avoided if the “natural and indefeasible rights” of the “Aboriginal Inhabitants” had been “duly considered” and “an equivalent for their lands” had been rendered. Backhouse and Walker explicitly referred to “the history of America,” and implicitly to William Penn’s “Great Treaty,” as a positive role model.6 As a result to Arthur’s intervention and their humanitarian convictions, the Colonial Office’s stipulations mirror the “suggestions” given by the parliamentary Select Committee in the conclusion of its final Report, submitted on 20 February 1837, namely to conclude land purchases and to appoint “Protectors of the Aborigines in New Holland.”7 His letter to the Colonial Office formed part of the evidence considered by the committee and included into the report as well as one of his private letters to T.F. Buxton in which he suggested establishing a “protector of the natives” along with “a small military party.”8 Based on the information gleaned from humanitarian publications and the reports by one of the leading colonial administrators, Glenelg, Grey and Stephen issued stipulations that were unprecedented in the context of Australasian colonies: They aimed at protecting the Indigenous population by respecting Aboriginal land rights and ensuring their “civilisation.” The “Letters Patent establishing the Province of South Australia” issued by William IV on 19 February 1836 reflected this goal by stipulating that 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 263 the privileges granted to its recipients were not to interfere with the Aborigines’ “actual occupation or enjoyment” of land within the newly established colony.9 The rift between the Colonial Offices’ vision of a benign settler colonial expansion (Letters Patent) on the one hand and the conviction of members of the South Australian Company that the territory was “waste and unoccupied” (South Australia Act) on the other was never reconciled and structures Aboriginal-settler relations until today. To ensure that the first settlers could depart to South Australia as planned, the South Australian Company nevertheless agreed to abide to these terms and presented a number of measures they wanted to implement. Among them was the appointment of a “Protector of the Aborigines and arrangements for purchasing the land of the Natives.”10 The position was initially offered to G.A. Robinson who declined in favour of a similar, but more clearly defined and better equipped position in Port Philip (Victoria). The first Protector, the medical practitioner Dr Matthew Moorhouse (1813–1876), was appointed as late as 1839, almost three years after the first settlers arrived at the Murray River.11 Prior to this decision, a succession of interim candidates held the office: first, the private secretary of Governor Hindmarsh, George Stevenson (1799–1856),12 then the elderly Captain Walter Bromley who held the office only for few weeks due to his failing health, followed by William Wyatt (1804–1886),13 a former ship surgeon appointed in June 1837. The Protector’s list of duties and responsibilities was drawn up by the Executive Council of the colony prior to Bromley’s appointment in April 1837. The Colonial Office was not the only organisation in the metropole that revised its strategies according to what might be called “lessons learned” from the Vandemonian colonial experience. As seen above, the Religious Society of Friends also addressed the issue of settler colonial expansion in Australia more directly in the 1830s and 1840s. In contrast to previous decades, the respective executive Quaker committee, the MfS, offered advice and guidelines to its members residing in, or contemplating emigration to, the Australian colonies. Friends emigrating there were charged with the duty to do better. In this chapter, I will expand my examination to the colony of South Australia, which was haunted by the spectre of the Tasmanian genocide from its beginning. I will trace the impact of the knowledge gained by Vandemonian Quakers in their interactions with Aboriginal Tasmanians and of Quaker discourse evolving from Quaker perspectives on the Tasmanian case as mediated, that is, simultaneously transferred and 264 E. BISCHOFF

produced, by Quaker communications and publications. This will add another, important layer to the reconstruction of the history Quaker experiences in colonial Australia during first half of the nineteenth century. In a first step, I will take a closer look at everyday practices of Quaker settlers in South Australia with special attention to their relationship with the Indigenous owners of the land. How did they perform under the pressure of the dictum of the London MfS that “[w]e believe better things of our Friends?”14 In doing so, I will continue to follow the methodological approach introduced at the very beginning of this study. Based on the findings from my microhistorical analysis of the Tasmanian case and the reconstruction of its interconnectedness with larger imperial processes and discourses in long- and short-term perspective, I will utilise a comparative lens to gauge its consequences. There are three aspects, derived from the investigation of the Cotton family’s early colonial experience, which will structure this step of analysis: the Quaker settlers’ response to attacks on life and property (frontier violence), their involvement in local politics regarding Native policies, and their role within transnational humanitarian networks. In doing so, I will exploit the full potential of the methodology of Histoire croisée and its principle of “pragmatic induction.”15 The chapter focuses on those two South Australian Quaker families best represented in the primary material available, namely the families of John Barton Hack (1805–1884) and his wife Bridget (c1805–?, née Watson) and that of Joseph May (1787–1878) and his wife Hannah (1790–1860, née Morris). Generally speaking, the social composition of the South Australian Quaker community was more homogeneous than its Vandemonian counterpart since no convict transports were directed to South Australia. Furthermore, in line with humanitarian reasoning that considered members of the lower classes (workers, stock-keepers, (ex)convicts, whalers) as the initiators of frontier violence, their immigration was curbed. Yet not every colonist was wealthy or came from a “respectable,” middle class background: Ex-convicts came in from other colonies, workers arrived by overland cattle drives, the socially ostracised whalers and sealers located themselves at the coast. In fact, the Hack family’s early economic success relied on the transfer of practical knowledge and workforce from VDL. Both families, the Hacks and the Mays, are as well documented as they are today, just as the Tasmanian Quaker settler families, because their descendants took pride in their ancestors and shared 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 265 nineteenth-century class prejudices. As Joseph Coleman, grandson of Joseph May, wrote in 1911:

With but few exceptions they [the Mays and their descendants, EB] may be said to have proved themselves worthy colonists, holding respected positions in town or country, and though many no longer retain membership in the Quaker Society, all of them venerate and prize their association with the esteemed family that made the long voyage to the new land, and labored so strenuously as pioneer colonists of 1839.16

As a result, we have again to read cautiously “along the grain” to accommodate for this particular combination of class bias and settler discourse, just like when working with the sources on the Cotton or the Mather family.17 In my analysis, I will touch upon a number of topics which are central to recent debates on South Australian colonial history, but I will delve into them only insofar as they relate to Quaker issues and discourses. This

Fig. 9.1 Migration to South Australia, 1836–1857. (Douglas Pike. 1967. Paradise of Dissent. South Australia 1829–1857. London: Melbourne University Press, p. 517) 266 E. BISCHOFF includes the notion of South Australia as a “paradise of dissent” and its long history of denial of settler violence,18 its relationship to Aotearoa/New Zealand as its sister reform colonies or other colonies of the Empire,19 and the vision and failure of “systematic colonization.”20 Temporally speaking, I will concentrate on the early settlement of the late 1830s up to the transitional period of the first half of the 1840s after the financial breakdown of the South Australian Company in 1840– 1841.21 During these years, assisted immigration from UK came to a standstill, and transmigrants from other Australasian colonies became the only or the overwhelming majority of those arriving in the colony (see Fig. 9.1). This significant increase in the immigration of Europeans with personal experience of frontier life and violence, particularly from Tasmania or Aotearoa/New Zealand, constitutes another “tipping point” in South Australian colonial history. Settler-Aboriginal relations were changed profoundly by this demographic development and the colonists’ prior expo- sure to frontier violence.

9.1 A Second Pennsylvania? South Australia and Quaker Settlers The foundation of the colony of South Australia was accompanied by high hopes. Advocates of the new code of imperial conduct and of Aboriginal land rights greeted the plans of the South Australian Company to instal a Protector of Aborigines and to reserve one fifth of the colony’s territory for their usage (or provide compensation in form of provisions), with delight. In its “First Annual Report,” published in 1838, the APS applauded the South Australian Company for taking these measures:

The Committee [of the APS] look [sic] with much interest on the Colony of South Australia, as it seems to promise some guarantee for guarding the interests of the natives, ‘by making provision for obtaining land from the natives by treaty—for reserving one-fifth of their use—for protecting them by a Special Agent—for making their subsistence a charge on the new Colony—for instructing them—for building asylums for them, and for taking means to teach them habits of industry.’22

Some even came to “hail it as a Pennsylvania of the South.”23 Despite these expectations, there was no organised Quaker emigration similar to the one to Penn’s North American colony. Edward Gibbon 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 267

Wakefield, who was connected to Friends by his grandmother Priscilla Wakefield (1751–1832), the intellectual father of the concept of “systematic colonization” and one of the driving forces behind the settlement, was certainly not a second William Penn, neither by creed nor by scope of vision.24 Yet many of the first settlers arriving in the colony were members of the Society of Friends. Many of them came as families. In contrast to VDL, Friends arrived in South Australia as free men and women and full members of the Society. They were imbued with a strong sense of belonging and identity. This manifested itself in a variety of ways. First, they were in contact with other members of the Society who already lived in the colony. The latter provided crucial advice and practical support. The arrival of the family of Joseph (1787–1878) and Hannah (1790– 1860, née Morris) May on 21 September 1839, accompanied by all of their eleven children (the oldest being twenty-four, the youngest seven years old) and Joseph’s elder brother Henry May (1786–1846), gives a vivid example.25 After approximately four months at sea, Joseph and his two oldest sons Frederick (1815–1885) and William (1816–1903) directly headed for the Adelaide house of their fellow Quakers Barton and Bridget Hack as well as that of George (1791–1857) and Rachel (1799–?, née Greenwood) Deane who emigrated 31 and 12 months earlier, respectively.26 Only after calling on their brethren did they proceeded to their British business partners’ contacts who had secured temporary accommodation for the family in town.27 The Mays had to abandon their original plans for their future home because all the farmland was already taken in the area of their initial prefer- ence. They “[c]onsult[ed] with Barton Hack about this matter.” Hack advised them “to go and look at land in Mount Barker, up by their domain which is in a special survey now being taken, and which contains so much good land that a great deal will be left for public competition.”28 Following his counsel, and supported by him and his brother Stephen Hack (1816– 1894), the Mays eventually settled at this new location. With other Quakers also taking up residence in this district,29 Mount Barker developed into one of the two centres of nineteenth-century South Australian Quakerism, the other being North Adelaide with a meeting house built at Pennington Terrace in 1840.30 Friends who emigrated to South Australia were also connected to the official London hub of British Quakerdom, the MfS, from the very beginning. This is the second aspect in which Vandemonian and South Australian Quakers differ. The increased connectivity on this level resulted from the 268 E. BISCHOFF heightened interest in colonial affairs in the context of the work of the Parliamentary Committee, the Quakers’ committee on the state of the Aborigines, and the recently founded APS on the part of Quaker community at home. The reports of the travelling ministers, James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, also stimulated the Meetings’ concern in a similar vein.31 The first “Affectionate Address to the Members of our Religious Society in South Australia,” formulated on 5 October 1838, speaks clearly of these concerns.32 It also put the South Australian community under a spotlight in a manner unknown to Tasmanian Friends during their early colonial years. “As we are informed,” the Meeting’s address stated, “the Aborigines of the Country [sic], you are settling in, live very near to the Europeans and have frequent intercourse with them.” From this contact, the representatives of Quakers in Britain continued, resulted a serious threat to the Indigenous population: “In many countries the native inhabitants of the soil, have been cruelly treated by new settlers.” Quaker settlers were expected to behave differently: “We believe better things of our Friends.” The “Address” set a high moral standard, which derived from Christian principles: “Christianity teaches us to consider all men as our Brethren, as the children of our Father in heaven and as the objects of that Redemption which comes by the Lord Jesus.” Aboriginal people were therefore to be met with “kindness.” Quaker emigrants were called upon to “[b]efriend these poor destitute fellow-creatures” and to be “instrumental in bringing them to the knowledge of Jesus Christ.”33 In addition to these political and moral considerations, the MfS’s open letter also addressed apprehensions about the spiritual and emotional well- being of those separated from their families and their Friends. The latter constituted, in comparison to the recommendations regarding Aboriginal- settler relations, the majority of the text and detailed the Meeting’s wor- ries that Friends abroad might lose their faith and their identity. With Quakerism being as much a religious belief as practice, emigrants were “encouraged to be diligent, and regular in holding Meetings for public Worship […] after the simple manner which the Society of Friends,” especially on Sundays, to give each other support to “sympathize with each other in the trials and afflictions of life, bearing with the weaknesses and failings one of another, in honour preferring one another.”34 The “Address” put particular emphasis on the proper education of children, holding their parents accountable for their spiritual welfare and development in a typical nineteenth-century evangelical manner: 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 269

Whilst they can no where [sic] be exempt from the common evils of our nature form the snares of the devil; they may be exposed to new trials, and to new temptations. May you be alive to the possibility of this; and may watch over them in parental tenderness, and christian [sic] authority, as those who will have to give account of their souls unto God.35

The “affectionate Address” stood at the beginning of a regular exchange on official lines of communication as customary with their North American brethren and laid the cornerstones of the following epistles and addresses in terms of topics and lines of argument.36 It captured the combination of general awareness of the genocidal consequences of settler expansion, high expectations regarding the behaviour of their own brethren while simultaneously accepting British settler imperialism as such, which was, as I have demonstrated above,37 a central characteristic of Quaker discourse on the situation of Aboriginal peoples throughout the settler colonies. On the one hand, it derived from what British Quakers perceived to be the lessons learned from the Tasmanian experience, infused by the belief in the special Quaker relationship with Indigenous peoples and the superiority of British civilisation. On the other, it originated from the experiences of a religious community, structured by transatlantic migration and the Quakers self-concept as peculiar people (see Chap. 3). The emphasis put on either of these aspects shifted depending on which part of the organisation’s body spoke in subsequent years and whose addresses and epistles were directed to South Australia or Quakers. The Aborigines Committee, for instance, stressed the need for peaceful interaction with Indigenous peoples, whereas the MfS put the spiritual well-being and upholding Quaker practice to the fore.38 South Australian Quakers responded to the attention they received in kind and diligently reported back to London about the social and spiritual status of their community. Joseph May, for instance, gave a detailed account of his family’s practices in March 1841, just eighteen months after arriving in the colony, to the clerk of the Continental Committee Josiah Forster.39 The Mays’ regularity in observing the Sabbath and other rituals resembles that of the Cotton family:

Our family have regularly held a Meeting for Worship on first day morning and we devote about the same portion of the evening & the reading aloud of portions of the Holy Scripture & the writings of Friends suitable to the occasion. We also regularly read a portion of Scripture before we separate after breakfast every day.40 270 E. BISCHOFF

It is important to note however that Joseph May’s patriarchal power did not overlap with an elaborate apparatus of colonial biopower as in the case of Francis Cotton or G.W. Walker. His household only consisted of his immediate family, and employees or servants were not required to sit with the Mays. May listed the Society’s members residing in the colony, thereby describing two nuclei, one at Mount Barker (encompassing his own family, that of John B. Hack, George Deane, George Sanders, and Daniel Kekwick in addition to two single men named Thomas Corder and Thomas March), the other one in North Adelaide (William and Martha Watson, Henry Weston Phillips and his brother George, Jacob Hagen).41 On the whole, however, May found the Friends’ community in South Australia wanting and complained that there was only “unsatisfactory & meagre information […] to be given at the state of things relating to our society here.”42 The most significant problem, he continued, was the lack of a regular communal meeting for worship. Long distances and lack of efficient transportation separated the community.43 Considering that the first meeting for worship was held as early as December 1837 in John B. Hack’s house in Adelaide during the visit of James Backhouse and George Washington Walker, his criticism seems harsh but would eventually prove too predictive.44 Yet, the geographical separation of the two main areas of Quaker settlement in the colony and the lack of convenient means of transportation would continue to encumber the community, and South Australian Quakers would struggle to establish a cohesive organisational unit until the 1850s.45 The Adelaide Friends, May elaborated in his report to Josiah Forster, were the only ones actually making use of a generous gift British Friends had sent out in 1839: a prefabricated meeting house financed by a sub- scription among British Quaker meetings. The building was erected in March 1840. The controversy that arose from this very practical and material token of support testifies to the strong sense of Quaker identity felt by early South Australian Friends. At its core stood central Quaker values: respectability, honesty, and solidarity. The conflict arose from theill- advised decision on the part of John B. Hack to sell part of the land he had acquired to the Society in order to provide a place for the meeting house and to erect the building without consulting all South Australian Quakers on the one hand and the lack of understanding for the situation in the colony on the other.46 Quakers in Britain assumed that providing a building for the central urban settlement would sufficiently stabilise the infant 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 271 colonial community. The MfS regarded Hack’s offer, which came with a claim for compensation for land and construction costs with great suspicion, especially since his financial conduct appeared to be questionable.47 After starting out very successfully, Hack’s finances suffered a breakdown when Governor George Gawler (1795–1869, in office from 17 October 1838 to 15 May 1841) extracted all capital from the colony in an effort to match government debts in May 1841.48 The dispute between Hack and the MfS was partly resolved by Jacob Hagen’s and Henry W. Phillips’ official protest to the Meeting’s refusal to refund Hack’s expenses and their offer to cover part of the costs to clear Hack’s good name in 1841. The controversy continued until 1847.49 As a result, the Hack family left the community in favour of another protestant-evangelical congregation. In 1849, they started attending services of the Methodist Church, although they retained a general level of attachment to Quaker principles.50 Quaker historian William N. Oats identifies the controversy surround- ing the Adelaide meeting house and Hack’s subsequent separation from the Society of Friends as two interconnected developments that demonstrate a characteristic lack of cohesion of the South Australian community which in turn was the reason why the second “Great Experiment” failed. Quoting Henry Watson (1802–1894?), John Barton Hack’s brother-in- law,51 Oats concludes that by 1842, there was “little expectation of seeing a second Pennsylvania” left: “The early promise had faded.”52 Yet the promise Oats refers to here originally included more than the prospect of material prosperity and the opportunity to create a new religious community, namely a new beginning for Aboriginal-settler relations. This promise derived from humanitarian and Quaker debates on the revision of British settler colonial policies, the acknowledgement of Aboriginal land rights (if only in principle), and the colony’s political framework established by the Colonial Office in 1836. Nineteenth-century interpretations of Penn’s contractual approach and governmental decisions acted, as we have seen earlier, as a role model for activists and political decision makers alike. Thus, this promise constitutes the most significant difference in the Tasmanian case. It was the reason for the heightened attention the South Australian Quakers received by their British brethren, as their addresses and epistles show. As recent scholarship has demonstrated, Southern Australian frontier violence was just as deadly and cruel in other parts of the continent. Its characteristic was a “frontier culture in which violence tended to be covert, and its representation clothed in euphemism.”53 How then did these expectations play out in daily life? 272 E. BISCHOFF

To answer this question, I will follow the three dimensions that characterised the Tasmanian experience, namely the negotiation of Quaker peace testimony on the one hand and frontier violence on the other in reacting to immediate threats or attacks, their involvement in local settler politics, and their connection to global humanitarian networks. Due to the lacunae of the primary material, we do not know whether the promise of a revised British settlerism was at least one of the reasons for their emigration to this particular colony. All documents available today, however, clearly show that South Australian Quakers took the hopes and expectations of British Quakerdom very seriously.

9.2 A Slender Basis: Quaker Settlers and Aboriginal People The first Quaker settler to arrive in South Australia, John Barton Hack, gave a clear account of how he reacted to frontier violence. In a letter to Thomas Hodgkin, leading member of the APS, he described a situation that initially was very similar to the one experienced by Francis Cotton in 1829:

I have a cattle station about four miles from the town [Adelaide, EB]; and one afternoon about this time, a young man, who was herding the cattle on horseback, came in and said he had been attacked by the natives […].54

In contrast to the attack on the Kelvedon building site, no European person was hurt. Yet, Hack’s employee “had fired at one of them [a group of Aboriginal people, EB] who would not keep back” while they “attempted to surround him.”55 Hack was highly alarmed in view of the potential “serious consequences” of this skirmish not for his workers or his business but for settler-Aboriginal relations in general in case “the man was injured who was fired at.”56 In his concern, Hack turned directly to Governor George Gawler (1795–1869).57 Gawler recommended investigating the case immediately, and Hack headed out to his property accompanied by Assistant-Protector William Wyatt, two of his men, and one of his neighbours. Hack emphasised his faith in both men and God: “I felt satisfied that there had been some misconception on the part of the stock-keeper; and although the men took arms, I did not.”58 Trusting that all had been some kind of misunderstanding, true to Friends’ peace testimony, and in emulation of William Penn who, according to Quaker tradi- 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 273 tion, always travelled unarmed amongst the Indigenous inhabitants of Pennsylvania, Hack proceeded. Whereas in the Tasmanian case the attackers had retreated into the bush, Hack and his companions upon arrival at the scene found a group of Indigenous “in great alarm” and “in great terror” who “were most pro- fuse in expressions of good-will as they surrounded us.”59 The Europeans commenced to collect the stray cattle. On their return, they found that the Aborigines had settled down and lit campfires. They attempted to establish what happened: “one or two of our townsmen, who are intimate with the natives, went [to] meet this wild tribe.” Hack praised the bravery of these men, who, “not knowing of what had occurred if any man had shot a native,” went amongst them: “I fear these young men would have fared badly.”60 Although starting out from a similar occurrence, the events described by John Barton Hack differ from those given about the attack on Kelvedon with regard to several key elements. The first and most important difference to note is that not only did Hack and his companions try to negotiate, but that the South Australian Aborigines remained on the scene and also attempted to communicate with arriving Europeans, thereby demonstrating an active interest in resolving the tensions as the settlers. Secondly, Hack sought and received official counsel (and implicit blessings) for proceeding the way he did. This implies that, at least not to Hack’s knowledge, no routine of how to react to Aboriginal attacks had been established. Informing the police/military and calling upon the protection of the (colonial) state as Francis Cotton did in VDL in the late 1820s was a common yet low-level response to an Indigenous attack. Thirdly, Hack’s report is a contemporary one (in contrast to the retrospective account of George Fordyce Story). Yet, it is by no means less invested. Hack wrote to Thomas Hodgkin, a fellow Quaker and member of the APS central Committee. He was fully aware of the fact that correspondences were a vital source of information for the British activist. Hack wrote to share his insights into what he believed to be a very delicate situation that could turn to violence at any moment:

I mention this to show how very slender a basis of our good understanding with the natives rests; for any alarm on the part of a shepherd or stock- keeper may at any time cause the death of a native; and where will the mis- chief then stop: and these men are the first, in almost all instances, who come into contact with the blacks. At this time, the men who drove the 274 E. BISCHOFF

teams into the country only a few miles, would not go without a fowling- piece with them.61

In accordance with the prejudices against shepherds and stock-keepers prevalent in early nineteenth-century humanitarian discourse, Hack pointed squarely at this particular section of the settler community. He considered them prone to fear and violence. According to Hack, level- headed gentlemen settlers like himself (in company with representatives of colonial authority) would have to keep them in check. He thereby presented himself as a philanthropist and local representative of the APS’s aims, the bastion of reason in unruly and disruptive environment, in short, as a “benevolent colonizer.” His political location was, another point that is important to notice, a position of power.

It has been, I think, a great advantage to the maintaining of our amicable relations with the blacks, that we have begun to colonise by first building a town. The force which our town of Adelaide must present to the natives who visit us, will tend to make them feel us to be so powerful that it will prevent any thought, on their parts, of violence.62

Coming in But Staying Out: The Etiquettes of Interaction In glaring contrast to the developments in 1820s and 1830s VDL, especially the deportation of the Tasmanian Aborigines to Flinders Island, which established the notion of a colonial environment unfettered by any Indigenous presence, South Australian settlers saw themselves confronted with members of the regional Aboriginal nations throughout the nineteenth century. This included not only raids on outlying sheep stations (as the one described by Hack) or attacks on overland parties driving cattle to the territory from the emerging neighbouring colony of Victoria, but also employment of Aboriginal men as stock-keepers as well as the “coming in” of individuals or groups to procure items of interest such as bread, sugar, tea, or tobacco. This form of interaction had been part of the “kangaroo economy” of early colonial VDL, a phase the Cottons never experienced due to their arrival at the height of the “Black War.” South Australian Friends, however, establishing farms and mining businesses in the 1840s, frequently interacted with Aboriginal persons from various nations and backgrounds. The letters written by Margaret May (1822–1902) to her Aunt Maria Morris 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 275

(her mother’s sister) in Ampthill, Britain, provide an account of the everyday occurrences she noted on an almost daily basis to provide her relative with an image of her family’s life in the colony.63 Her descriptions nevertheless convey the defining characteristics of this incarnation of Aboriginal- settler relations, namely exercising “caring power” of the benevolent coloniser and a friendly, yet formal interaction riddled by misunderstand- ings and a profound sense of European superiority. The first is exemplified best by the May family’s attempt to “civilise” a young Aboriginal woman of mixed descent, who had been “found on the shore at Rapid Bay” by Joseph Phillip (1813–1900), a fellow Quaker, in September 1843.64 Phillip, according to Margaret May’s report, “wished” the family “to try whether we could make her useful and teach her at the same time how to do things well and to behave properly.”65 Adopting the widespread colonial practice of taking in Aboriginal children and adolescents, especially those of mixed parentage, the Mays endeavoured to transform the young woman into a domestic servant. Mary, as the Aboriginal youth was called by the family, “for the first few days did pretty well.”66 However, it became clear very soon that Mary had no inclination to be patronised, exploited as a labourer, or moulded after the European’s notions of a hierarchically structured, racialised society. Instead, she displayed a level of obstinacy German historians have termed “Eigensinn:”67

She was very dirty, and would do nothing unless someone stood by her all the while, and from the manner in which she had been brought up she could not understand that one person was in the least above another, she wanted to sit in the parlour with us, to go out with us, and to do just as we did. […] She was very quick and when she liked could do very nicely, but she very seldom did like, and then she was as slow and awkward as possible.68

After only few weeks, the Mays capitulated and transferred the young woman to the care of the colony’s administration (i.e. the Protector of the Aborigines).69 The second characteristic, the formal, amicable yet uncomprehending form of contact seems to have structured the daily interaction between the Mays and the South Australian Indigenous population. Margaret May’s letters provide ample evidence of the family’s experiences. Among these records, the year 1844 is one of the best documented years as Margaret May stayed in Fairfield virtually the entire time (with the exception of a 276 E. BISCHOFF small number of short excursions to Adelaide). Although we do not know whether Margaret May reported every single encounter she had, the frequency and distribution of them can be mapped out (Fig. 9.2): Judging from Margaret descriptions, the Aboriginal custodians of the land the family’s estate was located on, the Peramangk people, bonded closely to the May family, calling members by name. The women, for instance, inquired about the Margaret’s elder sister Maria (1818–1909), who married in 1843, left the family farm, and took up residence in Adelaide together with her husband Henry Weston Phillips (1811–1898).70 The Aboriginal persons displayed a high amount of trust in the May family. The women visiting the farmhouse, for instance, were often accompanied by small children. One elderly member of the clan, “Old William,” sought help when injured and stayed as a “parlour guest” for several days.71 The Mays, in turn, became well acquainted with this particular group. They bestowed names upon some of them, which resembled their own: “Mount Barker Mary” (in reference to the aforementioned daughter Maria), “Tommy,” and “Old William” (similar to the sons William (1816– 1903) and Thomas (1821–?) May). The settlers were well informed about the marital relationships and the births and deaths amongst them.72 The Mays shared food and cared for the elderly. They watched young men coming of age:

1844 6

3 1844 2

0 Jan Feb MarApr May June Jul Aug SeptOct NovDec

Fig. 9.2 Aboriginal “visits” at Fairfield, Mt. Barker, 1844. (Data collated from: Letters Margaret May to Maria Morris in 1844, May and Coleman Families, 1839–1906, PRG 131/2/2–3, State Library of South Australia, Adelaide) 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 277

A Mt. Barker black man, named Tommy, came soon after breakfast and remained until after dinner; he said several times, it was plenty warm, tho’ he certainly was not encumbered with much clothing, and he did little else but eat and drink, smoke and sleep—four years ago he was a roguish-looking boy, but is now grown into a sedate young man, wears two kangaroo teeth in his hair, and has his curly locks well daubed with red ochre, and occasionally his cheeks also.73

Margaret referred to them collectively as the “Mount Barker natives” but does not clarify which Peramangk family group their respective counterparts belonged to. Internal social stratification eluded the Quaker settlers just as the cultural significance of body ornaments such as kangaroo teeth or ochre did. Their Aboriginal neighbours did not share this kind of information with the Mays.74 With Mount Barker Summit being a sacred site also to the Ngarrindjeri and with an increasing number of Indigenous persons displaced by European settlement, members of other Aboriginal nations also traversed what the May family considered their own. Margaret May distinguished them in European terms according to their traditional territories namely into Adelaide (Kaurna), Murray, and Angas (Ngarrindjeri) people. The encounters Margaret described often followed a pattern: Aboriginal South Australians would come to their doorstep, address the women of the household—usually her mother or any of her younger sisters Rachel Ann (1826–1906), Hannah Sophia (1828–1881), Elisabeth (“Bessie” 1830– 1888), or Lucy (1832–1926)—and ask for melons, bread, grease, or fire to light a pipe. Frequently, the Indigenous persons involved would carry out small chores on the farm: chopping wood or carrying water (“coming in”). In 1844, these exchanges occurred more often during the dry sum- mer months (November to January) than during any other time of the year (see Fig. 9.2). The gendered division of labour practised on an early colonial farm such as the May’s put the preparation and dispensation of food into female hands. Aboriginal “visitors” seem to have been well aware of this fact. They addressed the European women directly and purposefully but called upon male authority (if one of the brothers was present) in case the articles they were interested in were not provided by the May women.75 Margaret May summarised exchanges that followed this pattern as “visits.” Her choice of words suggests that she considered these encounters as safe and part of normal, everyday life. But the feeling of safety was fragile 278 E. BISCHOFF and vanished as soon as accustomed forms of interaction were broken. On 22 April 1844, for instance, several four “odd-looking black men” came to the farm.76 They were accompanied by only one young Aboriginal woman, called “Louisa.” All of them wore different pieces of European clothing (hats, coats, shirts, or a piece of blanket), and Margaret commented that they “made altogether a grotesque appearance.” The May sisters were unable to identify their identity. The oldest member of the group forcefully demanded melons. Being the wrong season, the Mays “tried to make him understand [they] had not any fit to eat,” but when he persisted, “Lucy fetched all we had, these he said, were no good.” Dissatisfied with the produce presented, he “wanted more and because we did not get them, he got very cross.” Uneasy about his reaction, the sisters retreated into their domain: “so we all went into the kitchen and shut the door.”77 The Aborigines, however, crossed the threshold and entered the European women’s space:

The man with the beaver hat came to the door and peeped through the cracks, after a while he lifted the latch and marched in—the cross old man followed and unceremoniously seated himself on the ground in front of the fire; we did not like this, so after giving them fire to light their pipes […].78

The Mays then fell back on what they considered established protocol in Aboriginal-settler interaction. They bade the group farewell: “we said ‘good-bye’ […] the polite way of telling the natives we wish them to go.” Additionally, they tried to negotiate: addressing the only Aboriginal woman present, “who spoke English very well,” they enlisted her help as an “interpreter.” When even her efforts failed, the women offered bread as an incentive. This proposal was accepted and eventually the group left.79 Several aspects of this particular encounter are worth considering in detail. The Aborigines acted with striking confidence. Margaret speculated in retrospect that bread was what the group “had been teasing for all the time” and that their behaviour was staged to achieve their goal. The sisters felt increasingly uneasy, but made an effort not to show that they felt intimidated: “We laughed, to make them think we did not mind them.”80 Their concerns were visibly gendered. To back up their position, they called for male assistance:

We fetched them some bread and then called Lutter, [the family’s employee, EB] who was the only man about the place, to send them off. We all collected in the kitchen and kept close to the doors until they were fairly gone.81 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 279

This feeling of vulnerability in the face of an almost exclusively male group of Aboriginal Australians who behaved outside the parameters the May women regarded as normal is also apparent in other instances. When a “mob of Angas natives,” consisting of “about a dozen men and several boys” all covered in ceremonial ochre, came to the farm a few months later, on 24 October 1844, the women were relieved that two of the May brothers, Thomas and Edward, were still at home:

had we been alone, the clamorous creatures would have frightened us almost out of our wits, they were so extremely importunate for bread, meat, bull- ocky bones, tobacco, shirts, &c., and each one tried to be heard above the rest, and they stretched out their long arms to snatch at any thing [sic] offered them […].82

In none of these cases did the Quaker family resolve to the use of or the threat of force as customary amongst settlers.83 The presence of a male authoritative figure, the negotiating skills of the May women, and the intervention of Aboriginal women as cultural translators (or any combination of these three elements), eventually always resolved the situation. Furthermore, and this is an aspect Margaret May did not comment upon, all of these interactions are predicated on the Aborigines’ implicit interest to bargain. All groups or individuals “visiting” Fairfield addressed the European women present. Negotiations were conducted primarily along female lines of communication. In early colonial VDL, due to the steep demographic imbalance among the convict population, this form of interaction was impossible. On the contrary, European men abducted Aboriginal women and girls to exploit them sexually and benefit from their work force, thereby disrupting the social cohesion of Palawa communities severely. Nevertheless, Tasmanian Aboriginal women often acted as translators and cultural brokers very successfully. Apart from a personal feeling of uneasiness and fear when confronted with Aboriginal men without male protection, Margaret May’s letters display an awareness of how precarious the status quo between settlers and Aborigines in the colony in general was; in this regard, her insights were similar to John Barton Hack’s assessment that there was only a “slender a basis” for a “good understanding” between the two groups.84 The letter writer repeatedly recounts reports about Aboriginal attacks that happened throughout the colony: attacks on the sheep stations in the plains along the Murray, an overland party led by Henry Inman (1816–1895), and on 280 E. BISCHOFF an expedition led by Charles Sturt (1795–1869).85 The Quaker put the responsibility for the future development of settler–Aboriginal relations squarely on the shoulders of the Indigenous population: “if the blacks do not mind, they will provoke the settlers to shoot them.”86

Local Politics: Between Retaliation and the Prevention of Extinction Margaret May’s sense of the general precariousness of the colony’s situation was shared by many. It characterised local politics from the very beginning and thus was a key parameter of the setting in which South Australian Quaker involvement in local politics unfolded. It first came to a peak in tensions between settlers and Aboriginal Australians in 1839 when two shepherds, William Duffield and James Thompson, were killed in the course of two separate attacks on their stations within the span of a little more than a week (21 and 30 April 1839).87 The settlers were taken by surprise. During the colony’s first few months, settler-Aboriginal relations had been mostly non-violent, a fact the colonists attributed “to the good character of the settlers and the alleged acquiescence of the original owners of the land.”88 Instead, as Robert Forster, Amanda Nettelbeck, and Rick Hosking point out, it is much more likely that “the Kaurna of the Adelaide plains were simply overwhelmed by the sheer weight and concentration of European settlement.”89 Between October 1838 and April 1839, a significant shift of the scope and nature of European settlement set in which destroyed (or at least significantly interfered with) Aboriginal livelihood in a much larger area. Starting in January 1839, the so-called “special surveys,” initiated by Governor Gawler, opened up significant portions of the colony’s territory for official settlement. The Mount Barker district, the future home of the May family, was among them. As a result, the colonists, who had been confined to Adelaide and its surroundings, quickly spread out. In a surge of settler expansion similar to one during the second half of the 1820s in VDL, they turned Country into pastures, orchards, and fields on a large scale. The number of assisted immigrants per year increased significantly (from a total of 1098 in 1837, and 2697 in 1838 to 4590 in 1839). In addition, a group of German colonists were enlisted (420 persons in 1838 and 126 in 1839), and unas- sisted immigration from Britain more than doubled (from 238 immigrants in 1837 to 730 in 1839 (see Fig. 9.1)). As a result, the European population rose to 10,000 by the end of 1839. Along with the increase in set- 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 281 tlers, the number of sheep and cattle rose dramatically after Joseph Hawdon, Charles Bonney, and Edward John Eyre (1815–1901) had proven in April and July 1838 that the animals could be successfully driven from Melbourne or Sydney to Adelaide either across the Port Philipp District (Victoria) and the south eastern part of South Australia or along the Murray and Darling rivers.90 The latter became the preferred route and “[a]t its height there was an almost continuous stream of sheep, cattle, bullock drays and horses, snaking their way along the river system from Sydney to Adelaide.”91 Aboriginal nations of the Murray River area reacted to this drastic form of European incursion with guerrilla warfare, systematically attacking overland parties on their way to Adelaide. The conflict rose to a climax on 27 August 1841 when a group of so-called overlanders and South Australian police forces opened fire on a large group of Maraura men, women, and children. They killed more than 30 people in the Rufus River Massacre.92 The government reacted immediately to the Aboriginal attack on William Duffield at the end of April 1839. On Monday 22 April, the colonial secretary George Milner Stephen (1812–1894),93 representing Governor Gawler who was on an inspection tour, despatched the Superintendent of Police, Henry Inman, accompanied by “several men” and Aboriginal trackers “of the Adelaide and Onkaparinga tribes,” to apprehend the attackers.94 Stephen also ordered all Kaurna currently present in Adelaide to gather in front of Government House where he, in the presence of the assembled police forces, informed them that the governor was determined to bring the perpetrators to justice. Convinced that the Kaurna knew the identity of the attackers, he continued, “no white person” would be allowed “to give any of you food or clothes until you bring the three wicked black men into Adelaide.”95 An order that could not to be enforced, British settler women were determined to “feed the hungry” and “clothe the naked” and continued to distribute both. As a result, the Colonial Secretary and his police constables conducted, as the Southern Australian pointedly remarked, “a Quixotic warfare against the females of Adelaide.”96 The police expedition learned about the second raid on Hallett’s station on route and took a total of six Aboriginal men into custody. A seventh was apprehended later on.97 The two attacks at the end of April 1839 triggered severe concerns among the Europeans in the colony. Rumours of other assaults circulated. One of them was supposed to have taken place in the area of Mount Barker.98 282 E. BISCHOFF

On Tuesday 7 May, a public meeting was held at the courthouse to discuss the situation. This assembly was, in character as well as in aim, quite different from the one Francis Cotton and George Fordyce Story had attended in Great Swan Port almost eight years earlier, in January 1831. To trace the influence of South Australian Quakers on local politics is much easier than to ascertain the one exerted by the two Tasmanian Friends. John Barton Hack was, at this point in time, a successful and respected businessman in the colony.99 He was connected to numerous leading members of its social, political, and economic elite on a variety of levels due to his involvement in philanthropic causes. Hack was, to name but a few examples, involved with the South Australian School Society, the Adelaide Chamber of Commerce (Hack was its first chairman), and the Literary and Scientific Association and Mechanics Institute (the colonial predecessor to the South Australian State Library and the South Australian Museum in Adelaide) with Sir James Hurtle Fisher (1790–1875) as president and him serving as vice-president.100 Hack’s connection to Fisher is a particularly illuminating with regard to the Quaker’s social and political position in the colony. Fisher was appointed resident commissioner by the Colonization Commission in July 1836. His position was one part of the colony’s dual leadership, with John Hindmarsh holding the other part as governor and commander-in-chief. The two men fought hard to work out a clear division of labour between the two offices and strongly disagreed on a number of central issues: the location of the new colony’s capital, the progress of the land surveys, and, concomitantly, the rate of land disposal. The political and social elite were partisan party to their struggle when in July 1837 Fisher was criticised in the South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register, which was edited by George Stevenson, Hindmarsh’s private secretary. Fisher’s supporters publicly denounced the critique and petitioned for establishing a second newspaper: the Southern Australian. The list of petitioners was long. In addition to Fisher and Hack, it consisted of Colonel William Light (1786–1839), a veteran of Wellington’s campaign in Spain and the colony’s first surveyor-general101; Robert Gouger (1802–1846), one of the original lobbyists of the Colonisation Act of 1834 (and colonial secretary from 1836 to 1839)102; John Brown (1801–1879), official emigration agent for the South Australian Company who Thomas F. Buxton had suggested for the office of Protector of Aborigines103; Charles Mann (1799–1860), the colony’s first Advocate- General, an office he had resigned from in November 1837 due to his 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 283 differences with Hindmarsh104; and David McLaren (1785–1850), banker and resident manager of the South Australian Company from 1837 to 1841.105 Gawler’s arrival in 17 October 1838 united his capacities as governor and resident commissioner. He reinstated Gouger and planned to do the same with Mann, who declined. During his term, Gawler took action on one of the central issues of settler interest and point of contention between Fisher and Hindmarsh: the surveys or sale of land, that is, the colony’s territorial expansion. The settler network that had formed in opposition to Hindmarsh’s policies and in which Hack was deeply involved held strong. We find all these men’s signatures (except Fisher’s and Gouger’s) among the requisi- tioners who petitioned for the public meeting on 7 May 1839.106 Yet the meeting on 7 May 1839 was called for by a group of settlers across existing allegiances with a total of 63 men supporting its convention. Among them were Sir John Morphett (1809–1892), one of the key advocates of the South Australian Association in 1830s Britain (and instrumental in explor- ing and surveying the territory), Anthony Hopkins Davis (c1796–1866), a known critic of Governor Gawler’s expenditure policy,107 and John Hallett (?–1868), one of the owners of the two sheep stations that had been attacked.108 John Barton Hack was not the only Quaker on the list of signatories; his father William and brother-in-law Henry Watson as well as his brother Stephen Hack also officially supported it. Hack’s old network nevertheless dominated the meeting’s proceedings as well as its decisions. Hack, McLaren, and Mann proposed three of the five resolutions adopted by the meeting. McLaren, Brown, and Hack were appointed members of the committee selected to present the assembly’s decisions to the governor.109 Hack was the first to speak. He “congratulated the meeting that the colonists had not been the aggressors” and emphasised their “forbearance” and “the benevolent feeling which generally existed towards the natives.” Hack stressed his conviction that the settlers “all were disposed to promote the continuance of mutual good feeling to the utmost of their power” and proposed the meeting’s first resolution:

That while this meeting claims the most ample right of protection for life and property in this our adopted country,—we cheerfully and willingly admit the right of the Aborigines to equal protection, and the fullest provision for their wants; but, we deeply deplore the murders and outrages recently perpetrated by the Aborigines, both as shaking [a] feeling of confi- 284 E. BISCHOFF

dence hitherto enjoyed, and as sending to [death] that benevolent interest in the native population which it has been the object of the colonists generally to foster and maintain.110

Hack’s resolution was seconded by Anthony Hopkins Davis, who stressed the settlers’ moral responsibilities.111 By characterising the situation as one where “[w]e are suddenly awakened from this dream,” he emphasised the notion of peaceful coexistence.112 Yet, he continued, “instead of wondering that savages, scarcely in contact with civilisation, of whose habits manners, customs, and modes of thought and feeling we are as ignorant as they are of our own, should have committed outrages and murder,” colonists should reflect critically on the fact that the development of settler–Aboriginal relations had “been left to the chance of events and to that blind fatuity which prefers the punishment of crimes to their prevention.”113 In fact, he stated, it was surprising that “these things have not occurred before.”114 It was important, Davis emphasised, to stay calm and consider that

[t]o adopt measures of retaliation would be unjust and wicked, unworthy of those who possess a giant’s strength. There is no glory in warring with the naked savage; and there is no man whose mind is properly constituted who can look upon the shedding of human blood without a feeling of deep and awful responsibility.115

It seems far-fetched to imagine the roughly 10,000 European immigrants scattered across the territory as a giant poised to crush the South Australian Indigenous population whose size and strategic capabilities were, at this point in time, completely unknown (along with their social and political organisations, their languages, and cultural practices). Davis’ argument can only be understood in the context of the “Tasmanian lesson” and a sense of racial superiority. He continued in this vein and argued that the “white man[’s] […] clear and indubitable right to the fullest protection” had to be “given promptly, liberally, efficiently.” The settler’s security was the precondition to the colony’s prosperity but to uphold “a high rank in the moral esteem of the people of England, it must be done without sacrificing the native population.”116 Hack’s resolution and Davis’s supporting speech set the tone for the meeting: Based on the belief that the settlers had acted in a benevolent and exemplary peaceful manner, Adelaide’s social and political elite identi- 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 285 fied the Aboriginal Australians as the party responsible. While respecting the principle on which the colony was founded, namely the Aborigines’ rights as British subjects as stipulated in the Crown’s Letter Patent and the proclamation of Governor Hindmarsh, they called for the protection of European lives and property. All four following measures adopted by the assembly were designed to support this aim: First, the Protector of Aborigines was strongly criticised for his “inefficiency” and “the almost total neglect of the official instructions.” The Protector was prompted to fulfil his duties more carefully and professionally.117 Secondly, the meeting “recommend[ed] […] forming and organising a larger number of the mounted police, especially for the protection of life and property in the more exposed districts of the colony.” Furthermore, the settlers recommended appointing additional magistrates equipped “with a constabulary force sufficient to insure protection in such situations.”118 Thirdly, the meeting urged the Governor to disarm the Aboriginal Australians while “encamped on the river in the centre of town, or within its precincts” to ensure the safety of Adelaide’s population in general and of European women in particular. Considering the aplomb with which the settler women handled the situation when the colonial secretary banned the distribution of food to the Kaurna located in Adelaide, this concern can only be considered racist pretence. Finally, the assembly appointed a committee whose “duty” was threefold. First, it was to “convey to the Government the resolutions of this meeting.” Secondly, it was to actively counsel the governor by “suggest[ing] such measures as may be necessary for securing protection to both the settler and the native.” Thirdly, it was to “to watch over the interests of the Aborigines, and to correspond with the Committee of the Society for their protection, in England.”119 The committee consisted of five members: David McLaren, John Morphett, John Brown, Anthony Hopkins Davis, and (as mentioned above) John Barton Hack.120 It would be easy to dismiss the meeting’s resolutions on the protection of the colony’s Indigenous people as simple lip service or a deliberate political diversion. Yet, the extensive and controversial debate on the per- formance of William Wyatt, who held the office of temporary Protector of Aborigines at that point in time, suggests otherwise. Several speakers rose to support the resolution suggested by David McLaren. All of them emphasised that their critique was not directed ad personam but at his office and the way its duties had been conducted. Official instructions were cited, reports of Aboriginal threats related, questions about the 286 E. BISCHOFF

Protector’s activities asked, and the possibility of settler vigilantism alluded to.121 Contributions in defence of the absent Protector, by contrast, were hissed and laughed at, “rendered almost inaudible by cries” or “failed in gaining the attention of the meeting” altogether. This included a contribution by colonial secretary G.M. Stephen.122 Charles Mann, one of the supporters of the critical resolution, summarised the officer’s duties most succinctly: “The Protector,” he stated, “must be the pioneer to prepare the way for us—to convey our thoughts and feelings home to the black man.” In order to be able to fulfil this role, he was to take up “residence among the natives.” The information on “their numbers—their habits—their purposes […] gathered in this manner” was crucial to provide security “to protect both the colonists and the natives from aggression.” The Protector’s duty was nothing less but to mediate between the invaders and the invaded: “to stand between the white man and the black man.”123 This job description bears multiple similarities to George Augustus Robinson’s achievements in VDL as the philanthropic public understood them: live among the Aborigines, learn their language, convey the colonists’ (deadly) intentions to them, and persuade them to acquiesce, surrender, and accept exile, thereby opening the colony to settlement undisturbed by Indigenous sabotage, insurgencies, and attacks. The best protection, the speakers of the public meeting agreed, was to assimilate the Aboriginal Australians. Whether they were proprietors of the soil or not (a point of contestation between the speakers, i.e. C. Mann and D. McLaren), British settlers had taken possession of the land and were therefore obligated as men and as Christians to provide for them, educate, and Christianise them. To guarantee peaceful cohabitation, the Aboriginal nations had to understand “the motives of” the settlers’ “kindness” and appreciate it accordingly. Moreover, they had to “comprehend and respect the Europeans’ “rules of life.”124 It was, as stated in the “official instructions,” the Protector’s duty to “lead them by degree to the advantages of civilization and religion.”125 Aboriginal resistance was not anticipated and had no place in this model. Indigenous people were conceptualised as passive recipients of European benevolence. It was, as Robert Foster and Amanda Nettelbeck have aptly summarised, a form of “schizophrenic paternalism”:

Protectors would serve both to protect Aboriginal people from the effects of colonial settlement, and ensure its progress; imperial authorities who were 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 287

sanctioning the dispossession of Aboriginal people were simultaneously endeavouring to protect them from its consequences.126

This “logic of the policy of protection” was not the outcome of a political struggle between activists, advocates of colonisation, and politicians in the metropole alone.127 Rather, it resulted from a lively debate, which was also conducted in the colony itself. Both lines of argument were mutually intertwined. Whereas the general mandate of the office was laid down in the “First Annual Report of the Colonization Commissioners of South Australia” presented in June 1836, the duties the Protectorate were drawn up by the South Australian Executive Council in May 1837 in view of these stipulations. The implementation of these tasks was in turn, as the dispute in Adelaide’s courthouse in May 1839 demonstrates, subject to ongoing scrutiny by the settler community. The colonists were well aware of British humanitarians who kept a watchful eye on the developments in South Australia. Members of the Religious Society of Friends were active participants in these debates. Hack’s involvement is one of many examples. Prior to 1839, Quaker settlers and those closely connected to them tried to further the Protectorate’s cause. One of the first attempts was facilitated by the support of the travelling ministers James Backhouse and George Washington Walker who visited the newly established colony from 28 November to 13 December 1837 on their way to Mauritius. John B. Hack and his wife Bridget welcomed them at their home as their guests.128 Backhouse and Walker immediately noticed that the officials had nomi- nally appointed a Protector of Aborigines but that “hitherto little has been done for their amelioration” except distributing food or clothing and inducing them to perform small tasks in exchange for money.129 They addressed the situation of the Aboriginal population on several occasions, for instance at a public meeting on 5 December 1837 which was attended by about 200 colonists. In his sermon, Backhouse “press[ed] upon them the consideration of their duty toward the black population, and of the danger of bringing a curse upon themselves if they neglected these things.”130 Free copies of “Christian Address to the Free Inhabitants of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land” were distributed amongst the audience at the end of the meeting.131 Robert Cock, a non-member but associated with Friends, seized the opportunity of Backhouse’s and Walker’s visit and suggested to form a committee to support the Protector in his duties. The two ministers 288 E. BISCHOFF immediately put their moral and political weight behind his idea.132 They accompanied him to the respective face-to-face meeting with Governor Hindmarsh, Commissioner Fisher, and Protector Stevenson to discuss his proposal.133 Cock’s suggestion received “general approbation,” and on a public meeting on 11 December 1837, “a committee of considerable size was appointed to co-operate with the protector, who expressed his great satisfaction with the measure,” Backhouse noted in his journal.134 Robert Cock also took private action to enforce respect of the regulations the Commission had proposed to meet the Colonial Office’s require- ments regarding the protection of the Aboriginal Australians and their proprietary land rights. In its “First Annual Report” to the Colonial Secretary, Sir Glenelg, in June 1836, the Commissioners suggested the “creation of a permanent fund for the instruction of the Aborigines.”135 Of every 80 acres sold by the company, each settler would obtain 64 acres as his estate plus “the gratuitous use of 16 acres” (one fifth) for a limited period of time after which this section would fall back to its original owners. The land would then have been “enclosed and cultivated in common with the [rest of the] purchased land,” thereby increasing its value.136 The report was ominously vague about any further specifics such as what would happen to the land thus “enclosed and cultivated” and how its additional value would be transformed into money that could be used to pay for instructors and learning aids. Whatever the Commissioners’ plans may have been, they never realised them. Nor did they ever conclude a single land cession treaty with any of the representatives of the original owners of the land for that matter. Robert Cock, in a textbook act of civil disobedience, sent a letter to the colony’s governmental office in September 1838. He offered the sum of “£ 3-16-6 being the interest at the rate of 10%, on one fifth of the purchase money of the town lands purchased by [him], on the 27th March, 1837.”137 Seeing that the “the Commissioners as yet have neither fulfilled their pledge in this respect to the public, or carried out the moral principle signified,” Cock argued that he took the matter in his own hands because it was “impossible to let the question rest.” Interpreting the suggestions laid out in the Commission’s report in his own manner, namely in terms of a lease, he wrote: “I feel it my duty to pay to the proper authorities for the use of the natives this yearly rent.” He emphasised that the money was neither a “donation, grant[, n]or gift” but the Aborigines’ “just claim.”138 In sending this letter, Cock simultaneously exposed the Commissions’ shortcomings and forced its hand since the money constituted a fiscal 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 289 position which (in administrative procedures usually) could not be ignored. Moreover, he strengthened the position of the Protector of Aborigines by indicating a way to provide the officer with funds independent from a governmental or corporate source. If more settlers had followed his example, they would have put considerable pressure on the Colonial Office and Commissioners alike. However, Cock addressed Government House at an inauspicious time. In response to the difficulties created by the dual leadership of Governor and Resident Commissioner in the past, the newly appointed second governor, George Gawler would unite the authority of both offices in his person. Yet, he was still on route and would arrive no earlier than 17 October 1838. In the interim, “acting governor” and former Advocate-General Charles Mann and G.M. Stephen as Colonial Secretary were at the colony’s helm. Whereas the former was, as seen above, firmly convinced of the British right of possession, the latter’s first experience with Aboriginal policy had been the “Black War.” Had Cock’s addressee been Gawler, the response might have been a different one. Coming to South Australia from an earlier posting in Canada, he was familiar with contractual agreements between Indigenous peoples and Europeans to settle land claims. These often involved material and financial compensation. According to Henry Reynolds, the newly appointed governor “believed that land rights had been ‘confirmed to them’ both by the Letters Patent and the commissioners’ instructions to their local officers.”139

9.3 South Australian Quaker Voices in Quaker Humanitarian Discourse The Hack and May families left Britain at the height of humanitarian debates on the British Empire and its conduct towards Indigenous peoples.140 The First Annual Report of the South Australian Colonization Commissioners, promising to respect Indigenous land rights, to protect and civilise the Aboriginal population, had been delivered in June 1836. The Parliamentary Select Committee on Aborigines, in session since 31 July 1835, had just finished its hearings on 1 August 1836, and its report was about to be published in the following months. Given Hack’s involvement in local politics described above, his precon- ceptions are of particular interest if we want to reconstruct the impact of the lessons learned from the events that occurred in VDL only six years 290 E. BISCHOFF prior to his emigration.141 Leaving Britain by September 1836, he most certainly would have read the first two parts of theExtracts from the Letters of James Backhouse, whose publication had been arranged by the Committee in June 1834 and 1835, respectively.142 Generally speaking, he was therefore familiar with the mission Backhouse and Walker had embarked upon when they met in Adelaide in November 1837.143 As demonstrated above, Backhouse’s Extracts was a central source of information and established the cornerstones of humanitarian discourse. In the two volumes published by 1836, describing the ministers’ visit to VDL between 1832 and 1834, Hack would have learned that the Aborigines were the rightful owners of the soil and that their attacks were a response to abuse and cruelty they had suffered by lower class whites (namely stock-keepers and convicts).144 He would have read about all the central actors the Quaker minister had reported about in his letters: George Augustus Robinson and his role in “ameliorating” the Aboriginal Tasmanians, Lt.-Gov. George Arthur and his efforts to keep both Indigenous peoples and settlers safe despite the acts of aggression both sides committed. Backhouse had described the colonists as “sons of Jacob” who had sold their brother Joseph into slavery and had praised the Governor’s government as the source of “increase of moral and religious instruction,” which had succeeded in “draw[ing] out some to the better feelings of the human heart.”145 Hack would also have known about the Aborigines’ deportation to Flinders Island and the establishment of Aboriginal settlement to assimilate them. He would have been familiar with Backhouse’s approval of the scheme in general and the notion that the Tasmanians were a “vanishing race.”146 Hack’s knowledge of Australian Quakerism would have been similarly mediated.147 There is little chance he had the opportunity to speak to Tasmanian Quakers himself prior to his arrival in South Australia, although the Isabella, the ship he and his family were travelling on, stopped over in Launceston between 1 and 28 January 1837. The Launceston MM was yet to be established (1844), and prominent Quaker ministers Backhouse and Walker had left for the mainland a few months prior.148 There is only a slight possibility Hack might have met Abraham Davy (1809–1874), the converted convict who had accompanied the ministers to Sydney and had just received his pardon. Davy returned to the Tasmanian settlement only to leave the island again a few months later to permanently relocate to the capital of NSW.149 Hack most definitely spoke to other Tasmanian colonists: he hired drivers, bought bullocks, and other equipment in Launceston. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 291

The exchange of Quaker colonial experiences was thus transferred through Friends’ communications or publications. This included personal conversations with those two travelling Quaker ministers, whose writings and letters influenced early nineteenth-century humanitarian discourse profoundly, namely James Backhouse and George Washington Walker. The two had witnessed the Aboriginal policies adopted in VDL after 1831, visited the Aboriginal settlement Wybalenna on Flinders Island, and had spoken to G.A. Robinson about his experiences during the “Black War.” Therefore, any echoes of early 1830s Vandemonian discourse on “amelioration” and “civilisation” we detect in the South Australian debates did not originate in either the Adelaide Quakers’ knowledge of Cotton’s and Story’s experiences or their expertise in bringing Quaker views into a public meeting, but from their familiarity with humanitarian discourse. Moreover, the two central associations of the “first land rights movement,” namely the Quaker Aboriginal Committee and the APS, whose publications might have provided information for Hack, started their work after his arrival in the colony in 1837.150 Decisions made and actions taken by Quaker emigrants during the first months of the settlement would thus not have been influenced by these institutions. Interestingly, looking into the published material of the APS, we find many indicators that South Australian Friends were strongly represented in humanitarian and Quaker discourses early on. Predisposed to what I have called “Tasmanian lessons,” their voices—imbued with the nineteenth-century Quaker self-knowledge of being inheritors of William Penn’s special bond with Indigenous peoples, as well as being part of South Australian settler politics—added an additional element to humanitarian discourse.

The Benevolent Coloniser Speaks: John Barton Hack There is one voice in particular that stands out: John Barton Hack’s. He became one of Thomas Hodgkin’s correspondents and although not always referred to by name, his contributions are nevertheless often clearly identifiable. His communications to the APS’s intellectual father proved to be vital for the society’s insights into the Australian settler colonial project during the “humanitarian moment” of the late 1830s and early 1840s. In terms of sources available, Hack’s influence is most apparent in the issues of the Extracts from the Papers and Proceedings of the APS. Prior to the foundation of The Aborigines Friend, the society’ journal (first issue published in 1847), these extracts were, in addition to the APS’ yearly 292 E. BISCHOFF reports, the main source of information on the association’s activities and on the situation of Indigenous people throughout the Anglo-world for those interested in the society’s cause. The Papers and Proceedings assembled letters, newspaper articles, petitions, or memorials presented by the APS or the Religious Society of Friends to state representatives or Parliament. Often the texts selected were presented only in parts or abbre- viated versions creating more of an artful bricolage than a systematic overview. South Australia featured prominently among the colonial situations taken into view by the Papers and Proceedings right from the periodical’s start in May 1839.151 Reporting on the society’s most recent activity, namely the preparation of a bill to “enable certain Aborigines to give evidence without oath,”152 South Australia was the first among a series of examples given to demonstrate how excluding Aboriginal Australians from giving testimony in a court of law formed a “grievous impediment to their protection and improvement” as well as the exertions of justice.153 The case in question, the death of a European male in September 1838, who allegedly had been murdered by Aboriginal men in retribution for some settlers having shot their dogs, was reported by “a member of the colonists” who, due to health issues, was unable to leave the house by night. Given Hack’s respiratory problems, we can safely assume that he was the person in question. According to the report, the incident triggered an acute sense of fear among the settlers, who as a result “interpreted every movement of the natives, into a threatened attack.”154 The murder remained una- toned, although two Aboriginal persons came forward and provided eyewitness statements. Their testimonies were considered inadmissible in a court of law “on the ground of their not comprehending the nature of an oath, and acknowledging […] no Supreme Being.”155 The South Australian example was quoted alongside several others including such diverse texts as statements to the Parliament’s Select Committee on Aborigines and a report on a court case in Western Australia about an unresolved death of an Aboriginal person. Murder was not the only crime discussed here. The examples also included fraud, for example, when Maori sailors were duped and their wages unlawfully withheld by their British captains.156 Including Indigenous persons in the British judicial system was one of the central aims of nineteenth-century humanitarian activists. The APS’ First Annual Report of 1838 for instance stated that 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 293

[a] change in the law as it stands will be seen to be of urgent necessity, if it be recollected that in no English Court, at home or abroad, can evidence be given by a Heathen native of Africa, America, Australia, the South Seas, or the Eastern Ocean; although cases occur daily in which justice cannot be done except upon the testimony of Heathen witnesses being taken.157

The activists were convinced that the rule of law would serve as a form of a protective blanket against discrimination and settler violence. Determined to employ the British Empire as “an instrument of conveying blessings to the human race,” they aimed at the full assimilation of Indigenous peoples, disregarding all Aboriginal legal traditions and practices.158 The South Australian correspondent (i.e. Hack) was thus a key witness in arguing the case for one of the APS’ central goals. He also acted in accord with Quaker positions on the topic: British Friends shared the APS’ zeal for legal inclusion. Time and time again, the MfS urged politicians to ensure “[t]hat the rights of the Aborigines, as men and citizens, may be fully recognised, and their evidence received in our court of law.”159 Being barred from giving evidence in court (and by extension serving in public offices) was, as I have shown in Chap. 3, a position Quakers had found themselves in until the 1696 “Affirmation Act.” Affirmation offered a viable alternative, but in many cases, Friends were nevertheless kept from participating in public life. To name just one example: 1832 was the first year in which Quakers were eligible for membership in Parliament. Neighbours and fellow citizens might have heard of Quaker convictions but not of affirmation as Francis Cotton found out in 1837 when he had to remind the local magistrate of this alternative form of giving evidence in court.160 As a result, seventeenth-century criminalisation of their conviction resonated strongly with nineteenth-century Friends. James Backhouse even published a pamphlet on the topic while in the colonies.161 Yet Quaker exclusion resulted from a conscious choice, presuming a position of legal subjecthood not granted to Aboriginal persons in settler colonial Australia. Nevertheless, the APS claimed that the same “reasoning upon which the Quakers of America ultimately obtained a change of the law of oaths in their own favour” should also apply to Indigenous peoples.162 While making an emancipatory claim in the name of Indigenous Australians, the organisation thus argued from a position of white privilege, disregarding the difference between voluntary, self-imposed social exclusion and exclusion based on racial discrimination from the colonial judicial order. 294 E. BISCHOFF

Hack’s voice can also be found in connection with another central aspect of the APS’ agenda, namely the documentation and critical supervision of “all measures of the Supreme or Local Governments bearing on the Aborigines in our Colonies” with particular focus on frontier societies and the conduct of colonists with regard to the Indigenous population of the territories in question.163 The newly founded colony of South Australia and the assurances given by the Colonization Commissioners in response to the demands of the Colonial Office and the stipulations of the Letters Patent were of particular interest to the APS in this context.164 Thus, about six months after the deaths of the two shepherds William Duffield and James Thompson on 21 and 30 April 1839, when the settlers’ illusion of peaceful colonisation had come to an end, the APS published a special issue of its Papers and Proceedings on the situation in South Australia.165 Rhetorically speaking, the issue was artfully constructed. It contrasted the Colonization Commissioners’ promises with the reality on the (colonial) ground. It opened with an extract from the Commissioners’ first annual report to the Colonial Office on the “Treatment of the Aborigines” in order to “pay[ ] a just tribute to the sentiments which it contains” and to provide “a standard by which the subsequent operations in the colony may be tried.”166 The roughly three and a half pages of statements of humanitarian intent by the Colonization Commissioners were confronted with over twenty pages of eyewitness accounts (i.e. letters from correspondents), newspaper articles, and APS’s editor commentary, which revealed the glaring discrepancy between the Commissioners’ declaration of intent and the path the colony had actually taken. Hack’s letters and the material he provided constituted the majority of the evidence collected here. This included newspaper extracts following deaths in 1839, the coverage on the public meeting assembled on 7 May 1839 following the attacks, as well as public letters by the settlers committee and Governor Gawler documenting the inability of local government and settler representatives to come to terms with how to proceed to ensure the safety of settlers and Aboriginal Australians alike.167 In addition, we find a reprint of the open letter to the Protector of the Aborigines by Robert Cock (here signing as “A Tenant”) first published in the Southern Australian on 28 July 1838 in which he offered a “yearly rent” of 10% on one fifth of the sum he had paid for the purchase of his land in 1837.168 As demonstrated above, Cock hereby exposed the lack of implementation of the Commissioners plans with regard to financial compensation for the loss of Aboriginal land and the establishment of funds for their “civilisation.” 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 295

Among these news clippings, reports, and other documents, two letters stand out in particular. Both were originally letters to the editor of the Southern Australian, the local newspaper mentioned above. One of them, dated 16 June 1838, can clearly be attributed to Hack, who also was a member of the APS.169 The other letter, originally published in July 1838, might have been written by a person from or close to the Adelaide Quaker meeting; but because it displays such a high level of insight on the work- ings of South Australian politics in general and the colony’s Aborigines Committee in particular, we can safely assume Hack as its author.170 Both documents reiterate well-known Quaker positions on Aboriginal land rights and emphasise that it was well-known by now that the territory was not “waste and unoccupied” as assumed in the 1834 Act of Parliament, but that instead “it seems certain that at different periods of the year the whole of the districts surveyed under the Acts of Parliament and allotted without any reserve to the colonists, was occupied by the natives.”171 The colonists were therefore, in fact, thieves: “we are found possessing that which rightfully belongs to our neighbours.”172 Calling upon William Penn’s contractually organised system of dispossession and compensation as a role model South Australian protection policies, Hack reaffirmed the Quaker notion of the settler time|space con- tinuum spanning across continents and more than one century. Simultaneously, he reasserted the Quaker’s moral superiority in questions of Indigenous peoples’ land rights by contrasting them to current, questionable, and insufficient practices in the Antipodean colony:

Mr. Penn might have acted in the same manner towards the American Aborigines; but the love of justice and the fear of God were too powerful in his breast to permit him to do other than purchase it, like others and us, he might have taken for nothing. True, we have a ‘Protector of the Aborigines;’ but what power has he to protect them from being robbed of their land or of the animals on which they subsist?173

The editors of the special issue of the APS’ Extracts chose Hack’s words carefully. They did not represent all of his involvement in the debate that had ensued in the colony in the aftermath of the violent events in April 1839. His role in organising and his contributions to the public meeting on 7 May 1839, for instance, were absent. Similarly, the candid critique of the acting Protector of the Aborigines, William Wyatt, expressed at the meeting, was omitted. Technically, the APS transmitted a severely abridged 296 E. BISCHOFF version of the same newspaper report from the Southern Australian already discussed in the previous section of this chapter.174 The partial reprint gives, however, only a rough idea about the events and proceedings, especially the identity and the order of speakers during the public meeting. Only one resolution was documented: the one installing the committee authorised to relay the meetings decisions to the Governor and to “suggest such measures as may be necessary for securing protection to both the settler and the native” of which Hack was an elected member.175 The APS’ editors also relayed the committee’s explanations for why they declined Gawler’s offer to function as permanent consulting body to the colonial government as a local “branch of the Aborigines Protection Society in England.”176 The APS hereby faithfully fulfilled the committee’s pledge to inform the society about the Governor’s proposal and their negating decision. Gawler’s reaction, however, was not reprinted. Apart from this one reference to the local debate on protection and security in the colony (and the failure of the Protector) that had been triggered by the violent events in April 1839, the APS special issue focused on the question of Indigenous land rights and the failure of the Colonisation Commissioners to acknowledge Aboriginal proprietorship or at least occu- pancy, and to implement the system they had promised in 1836. The deaths of the two pastoral workers were thus to the editors of the APS an occasion to broach an issue of the association’s political agenda. Here, Hack’s voice was one amongst many, and it was cut to a number of highly selective excerpts promoting the cause in question. The issue of “protection,” central as it was to the settlers’ disputes, was by contrast generally left untouched. Instead, the APS editors repeatedly emphasised the moral responsibility of the South Australian settlers. On the one hand, they congratulated the colonists for their achievements thus far, namely that “[f]or the first time in the history of colonisation the civilised and the uncivilised man have met without collision.” “The blood of our brother,” they continued, “does not cry out from the earth against us. Since we have landed on the shores of Southern Australia the death of a black man cannot be laid to the charge of an [sic] European.”177 Despite a flawed system of land distribution that operated under the assumption of terra nullius, the editors emphasised the colony, “in its disposition towards the Aborigines and its general intercourse with them has set a bright example to other colonies” so far.178 On the other hand, the editors charged the colonists with ethical responsibilities equalling the ones raised by the MfS for their emigrating brethren in the 1838 “affectionate 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 297

Address” to Friends in the Australasian colonies.179 Quoting another newspaper article provided most likely by Hack, the APS posited:

It is in the power of the settlers of South Australia to disprove that libel against human nature which asserts that oppression and murder by the Europeans are the natural and necessary concomitants of civilisation. It is in their power to exhibit to the world, and to future ages, the example of a nation founded and matured on principles of humanity and justice in the land of the savage. […] We trust that all who are colonists of South Australia feel that on each of us, as individuals, devolves a deep responsibility in this matter.180

But South Australian Quakers were not only heard by APS members. As already mentioned at the beginning of this chapter, the emigrants communicated with the MfS and its subcommittees from the very beginning of the colony. Although the records of the Continental Committee and the Aborigines Committee are incomplete or missing, we can reconstruct from other documents that “Members of the Society of Friends” who had “established themselves in and near the town of Adelaide” transmitted information on the situation in the colony to London definitely as early as 1838. Their desire to “secure the existence and comfort of the natives of that part of the coast” and to ensure that their testimony eventually would be admitted in court was explicitly referred to in the address to the newly appointed Colonial Secretary, the Marquess of Normanby, in February 1839.181 In order to be included in this address, any letter from Adelaide would have to arrive well before the first draft was presented to the MfS; it would have arrived in autumn 1838, being written up to six months earlier. The first “affectionate Address” to Friends in the Australasian colonies, whose first draft was submitted to the MfS in October 1838, was thus most likely formulated without knowledge of the current situation in South Australia.182 Other texts emerging from the Aborigines Committee in 1839 or later, however, also show traces of the developments in South Australia, just like the address to the newly appointed Normanby. Among these is, first, the advice to potential emigrant Friends issued by the MfS to the QMs. It was proposed by the Aborigines Committee and adopted on 1 November 1839, around the same time the APS’ special issue on South Australia appeared.183 The official advice of the central Quaker committee not only reiterated the moral and religious duties of Friends in the colonies but 298 E. BISCHOFF stated very clearly that settlement was conducted at the expense of Indigenous land rights and threatened their very survival. “It is an awful but indisputable fact,” the meeting pointed out

that most settlements of this description, besides dispossessing the Natives of their lands without equivalent, have hitherto been productive of incalculable injury to the moral and physical condition of the native races which have been thereby more or less reduced in numbers, and, in some instances completely exterminated.184

The Meeting’s address thus combined frustration with the failed South Australian reformist experiment with the “extinction discourse” dominat- ing humanitarian thinking in the aftermath of the Tasmanian “Black War.”185 Similarly, the “Address of Christian Counsel” of 1840–1841 was devised after the first group of Quakers had relocated to Adelaide and started reporting from the colony. It is the second example I would like to refer to in demonstrating the influence of the flow of information from Adelaide to the Quakers’ organisational hub. It is equally indirect as in the minute the MfS passed in November 1839 but present nevertheless. As demonstrated above, the Address closely mirrors the elements of Quaker humanitarian discourse as instated by James Backhouse’s Extracts, that is, the acknowledgement of Indigenous land rights, the description of Aboriginal attacks as reactions to suffering caused by lower class whites, the affirmation of the legal and ethical equality of Aboriginal Australians as subjects of the Crown and children of God, and the notion of the “vanishing race.” It also confirmed the notion of the special relationship between Quakers and Indigenous people and stressed Friends’ responsibilities as agents of humanitarian change to endorse Christianisation and “civilisation” of Aboriginal peoples. All these concepts, notions, and demands permeated Quaker publications and communiques on the topic since 1838. The 1840–1841 Address added a new element to this canon which can best be explained by taking the South Australian experience into account: establishing Aboriginal reservations, protecting these areas against settler encroachment, and providing religious and practical education.186 The MfS explicitly called upon Friends to ensure what the Colonial Commissioners had promised in 1836 but, as South Australian Quaker communications demonstrated, had been unable to deliver on: the protection and the “civilisation” of the colony’s Aboriginal population. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 299

The ways in which South Australian Quaker settler experiences resonated in humanitarian discourses (as represented in APS and Quaker peri- odicals and publications) relied upon John Barton Hack’s communications until 1840. With his withdrawal from the Quaker community and its networks in the aftermath of the colony’s financial difficulties, his own bankruptcy, and the Adelaide meeting house controversy, his communications lost credibility and eventually ceased.187 Hack’s contributions were not replaced by other Quakers’ perspectives, either in kind or detail. Other members of the colony’s leading Quaker families were less connected to humanitarian networks (not being members of the APS) and after 1840– 1841 struggled to keep on their economic feet. Hack’s silence also coincided with the crisis the Aborigines Committee experienced following its enthusiastic beginning between 1838 and 1841, already described above.188

Shifting from Amelioration to Anthropology: William May The monthly Quaker periodical The Friend, starting out in 1843, nevertheless continued to report regularly about the Australasian colonies and the APS’ activities. In doing so, it (re)printed extracts from APS tracts, material published by the MfS’ Aborigines Committee, and letters written by Thomas Hodgkin, the Quaker most closely identified with the Aboriginal cause.189 In addition, the editors shared extracts from a letter by William May (1816–1903), the second son of Joseph May who had emigrated with his father in 1839, in the form of a two parts series in volumes seven and eight.190 William May’s letter, originally directed to an unnamed Friend and dated 25 August 1842, was very different in tone and content from Hack’s communications reprinted in the APS Papers and Proceedings. May portrayed the colony in a manner and detail that mirrors emigration handbooks: the infrastructure established thus far, the local climate and agricultural opportunities, the landscape, and the settlers around Fairfield, Mount Barker. These descriptions form the entire first part of the letter as it was reproduced by the Friend’s editors.191 The second half discusses even more specific issues that might have been on the minds of potential emigrants. He described the characteristic Australian bush fires, praised the continuing health of May family members due to favourable climatic conditions in contrast to other settler colonies, namely Canada, and deliberated the threat of draughts which are usually considered “a serious objection to New South Wales” as a destination of choice for British 300 E. BISCHOFF

colonists as “the loss to the settlers, both in their agricultural pursuits, and their stock keeping” was great.192 South Australia, he argued, due to its prevailing, humid westerly winds, was not subjected to these periodical setbacks. He also listed the abundance of European fruits, vegetables, and flowers grown in the family’s garden, which, as we know from his sister’s letters, were cultivated under the laborious care of the May women. This constitutes a gendered division of labour William (or at least this extract of his letter) neglected to mention. The Aboriginal custodians of the land the Mays had settled were mentioned at the very end of his communication as it appeared in The Friend. William May’s depictions of how the family interacted with Indigenous people on a personal level correspond to that of his sister, Margaret, which I have discussed extensively in a previous part of this chapter. Just like his sibling, William reports that they followed seasonal migratory patterns, which brought them close to the family estate in longer intervals. With regard to their behaviour, he had a similar positive view, considering it to

“always [have] been very good; though sometimes importunate they are never saucy; and if plainly told to go, they never refuse; neither are they addicted to stealing, but on the contrary they ask leave before they go to glean or take anything off enclosed land.”193

In contrast to his sister Margaret, however, William reiterated/dissemi- nated a number of racist stereotypes in his descriptions, namely the “extreme” ugliness of Aboriginal women and the association of Aborigines’ intellectual capacities with that of primates: “I think we could produce some [Aboriginal individuals, EB] of whose features would exhibit nothing more intellectual than those of an ape.”194 To him, Aboriginal nomadic culture resembled that of “English gypsies, constantly migrating, accom- plished beggars, and certainly disliking any continuous labour.”195 He even surmised that “however easy in theory, it is certainly difficult to realise the fact, while looking at them, that they are fellow-creatures,” thereby questioning one of the central tenets of nineteenth-century Quaker humanitarian discourse.196 Margaret May reported that several Aboriginal persons were “coming-in,” that is, carrying water and performing chores in exchange for items or food. She also described a group of Peramangk (“Mount Barker natives”) who visited regularly and interacted closely with the May family. This constitutes another detail William’s letter withheld and which would have drawn a more balanced picture. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 301

In comparison to his sister, William adopted more of an anthropological perspective on the family’s neighbours. He theorised, for example, about general cultural differences between “civilized man” and Indigenous people’s building techniques:

It has struck me, when I have seen them [the Aboriginal people’s shelters and wind-breaks, EB], that angles belong to civilized man; in the construction of his simplest dwellings he always makes corners; but birds’ nests are round, nearly all insect habitations that I recollect are round, and these children of nature make their dwellings round every way.197

He also conveyed several key elements of early nineteenth-century anthropological knowledge of Australian Aboriginal peoples: “They are very few in number and are annually decreasing. Ever since the whites have been here, the number of deaths has exceeded that of births, and I believe it is the opinion of those best qualified to judge, that this has long been the case.”198 As demonstrated repeatedly throughout this chapter, humanitarians tended to ascribe the “vanishing” of Indigenous communities to the effects of colonial invasion and settler violence. Official Quaker statements, such as the Address to Lord Normanby, even vigorously dis- puted this notion and insisted on them “withering away” in the face of civilisation. Anthropologists (and settlers), by contrast, argued that the Aboriginal Australians, in fact, had been destined to decline and disappear before the arrival of the Europeans. While transporting racist stereotypes that diverged from the Quaker humanitarian discourse, William May’s letter in The Friend nevertheless gave a considerable amount of information on the Aborigines’ food supply, the resources they used, the artefacts they manufactured, and the cultural practices they performed. May wrote:

They live, at least so far as their own resources go, upon kangaroos and emus, when they can catch them, which now is not often, and upon opossums, bandicoots, eggs, snakes, guanas, shell-fish, the farinaceous pith of a reed, ants-eggs, &c., &c. Their only original clothing was skins sewn together; their usual shelter is formed of boughs, laid round so as to form a semicircle on the windward side.199

The family’s proximity and friendly interaction with their Aboriginal neighbours, he suggested, allowed him to narrate the Indigenous life and 302 E. BISCHOFF traditions up close to glean insight into “authentic” Aboriginal life. “Sometimes when encamped near us, I have gone and joined their party after dark, when they are all at home cooking their supper and singing.” His letter invited its readers to picture themselves as accompanying him on one of these occasions:

Imagine then, men, women, and children, all sitting round a large fire, with their backs to the boughs, the light from the fire lighting up their bronzed faces, grinning with a smile, and showing their long rows of white teeth; this is the time to see them, just as they might have been seen ten years ago [i.e. prior to settlement, EB]. Before them on the embers lay a row of perhaps eight or ten opossums, about the size of rabbits, side by side, skinned, but having never been opened, swelling as if they would burst; within reach of these sits one of the men who occasionally turns them with a stick, and when about half broiled cuts them down lengthwise with a pointed stick, and hands to the company, who devour the repast like so many dogs. They then begin singing or howling, at first in a very low tone, and gradually rising, until their united voices are strained to the loudest pitch, in this they perse- vere, gasping for breath until they are exhausted, when they all at once cease.200

Singing and dancing roused their spirits to the extreme, May continued in his description of the imaginary campfire visit. “[T]owards the conclusion of the song,” the Aborigines “brandish” their weapons “over their heads in a furious manner. They are then thorough savages, and look ferocious enough for cannibals or anything else.” But, the settler assures his readers, “this excitement in only affected, for no sooner is the concert over than they begin to laugh and giggle.”201 The last sentence reveals the claim of authenticity as the racist deception it is: introduced as first-hand experience, the narrative in fact oscillates between savagism and the patronising depiction of Indigenous people as childlike. Mays portrayal of settler-Aboriginal relations thus differs considerably from the one based on Hack’s communications published between 1838 and 1840. In the latter, supporters of the APS and members of the Quaker community learned about political debates and the failed implementation of humanitarian policies in South Australia. The former transported racist stereotypes, relied on narrative strategies that generated “Aboriginality,”202 was influenced by anthropological discourses, and discussed Aboriginal protection only very briefly at the very end: “They have a protector, a sala- ried officer, whose business is to look after them in every way; he conducts 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 303 a school for the children, but finds it very difficult to keep them under his care.”203 It is important to keep in mind, though, that both Hack’s and May’s contributions to Quaker humanitarian discourse were strongly filtered and mediated. Just like James Backhouse’s Extracts, their texts were tailored by individual editors and/or an editorial board to cater to what they considered the interests of a particular audience that was moved by benevolent causes and inspired by evangelicalism. The different enunciations we find in these texts are therefore more than their own individual words or phrases; they indicate a change in humanitarian discourse. By 1843, the focus began to shift from reformist politics to a perspective in which Aboriginal Australians were portrayed as representatives of a precolonial past. The issue in which William May’s letter was published was one of a decreasing number of copies of The Friend which discussed Australian Indigenous people in the 1840s and early 1850s. Reports on the activities of the APS declined as well. British Quakers turned their eyes away from the Australian colonies and looked across the Atlantic upon a settler colonial situation in which the fate of the Indigenous population seemed already sealed and, via revolution, had been removed from British responsibility. Whereas in 1843 the journal published a total of seven articles related to Aboriginal Australians and APS activities, it released not a single one in the following three years apart from two short pieces on Australian wildlife. 1846 saw a series of four articles on phrenology and, in 1847, one on the Association’s activities. In 1848, the editors printed none on the topic at hand and only one text related to Native Americans. The following year, they published two on the APS and one on the decisions of the Hobart YM to liberate G.F. Story and Thomas Mason to visit Australian Friends on the mainland. The issues from 1850 and 1851 informed their readers on the proceedings of the APS in just one text each. Five copies throughout 1851 contained articles related to the Imperial Exhibition in the Crystal Palace and its effect on those Native Americans involved as performers and living exhibition elements.204 Interestingly, William May’s letter, which contributed to this discursive shift, was written by a person who started out to the colony two years after Burton Hack and who, by virtue of two additional years in Britain, would have been exposed to more of the humanitarian literature, for example, the report of the Parliamentary Committee of 1836–1837, the 1838 Address of the MfS, the first annual report of the APS in 1837, and Backhouse’s Extracts. Hack, however, was not only deeply involved in the 304 E. BISCHOFF reformist humanitarian project in his dual role as an active member of the APS and a settler engaged in South Australian local politics, but was also heard as such in the metropole. As demonstrated above, his actions and deliberations were visibly informed by the “lessons” humanitarian activists and politicians declared to have learned from the Tasmanian genocide. He tried hard to act and represent himself as the “benevolent colonizer” humanitarian discourse promoted. His descriptions and the information he provided in turn influenced Quaker humanitarian understanding of the settler colonial situation. Considering APS publications circulated not only among metropolitan politicians and activists but also in the colonies, his contributions established a recursive loop.

Notes 1. Reynolds 2012b, p. 25; Evans et al. 2003, p. 64; Shaw 1992. 2. South Australian Land Company: Proposal to His Majesty’s Government for Founding a Colony on the South Coast of Australia. London 1831; (South Australian Constitution Act 4 & 5 WILL: IV C95) “Act 4 and 5 William IV, Cap 95: An Act to Empower His Majesty to Erect South Australia into a British Province or Provinces, and to Provide for the Colonization and Government Thereof (15 August 1834),” in: Berg 2009, pp. 275–84, 275 (quote). 3. Grant was created Baron Glenelg, of Glenelg in the County of Inverness in May 1835. He held the office from 18 April 1835 to 20 February 1839. Sir George Grey was the nephew of Prime Minister Charles Grey (1764–1845, 2nd Earl Grey). After the Melbourne government fell in December 1834 only to return to power in May 1835, Grey resumed his post. He was appointed a member of the parliamentary Select Committee in 1836 and stayed in office until 1839. There is no relation to Sir George Grey (1812–1898), Governor of South Australia (1841–1845), Governor of New Zealand (1845–1854), and Premier of New Zealand (1877– 1879). Stephen was related to William Wilberforce by marriage and held the office until 1847. The exact extent of his personal influence on British imperial policy is subject to scholarly debate (Manning 1965). Yet, it is undisputed that his great knowledge and experience made him a valuable counsellor to all those who held the Secretary’s position during his time of office. 4. Reynolds 2003, pp. 118–26, 118 (quote). 5. Reynolds 2003, p. 121; “Despatch Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to Secretary T. Spring Rice (copy), 27 January 1835,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425. pp. 121–22. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 305

6. “Report upon the State of the Prisoners in Van Diemens Land,” in: Backhouse 1843, p. lxvi. 7. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425, pp. 80, 82–84, 83 (quote). 8. “Despatch Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to Secretary T. Spring Rice (copy), 27 January 1835,” in: ibid., pp. 121–22; “Lt.-Gov. George Arthur to Thomas F. Buxton, 18 September 1834,” in: House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538, pp. 679–80, 679 (quote). Arthur also suggested separating children from their families to educate them, praising the “Male Orphan Establishment near Hobart” as a role model (ibid., p. 679). Arthur wrote to Buxton again in January 1835 in a similar vein (Reynolds 2012b, pp. 28–29). 9. Letters Patent Establishing the Province of South Australia, 19 February 1836, SRSA, GRG 2/64 (transcript available at: Museum of Australian Democracy, http://www.foundingdocs.gov.au/resources/transcripts/ sa2_doc_1836.pdf, last access 28 January 1217). The plan to amend the original parliamentary act of 1834 accordingly, however, was never implemented. See: Reynolds 2003, pp. 127–44. 10. Reynolds 2003, p. 123. 11. Foster and Nettelbeck 2012, p. 23; Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Moorhouse, Matthew (1813–1876)”. Moorhouse held the position until 1856 when South Australia was granted self-government (Foster and Nettelbeck 2012, p. 23). 12. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Stevenson, George (1799–1856)”. 13. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Wyatt, William (1804–1886),” by Alan Rendell. 14. FHL, Port 8/4. 15. Werner and Zimmermann 2006, p. 46. 16. Coleman, “Introduction,” in: May 1911, pp. 5–8, 8. 17. Another similarity between Tasmanian and South Australian Quaker history is that, so far, it is written from an insider’s perspective only: Morphett 1943; Stevenson 1987; Durrant and Hack 2013. 18. Pike 1967; Foster et al. 2001; Foster and Nettelbeck 2012; Foster and Sendziuk 2012. 19. Reynolds 2012b; Westrip and Holroyde 2010. 20. O’Connell 2008; Tai-Sook Lee 1986; Durrer 2000; Foley 2011. 21. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 119. 22. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, p. 23. 23. Oats 1985, p. 195. 24. Edward G. Wakefield and his contribution to British imperialism was glorified until the second half of the twentieth century. For a more balanced view, see: Temple 2002, pp. 188–239. 306 E. BISCHOFF

25. See entries for the Anna Robertson, “South Australian Passenger Lists 1839,” Bound for Australia. See also: Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 169–72. The latter gives 21 September 1839 as date of their arrival just like William May’s report of their safe arrival. Since this was the first day, the passengers actually set foot on Australian ground (William May, 20 October 1839, in May 1911, pp. 9–27, 24). 26. The family of John B. and Bridget Hack arrived on 9 February 1837. See the entries for the Isabella, “South Australian Passenger Lists 1836– 1837” and that for the Winchester for the arrival of George and Rachel Deane on 23 September 1838 (“South Australian Passenger Lists 1838”) at Bound for Australia. The Isabella stopped in Launceston on 1 January before continuing on to South Australia on 28 January 1837. See: Durrant and Hack 2013, pp. 58–68. 27. William May, 20 October 1839, in: May 1911, pp. 24–25. 28. Ibid., pp. 25–26. 29. For instance the families of George and Rachel Deane, James and Susannah MacGowan, John B. and Bridget Hack, and the three single brothers Joseph Edward (1813–1900), Henry Weston (1811–1898), and George Phillips (1820–1900) two of the May’s daughters, namely Maria and Margaret May (Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 84–85, 161, 112–13, 198– 200; FHL, Port 8/82, 2). 30. Oats 1985, pp. 208–9. 31. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 578–81. See Fig. 8.1 for the overlap in personnel between Aborigines Committee and Correspondence Committee with Josiah Forster being clerk to the Continental Committee and member of all other relevant Committees plus APS steering Committee. On information received from James Backhouse, see: FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 45, pp. 92–93. 32. FHL, Port 8/4. First drafts of this address were presented to the MfS in October the same year (FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 541–42). 33. FHL, Port 8/4. 34. Ibid. 35. Ibid. 36. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 552, 554. 37. Ibid., pp. 612–14. 38. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 612–14; ibid., Vol. 45, pp. 38–9 and FHL, Port 8/3[a]. 39. FHL, Port 8/48. In his introductory remarks, May alludes to earlier correspondence to Friends in Britain whose contents, he assumed, had been relayed to Forster. 40. FHL, Port 8/48, p. 2. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 307

41. Ibid., pp. 2–3. This list is confirmed and expanded by John B. Hack in a separate letter, sent two months later in May 1841 (FHL Port 8/82). 42. FHL, Port 8/48, p. 1. 43. Ibid., p. 2. 44. Oats 1985, p. 196. 45. Ibid., pp. 216–19. 46. Ibid., pp. 206–13. 47. FHL, Port 8/88. 48. Oats 1985, pp. 196–206, 202. 49. Ibid., pp. 206–13, 210. 50. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 112. William N. Oats attributes their decision to the accusations and suspicions John B. Hack faced following the erection of the meeting house in 1840 (Oats 1985, p. 213). 51. Oats and Oats 1982, p. 281. 52. Oats 1985, pp. 205–6, 206 (quotes). 53. Foster et al. 2001, p. 3. 54. “From Burton Hack, of Adelaide, to Dr. Hodgkin,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839e, p. 186. The letter is not dated. Earlier in the same volume, however, we find an extract from a letter from Hack letter to Hodgkin dated 14 July 1839. As mail was sent only in longer intervals when ships arrived to carry out postal services, it is reasonable to assume that these are two excerpts from the same text. 55. Ibid., p. 186. 56. Ibid. 57. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Gawler, George (1795–1869),” by R. Hetherington. 58. John B. Hack to Thomas Hodgkin 1839, Aborigines Protection Society 1839e, p. 186. All three non-officials remain as nameless in Hack’s letter as the stock-keeper initially reporting the attack. 59. Ibid. 60. Ibid. 61. Ibid. 62. Ibid. 63. Letters Margaret May to Maria Morris, SL South Australia, May and Coleman Families Papers (1839–1906), PRG 131/2.1–2.3. 64. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 27. Joseph Phillip was the brother of Henry Weston Phillips (1811–1898), who married Maria May (1818– 1909), eldest daughter of the May household, in April 1843 (Oats and Oats 1982, p. 170). 65. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 27. 66. Ibid. Margaret May does not give the woman’s Aboriginal name. It is impossible to determine whether she chose not to disclose this information or if she did not know the name in the first place. 308 E. BISCHOFF

67. Lüdtke 1994, 140–41. 68. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 27. 69. “Finding we could do nothing with her, J. P. said he would have her back, so we sent her to town to wait for a conveyance to Rapid Bay, but while there she behaved so very awkwardly, that Henry sent her to the Protector of the Aborigines, thinking as J.P. was going to leave the Station, she would be some trouble to his brother Charles Phillips who is going there instead” (Ibid., p. 28). 70. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 73. 71. Ibid., p. 195. 72. The life of “Mount Barker Mary” was particularly often commented on by Margaret May. On 31 March 1844, she reported the death of the Aboriginal woman’s husband just after losing a small child a few weeks earlier (SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 61), and in August 1845, Margaret informed her Aunt about her death (ibid., p. 347). 73. Ibid., p. 213. 74. Margaret May to Maria Morris, 24 October 1844, ibid., p. 189. The Quaker writes about “Angas” (Ngarrindjeri) women requesting grease to prepare ochre for ornamentation (Margaret May to Maria Morris, 18 October 1844, ibid., p. 184). 75. Margaret May to Maria Morris, 26 May 1845, ibid., p. 314. May referred to a group of “Murray natives” on their way back from the Queen’s birth- day festivities in Adelaide and, from the May’s perspective, therefore well provisioned by the Governor’s annual feast and presents. 76. Margaret May to Maria Morris, 22 April 1844, ibid., pp. 74–76, 74. All the following quotes are from this particular letter and page, indicated in a summary manner. 77. Ibid., p. 74. 78. Ibid. 79. Ibid. 80. Ibid. 81. Ibid. 82. Margaret May to Maria Morris, 24 October 1844, ibid., p. 189. 83. Foster et al. 2001, p. 5. 84. John B. Hack to Thomas Hodgkin 1839, Aborigines Protection Society 1839e, p. 186. 85. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, pp. 104, 125–26, 172–74, 325–26. In recounting these events, Margaret May tried to carefully separate rumour from fact. On Sturt see: Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Sturt, Charles (1795–1869),” by H. J. Gibbney. 86. SL South Australia, PRG 131/2.3, p. 104. 87. Foster and Nettelbeck 2012, pp. 26–27. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 309

88. Foster et al. 2001, p. 3. 89. Ibid. 90. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Eyre, Edward John (1815– 1901),” by Geoffrey Dutton. 91. Foster and Nettelbeck 2012, pp. 32–39, 33 (quote). 92. Ibid. 93. Stephen immigrated to VDL in 1829 and had been clerk in the colony’s Supreme Court prior to his appointment in South Australia. His interaction with Aboriginal people therefore was moulded by his experiences during the “Black War.” See: Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Stephen, George Milner (1812–1894). 94. “The Natives,” South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register, 27 April 1839, pp. 1–2, 2 (quotes). Duffield identified his attackers primarily by their dogs, not their individual features. As a result, the newspaper wrote, “great hopes are entertained that the perpetrators will be apprehended and brought to justice” (p. 1). This detail gives us a glimpse into Aboriginal acculturation processes and into the police’s set of mind regarding the individuality of Indigenous people. 95. Ibid., p. 2. 96. “The Aborigines,” Southern Australian, 1 May 1839, p. 2. 97. “The Blacks,” Southern Australian, 1 May 1939, p. 3. 98. Ibid. 99. Due to a combination of risky business decisions and the colony’s financial crisis in 1840–1841, John B. Hack, his brother Stephen as well as his brother-in-law Henry Watson with whom he entered business associations had to declare insolvency (Durrant and Hack 2013, pp. 152–201). 100. Durrant and Hack 2013, pp. 101, 138; Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Fisher, Sir James Hurtle (1790–1875)”. 101. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Light, William (1786–1839),” by David F. Elder. 102. He was suspended by Hindmarsh in August 1838 only to be reinstated by the Colonial Office.Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Gouger, Robert (1802–1846)”. 103. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Brown, John (1801–1879)”. 104. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Mann, Charles (1799–1860)”. 105. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “McLaren, David (1785–1850)”. One of the points of critique had been a commission for building a canal to Hack by Fisher (Durrant and Hack 2013, p. 76). 106. The petition and the list of its signatories was published in the Southern Australian (10 May 1839 (second edition), p. 3). It was part of the newspapers report on the public meeting on 7 May 1839. 310 E. BISCHOFF

107. “The Late Mr. A.H. Davis,” in: South Australian Advertiser, 5 June 1866, p. 2. 108. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Morphett, Sir John (1809– 1892)”; “Death of Mr. John Hallet,” Adelaide Observer, 20 June 1868, p. 16. 109. “Public Meeting,” Southern Australian, 10 May 1839 (second edition), pp. 3–4. 110. Ibid. 111. “The Late Mr. A.H. Davis,” in: South Australian Advertiser, 5 June 1866, p. 2. 112. “Public Meeting,” Southern Australian, 10 May 1839 (second edition), pp. 3–4. 113. Ibid. 114. Ibid. 115. Ibid. 116. Ibid., p. 3. 117. Ibid. 118. Ibid. On the history of South Australian police forces and frontier violence, see: Clyne 1987, pp. 43–79. 119. “Public Meeting,” Southern Australian, 10 May 1839 (second edition), pp. 3–4. 120. Australian Dictionary of Biography, s.v. “Hack, John Barton (1805– 1884),” by J. Gilchrist. 121. “Public Meeting,” Southern Australian, 10 May 1839 (second edition), p. 4. 122. Ibid. 123. Ibid. 124. Ibid. 125. Ibid., p. 3. 126. Foster and Nettelbeck 2012, pp. 19–20, 19 (quote). 127. Ibid., p. 19. 128. Backhouse 1839, pp. 13–21. 129. Ibid., p. 16. 130. Ibid., pp. 5, 17. 131. Ibid., p. 17. 132. Ibid., p. 19. 133. Ibid. 134. Ibid., p. 20. It is reasonable to assume that J.B. Hack was a member of this committee. He is reported to be part of its successor, appointed by Hindmarsh in March 1838 to support the work of the second temporary Protector, Walter Bromley (Durrant and Hack 2013, p. 101). 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 311

135. “First Annual Report of the Colonization Commissioners for South Australia. Received by the Secretary of State for the Colonies on the 24th June 1836,” in: Berg 2009, p. 333. The report’s section on the “Treatment of the Aborigines” was reprinted by the APS, thereby making its suggestions known to the interested public (Aborigines Protection Society 1839e, pp. 131–34). 136. “First Annual Report of the Colonization Commissioners for South Australia,” in: Berg 2009, pp. 333, 334. 137. Robert Cock to William Wyatt, 15 September 1838, SRSA, GRG 2/6/1. Cock’s letter was reprinted in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, p. 137. Henry Reynolds cites this letter as one of the prime examples of Quaker activism in protest of official land policies but does not elaborate on the involvement of other Quakers, e.g. John B. Hack (Reynolds 2003, p. 148). Marjorie and William Oats, relying on George Washington Walker’s observations, list Cock as a friend of Friends and attender of the Adelaide Meeting, but not as a member (Oats and Oats 1982, p. 62). Cock and his family are also not listed by May or Hack in their reports on size and (spiritual) situation Quaker community. This also suggests that contemporary Quakers did not consider them part of their community. 138. Quoted by Reynolds 2003, p. 148. 139. Reynolds 2003, pp. 163–64, 162 (quote). 140. Arrival of the family of Joseph (1787–1878) and Hannah (1790–1860, née Morris) May on 21 September 1839, accompanied by all of their eleven children (the oldest being twenty-four, youngest seven years old) and Joseph’s elder brother Henry May (1786–1846), “South Australian Passenger Lists 1839,” Bound for Australia. 141. Hack must have left Britain by September 1836 to arrive on 1 January in Launceston (assuming a regular 3 months’ journey). The Isabella continued its journey on 28 January. They arrived in South Australia on 9 February 1837 (“South Australian Passenger Lists 1836–1837,” Bound for Australia). 142. First batch of 1000 copies ordered to print by London YM (FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 199–201). A year later, the committee was “left at liberty to print further Extracts from the Journal of James Backhouse and George Washington Walker” (ibid., p. 265). In May 1838, the committee reported the print of the second part of the Extracts of Backhouse’s journal and that the reprint of its third part was ongoing (ibid., pp. 510–11). 143. Backhouse and Walker were in Adelaide from 28 November to 13 December 1837 (Backhouse 1839, pp. 13–21). 144. References on the “Black War” in Backhouse 1838a, pp. 15–16, 57, 64, 73, 77; Backhouse 1838b, pp. 34, 34–37. 312 E. BISCHOFF

145. Backhouse 1838b, p. 34. This is a reference to Gen. 37:18–20 (AKJV). 146. Backhouse refers to Flinders Island multiple times (Backhouse 1838a, pp. 15–16, 47, 49, 77–78, 81, 1838b, pp. 16–17) and describes their visit to the island in 1832 (Backhouse 1838a, pp. 52–55) and in 1833 (Backhouse 1838b, pp. 8, 12–13). The lethal dangers the Aborigines faced at Wybalenna were not yet known to both Backhouse and Hack at this point in time. The minister was informed about the high mortality rate among them in October 1837 (Backhouse 1838d, p. 76). 147. References to Francis Cotton: Backhouse 1838a, pp. 47, 76–77, 83, 1838b, pp. 6, 16, 18, 36, 40–44, 46. 148. TUA, Meeting S 1/A/3. 149. Davy left Launceston on 3 August 1837 and went back to Sydney (Oats and Oats 1982, pp. 67). 150. Reynolds 2003, pp. 99–125, 99 (quote). 151. Aborigines Protection Society 1839b. 152. “Art. I. Evidence of Aborigines without Oath,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839b, pp. 5–8, 5 (quote). 153. Ibid., p. 5. 154. Ibid. See also: Price 2018, pp. 30–35. 155. Ibid. 156. Ibid., pp. 6–7. 157. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, p. 25. 158. Ibid., p. 8. 159. “Art. III. Address of the Society of Friends to Lord Normanby,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839c, pp. 83–85, 84 (quote). 160. TUA, DX 20/2092, 16 February 1837. Extending the Affirmation Act to the colonies was part of the creation of settler space, just like any other application of British laws and customs. 161. Backhouse 1835. 162. “Art. I. Evidence of Aborigines without Oath,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839b, p. 8. The text referred to Native Americans as an example thereby (again) conflating North American and Australian settler colonial space. 163. Aborigines Protection Society 1838, p. 27. 164. “First Annual Report of the Colonization Commissioners for South Australia,” in: Berg 2009, pp. 322–49. 165. Aborigines Protection Society 1839d. 166. “First Annual Report of the Colonization Commissioners for South Australia,” in: Berg 2009, pp. 330–34; Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 131–34, 131 (quote). 167. “Art. III. Murders in South Australia and Executions of Natives,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 148–59. 9 TASMANIAN LESSONS: TRANSLATION OF QUAKER EXPERIENCES… 313

168. Robert Cock to William Wyatt, 15 September 1838, SRSA, GRG 2/6/1; “To the Protector of the Aborigines,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, p. 137. 169. “To the Editor of the Southern Australian, 16 June 1838,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 134–35 introduced as “the communication of our valued correspondent, O.T.R.” (ibid., 134, “O.T.R.” means “off the record,” EB.) 170. “To the Editor of the Southern Australian, 28 July 1838,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 136–37. The letter was signed by “A Lover of Justice” which could be interpreted as a reference to the APS’ aim of “advancing the cause of justice” or William Penn’s “love of justice” described in the letter itself. Whereas the former would indicate a connection with the APS, the latter would indicate a strong identification with the famous Quaker, which would be unusual outside Quaker circles. The two interpretations are not mutually exclusive and, taken together, point strongly towards Hack. 171. “To the Editor of the Southern Australian, 16 June 1838,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, p. 135. 172. Ibid., p. 136. 173. Ibid. 174. “Public Meeting,” Southern Australian, 10 May 1839 (second edition), pp. 3–4. 175. “Public Meeting,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 152–60, 153 (quote). 176. Ibid., p. 157. 177. Ibid., p. 134. 178. Ibid., p. 159. 179. Port 8/4. 180. “From the Supplement to the Southern Australian, No. 52,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839d, pp. 159–60, 160 (quote). 181. “Art. III. Address of the Society of Friends to Lord Normanby,” in: Aborigines Protection Society 1839c, pp. 83–85, 85 (quote). Contact was, however, rather sporadic (FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 578–81, 580 (quote)). 182. FHL, Port 8/4; FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 541–42. 183. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 44, pp. 612–14. 184. Ibid., p. 613. 185. Brantlinger 2003, pp. 1, 124. 186. Society of Friends 1843, p. 4. 187. Oats 1982, pp. 196–213; Durrant and Hack 2013, pp. 152–201. 188. FHL, Minutes of the MfS, Vol. 45, p. 230. 314 E. BISCHOFF

189. Examples taken from the issues of the journal first year of publication include: “Further Information Respecting the Aborigines,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 1 (1843), pp. 2–4; “J. Backhouse’s Australian Colonies,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 2 (1843), p. 30; “Letter to the Editor from Dr. Hodgkin,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 4 (1843), p. 62; “Aborigines’ Protection Society,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 6 (1843), p. 126; “The Cause of Peace, and the Rights and Welfare of the Aborigines,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 10 (1843), pp. 213–14. 190. “Letter from South Australia,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 7 (1843), pp. 151– 52; “Letter from South Australia (Continued from Page 152),” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 8 (1843), pp. 175–76. William May married Mary Cotton on 6 February 1856. He was clerk of the South Australia Two- Monthly-Meeting and (after moving to Tasmania in 1874) clerk of the Annual Meeting of Tasmanian Friends. He edited the Australian Friend from 1889–1895 (Oats and Oats 1982, p. 170). 191. “Letter from South Australia,” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 7 (1843), pp. 151–52. 192. “Letter from South Australia (Continued from Page 152),” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 8 (1843), p. 175. 193. Ibid., p. 176. He (again) did not point out the gender dimension of this form of interaction. As we know from Margaret May’s letters, Aborigines addressed the May women to achieve access to the farms resources. 194. Ibid. 195. Ibid., p. 175. 196. Ibid., p. 176. 197. Ibid. 198. Ibid., p. 175. 199. Ibid. 200. Ibid. 201. Ibid., p. 176. 202. Healy 2008, p. 7. 203. “Letter from South Australia (Continued from Page 152),” The Friend, Vol. 1, no. 8 (1843), p. 176. 204. See: The Friend, Vols. 1–9 (1843–1851). On Story’s and Mason’s travelling ministry: “Hobart Town Yearly Meeting,” The Friend, Vol. 7, no. 77 (1849), p. 92. CHAPTER 10

Conclusion

“Local histories often invoke the image of a fixed and stable closed place,” notes the New Zealand historian Tony Ballantyne. In colonial history, they tend to “stress the development of local institutions and celebrate the contributions of founders, pioneers, and heroes.”1 However, as recent scholarship on imperial history has demonstrated, writing about a local place means, in fact, examining how it was shaped by a multiplicity of actors and by imperial or transnational processes. These were structured by uneven relationships of power, which often resulted in violent conflicts. Inspired by microhistorians and critical geographers, historians have started to describe places as “knot-like conjectures” or specific points of intersection between local specificities (topography, ecology, socioeconomic developments, political struggles) and global “networks, movements, and exchanges.”2 As such, places are no longer seen as “the static, local antithesis of an inherently mobile imperial system or global network” but as constantly changing, as “always global because they are a product of their intersection with long-distance networks created by empires and other transnational complexes.”3 Describing colonial Tasmania in this manner yields valuable insights, as my investigation of the history Quaker settlers between 1830 and 1860 has demonstrated. I would like to point out three aspects that are of particular interest considering the future development of the research fields my study is connected to, namely, settler colonial studies, genocide studies, and the history of humanitarianism.

© The Author(s) 2020 315 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8_10 316 E. BISCHOFF

10.1 Building the Anglo-World from Within Tasmanian Quakers, who originated from a translocal community that had been shaped by its transatlantic entanglements, were exceptionally well equipped for colonial expansion. They shared a collective memory of migration and colonial expansion. Starting with the writings of the church’s founder, George Fox, they reflected on unequal colonial power relations and governing multiethnic households. Their faith as well as their community was based on a set of practices which allowed them to translate Quakerism to the Antipodes, ranging from its administrative structure (relatively independent meetings) and reading habits (common knowledge) to network building and communication (epistolary culture, endogamy) and sharing spiritual experiences (worship). Early nineteenth- century Quakers came from a community characterised by evangelicalism and the abolitionist movement, and arrived in colonial convict society, structured by a specific socio-ecological system and the war against the island’s Indigenous population. As demonstrated in Chaps. 4 and 6, establishing a Quaker community in VDL was a creative process of adaption and reinterpretation. It was not generated by a coordinated effort of diffusion across colonial space but a rhizomatic process of local practices and initiatives. It started in 1833 from James Backhouse’s and George W. Walker’s impulse to meet for silent worship in Hobart and relied on the active interest of a group of people in the colony. The founders of the first Australian Quaker community were, and this is important to keep in mind, either converts or Friends who returned back into the fold after being disowned. The majority of them were emancipists. They were motivated by their own, individual goals: Some by evangelical zeal (Methodism acted for many of them as stepping stone as for members of the Mather family), others joined out of the impulse to build a new, respectable life for themselves and their families (this included the formerly disowned Cottons as well as emancipists such as Davy or Flower). As such, building a Quaker community in VDL was a process of translation.4 It was an open-ended, nonlinear process, riddled with the potential of failure and disintegration as failing marriage networks and struggling meetings such as Launceston or Sydney demonstrate. In contrast to their brethren in the northern hemisphere, Australian Quakers did not establish what might be called a Quaker Pacific. The activities of the (freshly minted or restored) Tasmanian Friends resulted in a diverse community which was, despite explicit commitment 10 CONCLUSION 317 to Quaker egalitarian principles, fissured along the same line as VDL’s society as a whole: namely that of class prejudice and resentment against persons of convict background. Their internal divisions mirror that of Vandemonian settler society as a whole. With regard to gender relations, Tasmanian Friends were much more conventional than the church’s acceptance of the female ministry would suggest: Quaker women were elected ministers but were held to the same “double standard” as nineteenth-century women in British society in general as the case of Anna Maria Cotton demonstrates. Tasmanian Quaker women fulfilled the role as homemakers dutifully and exercised their “caring power” in benevolent societies and in supervising female labourers. Quaker men, however, often found themselves at odds with hegemonic concepts of “settler manhood.”5 Whereas the latter, due to a large number of veterans emigrating to the colonies after the end of Napoleonic wars, was characterised by military culture, Quaker values emphasised evangelical norms and values such as compassion and self-control. Economically speaking, Tasmanian Quakers relied on a “hinterland,” specifically the London-based Thomas Cotton or other members of Quaker business networks for acquiring starting capital, as outlet market, business partners, and facilitators. Scholarly research into settler imperialism has often pointed at the close link between financial interests and colonial pastoral farming.6 A look into the papers and letters of Francis Cotton or George W. Walker emphasises this argument by showing how even small businesses in the colonies relied on connections in the metropole. But looking at the Tasmanian Quaker community as a kind of micro- cosm of Vandemonian society as a whole reveals another aspect of settler society which so far has been discussed with regard to property and land rights: the connection between the emergence of the Anglo-world and the common law. As many scholars have shown, colonists had a vested, economic interest in the extension of the British legal system. It was a cornerstone of the dispossession of Indigenous peoples throughout the Anglo-world.7 However, the call for the rule of British law was not restricted to economic issues. As my reconstruction of the emergence of the Tasmanian Quaker community has shown, almost every aspect of their lives was based on the assumption that the Antipodean colonies were, legally speaking, an extension of the British Isles. The examples discussed include acquiring land, conducting business, concluding marriage cere- monies, and affirming a statement in court instead of swearing an oath. Quakerism would have been very difficult, if not impossible to establish if 318 E. BISCHOFF the privileges granted to the church and its members by Crown and Parliament over the course of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries would have been denied. As a result, Quaker interests and governmental policies often over- lapped. This holds particularly true in areas concerned with the “conduct of conduct,” to employ a Foucauldian term. In mirroring the philanthropic activism of their brethren in the northern hemisphere, Vandemonian Friends supported colonial benevolent societies, endorsed the temperance cause, or endeavoured to “ameliorate” the situation of convict women. They upheld values such as piety, self-control, industriousness, and sobriety. Quakers were, in this regard, model “citizen subjects.” In addition, as demonstrated in Chap. 5, individual travelling ministers promoted these norms in their addresses to the colonial population. They encouraged colonial administrators in their efforts to establish a modern form of governmentality in the colony. Quaker writings and practices thus called for a form of governance. Building on these findings, it would be interesting to investigate this particular aspect and its imperial and transnational dimensions further, concentrating, for instance, on the temperance cause.

10.2 The Benevolent Coloniser Quakers have often been lauded as the champions of Aboriginal Australians, as paramount examples for those few dissidents who were involved in the “collaborative struggles” that shaped the “first land rights movement.”8 Yet, as Chaps. 6, 7, and 8 have shown, Friends held an ambivalent position regarding Indigenous land rights. On an individual level, Quakers contributed to the expulsion, murder, and dispossession of the Palawa people just as any of their neighbours did. They occupied Indigenous land and transformed it physically into settler space: they raised sheep, established an estate, and created an agricultural space. George F. Story produced botanical and anthropological knowledge that was crucial to Tasmanian settlerism. He was also clearly involved in the government’s attempt of ethnic cleansing (“Black Line”) and supported a similar effort that started on settler initiative (“Freycinet Line”). Yet, Francis Cotton and George F. Story also supported Lt.-Gov. Arthur’s strategy of “amelioration” by lobbying for it in local settler meetings and helped Robinson’s diplomatic mission by extending their hospitality to him and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people who accompanied him on his journey across the colony. For Francis 10 CONCLUSION 319

Cotton and George Fordyce Story, supporting benevolent principles and exerting violence were not mutually exclusive. On an organisational level, Quakers actively lobbied for Aboriginal land rights. Many of the leading figures of the most important non-governmental organisation, created to generate public pressure on the British government such as the APS, were Friends. In pursuing the cause, they often relied on the evangelical networks established during the struggle against slavery. Typically, those involved in these networks were not settlers but Quakers in Britain or travelling ministers who returned home, namely James Backhouse and Daniel Wheeler. My investigations have demonstrated how key elements of the discourse were introduced via Quaker pens and printing presses. Starting with James Backhouse’s and George W. Walker’s travel journal to its edited version that was distributed in Quaker meeting houses and circulated in evangelical networks and benevolent societies to parliamentary hearings and reports. As a result, the “Black War” and the fate of the Tasmanian Aboriginal peoples featured in early nineteenth-century humanitarian discourse. Yet it is important to note that the knowledge about VDL circulating in humanitarian networks was produced by a set of two filters: The first was Backhouse’s and Walker’s perspective of the events at the Vandemonian frontier. Structured by class prejudice, they focussed on the role of convicts in inciting frontier violence in their reports, neglecting settler vigilantism and the violence of settler colonialism as such. In addition, the two ministers interpreted their observations within the framework of Quaker history, or rather early nineteenth-century perceptions thereof. Firmly convinced of the superiority of William Penn’s contractual approach to guarantee a peaceful form of settler colonial expansion, they did not question the invasion of Aboriginal Country as such but criticised only how the dispossession was conducted. Had the government signed a treaty, they concluded, the bloodshed and the loss of lives of the “Black War” could have been avoided. It is important to note that the actual experiences of Quaker settlers and their difficulties so reconcile their faith with living at the Tasmanian frontier, was hidden in these publications by classism, a focus on religious questions, the emphasis on William Penn as role model, and the emphasis on Quaker tradition. The second filter involved in creating the basic elements of humanitarian discourse was the editing process exercised by a subcommittee of the MfS. Here, the reports of the two travelling ministers were tailored according to their expectations and Quaker custom. As a result, they were firmly 320 E. BISCHOFF in line with other publications that stressed the long tradition of Quaker “special relations” with Indigenous people and referred to Penn’s “Holy Experiment.” Quaker pamphlets, as Chap. 9 has reconstructed, circulated among members of the Society as well as the humanitarian networks Friends were involved in. In combination with a highly developed culture of exchanging information by private letters, Friends and their concepts influenced leaders of political pressure groups and policy makers alike. The most prominent example being the stipulations representatives of the South Australian Company were confronted with in form of the “Letters Patent” in 1836. Informed by the lessons learned from Quaker humanitarian publications about the fate of the Tasmanian Aboriginal peoples, the Colonial Office had developed cornerstones of benign settler colonial expansion. Quakers who emigrated to Australasia, especially those going to the newly founded colony of South Australia, were also influenced by these pamphlets. I have reconstructed the interaction between South Australian Quaker settlers and Indigenous peoples looking at two cases, that of John Barton Hack and that of the family of Joseph and Hannah May. From my analysis of Quaker writings and my examination of Quaker activities in the so-called Second Pennsylvania, a peculiar figuration emerges, that of the Quaker settler as the benevolent coloniser. At first glance, this figure seems like an oxymoron, a position encompassing humanitarianism and settlerism. However, I would like to suggest employing this term to describe the peculiar position Quaker settlers found themselves in early nineteenth-century colonial Australia. Not many settler colonial or postcolonial thinkers have taken such a contradictory figure into view. Fanon, who many claim as their intellectual inspiration in theorising settler colonialism, most certainly did not: he emphasised a binary opposition between the coloniser and the colonised.9 The Jewish-Tunisian sociologist, Albert Memmi, by contrast, explicitly addresses the question of such a self-contradictory position, caught between the settlers on the one hand and the Indigenous on the other. He refers to it as “the colonizer who refuses” or the “benevolent colonizer” and describes the profound moral and political dilemma in which he is caught10: Confronted with injustice and poverty, he wants to help, but his options are limited by either his refusal to abandon his privileges and sense of belonging, his own ingrained belief in the inferiority of Indigenous cultures or at least their fundamental otherness, his inability to grasp the political position of the colonised in terms other than his own. The 10 CONCLUSION 321

benevolent coloniser, Memmi states, adopts a “position of principle” and “may openly protest, or sign a petition, or join a group which is not auto- matically hostile toward the colonized,” in the firm belief that they have “changed difficulties and discomfort.”11 Developed from the personal experience of a different settler colonial context, Memmi’s thoughts provide a useful point of comparison to clarify the specificities of the Australian case. Memmi’s figure and nineteenth- century Quakers share a sense of moral outrage and the difficulties to let go of white privileges. They adopted a “position of principle.” Yet in contrast to Memmi’s refusing coloniser, Quaker settlers never questioned the legitimacy of the British colonial project. They may not have agreed to the methods adopted or the political choices made, but they never challenged the idea of empire as such. This affirmative attitude was directly connected to their view on Australian Aboriginal people. Friends regarded them, contrary to hegemonic racist discourse, as human beings, endowed with the Inner Light, with the potential to grow, to learn, and to eventually evolve into a civilised being, but nevertheless as inferiors to themselves in terms of civilisation. From this position of superiority, they argued that Indigenous people needed their help. Help to embrace or at least adapt to (white) civilisation. As a result, settlement and humanitarianism were no contradiction to them. Central points of contestation, most prominently the land issue, were understood not on the grounds of Aboriginal notions but in European terms, namely as a conflict between different proprietary claims. The Quakers’ favoured solution, the treaty, aimed at extinguishing Aboriginal sovereignty in one last final act of formal recognition. These benevolent colonisers were colonisers nevertheless. These observations tie in with recent calls for a more differentiated interpretation of both Australian settler colonial history and the history of humanitarianism. The first comes from Tim Rowse and Lisa Ford urge to listen to the “cacophony of indigenous subjectivities—capitalist, citizen, minority, Christian pagan, hunter-gatherer, historical victim, repository of pre-contact culture and member of a semi-autonomous first people.”12 Similarly, as I would like to argue, we have to open our view to a set of conflicting yet intersecting settler identities, the Quaker settler being only one among them. Their local, everyday practices contributed to both, Anglo settler expansion and humanitarian colonial governmentality alike. The second stimulus comes from Michael Barnett, who stresses the mutual supportive relationship between humanitarianism and imperialism,13 and the two authors of Colonization and the Origins of Humanitarian 322 E. BISCHOFF

Governance: Protecting Aborigines across the Nineteenth-Century British Empire, Alan Lester and Fae Dussart, who make a very similar argument for the case of the British Empire.14 Their argument relies on the observation that humanitarian principles and goals are not the same as those of activists today. Nineteenth-century humanitarians did not campaign for human rights as we understand them today. To nineteenth-century Tasmanian Quakers, “[c]olonialism, Christianity, and commerce” were not opposites, but “provide[d] the will and the way to emancipate slaves, save sinners and souls, and position backward societies on the path of civilization.”15 Accordingly, activists did not call for the general abolishment of terra nullius but for reimbursement, relocation, and instruction. Their overall aim was the “improvement” of the colonised not their cultural and economic self-determination.16

10.3 Sounds of Silence or Narrating Genocide the Quaker Way The benevolent Quaker settler is still remembered in Tasmania today. As a microhistorian, interested not only in reconstructing the past but also in examining the narrative structure of both the historical material itself, and the ways in which the past is represented today, this continuity is most striking. It also connects to debates in genocide studies, focussing on questions of transitional justice and reconciliation and the ongoing struggle of Australian society to come to terms with its settler past. In 2013, Jane Cooper, a descendent of Francis and Anna Maria Cotton, published Land of the Sleeping Gods, the so-called Cotton Papers. Revealing, as the subtitle announced, the Untold History and Mythology of the Tasmanian Aborigines.17 According to the information Cooper relates in the introduction to the book, the collected stories originate from a family heirloom, “a brown trunk of corrugated metal that was full of written material,” passed down through the generations to her father, William Jackson Cotton (1909–1981).18 It contained, following the family’s oral tradition, recordings of the ancient knowledge of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people, related to the family by a group of Aboriginal Tasmanians hidden on Kelvedon, protected by the family from deportation until 1886 when the last of them died of old age.19 After returning from the Second World War, William Jackson Cotton became intensely fascinated with his family’s colonial history and, according to his daughter’s childhood memories, 10 CONCLUSION 323 started relating the Aboriginal myths and stories from the papers to his children. However, the trunk was destroyed by fire in 1959. “In the following years,” Cooper continues, he started recreating the collection from memory: “recording everything he knew before that too was lost.”20 The book has been hailed to “throw[s] new light on Tasmania’s Aboriginal history,”21 to “spice up history,”22 and to “vastly expand[s] the amount of data about the Aborigines.”23 Henry Reynolds, a highly esteemed expert on Tasmanian history, who blessed the edition with a prologue, considers the collection the result of the Cottons’ genuine attempt to collect and preserve Aboriginal knowledge.24 The Cotton Papers are not the first incarnation of William Jackson Cotton’s recollections. A selection of them was published by the author himself, entitled Touch the Morning. Tasmanian Native Legends, in 1979.25 It is a small booklet of roughly 60 pages and illustrated by Cotton himself. In his foreword, he thanked his grandparents for waking his interest in “Tasmanian aboriginal folklore” and the “treasured gift” of “a wonderful little native boy named Picka-Lumee.” He also thanked his daughter who “alternately, encouraged, badgered, begged and bullied” him “to record these stories.”26 The Cottons’ “special relationship,” to employ the words of one of the attendees during a round of Q&A following the presentation of my project in Hobart in 2012, was thus a firmly established topos among those interested in Tasmanian Aboriginal history and culture even prior to the publication of the Land of the Sleeping Gods. Yet there are, as my reconstruction of the Cotton family’s life has shown, no indications that at any time during the 1830s or 1840s an Aboriginal child or a group of Indigenous people lived on Kelvedon or in the household of one of Francis Cotton’s sons. Given the amount of material available, written by visiting travelling ministers and family members alike, keeping the presence of Indigenous visitors or household members hidden would have entailed a conspiracy of secrecy of epic proportions. In addition to the lack of evidence that would support assuming an Aboriginal presence on Kelvedon, many documents show that the extended Cotton family was in many ways a regular settler family: starting with the ways and means by which they acquired their land, its agricultural transformation, the weapons kept in the household, Story’s involvement in the “Black War” and the Freycinet Line as well as his anthropological interests (Chaps. 6 and 7). Nicholas Brodie, who has examined part of the archival material available, comes to the same conclusions. 324 E. BISCHOFF

What does the Cotton secret family archive or rather the narrative of the “Cotton trunk” relate to, if not historical events? Henry Reynold’s introductory comments to the 2013 edition offer a good opportunity to identify the key elements of the story told. His account follows a general narrative, which can be found in all reports on the origin of the Cotton Papers. It can be summarised as follows: Coming from a religious community based on the conviction that “all human beings were equal in the sight of God,” the Cottons were “more predisposed than their contemporaries to democratic rights, and to both religious equality and a radical belief in the equality of men and women.”27 In addition, they held a specific “attitude to racial difference” that had been shaped by “the Quaker crusade against slavery” and “by the policies adopted by the prominent Quaker William Penn in Pennsylvania, where he famously signed treaties and bought land from the Indians.”28 Quakers formulated a radical critique of settler colonial expansion in Australia, as demonstrated by the writings of Backhouse and Walker.29 Following his “Quaker beliefs,” Francis Cotton “never carried a gun.”30 And despite “the hostility the humanitarian attracted,” the Cottons “decided to try to provide protection to the Aborigines in their neighbourhoods.”31 Kelvedon became a “sanctuary against rampaging frontiersmen in the early years of settlement, and in later years against police and other government officials’ intent on removing surviving men, women and children to reserves and missions.”32 The story Reynolds tells about the Cottons’ colonial experience is thus characterised by first, an oversimplification of early nineteenth-century Quaker faith and practice (as discussed in Chap. 3) by identifying it rashly with late twentieth-century and early twenty-first-century interpretations of the concept of the “inner light.” Reynolds assumes an overall general tendency towards equality and ignores evangelical notions of moral and “civilisatory” superiority. He also neglects to reflect on the difficult struggle to develop an abolitionist stance within the Quaker community itself and the hierarchical notion of social life. He handles the peculiarities of the Quaker “peace testimony” in a similar cursory manner. He assumes a coherent Quaker identity, which he constructs from humanitarian discourse, considering James Backhouse and George W. Walker as its typical representatives.33 Their role, as my investigations in Chaps. 5 and 8 have shown, was far too complex to justify such an assumption. In conveying details about the Cottons’ frontier experiences, and this is the second characteristic of his narrative, he reiterates fragments of settler 10 CONCLUSION 325 memory instead of drawing on the wealth of historical documents available. The notion that Francis Cotton went unarmed was first mentioned in Cotton’s obituary, written by his youngest son, Edward Octavius Cotton, who was born in 1838 and knew the family’s early colonial period only by tale.34 There are no sources in the archival material that corrobo- rate the picture of Francis Cotton venturing unarmed into the Tasmanian bush or, as the obituary stated, “never carried firearms as a protection from blacks” and went personally to look for stray cattle when his men were too afraid to do so without the protection of a weapon—a powerful image.35 The narrative of the Cotton’s heroic deeds is not about historical accuracy. It is about similarity. As several scholars interested in the dynamics of individual and collective (or cultural) memory, such as Jacques Derrida, Paul Ricœur, or Elena Esposito, have argued, all forms of remembering share one basic trait: the dynamic of remembering and forgetting.36 Just like individual memories, collective memories cannot and will not recall every experience made or action taken. The archive is always incomplete. What will be included (remembered) and what will be excluded (forgotten) is determined in a process of selection. In his study Memory, History, Forgetting, the French philosopher Paul Ricœur explores the relationship between remembering and forgetting more closely. Remembering, he states, is actually an experience of recognition: “it is indeed in the moment of recognition that the present image is held to be faithful to the initial affection.”37 Memory, Ricœur claims, is in fact born “at the very moment of the impression of a ‘reliving of images’,” it is born “in the moment of recognition.”38 From this perspective, telling stories about past events is part of a mnemonic process, which actively generates memory by creating “moments of recognition.” Reynold’s account employs two powerful images, twenty-first-century readers will recognise: The first connects to settler colonial history, namely the description of Francis Cotton walking unarmed into the Tasmanian bush. It evokes the image of two other famous historical figures, who walked amongst Indigenous people without carrying a weapon and were connected to the Cotton family by personal connection: George Augustus Robinson and William Penn. Both men are associated with a more benevolent approach towards Indigenous peoples. Reynolds especially stresses the Quaker tradition of conducting negotiations and concluding treaties instead of pursuing a war against the Amerindian population of early colonial Pennsylvania. His account echoes nineteenth-century Quaker belief in 326 E. BISCHOFF the “special relationship” Friends had developed with Indigenous peoples in general. As I have demonstrated in Chap. 8, the idea of this special connection was, in fact, an “invented tradition.” The second image Reynold’s account employs is more recent: the heroic dissident who protects those threatened by racial genocidal politics from prosecution, deportation, and eventual death. Oskar Schindler and Miep Gies are two famous examples for those individuals who saved Jewish people, risking their lives in the process.39 Hiding Aboriginal people on their premises recalls an image many twenty-first-century readers are familiar with considering the widespread impact of Steven Spielberg’s period drama, “Schindler’s List,” first released in 1993.40 By reiterating settler memory and nineteenth-century notions of Quaker “special relations” and by evoking the image of the heroic dissident, Reynold’s narrative renders the material gathered in the “Cotton trunk” safe. Readers recognise elements identified with positive aspects of settler history and with the deeds of persons of moral integrity, who are, and writing as a German historian this observation carries a particular weight, beyond any doubt a beacon of hope and a role model for generations to come. As a result, the contents, the cultural heritage of the Tasmanian Aboriginal people presented in the book, can be accepted by Reynold’s readers not as stolen or robbed (as cultural artefacts and human remains of Palawa people often have been) but as carefully gathered, guarded, and preserved (much like Anne Frank’s diary).41 In a very similar manner, describing Kelvedon as a sanctuary for Tasmanian Aboriginal people legitimises the way William Jackson Cotton and his daughter Jane Cooper appropriated what they identified as the cultural heritage of another people. Today, respecting Aboriginal cultural property entails, in case of material artefacts, returning the items in question to the nations and clans whose ancestors created them. Jane Cooper decided to publish them under her father’s name. In doing so, she adopted a position, which assumes the authority to act and speak on behalf of the Palawa people. This is a position of authority which nineteenth-century Quakers, especially those formally organised in philanthropical societies such as the APS, regularly claimed for themselves. As shown in Chap. 9, it was one of the key characteristics of the benevolent coloniser. Instead of building alli- ances or enabling Indigenous people to act according to their own political, social, and economic framework, Quaker humanitarians actively contributed to a form of “humanitarian governance,” that endorsed imperial rule as a means of “civilization.”42 With the Land of the Sleeping Gods, 10 CONCLUSION 327

Jane Cooper unfailingly continues this part of Australian Quaker tradition. In addition, the narrative of the “Cotton trunk” silences memories that might sit more uncomfortably, namely that of violence and conflict. However, Indigenous voices are silenced much less easily today than during the nineteenth century. Eighteen years after William Jackson Cotton had published his version of the Cotton Papers, in 1997, members of the modern Tasmanian Aboriginal community seized the contents of the book, arguing that Cotton might have preserved the stories, but they “belong to the Tasmanian Aboriginal people.”43 They were not his to keep; a fact he was fully aware and openly acknowledged in his publication. “We owe much to the late Jackson Cotton and his family for the foresight they showed in so carefully documenting and saving our stories.”44 Retold by Rosemary Ransom and illustrated by “contemporary young Aboriginal Tasmanians” from various high schools and primary schools in the Hobart region, third incarnation of the stories was created: Taraba. Tasmanian Aboriginal Stories.45 The project enjoyed both non- governmental and governmental support: it was endorsed by the Tasmanian Aboriginal Education Association and supported by the Aboriginal Education Unit. Considering the strained relations between Tasmanian Aboriginal activists and state agencies throughout the twentieth century, this form of collaboration was an unusual demonstration of harmony. Taraba presents a revised version of six of the stories published in William Jackson Cotton’s 1979 book, which now carried all the markers of an authenticated Aboriginal product: the stories were retold “in a style acceptable to Tasmanian Aboriginal community members.”46 Before manuscript went to press, “the content of the stories ha[d] been carefully researched” and was deemed “distinctively Tasmanian,” although the texts could not attributed to individual Indigenous groups, nations, or clans.47 The contents of the stories derived from colonial times: “Members of the Cotton family had considerable contact with Tasmanian Aboriginal people in the 1830s. Jackson Cotton recorded the stories from their diaries.”48 In 1997, the Tasmanian Aboriginal people claimed them as their own. Relying on the legal framework introduced by the settler society, they contacted the editor of Touch the Morning and acquired the rights for reprinting Cotton’s stories. They bypassed Jane Cooper entirely, who, according to her own statement, learned about Taraba from the newspapers. 328 E. BISCHOFF

Australian historiography of the colonial period has been structured by the controversy ignited by Keith Windschuttle’s claim that the events in VDL did not amount to genocide, the so-called “history wars.” In a way, the Cotton Papers and their ambivalent position is another example that refutes his hypothesis. As Daniel Feierstein has demonstrated, “genocidal social practices” go well beyond the “physical annihilation of the victims.”49 Rather, they continue in forms of “symbolic enactment.”50 Yet, the “most effective form of symbolic genocide,” Feierstein emphasises “is not oblivion, which ignores the disappearance of a way of life as if it had never disappeared,” but establishing the discourse framework of “how genocide can and should be remembered, or reappropriated.”51 It is crucial to analyse how “post-genocidal societies tend to narrate events.”52 Who is commemorating whom and in what way is a central issue of this last stage of genocide.

Notes 1. Ballantyne 2012, p. 275. 2. Ibid., p. 275. 3. Ibid., p. 277. 4. Bachmann-Medick 2012, pp. 332–33; Lässig 2012, pp. 192–96; Pernau and Juneja 2012. 5. Woollacott 2009, p. 11.12. 6. Most prominently demonstrated by Norbert Finzsch (2006). 7. A good summary of this line of argument is given by Smandych 2013. 8. Behrendt 2012, p. 184; Reynolds 2003, pp. 99–125, 99; Reynolds 2014. 9. Veracini 2013, p. 318; Wolfe 2013. 10. Memmi 2003, pp. 63–88, quotes 63, 70. 11. Memmi 2003, pp. 63–64. 12. Ford 2013, p. 4; Rowse 2014. See also: Wolfe 2013. 13. Barnett 2011, p. 75. 14. Lester and Dussart 2014, pp. 1–6. 15. Barnett 2011, p. 75. 16. Banner 2007, pp. 41–43. 17. Cotton 2013. 18. “Introduction,” in: Cotton 2013, pp. 3–12, 9. 19. Ibid., p. 8. 20. Ibid., p. 10. 21. Young 2013. 22. Stephens 2013. 10 CONCLUSION 329

23. Collenette 2014. 24. “Prologue,” in: Cotton 2013, pp. vi–ix, ix. 25. Cotton 1979. 26. Ibid., p. 3. 27. “Prologue,” in: Cotton 2013, p. vii. 28. Ibid., p. vii. 29. Ibid., p. viii. 30. Ibid., p. vii. 31. Ibid., p. ix. 32. Ibid. 33. He also refers to Backhouse’s travel companion erroneously as “William Walker” (ibid., p. viii). 34. “The Late Francis Cotton,” in: The Mercury, 13 April 1883, p. 3. 35. Ibid. 36. Derrida 2008; Esposito 2002; Ricœur 2004. 37. Ricœur 2004, p. 416. 38. Ibid., pp. 416–17. 39. Since 1992, individuals, who rescued Jewish persons in this manner, are officially recognised as khasidi umót ha’olám (Righteous Among the Nations) and are officially commemorated by the state of Israel in the “Garden of the Righteous” in Yad Vashem, Jerusalem. Including their memory into that of Yad Vasham was a controversial process and today is generally regarded as an important step in the state’s memory culture. 40. Steven Zaillian, Schindler’s List, directed by Steven Spielberg, first released 30 November 1993. Universal Pictures. 41. The diary was first published in Dutch 1947 (English translation The Diary of a Young Girl was published by Doubleday & Company (United States) and Valentine Mitchell (United Kingdom) in 1952). 42. Lester and Dussart 2014, pp. 1–6. 43. Ransom 1997, p. 7. 44. Ibid., p. 8. 45. Ibid., p. 7. 46. Ibid. 47. Ibid. 48. Ibid. 49. Feierstein 2012, pp. 28, 27. 50. Ibid., p. 27. 51. Ibid., p. 28. 52. Ibid., The first five stages of genocide, prior to the “symbolic enactment,” are, according to Feierstein: “stigmatization [or] the construction of ‘negative otherness’,” “harassment,” “isolation,” “policies of systematic weak- ening,” and “extermination” (ibid., pp. 23–27). Bibliography

Primary Sources

Manuscripts

Friends House Library (FHL) TEMP MSS 556: Original Letters of James Backhouse Whilst Engaged in a Religious Visit in VDL and South Africa (ca. 1831–1837)

Lindsey Manuscripts (Lindsey MSS) S 229–34: Sarah Lindsey: American Memorandums and Select Journals Vols. 1–4 (14 Aug. 1857–27 Jul. 1861) S 240–45: Robert Lindsey, Memorandum Journal Vols. 1–3 (21 Jul. 1852–22 Jan. 1856) Vol. 10 (5 Oct. 1851–23 May 1856) Vol. 15 (5 Jul. 1859–2 Jan. 1861)

Meeting Records London and Middlesex GM 11.b.2: Minutes of Devonshire House MM (1667–1943) Vol. 16 (1819–1831) Vol. 18 (1843–1854)

© The Author(s) 2020 331 E. Bischoff, Benevolent Colonizers in Nineteenth-Century Australia, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32667-8 332 BIBLIOGRAPHY

11.b.3: Minutes of Southwark MM (1800–1930) Vol. 18 (1816–1827) Vol. 19 (1827–1838)

Portfolios (Port) Vol. 8 Vol. 17 Vol. 18 Vol. 23 Vol. 24

Records of the Continental Committee Minutes of the Continental Committee Vol. 66 (7 May 1842–3 Jul. 1868) Records of the Continental Committee (1820–1920) MS Box 15–19 MS Box 21–24 Papers Relating to the Society of Friends in Australasia MS Box 27

Records of the Meeting for Suffering Minutes (1700–1857) Vol. 43 (1823–1831) Vol. 44 (1831–1839) Vol. 45 (1840–1848) Correspondence to Meeting for Sufferings Regarding Friends’ Refusal to Serve in the Local Militia and Subsequent Fines and Imprisonment (1809–1810) MS Box 13: Militia Act, 1809

National Library of Australia (NL Canberra) MS 9947: Manuscript Frederick Mackie (1812–1892)

State Library of New South Wales (SL NSW) A 585: Papers der Tasmanian Total Abstinence Agency Association (1846–1847) Ab 124: Papers Relating to James Backhouse BIBLIOGRAPHY 333

Dixon Library (DL) MS 6: James Backhouse Letterbook No. 3

Mitchell Library (ML) A 612: A Collection of Papers chiefly by George Augustus Robinson (1820–1879?) A 1992–A 1999: Samuel Marsden Papers (1794–1837) A 2188–A 2220/1: Sir George Arthur Papers (1821–1855) B 728: Journal of George Washington Walker (1831–1840) B 730: James Backhouse, Journal of a Visit to Australia and South Africa (1831–1841) Vol. 1: Australian Colonies (1831–1833) B 379: Benson, Samuel. Memoir of Mrs Ann Mather, Daughter of Reverend Joseph Benson, n.d. DOC 1351: Alexander MacLeay, Colonial Secretary, Sydney, N.S.W. Permitting James Backhouse and George Washington Walker of the Society of Friends to Give Moral and Religious Instruction to the Prisoners in the Gaols (7 Nov. 1836) MSS 11: Papers of Walker, George Washington (1800–1859) MSS 779: Cotton Family Papers (1841–1961)

State Library of South Australia (SL South Australia)

Private Record Group (PRG) 131: May and Coleman Families Papers (1839–1906)

State Records South Australia (SRSA)

Government Record Group (GRG) 2: Office of the Governor of South Australia (1836-ct)

Tasmania University Archives (TUA)

Royal Society of Tasmania Collection (RS) 17: Papers of Sir John and Lady Franklin 58: James Backhouse Correspondence (1831–1838) 131: Miscellaneous Manuscripts 334 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Royal Society of Tasmania (RSA) A/1: Minutebook (14 Oct. 1843 – 14 Jul. 1845) B/15: Letter from George F. Story (1 Jul. 1873)

Quaker Special Collection C 7: Papers of Dr G. F. Story DX 19: Francis Cotton and Family Papers DX 20: Joseph Benson Mather Correspondence M 10: Papers of Robert and Ann Mather M 19: Mather Papers R 7: Robey and Mather Papers S 1: Society of Friends. Records of Hobart Regional Meeting A/1 Minute Books Hobart Monthly Meetings (20 Sept. 1833–3 Dec. 1857) Vol. 1 (1833–1835) Vol. 2 (1836–1838) Vol. 3 (1839–1841) Vol. 4 (1842–1844) A/2 Duplicate Minutes – Kelvedon (1833–1851) Vol. 1 (1833–1848) Vol. 2 (4 May 1848–16 Nov. 1851) A/3 Launceston Monthly Meeting Minutes (1844–1851) A/4 Records of Hobart Regional Meeting, Annual Meetings (1834–1902) Vol. 1 (1834–1861) C/3 Third Meeting House, Hobart C/5 Hobart Burial Ground C/6 Launceston Burial Ground W 7: George Washington Walker Papers W 9: Walker Family Papers

Tasmanian Archives and Heritage Office (TAHO)

Census Commission (CEN) 1: Householders’ Census Returns for various Districts, Arranged by Parishes (1 Jan. 1842–31 Dec. 1857)

Colonial Secretary’s Office (CSO) 1: General Correspondence (1 Jan. 1824–31 Dec. 1836) BIBLIOGRAPHY 335

22: Correspondence, “Legal Branch” (1 Jan. 1841–31 Dec. 1847) 24: General Correspondence (1 Jan. 1847–31 Dec. 1855) 50: Draft and Duplicate Copies of the Annual Official, Financial and Statistical Reports (1 Jan. 1822–31 Dec. 1855)

Convict Department (CON) 15: Indents of Female Convicts (9 May 1831–24 Feb. 1853) 18: Description Lists of Male Convicts (1 Jan. 1828–31 Dec. 1853) 19: Description List of Female Convicts (1 Oct. 1828–31 Dec. 1853) 23: Alphabetical Registers of Male Convicts (1 Jan. 1804–30 Jun. 1840) 27: Appropriation Lists of Convicts (1 Jan. 1822–31 Dec. 1846) 31: Conduct Registers of Male Convicts Arriving in the Period of the Assignment System (1 Jan. 1803–31 Dec. 1843) 41: Conduct Registers of Female Convicts Arriving in the Period of the Probation System (1 Jan. 1844–31 Dec. 1853) 52: Registers of Application for Permission to Marry (1 Jan. 1834–31 Dec. 1858)

Customs Department (CUS) 30: Registers of Ships’ Arrivals with Lists of Passengers (1 Jan. 1830–31 Oct. 1833)

Lands and Surveys Department (LSD) 1: General Correspondence, Series A, B and Other, Lands and Survey Department

Launceston Police (POL) 458: Register of Vessels Departing from Launceston with Lists of Passengers and Crew (26 Dec. 1833–24 Oct. 1837)

Registrar-General’s Department (RGD) 32: Registers of Baptisms in Tasmania (1 Jan. 1803–31 Dec. 1933) 35: Registers of Hobart Deaths and Launceston and Country Districts Deaths (1 Jan. 1838–31 Dec. 1899) 37: Registers of Marriages (all Districts) (1 Jan. 1839–31 Dec. 1899) 336 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Crowther Library

George Fordyce Story – Personal and Professional Records CRO 25/1/8: Botanical Specimens Collected by George F. Story, East Coast, 1 Jan 1860 CRO 25/1/13: Correspondence with George French Angas Concerning a Collection of Shells Sent by Dr. Story to the Australian Museum, Sydney, in 1855 CRO 25/1/14: Papers relating to Dr Story’s career in Van Diemen’s Land and copied extracts from his journal in the possession of Dr. G. M. Barker, Bellerive [Application for increase in salary. 1837–39; Reply to Edmund Hodgson re use of alcohol, 1837–39] CRO 25/1/16: Letters to Dr Crowther from W J Cotton, 13/1/1942 and 13/11/1941. Includes Two Photographs – Kelvedon Showing Old Bridge and Lagoon in Flood, c.1850, – Maori Relics Collected by Dr Downie, c.1850. CRO 25/1/18: Meteorological Tables Notebook Recorded by Dr Story at Kelvedon (Swansea), 1 Apr 1863–30 Sept 1863

Published Primary Sources

Books and Pamphlets Aborigines Protection Society. 1838. First Annual Report: Presented at the Meeting in Exeter Hall, May 16th, 1838. London: P. White & Son. ———. 1839a. Second Annual Report: Presented at the Meeting at Exeter Hall, May 21st 1839. London: Printed for the Society. ———. 1839b. Extracts from the Papers and Proceedings of the Aborigines Protection Society, Vol. 1, No. 1. London: Ball, Arnold & Co. ———. 1839c. Extracts from the Papers and Proceedings of the Aborigines Protection Society, Vol. 1, No. 3. London: William Ball & Co. ———. 1839d. Extracts from the Papers and Proceedings of the Aborigines Protection Society, Vol. 1, No. 5. London: William Ball & Co. ———. 1839e. Extracts from the Papers and Proceedings of the Aborigines Protection Society, Vol. 1, No. 6. London: Ball, Arnold & Co. Backhouse, James. 1828. A Memoir of Deborah Backhouse, of York: Who Died the Tenth of the Twelfth Month, 1827; Aged Thirty-four Years. York: W. Alexander. ———. 1833. A Concise Apology for the Peculiarities of the Society of Friends, Commonly Called Quakers, in Their Language, Costume and Manners. Hobart Town: James Ross. BIBLIOGRAPHY 337

———. 1835. The Question, “Are Judicial Oaths Lawful?”: Answered with Some Observations on the Moral Influence of Judicial Oaths. Sydney: Printed at the Colonist Office. ———. 1838a. Extracts from the Letters of James Backhouse. Now Engaged in a Religious Visit to Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales, Accompanied by George Washington Walker. First Part. London: Harvey & Darton. ———. 1838b. Extracts from the Letters of James Backhouse. Now Engaged in a Religious Visit to Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales, Accompanied by George Washington Walker. Second Part. London: Harvey & Darton. ———. 1838c. Extracts from the Letters of James Backhouse. Now Engaged in a Religious Visit to Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales, Accompanied by George Washington Walker. Third Part. London: Harvey & Darton. ———. 1838d. Extracts from the Letters of James Backhouse. Now Engaged in a Religious Visit to Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales, Accompanied by George Washington Walker. Fourth Part. London: Harvey & Darton. ———. 1839. Extracts from the Letters of James Backhouse. When Engaged in a Religious Visit in Australia, Accompanied by George Washington Walker. Fifth Part. London: Harvey & Darton. ———. 1843. A Narrative of a Visit to the Australian Colonies. London: Hamilton Adams & Co. Backhouse, James, and Charles Tylor. 1862. The Life and Labours of George Washington Walker, of Hobart Town, Tasmania. London: A.W. Bennett. Barclay, Robert. 1678. An Apology for the true Christian Divinity, as the Same Is Held Forth, and Preached by the People, Called, in Scorn, Quakers Being a Full Explanation and Vindication of Their Principles and Doctrines …. London. Bates, Elisha. 1829. The Doctrines of Friends: Or, Principles of the Christian Religion as Held by the Society of Friends, etc. York: W. Alexander. Bonwick, James. 1870. The Last of the Tasmanians: Or, the Black War of Van Diemen’s Land. London: Low & Marston. Calder, James E. 1875. Some Accounts of the Wars, Extirpation, Habits, etc. of the Native Tribes of Tasmania. Hobart: Henn & Co. Evans, George W. 1824. History and Description of the Present State of Van Diemen’s Land: Containing Important Hints to Emigrants, with Abstracts from the General Muster Books for the years 1819, 1820, 1821, and the Lists of the Civil Establishment. London: John Souter. Fox, George. 1684. A Declaration from the Harmless & Innocent People of God called Quakers: Against all Sedition, Plotters & Fighters in the World …. London: John Bringhurst. Fenton, James. 1884. A History of Tasmania from Its Discovery in 1642 to the Present Time. Hobart: J. Walch & Sons. Frank, Anne. 1947. Het Achterhuis. Dagboekbrieven 14 Juni 1942 – 1 Augustus 1944. Amsterdam: Contact. 338 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gurney, Joseph J. 1824. Observations on the Religious Peculiarities of the Society of Friends. London: J. and A. Arch. Jeffreys, Charles. 1820. Geographical and Descriptive Delineations of the Island of Van Dieman’s Land. London: J.M. Richardson. Kilham, Hannah. 1828. Report on a Recent Visit to the Colony of Sierra Leone. London: William Phillips. Mackie, Frederick. 1973. Traveller Under Concern: The Quaker Journals of Frederick Mackie on His Tour of the Australasian Colonies, 1852–1855. Hobart: University of Tasmania. Melville, Henry. 1835. The History of the Island of Van Diemen’s Land from the Year 1824 to 1835. London: Smith. Meredith, Louisa A. 1852. My Home in Tasmania, During a Residence of Nine Years: By Mrs. Charles Meredith. 2 Vols. London: Murray. Penn, William. 1834. A Brief Account of the Rise and Progress of the People Called Quakers: In Which Their Fundamental Principle, Doctrine, Worship, Ministry, and Discipline are Plainly Declared …. Manchester: Harrison & Crofield. Society of Friends. 1838. Information Respecting the Aborigines in the British Colonies: Circulated by Direction of the Meeting for Sufferings: Being Principally Extracts from the Report Presented to the House of Commons, by the Select Committee Appointed on That Subject. London: Darton & Harvey. ———. 1843. An Address of Christian Counsel and Caution to Emigrants to Newly Settled Colonies. Tracts Relative to the Aborigines: Published by the Meeting for Sufferings from 1838 to 1842, No. 6. London: Edward Marsh. ———. 1844. Some Account of the Conduct of the Religious Society of Friends Towards the Indian Tribes in the Settlement of the Colonies of East and West Jersey and Pennsylvania: With a Brief Narrative of Their Labours for the Civilization and Christian Instruction of the Indians, from the Time of Their Settlement in America, to the Year 1843. London: E. Marsh. Tuke, Henry. 1805. The Principles of Religion, as Professed by the Society of Christians, Usually Called Quakers: Written for the Instruction of Their Youth, and for the Information of Strangers. York: W. Alexander. Walker, James B. 1884–1896. Papers on Tasmania. Hobart: William Grahame. ———. 1898. Notes on the Aborigines of Tasmania: Extracted from the Manuscript Journals of George Washington Walker: With an Introduction, and “Some Notes on the Tribal Divisions of the Aborigines of Tasmania”. Hobart: Government Printer. ———. 1900. The Tasmanian Aborigines. Hobart: Government Printer. Weems, Mason L. 1829. The Life of William Penn, the Settler of Pennsylvania, and One of the First Lawgivers in the Colonies, Now United States, in 1682. Philadelphia: Uriah Hunt. Wentworth, William C. 1820. A Statistical, Historical, and Political Description of the Colony of New South Wales and Its Dependent Settlements in Van Diemen’s BIBLIOGRAPHY 339

Land, with a Particular Enumeration of the Advantages which these Colonies Offer for Emigration and Their Superiority in Many Respects Over Those Possessed by the United States of America. London: Whittaker. West, John. 1852. The History of Tasmania. 2 Vols. Tasmania: Henry Dawling. Wheeler, Daniel. 1839. Extracts from the Letters and Journal of Daniel Wheeler Now Engaged in a Religious Visit to the Inhabitants of Some of the Islands of the Pacific Ocean, Van Diemen’s Land, and New South Wales, 4 Parts. London: Harvey & Darton. Woolman, John. 1824. A Journal of the Life, Gospel Labours, and Christian Experiences of That Faithful Minister of Jesus Christ, John Woolman, Late of Mount Holly, in the Province of New Jersey, North America to Which Are Added His Works, Containing His Last Epistle, and Other Writings. London: William Phillips. Yeardley, John, and Martha Yeardley. 1835. Extracts from the Letters of John and Martha Yeardley: Whilst on a Religious Visit to Some Parts of the Continent of Europe, the Ionian Isles, &c. Lindfield: W. Eade.

State Papers, Statutes, Parliamentary Papers Chapman, Peter, and Tim Jetson, eds. 2006. Historical Records of Australia. Resumed Series III, Vol. 9. Carlton: University of Melbourne Press. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 33. 23. Feb. 21 [1823], Report of the Commissioner of Inquiry, on the Judicial Establishments of New South Wales, and Van Diemen’s [John Th. Bigge] <1823-Vol. X.515.> Report of the Commissioner of Inquiry on the Judicial Establishments of New South Wales, and Van Diemen’s Land. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 259, 23 Sept. [1831], Correspondence Concerning Military Operations against Aboriginal Inhabitants of Van Diemen’s Land <1831-Vol. XIX.175.> Van Diemen’s Land. Copies of all Correspondence between Lieutenant-Governor Arthur and His Majesty’s Secretary of State for the Colonies, on the Subject of the Military Operations lately Carried on against the Aboriginal Inhabitants of Van Diemen’s Land. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 538. 5 Aug. [1836], Select Committee on Aborigines in British Settlements: Report, Minutes of Evidence, Appendix, Index [Thomas F. Buxton.] <1836-Vol.VII.1.> Report from the Select Committee on Aborigines (British settlements); with the Minutes of Evidence, Appendix and Index. House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 425. 26 Jun. [1837], Select Committee on Aborigines in British Settlements: Report, Minutes of Evidence, Appendix, Index [Thomas F. Buxton.] <1837-Vol.VII.1.> Report from the Select Committee on Aborigines (British settlements); with the Minutes of Evidence, Appendix and Index. 340 BIBLIOGRAPHY

House of Commons, Sessional Papers No. 119, 9 Mar. [1841]. Select Committee on South Australia [Sir George Grey.] <1841.1-Vol.IV.1.> First Report from the Select Committee on South Australia. Peters, Richard, ed. 1846. Public Statutes at Large of the United States of America: From the Organization of the Government in 1789, to March 3, 1845. Vol. 4. Boston: Little & Brown. Raithby, John, ed. 1820. Statutes of the Realm. Volume 7, 1695–1701, Great Britain Record Commission, s.l.

Collections, Editions, Reprints Banks, Joseph. 1998. In The Endeavour Journal of Joseph Banks: The Australian Journey, ed. Paul Brunton. Pymble: Harper Collins in Association with the State Library of New South Wales. Berg, Shaun, ed. 2009. Coming to Terms: Aboriginal Title in South Australia. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. Bowring, John, ed. 1838. The Works of Jeremy Bentham, Vol. 4. Edinburgh: William Tait. Dunn, Richard S., and Mary M. Dunn, eds. 1982. The Papers of William Penn, Vol. 2: 1680–1684. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Fornasiero, Jean, and John West-Sooby, eds. 2013a. French Designs on Colonial New South Wales: François Péron’s Memoir on the English Settlements in New Holland, Van Diemen’s Land and the Archipelagos of the Great Pacific Ocean. Adelaide: Friends of the State Library of South Australia. Frost, William J., ed. 1980. The Quaker Origins of Antislavery. Norwood: Norwood Editions. Jackson, Sheldon G. 1944. English Quakers Tour Kansas in 1858: From the Journal of Sarah Lindsey. Kansas Historical Quarterly 13 (1): 36–52. ———. 1969a. An English Quaker Tours California. The Journal of Sarah Lindsey 1859–1860: Part I. Southern California Quarterly 51 (1): 1–33. ———. 1969b. An English Quaker Tours California. The Journal of Sarah Lindsey 1859–1860: Part II. Southern California Quarterly 51 (2): 153–175. ———. 1969c. An English Quaker Tours California: The Journal of Sarah Lindsey, 1859–1860, Part III. Southern California Quarterly 51 (3): 221–246. Jones, Louis T.J. 1914. The Quakers of Iowa in 1858. Iowa Journal of History and Politics 12 (3): 394–439. May, William L., ed. 1911. Two Letters Describing the Voyage of the May Family to South Australia in 1839, and Its Settlement Near Mount Barker, in That Colony, with an Introduction by Joseph Coleman, of Adelaide. Hobart: J. Walch & Sons. Plomley, Norman J.B., ed. 1987. Weep in Silence: A History of the Flinders Island Aboriginal Settlement, with the Flinders Island Journal of George Augustus Robinson, 1835–1839. Hobart: Blubber Head Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 341

———, ed. 1991. Jorgen Jorgenson and the Aborigines of Van Diemen’s Land: Being a Reconstruction of His ‘Lost’ Book on Their Customs and Habits, and on His Role in the Roving Parties and the Black Line. Hobart: Blubber Head Press. ———, ed. 2008. Friendly Mission: The Tasmanian Journals and Papers of George Augustus Robinson, 1829–1834. Launceston: Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery. Skidmore, Gil, ed. 2005a. Elizabeth Fry: A Quaker Life: Selected Letters and Writings. Lanham: AltaMira Press. Wallace, T.H.S., ed. 1975a. The Works of George Fox: Gospel Truth Demonstrated, in a Collection of Doctrinal Books. Vol. 7. New York: AMS Press. ———, ed. 1975b. The Works of George Fox: Gospel Truth Demonstrated, in a Collection of Doctrinal Books. Vol. 8. New York: AMS Press.

Newspapers Adelaide Observer Colonial Times Cornwall Chronicle Hobart Town Courier Launceston Advertiser South Australian Advertiser South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register Southern Australian The Courier The Friend

Research Literature Aaron, Jane, Henrice Altink, and Chris Weedon, eds. 2010. Gendering Border Studies. Gender Studies in Wales. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Abrams, Irwin. 1996. The Quaker Peace Testimony and the Nobel Peace Prize. In The Pacifist Impulse in Historical Perspective, ed. Harvey L. Dyck, 207–222. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Abruzzo, Margaret N. 2011. Polemical Pain: Slavery, Cruelty, and the Rise of Humanitarianism. New Studies in American Intellectual and Cultural History. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Adhikari, Mohamed. 2013. European Livestock Farmers and Hunter-Gatherer Societies: A Genocidal Collision. Global Dialogue 15 (1): 66–80. ———. 2017. Invariably Genocide? When Hunter-Gatherers and Commercial Stock Farmers Clash. Settler Colonial Studies 7 (2): 192–207. Alexander, Alison. 2013. The Ambitions of Jane Franklin: Victorian Lady Adventurer. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. 342 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Allen, Richard C. 2007. Quaker Communities in Early Modern Wales: From Resistance to Respectability. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. ———. 2013. Restoration Quakerism, 1660–1691. In The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies, ed. Stephen W. Angell and Pink Dandelion, 29–46. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Altenbernd, Erik, and Alex Trimble Young. 2014. Introduction: The Significance of the Frontier in an Age of Transnational History. Settler Colonial Studies 4 (2): 127–150. Andrade, Tonio. 2010. A Chinese Farmer, Two African Boys, and a Warlord: Toward a Global Microhistory. Journal of World History 21 (4): 573–591. Angell, Stephen W., and Pink Dandelion, eds. 2013. The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Angster, Julia. 2012. Erdbeeren und Piraten: Die Royal Navy und die Ordnung der Welt 1770–1860. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Armitage, David. 2009. Three Concepts of Atlantic History. In The British Atlantic World, 1500–1800, ed. David Armitage and Michael J. Braddick, 13–29. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Armitage, David, and Michael J. Braddick, eds. 2009. The British Atlantic World, 1500–1800. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Attenbrow, Val. 2010. Sydney’s Aboriginal Past: Investigating the Archaeological and Historical Records. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. Attwood, Bain. 2009. Possession: Batman’s Treaty and the Matter of History. Carlton: Miegunyah Press. Augstein, Rudolf, et al. 1987. “Historikerstreit”: Die Dokumentation der Kontroverse um die Einzigartigkeit der nationalsozialistischen Judenvernichtung. München: Piper. Bachmann-Medick, Doris. 2012. Menschenrechte als Übersetzungsproblem. Geschichte und Gesellschaft 38 (2): 331–359. Bacon, Margaret H. 1986. Mothers of Feminism: The Story of Quaker Woman in America. San Francisco: Harper & Row. ———. 1999. The Quiet Rebels: The Story of the Quakers in America. Wallingford: Pendel Hill Publications. Baggerman, Arianne, Michael Mascuch, and Rudolf Dekker. 2011. Controlling Time and Shaping the Self: Developments in Autobiographical Writing Since the Sixteenth Century. Egodocuments and History Series 3. Leiden: Brill. Bailyn, Bernard. 2005. Atlantic History: Concept and Contours. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Baines, Paul. 2004. The Long Eighteenth Century. London: Arnold. Ballantyne, Tony. 2012. Webs of Empire: Locating New Zealand’s Colonial Past. Wellington: Bridget Williams Books. ———. 2014. Entanglements of Empire: Missionaries, Maori, and the Question of the Body. Durham: Duke University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 343

Banerjee, Sukanya. 2012. Introduction: Routing Diasporas. In New Routes for Diaspora Studies, ed. Sukanya Banerjee, Aims McGuiness, and Steven C. McKay, 1–22. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Banerjee, Sukanya, Aims McGuiness, and Steven C. McKay, eds. 2012. New Routes for Diaspora Studies. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Banivanua Mar, Tracey, and Penelope Edmonds, eds. 2010a. Making Settler Colonial Space: Perspectives on Race, Place and Identity. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2010b. Introduction: Making Space in Settler Colonies. In Making Settler Colonial Space: Perspectives on Race, Place and Identity, ed. Tracey Banivanua Mar and Penelope Edmonds, 1–24. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Banivanua Mar, Tracey, and Julie Evans, eds. 2002. Writing Colonial Histories: Comparative Perspectives. Melbourne: University of Melbourne. Banner, Stuart. 2005. Why Terra Nullius? Anthropology and Property Law in Early Australia. Law and History Review 23 (1): 95–131. ———. 2007. Possessing the Pacific: Land, Settlers, and Indigenous People from Australia to Alaska. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Banton, Michael, ed. 2004. Anthropological Approaches to the Study of Religion. London: Routledge. Barbour, Hugh. 1996. The ‘Lamb’s War’ and the Origins of the Quaker Peace Testimony. In The Pacifist Impulse in Historical Perspective, ed. Harvey L. Dyck, 145–158. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Barker-Benfield, Graham J. 1992.The Culture of Sensibility: Sex and Society in Eighteenth-Century Britain. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Barnett, Michael N. 2011. Empire of Humanity: A History of Humanitarianism. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Barr, Daniel P. 2012. Did Pennsylvania Have a Middle Ground? Examining Indian-White Relations on the Eighteenth-Century Pennsylvania Frontier. The Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography 136 (4): 337–363. Barta, Tony. 2001. Discourses of Genocide in Germany and Australia: A Linked History. Aboriginal History 25: 37–56. Barth, Boris, and Jürgen Osterhammel, eds. 2005. Zivilierungsmission: Imperiale Weltverbesserung seit dem 18. Jahrhundert. Historische Kulturwissenschaft 6. Konstanz: UVK. Barton, Gregory A. 2010. What Is the British World? British Scholar 2 (2): 177–180. Bass, Gary J. 2008. Freedom’s Battle: The Origins of Humanitarian Intervention. New York: Knopf. Bateman, Fiona, and Lionel Pilkington, eds. 2011. Studies in Settler Colonialism: Politics, Identity and Culture. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Bauman, Zygmunt. 1989. Modernity and the Holocaust. Oxford: Polity Press. 344 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bayly, Christopher A. 1989. Imperial Meridian: The British Empire and the World, 1780–1830. Studies in Modern History. London: Longman. ———. 1999. The British and Indigenous Peoples, 1760–1860: Power, Perception and Identity. In Empire and Others: British Encounters with Indigenous Peoples, 1600–1850, ed. Martin Daunton and Rick Halpern, 19–41. London: UCL Press. ———. 2009. The Birth of the Modern World, 1780–1914: Global Connections and Comparisons. Malden: Blackwell. Behrendt, Larissa. 2012. The Doctrine of Discovery in Australia. In Discovering Indigenous Lands: The Doctrine of Discovery in the English Colonies, ed. Robert J. Miller et al., 171–186. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Belich, James. 2009. Replenishing the Earth: The Settler Revolution and the Rise of the Angloworld, 1783–1939. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bell, Erin. 2006. From Ploughing the Wilderness to Hedging the Vineyard: Meanings and Uses of Husbandry among Quakers, c. 1650–1860. Quaker Studies 10 (2): 135–159. ———. 2011. The Early Quakers, the Peace Testimony and Masculinity in England, 1660–1720. Gender & History 23 (2): 283–300. Belmessous, Saliha, ed. 2012. Native Claims: Indigenous Law Against Empire, 1500–1920. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———, ed. 2015a. Empire by Treaty: Negotiating European Expansion, 1600– 1900. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2015b. The Tradition of Treaty Making in Australian History. In Empire by Treaty: Negotiating European Expansion, 1600–1900, ed. Saliha Belmessous, 186–213. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bennett, Michael J., Gillian Ward, and Zoë McKay. 2007. Quaker Life in Tasmania: The First Hundred Years. Hobart: University of Tasmania. Bereswill, Mechthild. 2001. ‘Die Schmerzen des Freiheitsentzugs’ – Gefängniserfahrungen und Überlebensstrategien männlicher Jugendlicher und Heranwachsender. In Forschungsthema Strafvollzug, ed. Mechthild Bereswill and Werner Greve, 253–285. Baden-Baden: Nomos. ———. 2004. ‘The Society of Captives’ – Formierungen von Männlichkeit im Gefängnis: Aktuelle Bezüge zur Gefängnisforschung von Gresham M. Sykes. Kriminologisches Journal 36 (2): 92–108. ———. 2006. Männlichkeit und Gewalt. Empirische Einsichten und theoretische Reflexionen über Gewalt zwischen Männern im Gefängnis.Feministische Studien 24 (2): 242–255. Bereswill, Mechthild, and Werner Greve, eds. 2001. Forschungsthema Strafvollzug. Baden-Baden: Nomos. Berliner Geschichtswerkstatt, ed. 1994. Alltagskultur, Subjektivität und Geschichte: Zur Theorie und Praxis von Alltagsgeschichte. Münster: Westfälisches Dampfboot. BIBLIOGRAPHY 345

Betts, William W. 2010. The Hatchet and the Plow: The Life and Times of Chief Cornplanter. Bloomington: IUniverse. Bickers, Robert A., ed. 2010a. Settlers and Expatriates: Britons Over the Seas. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2010b. Introduction: Britains and Britons Over the Seas. In Settlers and Expatriates: Britons Over the Seas, ed. Robert A. Bickers, 1–17. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Birkel, Michael L., and John W. Newman, eds. 1992. The Lamb’s War: Quaker Essays to Honor Hugh Barbour. Richmond: Earlham College Press. Bischoff, Eva. 2013. Heimischwerden deutscher Art und Sitte – Power, Gender, and Diaspora in the Colonial Contest. Itinerario 37 (1): 43–58. ———. 2016. James Backhouse und George Washington Walker als Protagonisten der öffentlichen Debatte um die Reform des Strafvollzugs im kolonialen Australien?. In Virtuosen der Öffentlichkeit? Friedrich von Gentz (1764–1832) im globalen intellektuellen Kontext seiner Zeit, ed. Gudrun Gersmann, Friedrich Jaeger, and Michael Rohrschneider, First Published 6 October 2016, Last Access 20 January 2017, historicum-estudies.net. Bischoff, Eva, and Elisabeth Engel, eds. 2013. Colonialism and Beyond: Race and Migration from a Postcolonial Perspective. Periplus-Studien 17. Münster: Lit. Black, Jeremy, and Donald M. MacRaild. 2003. Nineteenth-Century Britain. Palgrave Foundations. Basingstoke: Palgrave. Blackstock, Michael D. 2006. Trust Us: A Case Study in Colonial Social Relations Based on Documents Prepared by the Aborigines Protection Sociey, 1836– 1912. In With Good Intentions: Euro-Canadian and Aboriginal Relations in Colonial Canada, ed. Celia Haig-Brown and David A. Nock, 51–71. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Blainey, Geoffrey. 1968. The Tyranny of Distance: How Distance Shaped Australia’s History. Basingstoke: Macmillan. Block, Kristen. 2010. Cultivating Inner and Outer Plantations: Property, Industry, and Slavery in Early Quaker Migration to the New World. Early American Studies: An Interdisciplinary Journal 8 (3): 515–548. ———. 2012. Ordinary Lives in the Early Caribbean: Religion, Colonial Competition, and the Politics of Profit. Athens: University of Georgia Press. Bloxham, Donald, and Dirk A. Moses, eds. 2010. The Oxford Handbook of Genocide Studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bonnell, Andrew G., and Martin Crotty. 2004. An Australian ‘Historikerstreit’? Review Article. Australian Journal of Politics & History 50 (3): 425–433. Bowen, H.V., and Elizabeth Mancke. 2012. In Britain’s Oceanic Empire: Atlantic and Indian Ocean Worlds, c. 1550–1850, ed. John G. Reid. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 346 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Boyce, James. 2006. Canine Revolution: The Social and Environmental Impact of the Introduction of the Dog to Tasmania. Environmental History 11 (1): 102–129. ———. 2008. Van Diemen’s Land. Melbourne: Black Inc. Bradley, Ian. 2006. The Call to Seriousness: The Evangelical Impact on the Victorians. Oxford: Lion Hudson. Bradney, Anthony, and Fiona Cownie. 2000. Living Without Law: An Ethnography of Quaker Decision-Making, Dispute Avoidance, and Dispute Resolution. Farnham: Ashgate. Braithwaite, William C. 1961a. The Beginnings of Quakerism. Cambridge: University Press. ———. 1961b. The Second Period of Quakerism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Brantlinger, Patrick. 1995. ‘Dying Races:’ Rationalizing Genocide in the Nineteeth Century. In The Decolonization of Imagination: Culture, Knowledge and Power, ed. Jan Nederveen Pieterse, 43–56. London: Zed Books. ———. 2003. Dark Vanishings: Discourse on the Extinction of Primitive Races, 1800–1930. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. ———. 2008. A Short History of Imperial Benevolence. In Burden or Benefit? Imperial Benevolence and Its Legacies, ed. Helen Gilbert and Chris Tiffin, 13–28. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Braziel, Jana E., and Anita Mannur, eds. 2003a. Theorizing Diaspora: A Reader. Malden: Blackwell. ———. 2003b. Nation, Migration, Globalization: Points of Contention in Diaspora Studies. In Theorizing Diaspora: A Reader, ed. Jana E. Braziel and Mannur Anita, 1–22. Malden: Blackwell. Breen, Shayne. 2011. Extermination, Extinction, Genocide: British Colonialism and Tasmanian Aborigines. In Forgotten Genocides: Oblivion, Denial, and Memory, ed. René Lemarchand, 71–90. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Brewer, John. 2010. Microhistory and the Histories of Everyday Life. Cultural and Social History 7 (1): 87–109. Bridge, Carl, and Kent Fedorowich, eds. 2003a. The British World: Diaspora, Culture, and Identity. Special Issue, Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History, no. 2. ———. 2003b. Mapping the British World. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 31 (2): 1–15. Brock, Peter. 1990. The Quaker Peace Testimony, 1660 to 1914. York: William Sessions. Brodie, James, and Audrey Brodie. 1993. Seeking a New Land: Quakers in New Zealand: A Volume of Biographical Sketches. Quaker Historical Manuscripts 3. Wellington: Beechtree Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 347

———. 1999. Keeping Track: Quakers in Nineteenth Century New Zealand. Quaker Historical Manuscripts 5. Wellington: Beechtree Press. Brodie, Nicholas D. 2015. Quaker Dreaming: The ‘Lost’ Cotton Archive and the Aborigines of Van Diemen’s Land. Journal of Religious History 40 (3): 303–325. Brodie, Nicholas Dean, and Kristyn Harman. 2017. Other Picture Boards in Van Diemen’s Land: The Recovery of Lost Illustrations of Frontier Violence and Relationships. Aboriginal History 41: 3–21. Brody, Hugh. 2001. The Other Side of Eden: Hunters, Farmers, and the Shaping of the World. London: Faber & Faber. Brooks, Charles E. 1996. Frontier Settlement and Market Revolution: The Holland Land Purchase. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Brown, Christopher L. 2006. Moral Capital: Foundations of British Abolitionism. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. Brunotte, Ulrike. 2004. Zwischen Eros und Krieg: Männerbund und Ritual in der Moderne. Kleine kulturwissenschaftliche Bibliothek 70. Berlin: Wagenbach. Bruyneel, Sally. 2010. Margaret Fell and the End of Time: The Theology of the Mother of Quakerism. Waco: Baylor University Press. Buckner, Philip A., and Douglas R. Francis, eds. 2005. Rediscovering the British World. Calgary: University of Calgary Press. Buckner, Phillip A., and Douglas R. Francis. 2006. Canada and the British World: Culture, Migration, and Identity. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Burke, Peter, ed. 2001. New Perspectives on Historical Writing. Cambridge: Polity. Burton, Antoinette M., ed. 2003. After the Imperial Turn: Thinking with and Through the Nation. Durham: Duke University Press. ———. 2010. Getting Outside the Global: Re-positioning British Imperialism in World History. In Race, Nation and Empire: Making Histories, 1750 to the Present, ed. Catherine Hall and Keith McClelland, 199–216. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Butcher, Thomas M. 2013. A ‘Synchronized Attack’: On Raphael Lemkin’s Holistic Conception of Genocide. Journal of Genocide Research 15 (3): 253–271. Butler, Judith. 2009. Frames of War: When Is Life Grievable? London: Verso. Butler, Kim D. 2001. Defining Diaspora, Refining a Discourse. Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies 10 (2): 189–219. Butlin, Noel G. 1994. Forming a Colonial Economy: Australia 1810–1850. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Cabanes, Bruno. 2014. The Great War and the Origins of Humanitarianism, 1918–1924. Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 348 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Cain, Peter. 2013. Afterword: The Economics of the ‘British World’. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 41 (1): 98–103. Cain, Peter J., and Antony G. Hopkins. 2002. British Imperialism, 1688–2000: British Imperialism: Innovation and Expansion, 1688–1914. Harlow: Longman. Calder, Graeme. 2010. Levée, Line and Martial Law: A History of the Dispossession of the Mairremmener People of Van Diemen’s Land 1803–1832. Launceston: Fuller’s Bookshop. Calloway, Colin G. 2013. Pen and Ink Witchcraft: Treaties and Treaty Making in American Indian History. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Cameron, Patsy. 2011. Grease and Ochre: The Blending of Two Cultures at the Colonial Sea Frontier. Studies in the History of Aboriginal Tasmania 3. Launceston: Fullers Bookshop. Campbell, Alastair H. 1987. John Batman and the Aborigines. Malmsbury: Kibble Books. Campbell, Judy. 2002. Invisible Invaders: Smallpox and Other Diseases in Aboriginal Australia, 1780–1880. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. Cantor, Geoffrey. 2005. Quakers, Jews, and Science: Religious Responses to Modernity and the Sciences in Britain, 1650–1900. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Carey, Brycchan. 2007. ‘The Power that Giveth Liberty and Freedom:’ The Barbadian Origins of Quaker Antislavery Rhetoric, 1657–76. Ariel 38 (1): 27–48. ———. 2012. From Peace to Freedom: Quaker Rhetoric and the Birth of American Antislavery, 1657–1761. New Haven: Yale University Press. Carey, Brycchan, and Geoffrey G. Plank, eds. 2014. Quakers and Abolition. Urbana: University of Illinois Press. Carey, Hilary M. 2011. God’s Empire: Religion and Colonialism in the British World, c. 1801–1908. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 2013. Religious Nationalism and Clerical Emigrants to Australia, 1828– 1900. In Empire, Migration and Identity in the British World, ed. Kent Fedorowich and Andrew S. Thompson, 82–106. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Carrington, Selwyn H.H. 2002. The Sugar Industry and the Abolition of the Slave Trade, 1775–1810. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. Carroll, Kenneth L. 1997. George Fox and Slavery. Quaker History 86 (2): 16–25. de Certeau, Michel. 2011. The Practice of Everyday Life. Berkeley: University of California Press. Chamberlain, Susan. 1988. The Hobart Whaling Industry, 1830 to 1900. PhD diss., La Trobe University. Chowdhury, Arjun. 2007. The Colony as Exception (Or, Why Do I Have to Kill You More than Once?). borderlands ejournal 6, no. 3. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.borderlands.net.au/vol6no3_2007/chowdhury_once. htm. BIBLIOGRAPHY 349

Christopher, Emma, Cassandra Pybus, and Marcus Rediker, eds. 2007. Many Middle Passages: Forced Migration and the Making of the Modern World. London: University of California Press. Churchill, Ward. 1997. A Little Matter of Genocide: Holocaust and Denial in the Americas, 1492 to the Present. San Francisco: City Lights Books. Clancy-Smith, Julia A., and Frances Gouda, eds. 1998. Domesticating the Empire: Race, Gender, and Family Life in French and Dutch Colonialism. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia. Clements, Nicholas. 2013a. Frontier Conflict in Van Diemen’s Land: An Attitudinal and Experiential History. PhD diss., University of Tasmania. ———. 2013b. ‘Army of sufferers:’ The Experience of Tasmania’s Black Line. Journal of Australian Studies 37 (1): 19–33. ———. 2014. The Black War: Fear, Sex and Resistance in Tasmania. St Lucia: University of Queensland Press. Clements, Nicholas, and Andrew Gregg. 2017. ‘I Am Frightened Out of My Life’: Black War, White Fear. Settler Colonial Studies 7 (2): 221–240. Clifford, James. 1994. Diasporas. Cultural Anthropology 9 (3): 302–338. ———. 1999. Routes: Travel and Translation in the Late Twentieth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Clyne, Robert. 1987. Colonial Blue: A History of the South Australian Police Force, 1836–1916. Netley: Wakefield Press. Cohen, Robin. 2008. Global Diasporas: An Introduction. London: Routledge. Cole, Alan W. 1956. The Quakers and the English Revolution. Past & Present 10: 39–54. Collenette, Peter. 2014. Keeper of the Cotton Legacy. Tasmania 40° South 72: 15–19. Colley, Linda. 2007. The Ordeal of Elizabeth Marsh: A Woman in World History. London: Harper Collins. ———. 2009. Britons: Forging the Nation, 1707–1837. New Haven: Yale University Press. Comaroff, Jean, and John Comaroff. 1986. Christianity and Colonialism in South Africa. American Ethnologist 13 (1): 1–22. ———. 1992. Home Made Hegemony: Domesticity and Colonialism in South Africa. In African Encounters with Domesticity, ed. Karen T. Hansen, 37–73. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press. Connell, R. 1995. Masculinities. Cambridge: Polity Press. Connerley, Jennifer. 2006. Fighting Quakers: A Jet Black Whiteness. Pennsylvania History: A Journal of Midatlantic Studies 73 (4): 373–411. Connor, John. 2002. British Frontier Warfare Logistics and the ‘Black Line’, Van Diemen’s Land (Tasmania), 1830. War in History 9 (2): 143–158. ———. 2003. The Australian Frontier Wars, 1788–1838. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. 350 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Conrad, Sebastian. 2002. Doppelte Marginalisierung. Plädoyer für eine transna- tionale Perspektive auf die deutsche Geschichte. Geschichte und Gesellschaft 28 (1): 145–169. Conrad, Sebastian, and Shalini Randeria, eds. 2002. Jenseits des Eurozentrismus: Postkoloniale Perspektiven in den Geschichts-und Kulturwissenschaften. Frankfurt: Campus. Cotton, Frances. 1987. Kettle on the Hob: A Family in Van Diemen’s Land, 1828– 1885. Orford: Joan Roberts. Cotton, Jackson. 1979. Touch the Morning. Tasmanian Native Legends. Hobart: O.B.M. Cotton, William J. 2013. Land of the Sleeping Gods: Untold History and Mythology of the Tasmanian Aborigines. With an Introduction by Jane Cooper. Hobart: Wellington Bridge Press. Curthoys, Ann. 2005. Raphael Lemkin’s ‘Tasmania:’ An Introduction. Patterns of Prejudice 39 (2): 162–169. ———. 2010. Genocide in Tasmania. The History of an Idea. In Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 229–252. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. Curthoys, Ann, and John Docker. 2001. Introduction Genocide: Definitions, Questions, Settler-Colonies. Aboriginal History 25 (1): 1–15. D’Anjou, Leo. 1996. Social Movements and Cultural Change: The First Abolition Campaign Revisited. New York: de Gruyter. Damousi, Joy. 1997. Depraved and Disorderly: Female Convicts, Sexuality and Gender in Colonial Australia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Dandelion, Pink. 1996. A Sociological Analysis of the Theology of Quakers: The Silent Revolution. Studies in Religion and Society 34. Lewiston: Mellen. Daniels, Kay. 1993. The Flash Mob: Rebellion, Rough Culture and Sexuality in the Female Factories of Van Diemen’s Land. Australian Feminist Studies 8 (18): 133–150. Darwin, John. 2010. Empire and Ethnicity. Nations and Nationalism 16 (3): 383–401. Daunton, Martin, and Rick Halpern, eds. 2003. Empire and Others: British Encounters with Indigenous Peoples, 1600–1850. London: UCL Press. Davidoff, Leonore, and Catherine Hall. 1997. Family Fortunes: Men and Women of the English Middle Class, 1780–1850. London: Routledge. Davis, David B. 1988. The Problem of Slavery in Western Culture. New York: Oxford University Press. ———. 1999. The Problem of Slavery in the Age of Revolution, 1770–1823. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2006. The Rise and Fall of Slavery in the New World. Oxford: Oxford University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 351

———. 2008. Inhuman Bondage: The Rise and Fall of Slavery in the New World. New York; Oxford: Oxford University Press. Davis, Natalie Z. 1988. History’s Two Bodies. American Historical Review 93 (1): 1–30. ———. 2006. Trickster Travels: A Sixteenth-Century Muslim Between Worlds. New York: Hill & Wang. Davison, Graeme. 2004. The Rise and Fall of Marvellous Melbourne. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. Dean, Mitchell. 2010. Governmentality: Power and Rule in Modern Society. London: SAGE. Decker, Julio R. 2013. White Subjects, Governmentality and Immigration Restriction in the United States, 1894–1924. In Colonialism and Beyond: Race and Migration from a Postcolonial Perspective, ed. Eva Bischoff and Elisabeth Engel, 33–52. Periplus-Studien 17. Münster: Lit. Deloria, Philip J. 2006. What Is the Middle Ground, Anyway? William & Mary Quarterly, Third Series, 63 (1): 15–22. Dening, Greg. 2004. Beach Crossings: Voyaging Across Times, Cultures, and Self. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Denoon, Donald. 1983. Settler Capitalism: The Dynamics of Dependent Development in the Southern Hemisphere. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Derrida, Jacques. 2008. Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Dimock, Elizabeth. 2010. Women, Missions and Modernity: From Anti-Slavery to Missionary Zeal, 1780s to 1840s. Itinerario 34 (3): 53–66. Douglas, Bronwen, and Chris Ballard, eds. 2008. Foreign Bodies: Oceania and the Science of Race 1750–1940. Canberra: ANU E Press. Downing, Karen. 2010. The Gentleman Boxer: Boxing, Manners, and Masculinity in Eighteenth-century England. Men and Masculinities 12 (3): 328–352. Drake, Thomas E. 1965. Quakers and Slavery in America. Yale Historical Publications 51. New Haven: Yale University Press. van Drenth, Annemieke, and Francisca de Haan. 1999. The Rise of Caring Power: Elizabeth Fry and Josephine Butler in Britain and the Netherlands. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press. Drescher, Seymour. 2010. Econocide: British Slavery in the Era of Abolition. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. Dubow, Saul. 2009. How British was the British World? The Case of South Africa. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 37 (1): 1–27. Dunn, Richard S., and Mary M. Dunn, eds. 1986. The World of William Penn. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Durrant, Chris, and Mathews I. Hack. 2013. Chequered Lives: John Barton Hack and Stephen Hack and the Early Days of South Australia. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. 352 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Durrer, Rebecca A. 2000. Changing British Imperial Ideology: Edward Gibbon Wakefield and the Colonization of New Zealand. PhD diss., University of Houston. Duthu, N.B. 2008. American Indians and the Law. New York: Penguin Books. Dutton, Jacqueline. 2013. Imperial Eyes on the Pacific Prize: French Visions of a Perfect Penal Colony in the South Seas. In Discovery and Empire: The French in the South Seas, ed. John West-Sooby, 245–282. Adelaide: University of Adelaide Press. Dutton, Michael. 2009. 911: The After-Life of Colonial Governmentality. Postcolonial Studies 12 (3): 303–314. Dwyer, Philip, and Amanda Nettelbeck, eds. 2018. Violence, Colonialism and Empire in the Modern World. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Dyck, Harvey L., ed. 1996. The Pacifist Impulse in Historical Perspective. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Eckel, Jan. 2014. Die Ambivalenz des Guten: Menschenrechte in der internation- alen Politik seit den 1940ern. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Eckert, Andreas, and Albert Wirz. 2002. Wir nicht, die Anderen auch. Deutschland und der Kolonialismus. In Jenseits des Eurozentrismus: Postkoloniale Perspektiven in den Geschichts- und Kulturwissenschaften, ed. Sebastian Conrad and Shalini Randeria, 372–392. Frankfurt: Campus. Edmonds, Penelope. 2012. Travelling ‘Under Concern:’ Quakers James Backhouse and George Washington Walker Tour the Antipodean Colonies, 1832–41. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 40 (5): 769–788. Ehrensaft, Philip, and Warwick Armstrong. 1978. Dominion Capitalism: A First Statement. Journal of Sociology 14 (3): 352–363. Elbourne, Elizabeth. 2002a. Blood Ground: Colonialism, Missions, and the Contest for Christianity in the Cape Colony and Britain, 1799–1853. Montreal: McGill- Queen’s University Press. ———. 2002b. Domesticity and Dispossession: The Ideology of the ‘Home’ and the British Construction of the ‘Primitive’ from the Eighteenth to the Early Nineteenth Centuries. In Deep Histories: Gender and Colonialism in Southern Africa, ed. Wendy Woodward, Patricia Hayes, and Gary Minkley, 27–54. Cross Cultures 57. Amsterdam: Rodopi. ———. 2003. The Sin of the Settler: The 1835–36 Select Committee on Aborigines and Debates Over Virtue and Conquest in the Early Nineteenth- Century British White Settler Empire. Journal of Colonialism and Colonial History 4 (3). Last Access 20 January 2017. https://muse.jhu.edu. Elkins, Caroline, and Susan Pedersen, eds. 2005. Settler Colonialism in the Twentieth Century: Projects, Practices, Legacies. London: Routledge. Elliott, Bruce S., David A. Gerber, and Suzanne M. Sinke, eds. 2006. Letters Across Borders: The Epistolary Practices of International Migrants. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. BIBLIOGRAPHY 353

Epple, Angelika. 2013. Lokalität und die Dimensionen des Globalen. Eine Frage der Relationen. Historische Anthropologie 21 (1): 4–25. von Erffa, Helmut, and Allen Staley. 1986. The Paintings of Benjamin West. New Haven: Yale University Press. Esposito, Elena. 2002. Soziales Vergessen: Formen und Medien des Gedächtnisses der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp. Esslinger, Eva, Tobias Schlechtriemen, Doris Schweitzer, and Alexander Zons, eds. 2010. Die Figur des Dritten: Ein Paradigma der Kulturwissenschaften. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp. Etherington, Norman, ed. 2009. Missions and Empire. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Evans, Julie. 2001. Beyond the Frontier: Possibilities and Precariousness Along Australia’s Southern Coast. In Colonial Frontiers: Indigenous-European Encounters in Settler Societies, ed. Lynette Russell, 151–172. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Evans, Julie, Patricia Grimshaw, David Philips, and Shurlee Swain. 2003. Equal Subjects, Unequal Rights: Indigenous Peoples in British Settler Colonies, 1830– 1910. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Evans, Vaughan, and Halcyon Evans. 1982. Sydney Friends: A Short History of the Religious Society of Friends (Quakers) in Sydney, 1834–1982. Chatswood: Religious Society of Friends. Faubion, James D., ed. 2000. Michel Foucault: Power. New York: The New Press. Fedorowich, Kent. 2008. The British Empire on the Move, 1760–1914. In The British Empire: Themes and Perspectives, ed. Sarah E. Stockwell, 63–100. New York: Wiley-Blackwell. Fedorowich, Kent, and Andrew S. Thompson, eds. 2013a. Empire, Migration and Identity in the British World. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———. 2013b. Mapping the Contours of the British World: Empire, Migration and Identity. In Empire, Migration and Identity in the British World, ed. Kent Fedorowich and Andrew S. Thompson, 1–41. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Feierstein, Daniel. 2012. The Concept of ‘Genocidal Social Practices’. In New Directions in Genocide Research, ed. Adam Jones, 18–35. London: Routledge. Fels, Marie. 1982. Culture Contact in the County of Buckinghamshire, Van Diemen’s Land 1803–11. Tasmanian Historical Research Association. Papers & Proceedings 29 (2): 47–79. Female Factory Research Group. 2009. Convict Lives. Women at Cascades Female Factory . Hobart: Research Tasmania. Ferguson, Moira. 1992. Subject to Others: British Women Writers and Colonial Slavery, 1670–1834. London: Routledge. Finzsch, Norbert. 2006. Siedlerimperialismus und Genozid in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und Australien. In Atlantic Understandings: Essays on 354 BIBLIOGRAPHY

European and American History in Honor of Hermann Wellenreuther, ed. Claudia Schnurmann, Hartmut Lehmann, and Hermann Wellenreuther, 271– 285. Atlantic Cultural Studies 1. Münster: Lit. ———. 2008a. ‘[…] Extirpate Or Remove That Vermine:’ Genocide, Biological Warfare, and Settler Imperialism in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Century. Journal of Genocide Research 10 (2): 215–232. ———. 2008b. ‘It Is Scarcely Possible to Conceive That Human Beings Could Be So Hideous and Loathsome:’ Discourses of Genocide in Eighteenth- and Nineteenth-Century America and Australia. In Colonialism and Genocide, ed. Dirk A. Moses and Dan Stone, 66–73. London: Routledge. ———. 2010. ‘The Aborigines … Were Never Annihilated, and Still They Are Becoming Extinct:’ Settler Imperialism and Genocide in Nineteenth-Century America and Australia. In Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 253–270. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2013. Pre-Frontier, Landnahme und Sozioökologische Systeme in Australien, 1788 bis 1901. Themenportal Europäische Geschichte (2013). Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.europa.clio-online.de/essay/id/ artikel-3736. ———. 2017. ‘The Intrusion Therefore of Cattle Is by Itself Sufficient to Produce the Extirpation of the Native Race:’ Social Ecological Systems and Ecocide in Conflicts Between Hunter-Gatherers and Commercial Stock Farmers in Australia. Settler Colonial Studies 7 (2): 164–191. Fitzmaurice, Andrew. 2010. Anticolonialism in Western Political Thought: The Colonial Origins of the Concept of Genocide. In Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 55–80. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. Fitzpatrick, Matthew P. 2016. Nazifying Colonialism: Settler Colonialism and the Fate of Germany’s Colonial Chronotope. Settler Colonial Studies 6 (1): 23–44. Fitzpatrick, Matthew P., and Susie Protschky. 2009. Families, Frontiers and the New Imperial History. The History of the Family 14 (4): 323–326. Foley, Tadhg. 2011. ‘An Unknown and Feeble Body:’ How Settler Colonialism Was Theorized in the Nineteenth Century. In Studies in Settler Colonialism: Politics, Identity and Culture, ed. Fiona Bateman and Lionel Pilkington, 10–27. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Foner, Eric. 2005. Tom Paine and Revolutionary America. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Forbes, Jack D. 1959. The Indian in the West: A Challenge for Historians. Arizona and the West 1 (3): 206–215. Ford, Lisa. 2010. Settler Sovereignty: Jurisdiction and Indigenous People in America and Australia, 1788–1836. Harvard Historical Studies 166. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 355

———. 2013. Locating Indigenous Self-Determination in the Margins of Settler Sovereignty. In Between Indigenous and Settler Governance, ed. Lisa Ford and Tim Rowse, 1–11. London: Routledge. ———. 2014. Anti-Slavery and the Reconstitution of Empire. Australian Historical Studies 45 (1): 71–86. Ford, Lisa, and Tim Rowse, eds. 2013. Between Indigenous and Settler Governance. London: Routledge. Fornasier, Jean, Peter Monteath, and John West-Sooby. 2010. Encountering Terra Australis: The Australian Voyages of Nicholas Baudin and Matthew Flinders. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. Fornasiero, Jean, and John West-Sooby, eds. 2013b. French Designs on Colonial New South Wales: François Péron’s Memoir on the English Settlements in New Holland, Van Diemen’s Land and the Archipelagos of the Great Pacific Ocean. Adelaide: The Friends of the State Library of South Australia. Forsythe, David P. 2005. The Humanitarians: The International Committee of the Red Cross. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Foster, Robert, and Amanda Nettelbeck. 2012. Out of the Silence: The History and Memory of South Australia’s Frontier Wars. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. Foster, Robert, and Paul Sendziuk, eds. 2012. Turning Points: Chapters in South Australian History. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. Foster, Robert, Amanda Nettelbeck, and Rick Hosking. 2001. Fatal Collisions: The South Australian Frontier and the Violence of Memory. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. Foster, Stephen. 2010. A Private Empire. Sydney: Murdoch Books. Foucault, Michel. 1984. Right of Death and Power Over Life. In The Foucault Reader, ed. Paul Rabinow, 258–272. New York: Pantheon Books. ———. 1988. Technologies of the Self. In Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault, ed. Luther H. Martin, Huck Gutman, and Patrick H. Hutton, 16–49. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. ———. 2000. Governmentality. In Michel Foucault: Power, ed. James D. Faubion, 201–222. New York: The New Press. Fox, Jacqueline. 2012. Constructing a Colonial Chief Justice: John Lewes Pedder in Van Diemen’s Land, 1824–1854. PhD diss., University of Tasmania. Freeman, Mark. 2013. Quakers, Business, and Philanthropy. In The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies, ed. Stephen W. Angell and Pink Dandelion, 420– 433. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Freitag, Ulrike. 2005. Translokalität als ein Zugang zur Geschichte globaler Verflechtungen. Connections. A Journal for Historians and Area Specialists. Published 10 June 2005, Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.connections.clio-online.net/article/id/artikel-632. Freitag, Ulrike, and Achim von Oppen, eds. 2010a. Translocality: The Study of Globalising Processes from a Southern Perspective. Studies in Global Social History 4. Leiden: Brill. 356 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 2010b. ‘Translocality:’ An Approach to Connection and Transfer in Regional Studies. In Translocality: The Study of Globalising Processes from a Southern Perspective, ed. Ulrike Freitag and Achim von Oppen, 1–21. Studies in Global Social History 4. Leiden: Brill. Friedrichsmeyer, Sara, Sarah Lennox, and Susanne Zantop, eds. 1998. The Imperialist Imagination: German Colonialism and Its Legacy. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Frost, Lucy. 2012. Convict Lives: Women at Cascades Female Factory. Hobart: Convict Women’s Press. ———. 2013. Protecting the Children: Early Years of the King’s Orphan Schools in Van Diemen’s Land. Coolabah 10: 88–100. Frost, William J. 1983. William Penn’s Experiment in the Wilderness: Promise and Legend. The Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography 107 (4): 577–605. Gammage, Bill. 2011. The Biggest Estate on Earth: How Aborigines Made Australia. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. Gardner, Helen. 2008. The ‘Faculty of Faith:’ Evangelical Missionaries, Social Anthropologists, and the Claim for Human Unity in the Nineteenth Century. In Foreign Bodies: Oceania and the Science of Race 1750–1940, ed. Bronwen Douglas and Chris Ballard, 259–282. Canberra: ANU E Press. Gascoigne, John. 2010. Science, Philosophy and Religion in the Age of the Enlightenment: British and Global Contexts. Aldershot: Ashgate Variorum. Geertz, Clifford. 2004. Religion as a Cultural System. In Anthropological Approaches to the Study of Religion, ed. Michael Banton, 1–46. London: Routledge. Gerbner, Katharine. 2007. ‘We Are Against the Traffik of Men-Body’: The Germantown Quaker Protest of 1688 and the Origins of American Abolitionism. Pennsylvania History 74 (2): 149–172. ———. 2010. The Ultimate Sin: Christianising Slaves in Barbados in the Seventeenth Century. Slavery & Abolition 31 (1): 57–73. Gerona, Carla. 2004a. Night Journeys: The Power of Dreams in Transatlantic Quaker Culture. Charlottesville: University of Virginia Press. ———. 2004b. Imagining Peace in Quaker and Native American Dream Stories. In Friends and Enemies in Penn’s Woods: Indians, Colonists, and the Racial Construction of Pennsylvania, ed. William Pencak and Daniel K. Richter, 41–62. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. Ghosh, Durba. 2012. Another Set of Imperial Turns? American Historical Review 117 (3): 772–793. Gilbert, Helen, and Chris Tiffin, eds. 2008.Burden or Benefit? Imperial Benevolence and Its Legacies. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Gill, Catie. 2005. Women in the Seventeenth-Century Quaker Community: A Literary Study of Political Identities, 1650–1700. Women and Gender in the Early Modern World. Aldershot: Ashgate. BIBLIOGRAPHY 357

Gilroy, Paul. 1993. The Black Atlantic: Modernity and Double Consciousness. London: Verso. ———. 2004. Between Camps: Nations, Culture and the Allure of Race. London: Routledge. Goffman, Erving. 1991. Asylums: Essays on the Social Situation of Mental Patients and Other Inmates. London: Penguin Books. Goldhagen, Daniel J. 1996. Hitler’s Willing Executioners: Ordinary Germans and the Holocaust. New York: Knopf. Goldstein, Aloysha, and Alex Lubin, eds. 2008. Settler Colonialism. Durham: Duke University Press. Goodall, Heather. 2008. Invasion to Embassy: Land in Aboriginal Politics in New South Wales, 1770–1972. Sydney: Sydney University Press. Gragg, Larry D. 1980. Migration in Early America, the Virginia Quaker Experience. Studies in American History and Culture 13. Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press. ———. 2003. Englishmen Transplanted: The English Colonization of Barbados, 1627–1660. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2009. The Quaker Community on Barbados: Challenging the Culture of the Planter Class. Columbia: University of Missouri Press. Graves, Michael P. 2009. Preaching the Inward Light: Early Quaker Rhetoric. Waco: Baylor University Press. Greer, Allan. 2012. Commons and Enclosure in the Colonization of North America. American Historical Review 117 (2): 365–386. Gregerson, Linda. 2011. In Empires of God: Religious Encounters in the Early Modern Atlantic, ed. Susan Juster. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Gregerson, Linda, and Susan Juster, eds. 2011. Empires of God. Religious Encounters in the Early ModernAtlantic. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Gregory, Brad S. 1999. Is Small Beautiful? Microhistory and the History of Everyday Life. History and Theory 38 (1): 100–110. Griffiths, Tom, and Libby Robin, eds. 1997.Ecology and Empire: Environmental History of Settler Societies. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press. de Gruchy, John W. 1999. The London Missionary Society in Southern Africa: Historical Essays in Celebration of the Bicentenary of the LMS in Southern Africa, 1799–1999. Cape Town: David Philip Publishers. Guettel, Jens-Uwe. 2010. From the American Frontier to German South-West Africa: German Colonialism, Indians, and American Westward Expansion. Modern Intellectual History 7 (3): 523–552. Guha, Ranajit. 1997. Not at Home in Empire. Critical Inquiry 23 (3): 482–493. 358 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gwyn, Douglas. 1995. The Covenant Crucified: Quakers and the Rise of Capitalism. Wallingford: Pendle Hill Publications. Habermas, Rebekka. 2008. Mission im 19. Jahrhundert – Globale Netze des Religiösen. Historische Zeitschrift 287 (3): 629–679. Haebich, Anna. 2000. Broken Circles: Fragmenting Indigenous Families, 1800– 2000. Freemantle: Freemantle Arts Centre Press. Hague, Stephen. 2015. The Gentleman’s House in the British Atlantic World, 1680–1780. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2016. Building Status in the British Atlantic World. The Gentleman’s House in the English West Country and Pennsylvania. In Building the British Atlantic World: Spaces, Places, and Material Culture, 1600–1850, ed. Daniel Maudlin and Bernard L. Herman, 231–252. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press. Haig-Brown, Celia, and David A. Nock, eds. 2006. With Good Intentions: Euro- Canadian and Aboriginal Relations in Colonial Canada. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Hall, Catherine, ed. 2000. Cultures of Empire: Colonizers in Britain and the Empire in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries: A Reader. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———. 2009. Civilising Subjects: Metropole and Colony in the English Imagination, 1830–1867. Oxford: Polity Press. ———. 2012. Macaulay and Son: Architects of Imperial Britain. New Haven: Yale University Press. Hall, Catherine, and Keith McClelland, eds. 2010. Race, Nation and Empire: Making Histories, 1750 to the Present. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Hall, Catherine, and Sonya O. Rose, eds. 2006a. At Home with the Empire: Metropolitan Culture and the Imperial World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 2006b. Introduction: Being at Home with the Empire. In At Home with the Empire: Metropolitan Culture and the Imperial World, ed. Catherine Hall and Sonya O. Rose, 1–31. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hall, Catherine, Keith McClelland, Nick Draper, Katie Donington, and Rachel Lang, eds. 2014. Legacies of British Slave-Ownership: Colonial Slavery and the Formation of Victorian Britain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hamm, Thomas D. 1992. The Problem of the Inner Light in Nineteenth-century Quakerism. In The Lamb’s War: Quaker Essays to Honor Hugh Barbour, ed. Michael L. Birkel and John W. Newman, 101–117. Richmond: Earlham College Press. ———. 2013. Hicksite, Orthodox, and Evangelical Quakerism, 1805–1887. In The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies, ed. Stephen W. Angell and Pink Dandelion, 63–77. Oxford: Oxford University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 359

Hamm, Thomas D., Christopher Hill, and Michael A. Mullett, eds. 1993. New Light on George Fox (1624 to 1691): Papers by Twelve British and American Scholars. York: William Sessions. Hansen, Karen T., ed. 1992. African Encounters with Domesticity. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press. Harman, Kristyn. 2012. Aboriginal Convicts: Australian, Khoisan, and Maori Exiles. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. Harper, Marjory. 1999. British Migration and the Peopling of the Empire. In The Nineteenth Century, ed. Andrew Porter and William R. Louis, 75–87. The Oxford History of the British Empire 3. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Harper, Marjory, and Stephen Constantine. 2010. Migration and Empire. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Harper, Steven C. 2006. Promised Land: Penn’s Holy Experiment, the Walking Purchase, and the Dispossession of Delawares, 1600–1763. Bethlehem: Lehigh University Press. Harvey, Elizabeth A. 2013. ‘Layered Networks:’ Imperial Philanthropy in Birmingham and Sydney, 1860–1914. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 41 (1): 120–142. Haskins, Victoria, and Margaret D. Jacobs. 2002. Stolen Generations and Vanishing Indians: The Removal of Indigenous Children as a Weapon of War in the United States and Australia, 1870–1940. In Children and War: A Historical Anthology, ed. James A. Marten and Robert Coles, 227–241. New York: New York University Press. Haupt, Heinz-Gerhard, and Jürgen Kocka, eds. 2012. Comparative and Transnational History: Central European Approaches and New Perspectives. New York: Berghahn Books. Hausen, Karin, ed. 1992a. Frauengeschichte – Geschlechtergeschichte. Frankfurt: Campus. ———. 1992b. Öffentlichkeit und Privatheit. Gesellschaftspolitische Konstruktion und die Geschichte der Geschlechterbeziehungen. In Frauengeschichte – Geschlechtergeschichte, ed. Karin Hausen, 81–8. Frankfurt: Campus. Headrick, Daniel R. 1981. The Tools of Empire: Technology and European Imperialism in the Nineteenth Century. New York: Oxford University Press. Healey, Robynne R. 2011. ‘I Am Getting a Considerable of a Canadian They Tell Me:’ Connected Understandings in the Nineteenth-century Quaker Atlantic. Quaker Studies 15 (2): 227–245. Healy, Chris. 2008. Forgetting Aborigines. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. 360 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Heartfield, James. 2011. The Aborigines’ Protection Society: Humanitarian Imperialism in Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, Canada, South Africa, and the Congo, 1836–1909. New York: Columbia University Press. Hill, Christopher. 1993. Quakers and the English Revolution. In New Light on George Fox (1624 to 1691): Papers by Twelve British and American Scholars, ed. Thomas D. Hamm, Christopher Hill, and Michael A. Mullett, 22–35. York: Willam Sessions. Hilton, Boyd. 1991. The Age of Atonement: The Influence of Evangelicalism on Social and Economic Thought, 1785–1865. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2008. A Mad, Bad, and Dangerous People? England, 1783–1846. The New Oxford History of England. Oxford: Clarendeon Press. Hinderaker, Eric. 2012. Diplomacy Between Britons and Native Americans, c. 1600–1830. In Britain’s Oceanic Empire: Atlantic and Indian Ocean Worlds, c. 1550–1850, ed. H.V. Bowen, Elizabeth Mancke, and John G. Reid, 218–248. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hinds, Hilary. 2005. An Absent Presence: Quaker Narratives of Journeys to America and Barbados, 1671–81. Quaker Studies 10 (1): 6–30. Hinkson, John, ed. 2012. Settler Colonialism. Special Issue, Arena Journal, 37/38. von Hirschhausen, Ulrike. 2015. A New Imperial History? Programm, Potenzial, Perspektiven. Geschichte und Gesellschaft 41 (4): 718–757. Hirst, Margaret E. 1972. The Quakers in Peace and War: An Account of their Peace Principles and Practice. New York: Garland. Hobby, Elaine. 1994. Handmaids of the Lord and Mothers in Israel: Early Vindications of Quaker Women’s Prophecy. Prose Studies 17 (3): 88–98. Hobsbawm, Eric. 2009. Introduction: Inventing Traditions. In The Invention of Tradition, ed. Eric Hobsbawm and Terence Ranger, 1–14. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hobsbawm, Eric, and Terence Ranger, eds. 2009. The Invention of Tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hoerder, Dirk. 2011. Cultures in Contact: World Migrations in the Second Millennium. Durham: Duke University Press. Hoffecker, Carol E., Richard Waldron, Lorraine E. Williams, and Barbara E. Benson, eds. 1995. New Sweden in America. Newark: University of Delaware Press. Holton, Sandra S. 2007. Quaker Women: Personal Life, Memory and Radicalism in the Lives of Women Friends, 1780–1930. London: Routledge. Hopkins, Anthony G., ed. 2002. Globalization in World History. New York: Norton. Hornsby, Stephen J. 2012. Geographies of the British Atlantic World. In Britain’s Oceanic Empire: Atlantic and Indian Ocean Worlds, c. 1550–1850, ed. BIBLIOGRAPHY 361

H.V. Bowen, Elizabeth Mancke, and John G. Reid, 15–44. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Howard, Thomas A. 2011. God and the Atlantic: America, Europe, and the Religious Divide. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Howe, Stephen, ed. 2010. New Imperial Histories Reader. London: Routledge. ———. 2012. British Worlds, Settler Worlds, World Systems, and Killing Fields. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 40 (4): 691–725. Hoxie, Frederick E., Ronald Hoffman, and Peter J. Albert, eds. 1999. Native Americans and the Early Republic. Perspectives on the American Revolution. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia. Hubbard, Vincent K. 2002. Swords, Ships & Sugar: History of Nevis. Corvallis: Premiere. Hughes, Robert. 1987. The Fatal Shore. New York: Knopf. Inda, Jonathan X., ed. 2005. Anthropologies of Modernity: Foucault, Governmentality, and Life Politics. Oxford: Blackwell. Iriye, Akira. 2002. Global Community: The Role of International Organizations in the Making of the Contemporary World. Berkeley: University of California Press. Iriye, Akira, Petra Goedde, and William I. Hitchcock, eds. 2012. The Human Rights Revolution: An International History. Reinterpreting History. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Isichei, Elizabeth A. 1970. Victorian Quakers. London: Oxford University Press. Jackson, Hugh R. 2013. Australians and the Christian God: An Historical Study. Melbourne: Mosaic Press. Jackson, Maurice. 2009. Let This Voice Be Heard: Anthony Benezet, Father of Atlantic Abolitionism. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Jackson, R.V. 1998. Jeremy Bentham and the New South Wales Convicts. International Journal of Social Economics 25 (2–4): 370–379. Jacobs, Steven L. 1999. The Papers of Raphael Lemkin: A First Look. Journal of Genocide Research 1 (1): 105–114. Jacobson, Margaret D. 2009. White Mother to a Dark Race: Settler Colonialism, Maternalism, and the Removal of Indigenous Children in the American West and Australia, 1880–1940. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. ———. 2010. Crossing Intimate Borders: Gender, Settler Colonialism and the Home. In Gendering Border Studies, ed. Jane Aaron, Henrice Altink, and Chris Weedon, 165–191. Gender Studies in Wales. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Jantzen, Grace M. 2005. Choose Life! Early Quaker Women and Violence in Modernity. Quaker Studies 9 (2): 137–155. Jennings, Francis. 1986. Brother Miquon: Good Lord! In The World of William Penn, ed. Richard S. Dunn and Mary M. Dunn, 195–214. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Jennings, Judith. 1997. The Business of Abolishing the British Slave Trade, 1783– 1807. London: Frank Cass. 362 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 2006. Gender, Religion, and Radicalism in the Long Eighteenth Century: The “Ingenious Quaker” and Her Connections. Farnham: Ashgate. Johnston, Anna. 2001. Antipodean Heathens: The London Missionary Society in Polynesia and Australia, 1800–50. In Colonial Frontiers: Indigenous-European Encounters in Settler Societies, ed. Lynette Russell, 68–81. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———. 2003. Missionary Writing and Empire: 1800–1860. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 2011. The Paper War: Morality, Print Culture and Power in Colonial New South Wales. Crawley: UWA Publishing. Johnston, Anna, and Mitchell Rolls, eds. 2008a. Reading Robinson: Companion Essays to Friendly Mission. Hobart: Quintus Publishing. ———. 2008b. Reading Friendly Mission in the Twenty-First Century: An Introduction. In Reading Robinson: Companion Essays to Friendly Mission, ed. Anna Johnston and Mitchell Rolls, 13–25. Hobart: Quintus Publishing. Jones, Adam, ed. 2012. New Directions in Genocide Research. London: Routledge. Jones, Maldwyn. 1973. The Background to Emigration from Great Britain in the Nineteenth Century. Perspectives in American History 7: 3–92. Jones, Rhys. 1970. Tasmanian Aborigines and Dogs. Australian Journal of Anthropology 7 (4): 256–271. Jordan, Ryan P. 2007. Slavery and the Meetinghouse: The Quakers and the Abolitionist Dilemma, 1820–1865. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Juterczenka, Sünne. 2007. Crossing Borders and Negotiating Boundaries: The Seventeenth-Century European Missions and Persecution. Quaker Studies 12 (1): 39–53. Kashatus, William C. 1990. Conflict of Conviction: A Reappraisal of Quaker Involvement in the American Revolution. Lanham: University Press of America. Kass, Amalie M., and Edward H. Kass. 1988. Perfecting the World: The Life and Times of Dr. Thomas Hodgkin, 1798–1866. Boston: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Kavanagh, Joan, Dianne Snowden, and Mary McAleese. 2015. Van Diemen’s Women: A History of Transportation to Tasmania. Dublin: The History Press. Kennedy, Thomas C. 2001. British Quakerism, 1860–1920: The Transformation of a Religious Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Kenny, Kevin. 2009. Peaceable Kingdom Lost: The Paxton Boys and the Destruction of William Penn’s Holy Experiment. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Keown, Michelle, David Murphy, and James Procter, eds. 2009a. Comparing Postcolonial Diasporas. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2009b. Introduction: Theorizing Postcolonial Diasporas. In Comparing Postcolonial Diasporas, ed. Michelle Keown, David Murphy, and James Procter, 1–15. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Kerber, Linda K. 1988. Separate Spheres, Female Worlds, Woman’s Place: The Rhetoric of Women’s History. Journal of American History 75 (1): 9–39. BIBLIOGRAPHY 363

Kesselring, Krista J. 2011. Gender, the Hat, and Quaker Universalism in the Wake of the English Revolution. Seventeenth Century 26 (2): 299–322. Kiernan, V. 1952. Evangelicalism and the French Revolution. Past & Present 1 (1): 44–56. Kippen, Rebecca, and Peter A. Gunn. 2011. Convict Bastards, Common-Law Unions, and Shotgun Weddings: Premarital Conceptions and Ex-Nuptial Births in Nineteenth-Century Tasmania. Journal of Family History 36 (4): 387–403. Kirby, M.W. 1984. Men of Business and Politics: The Rise and Fall of the Quaker Pease Dynasty of North-East England, 1700–1943. London: Allen & Unwin. Klepp, Susan E. 2002. Encounter and Experiment: The Colonial Period. In Pennsylvania: A History of the Commonwealth, ed. Randall M. Miller and William Pencak, 47–100. Harrisburg: Pennsylvania State University Press. Kociumbas, Jan. 1997. Australian Childhood: A History. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. Kraft, Claudia, Alf Lüdtke, and Jürgen Martschukat, eds. 2010a. Kolonialgeschichten: Regionale Perspektiven auf ein globales Phänomen. Frankfurt: Campus. ———. 2010b. Einleitung: Kolonialgeschichten – Regionale Perspektiven auf ein globales Phänomen. In Kolonialgeschichten: Regionale Perspektiven auf ein globales Phänomen, ed. Claudia Kraft, Alf Lüdtke, and Jürgen Martschukat, 9–25. Frankfurt: Campus. Kühne, Thomas. 2013. Colonialism and the Holocaust: Continuities, Causations, and Complexities. Journal of Genocide Research 15 (3): 339–362. Kundrus, Birthe, ed. 2003a. Phantasiereiche: Zur Kulturgeschichte des deutschen Kolonialismus. Frankfurt: Campus. ———. 2003b. Die Kolonien – ‘Kinder des Gefühls und der Phantasie’. In Phantasiereiche: Zur Kulturgeschichte des deutschen Kolonialismus, ed. Birthe Kundrus, 7–18. Frankfurt: Campus. Kunze, Bonnelyn Y. 1994. Margaret Fell and the Rise of Quakerism. Basingstoke: Macmillan. Laidlaw, Zoë. 2002. Integrating Metropolitan, Colonial and Imperial Histories – The Aborigines Select Committee of 1835–37. In Writing Colonial Histories: Comparative Perspectives, ed. Tracey Banivanua Mar and Julie Evans, 75–92. Melbourne: University of Melbourne. ———. 2004. ‘Aunt Anna’s Report:’ The Buxton Women and the Aborigines Select Committee. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 32 (2): 1–28. ———. 2007. Heathens, Slaves and Aborigines: Thomas Hodgkin’s Critique of Missions and Anti-Slavery. History Workshop Journal 64 (1): 133–161. ———. 2012a. Breaking Britannia’s Bounds? Law, Settlers, and Space in Britain’s Imperial Historiography. Historical Journal 55 (3): 807–830. 364 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 2012b. Investigating Empire: Humanitarians, Reform and the Commission of Eastern Inquiry. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 40 (5): 749–768. Laity, Paul. 2001. The British Peace Movement, 1870–1914. Oxford Historical Monographs. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Lake, Meredith. 2010. Samuel Marsden, Work and the Limits of Evangelical Humanitarianism. History Australia 7 (3): 57.1–57.23. ———. 2011. Provincialising God: Anglicanism, Place, and the Colonisation of Australian Land. Journal of Religious History 35 (1): 72–90. Lambert, David. 2005. White Creole Culture, Politics and Identity During the Age of Abolition. Cambridge Studies in Historical Geography 38. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lambert, David, and Alan Lester. 2004. Geographies of Colonial Philanthropy. Progress in Human Geography 28 (3): 320–341. Lamnek, Siegfried, and Boatca Manuela, eds. 2003. Geschlecht – Gewalt – Gesellschaft. Opladen: Leske + Budrich. Landes, Jordan. 2015. London Quakers in the Trans-Atlantic World: The Creation of an Early Modern Community. Christianities in the Trans-Atlantic World, 1500–1800. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Langford, Paul. 1998. A Polite and Commercial People: England, 1727–1783. The New Oxford History of England. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Lässig, Simone. 2012. Übersetzungen in der Geschichte – Geschichte als Übersetzung? Geschichte und Gesellschaft 38 (2): 189–216. Laurence, Anne, Josephine Maltby, and Janette Rutterford, eds. 2012. Women and their Money, 1700–1950: Essays on Women and Finance. London: Routledge. Lawson, Tom. 2014a. The Last Man: A British Genocide in Tasmania. London: I.B. Tauris. ———. 2014b. Memorializing Colonial Genocide in Britain: The Case of Tasmania. Journal of Genocide Research 16 (4): 441–461. Lee, Tai-Sook. 1986. Edward Gibbon Wakefield and Movement for Systematic Colonization, 1829–1850 (South Australia, New Zealand, British Emire). PhD diss., University of California. Lefebvre, Henri. 2011. The Production of Space. Malden: Blackwell. Lehmkuhl, Ursula, Eva Bischoff, and Norbert Finzsch, eds. 2014. Provincializing the United States: Colonialism, Decolonization, and (Post)Colonial Governance in Transnational Perspective. Heidelberg: Winter. Lemarchand, René, ed. 2011. Forgotten Genocides: Oblivion, Denial, and Memory. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Lemkin, Raphael. 2005a. Axis Rule in Occupied Europe: Laws of Occupation, Analysis of Government, Proposals for Redress. Clark: Lawbook Exchange. ———. 2005b. Tasmania. Edited by Ann Curthoys. Patterns of Prejudice 39 (2): 170–196. BIBLIOGRAPHY 365

Lenz, Michael. 2010. “Arms are Necessary:” Gun Culture in Eighteenth-Century American Politics and Society. Kölner Historische Abhandlungen 48. Köln: Böhlau. Lester, Alan. 2001. Imperial Networks: Creating Identities in Nineteenth-Century South Africa and Britain. London: Routledge. ———. 2002. Obtaining the ‘Due Observance of Justice:’ The Geographies of Colonial Humanitarianism. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 20 (3): 277–293. ———. 2006. Colonial Networks, Australian Humanitarianism and the History Wars. Geographical Research 44 (3): 229–241. ———. 2008a. George Augustus Robinson and Imperial Networks. In Reading Robinson: Companion Essays to Friendly Mission, ed. Anna Johnston and Mitchell Rolls, 27–43. Hobart: Quintus Publishing. ———. 2008b. Thomas Fowell Buxton and the Networks of British Humanitarians. In Burden or Benefit? Imperial Benevolence and Its Legacies, ed. Helen Gilbert and Chris Tiffin, 31–48. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. ———. 2009. Humanitarians and White Settlers in the Nineteenth Century. In Missions and Empire, ed. Norman Etherington, 64–85. The Oxford History of the British Empire Companion Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Lester, Alan, and Fae Dussart. 2014. Colonization and the Origins of Humanitarian Governance: Protecting Aborigines Across the Nineteenth-Century British Empire. Critical Perspectives on Empire. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lester, Alan, and David Lambert, eds. 2006. Colonial Lives Across the British Empire: Imperial Careering in the Long Nineteeth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Levi, Giovanni. 2001. On Microhistory. In New Perspectives on Historical Writing, ed. Peter Burke, 97–119. Cambridge: Polity. Lloyd, Christopher, Jacob Metzer, and Richard Sutch, eds. 2013. Settler Economies in World History. Global Economic History Series 9. Leiden: Brill. Lüdtke, Alf. 1994. Geschichte und Eigensinn. In Alltagskultur, Subjektivität und Geschichte: Zur Theorie und Praxis von Alltagsgeschichte, ed. Berliner Geschichtswerkstatt, 139–153. Münster: Westfälisches Dampfboot. Macintyre, Stuart. 2004. A Concise History of Australia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Macintyre, Stuart, and Anna Clark. 2003. The History Wars. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. Mack, Phyllis. 1994. Visionary Women: Ecstatic Prophecy in Seventeenth-Century England. Berkeley: University of California Press. MacKenzie, John M. 1986a. Propaganda and Empire: The Manipulation of British Public Opinion, 1880–1960. Manchester: Manchester University Press. 366 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———, ed. 1986b. Imperialism and Popular Culture. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———. 2008. ‘Comfort’ and Conviction: A Response to Bernard Porter. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 36 (4): 659–668. ———. 2010. Irish, Scottish, Welsh and English Worlds? The Historiography of a Four-Nations Approach to the History of the British Empire. In Race, Nation and Empire: Making Histories, 1750 to the Present, ed. Catherine Hall and Keith McClelland, 133–53. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———., ed. 2011a. European Empires and the People: Popular Responses to Imperialism in France, Britain, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany and Italy. Manchester: Manchester University Press. ———. 2011b. Passion or Indifference: Popular Imperialism in Britain, Continuities and Discontinuities Over Two Centuries. In European Empires and the People: Popular Responses to Imperialism in France, Britain, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany and Italy, ed. John M. MacKenzie, 57–89. Manchester: Manchester University Press. MacKeown, Adam. 2001. Chinese Migrant Networks and Cultural Change: Peru, Chicago, Hawaii, 1900–1936. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Madley, Benjamin. 2004. Patterns of Frontier Genocide 1803–1910: The Aboriginal Tasmanians, the Yuki of California, and the Herero of Namibia. Journal of Genocide Research 6 (2): 167–192. Magee, Gary B., and Andrew S. Thompson, eds. 2010. Empire and Globalisation: Networks of People, Goods and Capital in the British World, c. 1850–1914. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Magnússon, Sigurdur G. 2003. ‘The Singularization of History’: Social History and Microhistory Within the Postmodern State of Knowledge. Journal of Social History 36 (3): 701–735. Magnússon, Sigurdur G., and István Szíjártó. 2013. What Is Microhistory? Theory and Practice. London: Routledge. Mancke, Elizabeth, and Carole Shammas, eds. 2005. The Creation of the British Atlantic World. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Mann, Barbara A. 2013. Fractal Massacres in the Old Northwest: The Example of the Miamis. Journal of Genocide Research 15 (2): 167–182. Manne, Robert, ed. 2003. Whitewash: On Keith Windschuttle’s Fabrication of Aboriginal History. Melbourne: Black Inc Agenda. Manning, Helen T. 1965. Who Ran the British Empire 1830–1850? Journal of British Studies 5 (1): 88–121. Marchant, Leslie R. 1982. France Australe: A Study of French Explorations and Attempts to Found a Penal Colony and Strategic Base in South Western Australia, 1503–1826. Perth: Artlook Books. Marshall, Peter J., ed. 1998a. The Eighteenth Century. Oxford History of the British Empire 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 367

———. 1998b. Introduction. In The Eighteenth Century, ed. Peter J. Marshall, 1–27. Oxford History of the British Empire 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———., ed. 2003a. “A Free Though Conquering People:” Eighteenth-Century Britain and Its Empire. Variorum Collected Studies Series 767. Farnham: Ashgate. ———. 2003b. Britain and the World in the Eighteenth Century: IV, the Turning Outwards of Britain. In “A Free Though Conquering People:” Eighteenth- Century Britain and Its Empire, ed. Peter J. Marshall, 1–18. Variorum Collected Studies Series 767. Farnham: Ashgate. ———. 2007. The Making and Unmaking of Empires: Britain, India, and America c. 1750–1783. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Marten, James A., and Robert Coles, eds. 2002. Children and War: A Historical Anthology. New York: New York University Press. Martin, Luther H., Huck Gutman, and Patrick H. Hutton, eds. 1988. Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. Massey, Doreen B. 2011. For Space. London: SAGE. Matthews, Gelien. 2006. Caribbean Slave Revolts and the British Abolitionist Movement. Baton Rouge: LSU Press. Maudlin, Daniel. 2016. In Building the British Atlantic World: Spaces, Places, and Material Culture, 1600–1850, ed. Bernard L. Herman. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. Maxwell-Stewart, Hamish. 2008. Closing Hell’s Gates: The Death of a Convict Station. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. McClintock, Anne, Aamir Mufti, and Ella Shohat, eds. 2004. Dangerous Liaisons: Gender, Nation, and Postcolonial Perspectives. Cultural Politics 11. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. McDaniel, Donna, and Vanessa Julye. 2009. Fit for Freedom, Not for Friendship: Quakers, African Americans, and the Myth of Racial Justice. Philadelphia: Quaker Press. McGoogan, Kenneth. 2006. Lady Franklin’s Revenge: A True Story of Ambition, Obsession and the Remaking of Arctic History. London: Bantam Press. McGregor, J.F., and Barry Reay, eds. 1986. Radical Religion in the English Revolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press. McGregor, Russell. 1997. Imagined Destinies: Aboriginal Australians and the Doomed Race Theory, 1880–1939. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. McKenzie, Kirsten. 2010. A Swindler’s Progress: Nobles and Convicts in the Age of Liberty. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. McLisky, Claire. 2005. ‘Due Observance of Justice, and the Protection of Their Rights:’ Philanthropy, Humanitarianism and Moral Purpose in the Aborigines 368 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Protection Society Circa 1837 and its Portrayal in Australian Historiography, 1883–2003. Limina: A Journal of Historical and Cultural Studies 11: 57–66. Memmi, Albert. 2003. The Colonizer and the Colonized. London: Earthscan. Merrell, James H. 1999. Into the American Woods: Negotiators on the Pennsylvania Frontier. New York: Norton. Merry, Kay. 2003. The Cross-Cultural Relationship Between the Sealers and the Tasmanian Aboriginal Women at Bass Strait and Kangeroo Island in the Early Nineteenth Century. Counterpoints 3 (1): 80–88. Meuser, Michael. 1999. Gewalt, hegemoniale Männlichkeit und ‘Doing Masculinity’. Kriminologisches Journal 31 (7): 49–65. ———. 2003. Gewalt als Modus von Distinktion und Vergemeinschaftung: Zur ordnungsbildenden Funktion männlicher Gewalt. In Geschlecht – Gewalt – Gesellschaft, ed. Siegfried Lamnek and Boatca Manuela, 37–54. Opladen: Leske + Budrich. Middleton, Angela. 2010. Missionization in New Zealand and Australia: A Comparison. International Journal of Historical Archaeology 14: 170–187. Midgley, Clare. 1995. Women Against Slavery: The British Campaigns, 1780–1870. London: Routledge. ———. 2010. Women, Religion and Reform. In Women, Gender and Religious Cultures in Britain, 1800–1940, ed. Sue Morgan and Jacqueline de Vries, 138– 158. London: Routledge. Miller, John. 2005. ‘A Suffering People’: English Quakers and Their Neighbours c. 1650–1700. Past & Present 188 (1): 71–103. Miller, Randall M., and William Pencak, eds. 2002. Pennsylvania: A History of the Commonwealth. Harrisburg: Pennsylvania State University Press. Miller, Robert J. 2007. Compact, Contract, Convenant. The Evolution of Indian Treaty-Making. In New Histories for Old: Changing Perspectives on Canada’s Native Pasts, ed. Susan Neylan and Theodore Binnema, 66–91. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. ———. 2012. The Doctrine of Discovery. In Discovering Indigenous Lands: The Doctrine of Discovery in the English Colonies, ed. Robert J. Miller et al., 1–25. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Miller, Robert J., Jacinta Ruru, Larissa Behrendt, and Tracey Lindberg, eds. 2012. Discovering Indigenous Lands: The Doctrine of Discovery in the English Colonies. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Mitcham, Roderick E. 2002. The Geographies of Global Humanitarianism: The Anti-Slavery Society and Aborigines Protection Society, 1884–1833. PhD diss., University of London. Mitchell, Jessie. 2011. In Good Faith? Governing Indigenous Australia through God, Charity and Empire, 1825–1855. Aboriginal History Monograph Series 23. Canberra: ANU E Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 369

Moneypenny, Maria. 1995/96. ‘Going Out and Coming In:’ Cooperation and Collaboration Between Aborigines and Europeans in Early Tasmania. Tasmanian Historical Studies 5 (1): 64–75. Moore, John, ed. 1981. Friends in the Delaware Valley: Philadelphia Yearly Meeting 1681–1981. Haverford: Friends Historical Association. Moore, Rosemary. 2000. The Light in Their Consciences: Early Quakers in Britain, 1646–1666. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. ———. 2013. Seventeenth-Century Context and Quaker Beginnings. In The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies, ed. Stephen W. Angell and Pink Dandelion, 13–28. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Morgan, Sharon. 1992. Land Settlement in Early Tasmania: Creating an Antipodean England. Studies in Australian History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Morgan, Sue, and Jacqueline de Vries, eds. 2010. Women, Gender and Religious Cultures in Britain, 1800–1940. London: Routledge. Morgensen, Scott L. 2011. The Biopolitics of Settler Colonialism: Right Here, Right Now. Settler Colonial Studies 1 (1): 52–76. ———. 2012. Theorising Gender, Sexuality and Settler Colonialism: An Introduction. Settler Colonial Studies 2 (2): 2–22. Morphett, George C. 1943. John Barton Hack: A Quaker Pioneer. Adelaide: Pioneers’ Association of South Australia. Morris, R.J. 1983. Voluntary Societies and British Urban Elites, 1780–1850: An Analysis. Historical Journal 26 (1): 95–118. Moses, Dirk A. 2002. Conceptual Blockages and Definitional Dilemmas in the ‘Racial Century:’ Genocides of Indigenous Peoples and the Holocaust. Patterns of Prejudice 36 (4): 7–36. ———., ed. 2004a. Genocide and Settler Society: Frontier Violence and Stolen Indigenous Children in Australian History. Studies in War and Genocide 6. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2004b. “Genocide and Settler Society in Australian History”. In Genocide and Settler Society: Frontier Violence and Stolen Indigenous Children in Australian History, edited by Dirk A. Moses, 3–48. Studies in War and Genocide. Vol. 6. New York: Berghahn Books. ———., ed. 2010a. Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2010b. Raphael Lemkin, Culture, and the Concept of Genocide. In The Oxford Handbook of Genocide Studies, ed. Donald Bloxham and Dirk A. Moses, 19–41. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2012. The Holocaust and World History: Raphael Lemkin and Comparative Methodology. In The Holocaust and Historical Methodology, ed. 370 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dan Stone, 272–289. Making Sense of History 16. New York: Berghahn Books. Moses, Dirk A., and Dan Stone, eds. 2008. Colonialism and Genocide. London: Routledge. Moyn, Samuel. 2012. The Last Utopia: Human Rights in History. Cambridge: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Nanni, Giordano. 2012. The Colonisation of Time: Ritual, Routine and Resistance in the British Empire. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Nash, Gerald D. 1991. Creating the West: Historical Interpretations, 1890–1990. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. Nederveen Pieterse, Jan, ed. 1995. The Decolonization of Imagination: Culture, Knowledge and Power. London: Zed Books. Newcombe, Adam. 2011. Distances Real and Imagined: George Augustus Robinson and the Gardens of Van Diemen’s Land, 1829–34. Landscapes: The Journal of the International Centre for Landscape and Language 4 (2) (Sustainabilia), Article 12, Last Access 22 January 2017. http://ro.ecu.edu. au/landscapes/vol4/iss2/12. Newman, Edwina. 2013. Quakers and the Family. In The Oxford Handbook of Quaker Studies, ed. Stephen W. Angell and Pink Dandelion, 434–444. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Neylan, Susan, and Theodore Binnema, eds. 2007. New Histories for Old: Changing Perspectives on Canada’s Native Pasts. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Nichols, Ann. 2006. The Golden Age of Quaker Botanists. Kendal: Quaker Tapestry at Kendal. Nicolle, Margaret. 2001. William Allen: Quaker Friend of Lindfield, 1770–1843. Lindfield: Margaret Nicolle. Nixon, Rob. 2009. Neoliberalism, Slow Violence, and the Environmental Picaresque. Modern Fiction Studies 55 (3): 443–467. Northcott, Cecil. 1978. James Backhouse: A Yorkshire Quaker in South Africa (1838–1840). Quaker History 67 (2): 105–111. Nworah, Kenneth D. 1971. The Aborigines’ Protection Society, 1889–1909: A Pressure-Group in Colonial Policy. Canadian Journal of African Studies/Revue Canadienne des Études Africaines 5 (1): 79–91. O’Connell, Lisa. 2008. Settler Colonialism, Utility, Romance: E.G. Wakefield’s Letter from Sydney. In Burden Or Benefit? Imperial Benevolence and Its Legacies, ed. Helen Gilbert and Chris Tiffin, 49–60. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. O’Donnell, James H. 2004. Ohio’s First Peoples. Ohio Bicentennial Series. Athens: Ohio University Press. BIBLIOGRAPHY 371

O’Donnell, Krista. 2005. Home, Nation, Empire. Domestic Germanness and Colonial Citizenship. In The Heimat Abroad: The Boundaries of Germanness, ed. Krista O’Donnell, Renate Bridenthal, and Nancy R. Reagin, 40–57. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. O’Donnell, Krista, Renate Bridenthal, and Nancy R. Reagin, eds. 2005. The Heimat Abroad: The Boundaries of Germanness. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. O’Gorman, Frank. 1997. The Long Eighteenth Century: British Political and Social History 1688–1832. London: Arnold. O’Neil Spady, James. 2004. Colonialism and the Discoursive Antecendents of Penn’s Treaty with the Indians. In Friends and Enemies in Penn’s Woods: Indians, Colonists, and the Racial Construction of Pennsylvania, ed. William Pencak and Daniel K. Richter, 18–40. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. Oats, Marjorie, and William N. Oats. 1982. A Biographical Index of Quakers in Australia Before 1862. Hobart: M. and W. Oats. Oats, William N. 1979. The Rose and the Waratah: The Friends’ School Hobart, Formation and Development, 1832–1945. Hobart: The Friends’ School. ———. 1981. Backhouse and Walker: Quaker View of the Australian Colonies, 1832–38. Hobart: Blubber Head Press. ———. 1982. Quakers in Australia in the Nineteenth Century. PhD diss., University of Tasmania. ———. 1985. A Question of Survival: Quakers in Australia in the Nineteenth Century. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. Orchard, W.C. 1925. The Penn Wampum Belts. Leaflet of the Museum of the American Indian 4. Heye: Foundation. Osterhammel, Jürgen. 2005. ‘The Great Work of Uplifting Mankind:’ Zivilisierungsmission und Moderne. In Zivilierungsmission: Imperiale Weltverbesserung seit dem 18. Jahrhundert, ed. Boris Barth and Jürgen Osterhammel, 363–425. Historische Kulturwissenschaft 6. Konstanz: UVK. ———. 2010. Die Verwandlung der Welt: Eine Geschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. München: Beck. Paisley, Fiona. 2003. White Settler Colonialisms and the Colonial Turn: An Australian Perspective. Journal of Colonialism and Colonial History 4 (3): 1–12. Parmenter, Jon W. 2002. Rethinking ‘William Penn’s Treaty With the Indians:’ Benjamin West, Thomas Penn, and the Legacy of Native-Newcomer Relations in Colonial Pennsylvania. Proteus 19: 38–44. Paulmann, Johannes. 2013. Regionen und Welten. Arenen und Akteure region- aler Weltbeziehungen seit dem 19. Jahrhundert. Historische Zeitschrift 296 (3): 660–699. Pels, Peter, and Oscar Salemink, eds. 2000. Colonial Subjects: Essays on the Practical History of Anthropology. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. 372 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Peltonen, Matti. 2001. Clues, Margins, and Monads: The Micro-Macro Link in Historical Research. History and Theory 40 (3): 347–359. Pencak, William, and Daniel K. Richter, eds. 2004. Friends and Enemies in Penn’s Woods: Indians, Colonists, and the Racial Construction of Pennsylvania. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. Perdue, Theda, and Michael D. Green. 1995. The Cherokee Removal: A Brief History with Documents. The Bedford Series in History and Culture. Boston: Bedford Books. ———. 2007. The Cherokee Nation and the Trail of Tears. New York: Viking. Perkins, Rachel, Marcia Langton, and Wayne Atkinson, eds. 2010. First Australians. Melbourne: Miegunyah Press. Pernau, Margrit, and M. Juneja. 2012. Lost in Translation: Transcending Boundaries in Comparative History. In Comparative and Transnational History: Central European Approaches and New Perspectives, ed. Heinz-Gerhard Haupt and Jürgen Kocka, 105–129. New York: Berghahn Books. Pestana, Carla G. 2009. Protestant Empire: Religion and the Making of the British Atlantic World. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Pickles, Katie. 2011. The Obvious and the Awkward: Postcolonialism and the British World. New Zealand Journal of History 45 (1): 85–101. Pierce, Steven, and Anupama Rao, eds. 2006. Discipline and the Other Body: Correction, Corporeality, Colonialism. Durham: Duke University Press. Pike, Douglas. 1967. Paradise of Dissent: South Australia 1829–1857. London: Melbourne University Press. Plomley, Norman J.B. 1983. The Baudin Expedition and the Tasmanian Aborigines, 1802. Hobart: Blubber Head Press. ———. 1992. The Aboriginal/Settler Clash in Van Diemen’s Land, 1803–1831. Hobart: Queen Victoria Museum & Art Gallery Tasmania. Pointer, Richard W. 2007. Encounters of the Spirit: Native Americans and European Colonial Religion. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Porter, Andrew. 2005. Religion Versus Empire? British Protestant Missionaries and Overseas Expansion, 1700–1914. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Porter, Andrew, and William R. Louis, eds. 1999. The Nineteenth Century. The Oxford History of the British Empire 3. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Porter, Bernard. 2004. The Absent-Minded Imperialists: Empire, Society, and Culture in Britain. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ———. 2008. Further Thoughts on Imperial Absent-Mindedness. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 36 (1): 101–117. Post, Franz-Joseph, Thomas Küster, and Clemens Sorgenfrey, eds. 2004. Christliche Heilsbotschaft und weltliche Macht: Studien zum Verhältnis von Mission und Kolonialismus. Gesammelte Aufsätze von Horst Gründer. Münster: Lit. BIBLIOGRAPHY 373

Pratt, David H. 1985. English Quakers and the First Industrial Revolution: A Study of the Quaker Community in Four Industrial Counties, Lancashire, York, Warwick, and Gloucester, 1750–1830. British Economic History. New York: Garland. Pratt, Mary L. 1992. Imperial Eyes: Travel Writing and Transculturation. London: Routledge. Price, Richard N. 2018. The Psychology of Colonial Violence. In Violence, Colonialism and Empire in the Modern World, ed. Philip Dwyer and Amanda Nettelbeck, 25–52. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Punshon, John. 1984. Portrait in Grey: Short History of the Quakers. London: Quaker Books. Putnam, Lara. 2006. To Study the Fragments/Whole: Microhistory and the Atlantic World. Journal of Social History 39 (3): 615–630. Pybus, Cassandra J., and Hamish Maxwell-Stewart. 2002. American Citizens, British Slaves: Yankee Political Prisoners in an Australian Penal Colony 1839– 1850. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. Pyne, Stephen J. 1991. Burning Bush: A Fire History of Australia. New York: Holt. ———. 1997. Frontiers of Fire. In Ecology and Empire: Environmental History of Settler Societies, ed. Tom Griffiths and Libby Robin, 19–34. Pietermaritzburg: University of Natal Press. Rabinow, Paul, ed. 1984. The Foucault Reader. New York: Pantheon Books. Rainger, Ronald. 1980. Philanthropy and Science in the 1830’s: The British and Foreign Aborigines’ Protection Society. Man 15 (4): 702–717. Raistrick, Arthur. 1968. Quakers in Science and Industry: Being an Account of the Quaker Contributions to Science and Industry During the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. New York: Kelley. Randeria, Shalini. 2012. Entangled Histories of Uneven Modernities: Civil Society, Caste Councils, and Legal Pluralism in Postcolonial India. In Comparative and Transnational History: Central European Approaches and New Perspectives, ed. Heinz-Gerhard Haupt and Jürgen Kocka, 77–104. New York: Berghahn Books. Ransom, Rosemary. 1997. Taraba: Tasmanian Aboriginal Stories. Hobart: Department of Education Community and Cultural Development. Rao, Anupama, and Steven Pierce. 2006. Discipline and the Other Body. Humanitarianism, Violence, and the Colonial Exception. In Discipline and the Other Body: Correction, Corporeality, Colonialism, ed. Steven Pierce and Anupama Rao, 1–35. Durham: Duke University Press. Ream, Milton. 1981. Philadelphia Friends and the Indians. In Friends in the Delaware Valley: Philadelphia Yearly Meeting 1681–1981, ed. John Moore, 200–214. Haverford: Friends Historical Association. 374 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Reay, Barry. 1985. The Quakers and the English Revolution: With a Foreword by Christopher Hill. London: Temple Smith. ———. 1986. Quakerism and Society. In Radical Religion in the English Revolution, ed. J.F. McGregor and Barry Reay, 141–164. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Reemtsma, Jan P. 2008. Vertrauen und Gewalt: Versuch über eine besondere Konstellation der Moderne. Hamburg: Hamburger Edition. Reid, Kirsty. 2007. Gender, Crime and Empire: Convicts, Settlers and the State in Early Colonial Australia. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Revel, Jacques. 1995. Microanalysis and the Construction of the Social. In Histories: French Constructions of the Past, ed. Jacques Revel and Lynn Hunt, 492–502. New York: New Press. ———, ed. 1996a. Jeux d’échelles: La micro-analyse à l’expérience. Paris: Gallimard; Seuil. ———. 1996b. Micro-analyse et construction du social. In Jeux d’échelles: La micro-analyse à l’expérience, ed. Jacques Revel, 15–36. Paris: Gallimard; Seuil. Revel, Jacques, and Lynn Hunt, eds. 1995. Histories: French Constructions of the Past. New York: New Press. Reynolds, Henry. 1995. Fate of a Free People: A Radical Re-Examination of the Tasmanian Wars. Melbourne: Penguin Books. ———. 2001. An Indelible Stain? The Question of Genocide in Australia’s History. Ringwood: Viking. ———. 2003. The Law of the Land. London: Penguin Books. ———. 2004. Genocide in Tasmania. In Genocide and Settler Society. Frontier Violence and Stolen Indigenous Children in Australian History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 127–149. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2006. The Other Side of the Frontier: Aboriginal Resistance to the European Invasion of Australia. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. ———. 2012a. A History of Tasmania. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 2012b. South Australia: Between Van Diemen’s Land and New Zealand. In Turning Points: Chapters in South Australian History, ed. Robert Foster and Paul Sendziuk, 24–32. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. ———. 2013. Forgotten War. Sydney: NewSouth. ———. 2014. Action and Anxiety: The Long History of Settler Protest About the Nature of Australian Colonization. Settler Colonial Studies 4 (4): 334–339. Richards, Eric. 2013. Malthus and the Uses of British Emigration. In Empire, Migration and Identity in the British World, ed. Kent Fedorowich and Andrew S. Thompson, 42–59. Studies in Imperialism. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Richter, Daniel K. 1999. Onas, the Long Knife: Pennsylvanians and Indians, 1783–1794. In Native Americans and the Early Republic, ed. Frederick BIBLIOGRAPHY 375

E. Hoxie, Ronald Hoffman, and Peter J. Albert, 126–161. Perspectives on the American Revolution. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia. ———. 2002. Facing East from Indian Country: A Native History of Early America. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. ———. 2015. To ‘Clear the King’s and Indian’s Title:’ Seventeenth-Century Origins of North American Land Cession Treaties. In Empire by Treaty: Negotiating European Expansion, 1600–1900, ed. Saliha Belmessous, 45–77. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ricœur, Paul. 2004. Memory, History, Forgetting. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rigal, Laura. 2000. Framing the Fabric: Luddite Reading of Penn’s Treaty with the Indians. American Literary History 12 (3): 557–584. Robinson, Shirleene. 2013. Regulating the Race: Aboriginal Children in Private European Homes in Colonial Australia. Journal of Australian Studies 37 (3): 302–315. Rogers, Thomas J., and Stephen Bain. 2016. Genocide and Frontier Violence in Australia. Journal of Genocide Research 18 (1): 83–100. Rolls, Mitchell. 2010. Why Didn’t You Listen: White Noise and Black History. Aboriginal History 34: 11–33. Rosenfeld, Louis. 1993. Thomas Hodgkin: Morbid Anatomist & Social Activist. Lanham: Madison Books. Ross, Andrew. 1986. John Philip, 1775–1851: Missions, Race, and Politics in South Africa. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press. Rothschild, Emma. 2011. The Inner Life of Empires: An Eighteenth-Century History. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Rowse, Tim. 2014. Indigenous Heterogeneity. Australian Historical Studies 45 (3): 297–310. Russell, Lynette, ed. 2001. Colonial Frontiers: Indigenous-European Encounters in Settler Societies. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Russell, Penny. 1994. A Wish of Distinction: Colonial Gentility and Femininity. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. ———. 1997. ‘Her Excellency:’ Lady Franklin, Female Convicts and the Problem of Authority in Van Diemens’ Land. Journal of Australian Studies 21 (53): 40–50. ———. 2009. ‘Unhomely Moments:’ Civilizing Domestic Worlds in Colonial Australia. The History of the Family 14 (4): 327–339. ———. 2010. Savage or Civilised? Manners in Colonial Australia. Sydney: University of New South Wales Press. ———. 2012. Girl in a Red Dress: Inventions of Mathinna. Australian Historical Studies 43 (3): 341–362. Ryan, Lyndall. 1996. The Aboriginal Tasmanians. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. 376 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 2010. Mathinna. In First Australians, ed. Rachel Perkins, Marcia Langton, and Wayne Atkinson, 68–70. Melbourne: Miegunyah Press. ———. 2012. Tasmanian Aborigines: A History Since 1803. Crows Nest: Allen & Unwin. ———. 2013. The Black Line in Van Diemen’s Land: Success or Failure? Journal of Australian Studies 37 (1): 3–18. Safran, William. 1991. Diasporas in Modern Societies Myths of Homeland and Return. Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies 1 (1): 83–99. Said, Edward W. 1993. Culture and Imperialism. New York: Knopf. Samson, Jane. 1998. Imperial Benevolence: Making British Authority in the Pacific Islands. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press. Schaller, Dominik J., and Jürgen Zimmerer. 2008. Settlers, Imperialism, Genocide: Seeing the Global Without Ignoring the Local – Introduction. Journal of Genocide Research 10 (2): 191–199. Scheerer, Hanno. 2014. ‘[…] the Seeds of Their Extinction Already Sown, Must Be Matured:’ Native-American Genocide in the Old American Northwest, 1789–1829. In Provincializing the United States: Colonialism, Decolonization, and (Post)Colonial Governance in Transnational Perspective, ed. Ursula Lehmkuhl, Eva Bischoff, and Norbert Finzsch, 91–119. Heidelberg: Winter. Scheper-Hughes, Nancy, and Philippe Bourgois, eds. 2007a. Violence in War and Peace: An Anthology. Malden: Blackwell. ———. 2007b. Introduction: Making Sense of Violence. In Violence in War and Peace: An Anthology, ed. Nancy Scheper-Hughes and Philippe Bourgois, 1–31. Malden: Blackwell. Schnurmann, Claudia, Hartmut Lehmann, and Hermann Wellenreuther, eds. 2006. Atlantic Understandings: Essays on European and American History in Honor of Hermann Wellenreuther. Atlantic Cultural Studies 1. Münster: Lit. Schwarz, Bill. 2011. The White Man’s World. Memories of Empire 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Scott, David. 2005. Colonial Governmentality. In Anthropologies of Modernity: Foucault, Governmentality, and Life Politics, ed. Jonathan X. Inda, 23–49. Oxford: Blackwell. Sessions, Jennifer E. 2011. By Sword and Plow: France and the Conquest of Algeria. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Sharp, Andrew. 2016. The World, the Flesh and the Devil: The Life and Opinions of Samuel Marsden in England and the Antipodes, 1765–1838. Auckland: Auckland University Press. Shaw, Alan G.L. 1980. Sir George Arthur: Superintendent of British Honduras, Lieutenant-Governor of Van Diemen’s Land and of Upper Canada, Governor of the Bombay Presidency. Carlton: Melbourne University Press. ———. 1992. British Policy Towards the Australian Aborigines, 1830–1850. Australian Historical Studies 25 (99): 265–285. BIBLIOGRAPHY 377

Simms, Brendan, and David J. Trim, eds. 2011. Humanitarian Intervention: A History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Skidmore, Gil, ed. 2005b. Elizabeth Fry: A Quaker Life: Selected Letters and Writings. Lanham: AltaMira Press. Skinner, Rob, and Alan Lester, eds. 2012a. Empire and Humanitarianism. Special Issue, Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 40 (5). ———. 2012b. Humanitarianism and Empire: New Research Agendas. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 40 (5): 729–747. Slaughter, Thomas P. 2008. The Beautiful Soul of John Woolman, Apostle of Abolition. New York: Hill & Wang. Smandych, Russell. 2013. Colonialism, Settler Colonialism, and Law: Settler Revolutions and the Dispossession of Indigenous Peoples through Law in the Long Nineteenth Century. Settler Colonial Studies 3 (1): 82–101. Smaus, Gerlinda. 2003. Die Mann-von-Mann-Vergewaltigung als Mittel zur Herstellung von Ordnungen. In Geschlecht – Gewalt – Gesellschaft, ed. Siegfried Lamnek and Boatca Manuela, 100–122. Opladen: Leske + Budrich. Smolenski, John. 2010. Friends and Strangers: The Making of a Creole Culture in Colonial Pennsylvania. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Soderlund, Jean R. 1985. Quakers & Slavery: A Divided Spirit. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Sofsky, Wolfgang. 1996. Traktat über die Gewalt. Frankfurt: Fischer. Soja, Edward W. 2011. Postmodern Geographies: The Reassertion of Space in Critical Social Theory. London: Verso. Sox, David. 2004. Quaker Plant Hunters: From North America’s Early Frontier to the South Pacific: John & William Bartram of Philadelphia, Then Sydney Parkinson on Captain Cook’s Endeavour Voyage. York: Sessions Book Trust. Spencer, Philip. 2013. Imperialism, Anti-Imperialism and the Problem of Genocide, Past and Present. History 98 (332): 606–622. Stamatov, Peter. 2010. Activist Religion, Empire, and the Emergence of Modern Long-Distance Advocacy Networks. American Sociological Review 75 (4): 607–628. ———. 2013. The Origins of Global Humanitarianism: Religion, Empires, and Advocacy. Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics. New York: Cambridge University Press. Stasiulis, Daiva, and Nira Yuval-Davis, eds. 1995. Unsettling Settler Societies: Articulation on Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class. Sage Series on Race and Ethnic Relations 11. London: SAGE. Stevens, Leonie. 2017. Me Write Myself. The Free Aboriginal Inhabitants of Van Diemens Land at Wybalenna, 1832–47. Melbourne: Monash University Publishing. Stevenson, Charles. 1973. With Unhurried Pace: A Brief History of Quakers in Australia. Toorak: Religious Society of Friends (Quakers) in Australia. 378 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 1987. The Millionth Snowflake: The History of Quakers in South Australia. North Adelaide: The Religious Society of Friends Adelaide Meeting. ———. 2000. Germs of Good: The Growth of Quakerism in Australia. Journal of the Friends Historical Society 59 (1): 55–66. Stocking, George W., Jr. 1987. Victorian Anthropology. New York: Free Press. Stockwell, Sarah E., ed. 2008. The British Empire: Themes and Perspectives. New York: Wiley-Blackwell. Stoddart, Emily. 2003. The Freycinet Line, 1831: Tasmanian History and the Freycinet Peninsula. Coles Bay: Freycinet Experience. Stoler, Ann L. 1995. Race and the Education of Desire: Foucault’s History of Sexuality and the Colonial Order of Things. Durham: Duke University Press. ———. 2001. Tense and Tender Ties: The Politics of Comparison in North American History and (Post)Colonial Studies. Journal of American History 88 (3): 829–865. ———. 2002. Colonial Archives and the Arts of Governance. Archival Science 2: 87–109. ———. 2004. Making Empire Respectable: The Politics of Race and Sexual Morality in Twentieth-Century Colonial Cultures. In Dangerous Liaisons: Gender, Nation, and Postcolonial Perspectives, ed. Anne McClintock, Aamir Mufti, and Ella Shohat, 344–373. Cultural Politics 11. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. ———. 2009. Along the Archival Grain: Epistemic Anxieties and Colonial Common Sense. Princeton: Princeton University Press. ———. 2010. Carnal Knowledge and Imperial Power: Race and the Intimate in Colonial Rule. Berkeley: University of California Press. Stoler, Ann L., and Carole McGranahan, eds. 2007. Imperial Formations. Santa Fe: School for Advanced Research Press. Stoler, Ann L., Carole McGranahan, and Peter C. Perdue, eds. 2007. Introduction: Refiguring Imperial Terrains. InImperial Formations, ed. Ann L. Stoler, Carole McGranahan, and Peter C. Perdue, 3–42. Santa Fe: School for Advanced Research Press. Stone, Dan, ed. 2012. The Holocaust and Historical Methodology. Making Sense of History 16. New York: Berghahn Books. van Strien, Cornelis D. 1993. British Travellers in Holland During the Stuart Period: Edward Browne and John Locke as Tourists in the United Provinces. Brill’s Studies in Intellectual History 42. Leiden: Brill. Struck, Bernhard, Kate Ferris, and Jacques Revel. 2011. Introduction: Space and Scale in Transnational History. International History Review 33 (4): 573–584. Sugrue, Thomas J. 1992. Peopling and Depeopling of Early Pennsylvania: Indians and Colonists, 1680–1720. The Pennsylvania Magazine of History & Biography 116 (1): 3–31. BIBLIOGRAPHY 379

Summers, Anne. 1994. Damned Whores and God’s Police. Ringwood: Penguin Books. Swaisland, Charles. 2000. The Aborigines Protection Society, 1837–1909. Slavery & Abolition 21 (2): 265–280. Swatzler, David. 2000. A Friend Among the Senecas: The Quaker Mission to Cornplanter’s People. Mechanicsburg: Stackpole Books. Swift, David E. 1962. Joseph John Gurney: Banker, Reformer, and Quaker. Middletown: Wesleyan University Press. Temple, Philip. 2002. A Sort of Conscience: The Wakefields. Auckland: Auckland University Press. Thomas, Kathleen H. 2002. The History and Significance of Quaker Symbols in Sect Formation. Quaker Studies 2. Lewiston: Edwin Mellen Press. Tolles, Frederick B. 1960. Quakers and the Atlantic Culture. New York: Macmillan Publishers. van Toorn, Penelope. 2006. Writing never Arrives Naked: Early Aboriginal Cultures of Writing in Australia. Canberra: Aboriginal Studies Press. Tosh, John. 1999. A Man’s Place: Masculinity and the Middle-Class Home in Victorian England. New Haven: Yale University Press. ———. 2005. Manliness and Masculinities in Nineteenth-Century Britain: Essays on Gender, Family and Empire. Harlow: Pearson Longman. Trevett, Christine. 1991. Women and Quakerism in the Seventeenth Century. York: Sessions. Trivellato, Francesca. 2011. Is There a Future for Italian Microhistory in the Age of Global History?. Californian Italian Studies 2 (1): 1–26. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://escholarship.org/uc/item/0z94n9hq. Turnbull, Clive. 1966. Black War: The Extermination of the Tasmanian Aborigines. Melbourne: Lansdowne Press. Turner, Frederick J. 1920. The Frontier in American History. New York: Henry Holt. Unrau, William E. 1976. An International Perspective on American Indian Policy: The South Australian Protector and Aborigines Protection Society. Pacific Historical Review 45 (4): 519–538. Vann, Richard T. 1969. The Social Development of English Quakerism, 1655–1755. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Vann, Richard T., and David E.C. Eversley. 2002. Friends in Life and Death: British and Irish Quakers in the Demographic Transition, 1650–1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Veracini, Lorenzo. 2006. Israel and Settler Society. London: Pluto Press. ———. 2010a. Settler Colonialism: A Theoretical Overview. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2010b. Colonialism and Genocides: Notes for the Analysis of a Settler Archive. In Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern 380 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Resistance in World History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 148–161. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2011. Telling the End of the Settler Colonial Story. In Studies in Settler Colonialism: Politics, Identity and Culture, ed. Fiona Bateman and Lionel Pilkington, 204–218. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2013. ‘Settler Colonialism:’ Career of a Concept. Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 41 (2): 313–333. Völger, Gisela, and Karin von Welck, eds. 1990. Männerbande, Männerbünde: Zur Rolle des Mannes im Kulturvergleich. 2 Vols. Köln: Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum. Vucetic, Srdjan. 2011. The Anglosphere: A Genealogy of a Racialized Identity in International Relations. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Wahrman, Dror. 2010. The Meaning of the Nineteenth Century: Reflections on James Belich’s Replenishing the Earth. Victorian Studies 53 (1): 91–99. Walker, Pamela J. 2010. ‘With Fear and Trembling:’ Women, Preaching and Spiritual Authority. In Women, Gender and Religious Cultures in Britain, 1800– 1940, ed. Sue Morgan and Jacqueline de Vries, 94–116. London: Routledge. Walker, Peter B. 1968. All That We Inherit: Being Family Memorials of the Walkers and Mathers of Hobart, and the Reminiscences and Memories of James Backhouse Walker, and Sarah Benson Walker, the Wife of George Washington Walker, Banker, both of Early Hobart Town, Van Diemen’s Land. Hobart: J. Walch & Sons. Wallace, Anthony F.C. 1972. The Death and Rebirth of the Seneca. New York: Vintage Books. Walvin, James. 1997. The Quakers: Money and Morals. London: John Murray. Ward, Stuart. 2008. Imperial Identities Abroad. In The British Empire: Themes and Perspectives, ed. Sarah E. Stockwell, 219–243. New York: Wiley-Blackwell. Weaver, John C. 2003. The Great Land Rush and the Making of the Modern World: 1650–1900. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press. Webb, Stephen S. 1986. ‘The Peaceable Kingdom:’ Quaker Pennsylvania in the Stuart Empire. In The World of William Penn, ed. Richard S. Dunn and Mary M. Dunn, 173–194. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. Weddle, Meredith B. 1992. Conscience or Compromise: The Meaning of the Peace Testimony in Early New England. Quaker History 81 (2): 73–86. ———. 2001. Walking in the Way of Peace: Quaker Pacifism in the Seventeenth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Wellenreuther, Hermann. 1972. Glaube und Politik in Pennsylvania 1681–1776: Die Wandlungen der Obrigkeitsdoktrin und des Peace Testimony der Quäker. Kölner Historische Abhandungen 20. Köln: Böhlau. Wells, Herbert G. 1991. The War of the Worlds. Oxford: Heinemann. Werner, Michael, and Bénédicte Zimmermann. 2002. Vergleich, Transfer, Verflechtung. Der Ansatz der Histoire croisée und die Herausforderung des Transnationalen. Geschichte und Gesellschaft 28 (4): 607–636. BIBLIOGRAPHY 381

———. 2006. Beyond Comparison. Histoire Croisée and the Challenge of Reflexivity.History and Theory 45: 30–50. West, Margaret, and Ruth M. Fawell. 1973. The Story of New Zealand Quakerism 1842–1972. Auckland: Yearly Meeting of the Religious Society of Friends. Westrip, Joyce P., and Peggy Holroyde. 2010. Colonial Cousins: A Suprising History of Connections Between India and Australia. Kent Town: Wakefield Press. White, Richard. 2011. The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics in the Great Lakes Region, 1650–1815. Studies in North American Indian History. New York: Cambridge University Press. Whitney, Janet. 1937. Elizabeth Fry: Quaker Heroine. Boston: Little/Brown. Wiener, Martin. 2004. Men of Blood: Violence, Manliness and Criminal Justice in Victorian England. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Wilcox, Catherine M. 1995. Theology and Women’s Ministry in Seventeenth- Century English Quakerism: Handmaids of the Lord. Studies in Women and Religion 35. Lewiston: Edwin Mellen Press. Wilkie, Douglas. 2011. The Life and Loves of Eugene Rossiet Lennon. Tasmanian Historical Research Association. Papers & Proceedings 58 (1): 78–99. Williams, Eric E. 2007. Capitalism and Slavery. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press. Wilson, Janet. 2009. Constructing the Metropolitan Homeland: The Literatures of the White Settler Societies of New Zealand and Australia. In Comparing Postcolonial Diasporas, ed. Michelle Keown, David Murphy, and James Procter, 125–145. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Wilson, Kathleen, ed. 2004. A New Imperial History: Culture, Identity, and Modernity in Britain and the Empire, 1660–1840. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 2011. Rethinking the Colonial State: Family, Gender, and Governmentality in Eighteenth-Century British Frontiers. American Historical Review 116 (5): 1294–1322. Windschuttle, Keith. 2003. The Fabrication of Aboriginal History: Vol. 1: Van Diemen’s Land, 1803–1847. Sydney: Macleay Press. Wolf, Eric R. 2010. Europe and the People Without History. Berkeley: University of California Press. Wolfe, Patrick. 1999. Settler Colonialism and the Transformation of Anthropology: The Politics and Poetics of an Ethnographic Event. London: Cassell. ———. 2000. White Man’s Flour: The Politics and Poetics of an Anthropological Discovery. In Colonial Subjects: Essays on the Practical History of Anthropology, ed. Peter Pels and Oscar Salemink, 196–240. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. ———. 2006. Settler Colonialism and the Elimination of the Native. Journal of Genocide Research 8 (4): 387–409. 382 BIBLIOGRAPHY

———. 2010. Structure and Event: Settler Colonialism and the Question of Genocide. In Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 102–132. Studies on War and Genocide 12. New York: Berghahn Books. ———. 2013. Recuperating Binarism: A Heretical Introduction. Settler Colonial Studies 3 (3–4): 257–279. Wolfe, Richard. 2007. A Society of Gentlemen: The Untold Story of the New Zealand Company. North Shore: Penguin. Woodward, Wendy, Patricia Hayes, and Gary Minkley, eds. 2002. Deep hiStories: Gender and Colonialism in Southern Africa. Cross Cultures 57. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Woollacott, Angela. 2006. Gender and Empire. Gender and History. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. ———. 2009. Frontier Violence and Settler Manhood. History Australia 6 (1): 11.1–11.15. ———. 2015. Settler Society in the Australian Colonies: Self-Government and Imperial Culture. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Woolmington, Jean. 1988. Aborigines in Colonial Society, 1788–1850: From ‘Noble Savage’ to ‘Rural Pest’. University of New England Teaching Monograph Series 7. Armidale: University of New England Press. Wright, Christine. 2011. Wellington’s Men in Australia: Peninsular War Veterans and the Making of Empire c. 1820–40. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Wright, Sheila. 1995. Friends in York: The Dynamics of Quaker Revival, 1780– 1860. Keele: Keele University Press. Wulf, Andrea. 2009. The Brother Gardeners: Botany, Empire and the Birth of an Obsession. London: Windmill Books. Wunderly, J., and Frederic Wood-Jones. 1933. The Non-Metrical Morphological Characters of the Tasmanian Skull. Journal of Anatomy 67 (4): 583–595. Zantop, Susanne. 1997. Colonial Fantasies: Conquest, Family, and Nation in Precolonial Germany, 1770–1870. Durham: Duke University Press. Zimmerer, Jürgen. 2004. Colonialism and the Holocaust: An Archaeology of Genocide. In Genocide and Settler Society: Frontier Violence and Stolen Indigenous Children in Australian History, ed. Dirk A. Moses, 49–76. Studies in War and Genocide 6. New York: Berghahn Books.

Collections and Works of Reference Australian Dictionary of Biography. Originally published 1966–2012. Last Access 28 January 2017. http://adb.anu.edu.au. Australian Historical Population Statistics 2014. Population Size and Growth. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.abs.gov.au. BIBLIOGRAPHY 383

Biographisch-Bibliographisches Kirchenlexikon, Nachschlagewerk mit aktuellen Nachträgen. T. Bautz Verlag. Last Access 28 January 2017. http://new.bbkl. de. British History Online. Institute of Historical Research. School of Advanced Study, University of London. Last Access 28 January 2017. https://www. british-history.ac.uk. Bound for Australia. Passenger Lists, 1836–1851, Compiled by Diane Cummings, Launched as CD in 2005. Last Access 22 January 2017. http://www.slsa. sa.gov.au/BSA. Dictionary of New Zealand Biography, Released 2005–2014. Last Access 22 January 2017. http://www.TeAra.govt.nz/en. Early English Books Online. ProQuest. Last Update September 2016. Last Access 22 January 2017. http://eebo.chadwyck.com/home. historicum-estudies.net. Last Access 28 January 2017. http://www.historicum- estudies.net. Museum of Australian Democracy. Old Parliament House in Cooperation with National Archives of Australia, Documenting a Democracy: South Australia Documents. Last Access 28 January 1217. http://www.foundingdocs.gov.au. National Library of Australia. Trove. Digitised Newspapers and More. Last Access 28 January 2017. http://trove.nla.gov.au/newspaper. The Avalon Project. Yale Law School, Lillian Goldman Law Library. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://avalon.law.yale.edu. U.K. Parliamentary Papers. ProQuest. Last Access 28 January 2017. http://parli- papers.proquest.com.

Individual Websites “Annual Report 2014–15,” Port Arthur Historic Sites. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://portarthur.org.au/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2007/03/ PArthur-Annual-Report-2014-15.pdf. “Australian Convict Sites,” Australian Government: Department of the Environment and Energy. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/places/world/convict-sites. “New Zealand Migrant Shipping (1839–1860),” New Zealand Society of Genealogists’ Computing Group, Extracted from Brett Henry, White Wings, 2 Vols. (Auckland, 1924/28) and Placed in the Public Domain in 1988. Last Access 22 January 2017. http://members.iinet.net.au/~perthdps/shipping/ mig-nz1.htm. “palawa kani (Aborigines talking),” Tasmanian Aboriginal Centre Inc. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://tacinc.com.au/programs/palawa-kani. Address from the Landed Proprietors and Others of the District of Great Swan Port, [19 January 1831], SL NSW, Sir George Arthur Papers (1821–1855), 384 BIBLIOGRAPHY

Vol. 28: Sir George Arthur Papers Regarding Aborigines (1825–1837) ML A 2188/a1771080-a1771085. Transcript by Lynne Palmer, Peter Mayo, Donna Gallacher, and John Brooker, SL NSW. Last Access 28 January 2017. http:// acms.sl.nsw.gov.au/_transcript/2007/D00007/a1771.html. Fox, George. 1676. Gospel Family-Order: Being a Short Discourse Concerning the Ordering of Families, Both of Whites, Blacks and Indians. Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore College Libraries: Triptych. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://triptych.brynmawr.edu/cdm/ref/collection/HC_QuakSlav/ id/595. Frost, Lucy. 2006. Female Factories. University of Tasmania, The Companion to Tasmanian History. Last Access 23 January 2017. http://www.utas.edu.au/ library/companion_to_tasmanian_history/F/Female%20factories.htm. Kopp, Christian. 2016. Wen wir ehren. In deutschen Städten heißen Straßen immer noch nach Kolonialverbrechern und Sklavenhändlern. Warum? Zeit Online, Published 24 March 2016. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www. zeit.de/2016/12/strassennamen-deutschland-kolonialismus-rassismus. Parkinson, Sydney. 1773. A Journal of a Voyage to the South Seas, in His Majesty’s Ship, the Endeavour. Faithfully Transcribed from the Papers of the Late Sydney Parkinson …. London: Richardson & Urquhart. NL Canberra, South Seas: Voyaging and Cross-Cultural Encounters in the Pacific (1760–1800). Last Access 22 January 2017. http://southseas.nla.gov.au/journals/parkinson/title.html. Pilger, John. 2014. Another Stolen Generation. How Australia Still Wrecks Aboriginal Families. The Guardian, Published 21 March 2014. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2014/ mar/21/john-pilger-indigenous-australian-families. Ryan, Lyndall. 2008. List of Multiple Killings of Aborigines in Tasmania: 1804– 1835. Sciences Po, Violence de masse et Résistance – Réseau de recherche, Published 5 March 2008. Last Access 20 January 2017. http://www.massviolence.org/ List-of-multiple-killings-of-Aborigines-in-Tasmania-1804. Snowden, Dianne. 2006. Female Convicts. University of Tasmania, The Companion to Tasmanian History. Last Access 23 January 2017. http://www.utas.edu.au/ library/companion_to_tasmanian_history/F/Female%20convicts.htm. Statement of Mrs. Hutchinson No.2, Report of the Committee of Inquiry into Female Convict Prison Discipline, TAHO, Colonial Secretary’s Office, Correspondence, “Legal Branch” (1 January 1841–31 December 1847) CSO 22/1/50, 125–34. Transcript by Lucy Frost and Sally Rackham at: Female Convicts Research Centre. Last Access 23 January 2017. http://www.femaleconvicts.org.au/docs/disciplineinquiry/TranscriptofInquirywithtables.pdf. Stephens, Jodie. 2013. Cottoning on to Tales That Spice of History. The Examiner, November 23. Last Access 6 January 2017. http://www.examiner.com.au/ story/1928188/cottoning-on-to-tales-that-spice-up-history. BIBLIOGRAPHY 385

The Holy Bible, Authorized (King James) Version. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Last Access 28 January 2017. https://www.biblegateway. com/versions/Authorized-King-James-Version-AKJV-Bible. Walker, George W. Description of the Making of Tasmanian Aboriginal Sea Shell Necklace ‘Mathinna,’ Van Diemen’s Land, 1834. TUA, Special and Rare Materials Collection. Last Modified 2014. Last Access 23 January 2017. http://eprints.utas.edu.au/6141. Young, Kane. 2013. Secret Archive Throws New Light on Tasmania’s Aboriginal History. The Mercury, November 24. Last Access 6 January 2017. http:// www.adelaidenow.com.au/secret-archive-throws-new-light-on-tasmanias- aboriginal-history/news-story. “John Gast. American Progress (1872), chromolithograph, 37.6 × 49 cm published by George A. Crofutt, (original oil on Canvas, 12 3/4 × 16 3/4 in),” Library of Congress Prints and Photographs Division Washington, DC. Last Access 2 January 2017. http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.pnp/pp.print. “Thomas Bock (c.1790–1855), Mathinna (1842). Watercolour and Gouache on Paper, 23 × 19 cm, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, AG 290, Ikon,” Thomas Bock (6 December 2017–4 March 2018). Last Access 12 April 2017. https://ikon-gallery.org/event/thomas-bock/.

Audiovisual Material Zaillian, Steven. Schindler’s List. Directed by Steven Spielberg. First Released 15 December 1993. Universal Pictures. Index1

A Aborigines Abolition of slavery, 45 abductions, 188, 235 Abolitionism, 42–49, 71n56, 72n79, dispossession, 2, 11, 161, 180, 191, 205 209, 287, 319 Abolitionist movement, 26, 44–45, dogs (see also Dogs; Hunting, 62, 65, 125, 182, 185, 218–220, dogs) 239, 262, 316 female (see Aborigines, women) Aboriginal attacks, 206, 207, 211, land rights (see Aboriginal 236, 273, 279, 281, 298 land rights; Land rights Aboriginal Australians, 2, 70n44, 112, movement) 119, 148, 176, 225, 243, 279, women, 160, 181, 206, 237, 276, 280, 285, 286, 288, 292, 294, 277, 279, 300, 308n72, 298, 301, 303, 318 314n193 Aboriginal Education Unit, 327 See also Aboriginal Australians Aboriginal land rights, 24, 46, 221, 246, Aborigines Committee, 75n139, 221, 253, 262, 266, 271, 295, 319 222, 225, 227, 240, 241, 244, See also Land rights movement 250, 269, 295, 297, 299, Aboriginal-settler relations, 3, 150, 306n31 263, 268, 271, 275 See also Religious Society of Friends, Aboriginal Tasmanians Aborigines Committee; Select female (see Aboriginal Tasmanians, Committee on Aborigines women) (British Settlements) of the women, 199n151, 279 House of Commons

1 Note: Page numbers followed by ‘n’ refer to notes.

Aborigines Protection Society (APS), Amos, Adam, 164, 206 24, 25, 195n82, 211, 216n62, Amos, John, 117 217, 219–222, 239, 240, Amos, Lavinia, 117, 165 254n18, 255n27, 259n159, 266, Ancanthe Museum, 190 268, 272–274, 291–297, 299, Anglican church, 45, 66 302–304, 304n2, 306n31, Anglo-world, 9–30, 62, 65, 175, 307n54, 307n58, 311n135, 199n145, 226, 239, 246, 292, 311n137, 312n162, 313n169, 316–318 313n170, 326 Anishinaabe, 225 Aborigines Protection Society, Anstey, Thomas, 206 auxiliary branch Sydney, 221, Anthropology, 2, 30n8, 104, 259n159 173–177, 299–304 Aborigines Select Committee of the Anti-Slavery Society, 45 House of Commons, see Select Aotearoa, see New Zealand Committee on Aborigines (British Arthur, George, 88–90, 131n47, Settlements) of the House of 133n89, 147, 150–152, 154, Commons 164, 186, 201, 202, 204, 206, Act for the Abolition of Slavery 1833, 210, 211, 213n8, 214n15, 45 215n38, 215n40, 221, 238, Act for the Abolition of the Slave 246, 248–250, 262, 290, Trade 1807, 45 305n8, 318 Adelaide, 6, 177, 267, 270, 272, 274, Arthur, Walter George, 190 276, 277, 280–282, 284, 285, Art Society of Tasmania, 190 287, 290, 291, 297, 298, Assignment system, 89, 119, 150–152, 307n54, 308n75, 311n143 154, 173, 183, 187, 232 Adelaide Chamber of Commerce, 282 Assimilation, 21, 90, 149, 191, 204, Adelaide meeting house, 271, 299 224, 225, 235, 293 Affirmation Act 1696, 39, 112, 293, Atlantic world, 9, 16, 37–68, 124, 312n160 148, 179, 182 Alcohol, 121, 181, 249 Aubin, Francis, 211 Allen, Ann Giblett, see Cotton, Ann Australia, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8n20, 8n25, 10, Giblett (née Allen) 12, 16, 17, 22, 23, 30, 42, 50, Allen, Charlotte (née Hanbury), 62 61, 62, 68, 76n161, 83–86, 119, Allen, William, 62, 222, 239, 240, 121, 122, 128, 140n239, 146, 255n50, 256n53, 259n159 147, 152, 153, 157n26, 161, Amelioration, 26, 43, 211, 212, 233, 164, 192n12, 198n143, 221, 287, 291, 299–304, 318 226, 240–253, 256n70, 263, America, 58, 151, 243, 247, 262, 293 264, 293, 320, 324 See also North America; United Australian Colonies Act 1850, 84, 303 States of America Australian Quakerism, see Quakers, American Revolution, 46, 54, 96 Australia INDEX 389

B Bermuda, 93 Backhouse, Deborah (née Lowe), 48 Bigge, John Thomas, 87 Backhouse, James, 3, 4, 7n16, 8n18, Big River Nation, 210 24, 48, 49, 61, 80–82, 94, 95, Black Line, 202, 208–210, 212, 99, 103, 106, 108, 111, 120, 215n48, 252, 318 121, 123, 125, 126, 129, 129n6, Black War, 11, 93, 150, 180, 181, 130n17, 130n18, 133n74, 189, 191, 205, 206, 229, 232, 133n89, 141n250, 141n263, 233, 236, 246, 252, 253, 141n269, 145–155, 173, 177, 255n46, 262, 274, 289, 291, 190, 195n73, 205, 221, 298, 309n93, 319, 323 228–241, 243, 246, 247, 249, Bonney, Charles, 281 250, 252, 253, 255n50, 256n53, Bonwick, James, 28 256n56, 256n70, 257n88, Bootham Boarding School, 129 257n90, 262, 268, 270, 287, Botany, 104, 128, 130n25, 173–177 288, 290, 291, 293, 298, 303, Bourke, Bridget, see Cotton, Bridget 306n31, 311n142, 311n143, (née Bourke) 312n146, 316, 319, 324, Bragg, Hadwen, 106 329n33 Bragg, Margaret, 106 Barbados, 43, 44, 53, 71n50, 182 Britain, see England Barclay, Robert, 51, 68, 74n122, 125 British empire, 16, 17, 20, 25, 62, 90, Bass Strait, 123, 204, 248 130n25, 142n271, 217, 218, Bass Strait community, 204 261, 289, 293, 322 Bates, Elisha, 49, 220, 221 British legal system, 317 Bates, Michael, 230 British Society of Ladies for the Batman, John, 189, 190, 214n28, Reformation of Female Prisoners, 233, 235, 237, 256n75, 186 257n84 British World, 16–21, 32n62, 33n81 Beale, Margaret (née Grubb), 128, Bromley, Walter, 263, 310n134 143n295 Broughton, William Grant, 221 Beecham, John, 221 Brown, John, 282, 283, 285 Bell, Sarah, 128 Bush, 152, 164, 165, 180, 273, 325 Bellers, John, 46, 72n75 Bush fire, 180, 299 Ben Lomond Nation, 190 Buxton, Anna (née Hanbury), 240 Benevolence, 46, 47, 58, 182, 188, Buxton, Hannah (née Gurney), 221, 224, 243, 286 254n18 Benevolent colonizer, 274, 275, Buxton, Sarah Maria, 219–220, 291–299, 304, 318–322, 326 254n18 Benezet, Anthony, 44, 65 Buxton, Thomas Fowell, 24, 89, Benson, Joseph, 8n28, 104–107, 132n53, 151, 164, 165, 219–221, 110, 113 240, 241, 247, 255n27, 258n138, Benson, Samuel, 105, 109, 136n151 262, 282, 305n8 390 INDEX

C Coleman, Charlotte Fowler Jnr, 114 Canada, 22, 24, 84, 96, 222, 224, Coleman, Edward C., 114 289, 299 Coleman, Emma Sophia, 114 Cannibals, 39, 302 Coleman, John Edward, 114 Cape Colony, 85, 148, 149, 220 Coleman, Lucy (née May), 114 Caring power, 10, 45–49, 81, 154, Coleman, Sarah Fowler, 114 161, 182, 186, 191, 275, 317 Coleman, William Henry, 114 Cascades Female Factory Hobart, 89, Collins, David, 188, 192n33 108, 186, 197n127 Colonial governmentality, 34n110, See also Female factories 58, 64, 90, 145–155, 162, 191, Catholic Church, 40 238, 321 Cattle, 272, 273, 281, 325 Colonial Office, 88, 106, 250, Cattle drives, 264, 274 261–263, 271, 288, 289, 294, Certificate of removal, 66, 138n189 320 Chapman, Susannah, see Rayner, Colonization Commission, South Susannah (née Chapman) Australia, see South Australian Charlotte (ship), 150 Colonization Commission Chelsea pensioners, 121, 141n250 Colonization Commissioners, see Cherokee, 148, 149 South Australian Colonization Chickasaw, 149 Commissioners Choctaw, 149 Coming in, 274–280, 300 Christianity Commissariat, 172, 212 ethics, 26 Committee for Corresponding with evangelical, 64, 119, 174, 176, 253 Friends Travelling Abroad, see morality, 224 Religious Society of Friends, Church Missionary Society (CMS), Committee for Corresponding 137n162, 146 with Friends Travelling Abroad Church of Scotland, 117, 139n225, Committee for the Civilization & Real 139n226 Welfare of the Indian Natives, see Civilisation, 5, 15, 25, 149, 160, 162, Religious Society of Friends, 188, 189, 211, 218, 227, 237, Indian Committee of the 244, 247, 262, 269, 284, 286, Philadelphia Yearly Meeting 291, 294, 297, 298, 301, 321, Committee for the investigation of the 322, 326 situation of female convicts, 108 Clapham Sect, 219 Committee on Visits in Foreign Parts, Clark, Robert, 108, 190 see Religious Society of Friends, Coates, Dandeson, 221 Committee for Cock, Robert, 287–289, 294, Commons, 217 311n137 Conestoga, 58 Coleman family, 114 Connell, Margaret (Mary), see Cotton, Coleman, Arthur, 114 Margaret (Mary, née Connell) Coleman, Charlotte (née Fowler), 114 Contact zone, 15, 160 INDEX 391

Continental Committee, see Religious 141n263, 161, 163, 165, Society of Friends, Continental 168–170, 173, 178–180, 184, Committee 188, 193n53, 194n57, 195n74, Convict labour, 89, 106, 152, 164, 197n101, 201–213, 270, 272, 173, 174, 180, 181, 184, 185 273, 282, 293, 317–319, Convicts 322–325 corporal punishment, 88 Cotton, Francis Jnr, 117, 130n18, female (see Convicts, women) 139n225, 183 punishment of, 151, 169 Cotton, George, 117, 139n225, 183 Quakers, 92, 293 Cotton, Henry, 117, 130n18, settlement, 8n20, 83 138n191, 165, 170 ship, 117 Cotton, Hugh Calveley, 187 women (see also Female factories) Cotton, Isabella (née Jackson), 118 Convict stations, 94, 119, 123, 168 Cotton, James Backhouse, 99, 111 supply for, 168, 172 Cotton, John, 118, 170 Cook, James, 8n20, 83, 195n73 Cotton, Joseph, 118 Cooper, Jane, 322, 323, 326, 327 Cotton, Lavinia (née Amos), 117 Corder, Thomas, 270 Cotton, Louisa (née Brodie), 187, Cornplanter (Gaiänt’wakê or 198n138 Kaiiontwa’kon), 58 Cotton, Margaret (Mary, née Coromandel (ship), 175, 196n88 Connell), 117, 139n225, Corporal punishment, 88, 89 139n229, 183 Cotton, Ann Giblett (née Allen), 118 Cotton, Margaret (née McLeod), 117, Cotton, Anna Maria (née Tilney), see 139n225, 183 Mather, Anna Maria (née Cotton) Cotton, Mary Ann (née Wills), 118 Cotton, Anna Maria Jnr, 99, 113 Cotton, Mary, see May, Mary (née Cotton, Bridget (née Bourke), 117, Cotton) 139n225, 140n233, 183 Cotton, Rachel, see Salmon, Rachel Cotton, Edward Octavius, 116, 118, (née Cotton) 196n86, 325 Cotton, Susannah, 114 Cotton, Elizabeth (née Helen), 118 Cotton, Thomas, 99, 117, 139n225, Cotton family, 96, 107, 117, 123, 170, 183, 194n68, 229, 317 163, 164, 168, 180, 183, 212, Cotton, Thomas Jnr, 114 230, 231, 239, 250, 252, 264, Cotton, Tilney, 97, 118, 170 269, 323, 325, 327 Cotton trunk, narrative, 324, 326, Cotton, Frances, 114 327 Cotton, Francis, 8n28, 11, 53, 66, 96, Cotton, William Jackson, 322, 323, 97, 99, 100, 102–104, 106, 326, 327 110–113, 115–118, 120, 123, Cottrell, Anthony, 233, 235 124, 126, 127, 130n18, Cree, 220 134n101, 134n111, 135n116, Crosland, Sarah, see Lindsey, Sarah 136n142, 138n191, 138n192, (née Crosland) 392 INDEX

D See also Schools Darling river, 281 Edwards, Richard, see Flower, Davey, Thomas, 202, 203, 213 Abraham Charles Davis, Anthony Hopkins, 283–285 Ellis, William, 221 Davy, Abraham, 3, 4, 9, 92, 95, 116, Emancipists, 85, 90, 93, 96, 164, 183, 117, 119, 133n85, 133n89, 201, 233, 316 134n92, 135n116, 290, Endeavour (ship), 46, 47, 49, 83, 94, 312n149, 316 107, 128, 165, 174, 176, 190, Davy, Jane (née Dawson), 95, 116, 117 195n73, 211, 220 Dawson, Jane, see Davy, Jane (née England, 5, 11, 16, 19, 20, 25, 27, Dawson) 38, 40, 45, 46, 50, 60, 62, 63, Deane, George, 270, 306n26, 306n29 68, 74n115, 86, 99, 102, Deane, Rachel (née Greenwood), 267, 106–109, 113, 119, 121, 123, 306n26, 306n29 124, 127–129, 134n99, Delaware, 54, 57, 58, 244, 251, 252 136n142, 136n162, 148, 149, Delaware valley, 54 165, 170, 172, 185, 187, 189, Derwent River, 192n33 205, 221, 236, 238, 240, 241, Devonshire House Monthly Meeting, 244, 246, 252, 255n39, 268, 92, 98, 103 270, 275, 280, 283–285, 289, Diaspora, 18, 19, 21 290, 296, 303, 306n39, Disownment, 45, 66, 67, 80, 94, 99, 311n141, 319 103, 109, 117, 118, 212, 227 Ethnological Society of London, 220 Dissenters, 27, 51 Europe, 2, 7n5, 60, 62, 155 District Assistant Surgeon, 104, 208, Evangelical Christianity, 119 231, 232 Evangelicalism, 41, 45, 46, 72n64, Dogs, 206, 212, 292, 302, 309n94 303 See also Aborigines, dogs; Hunting, Evangelical networks, 105, 229, 249, dogs 319 Domesticity, 10, 159–163, 180–191 Evangelical norms and values, 119, Drunken, 117, 121 317 Duffield, William, 280, 281, 294, Evangelical revival, see Evangelicalism 309n94 Evidence in court, see Oath taking Duke of Wellington, see Wellesley, Eyre, Edward John, 281 Arthur (First Duke of Wellington)

F E Fairfield, 275, 276, 279, 299 Eade, Mary Gibbs, 80–82, 90, 96 Family home, 48, 89, 107, 123, 155, Earl of Durham, 222 180–182, 187, 188, 191 East Jersey, 68 part of penal system, 89, 181, 191 Education, 58, 68, 70n30, 70n44, 90, Fell, Margaret, 38, 50 108, 121, 125, 128, 129, 151, Female factories, 89, 183, 186 154, 185, 190, 191n7, 204, 249, George Town (see Female Factory 268, 298 George Town) INDEX 393

Hobart (see Cascades Female Free settlers, 4, 6, 68, 85–87, 89, 90, Factory Hobart) 92, 95, 116, 118, 133n68, 152, Launceston (see Female Factory 162, 164, 187, 206, 218 Launceston) Freycinet Line, 210, 212, 318, 323 Parramatta (see Parramatta Female Freycinet Peninsula, 165, 208, 209 Factory) Friends libraries, 125 Ferguson, Charles, 186 Friends School Croydon, 129 Fighting Quakers, 50 See also Quakers, schools Fire, 53, 176, 180, 201, 208, 226, Friends’ School Hobart, 5 233, 234, 277, 278, 281, 302, See also Quakers, schools 323 Frontier, 11, 15, 23, 24, 27, 52, 68, Firestick farming, 187 188, 201–213, 229, 233, 235, Fisher, Sir James Hurtle, 282, 283, 239, 241–243, 246, 248, 250, 288 266, 271, 294, 319, 324 Fisher, Samuel, 51 concept, 15 Five Civilized Tribes, 149, 225 violence, 29, 63, 119, 212, 225, Flinders Island, 150, 152, 189, 190, 241, 253, 264, 266, 271, 272, 204, 210, 234, 237, 274, 290, 319 291 Fry, Elizabeth (née Gurney), 47, 62, Flower, Abraham Charles, 92–95, 110, 145, 186, 198n138, 221 133n70, 194n60 Flower, Susannah, 133n79 Flow of books, 60, 63, 126, 253 G Forster, Anna (née Buxton), 221, 240 Garden/gardening, 128, 168, Forster, Joseph, 255n50 173–175, 177, 195n74, 229, Forster, Josiah, 222, 239, 240, 235–237, 300 255n50, 269, 270, 306n31 flowers, 174, 180, 300 Forster, Robert, 255n50, 280 vegetables, 173, 300 Forster, William, 221 Gawler, George, 271, 272, 280, 281, Fothergill, Samuel, 45 283, 289, 294, 296 Fowler, Charlotte, see Coleman, Genocide, 2, 3, 7n5, 13, 27–29, 160, Charlotte (née Fowler) 188–191, 204, 217, 240, 263, Fox, George, 37–39, 42, 43, 51, 53, 304, 322–328 54, 60, 65, 66, 74n124, 122, Genocide Studies, 16, 27–30, 35n134, 125, 153, 182, 183, 246, 316 315, 322 France, 62 Global history, 13 Franklin, Eleanor, 189 Gold Rush, 170 Franklin, Sir John, 108, 120, 186, Goldsmith, Elizabeth, see Rayner, 200n161 Elisabeth (née Goldsmith) Franklin, Lady Jane, 108, 120, 186, Gouger, Robert, 282, 283 187, 189, 190, 198n133, Government House Adelaide, 281 199n152, 200n161 Government House Hobart, 94 394 INDEX

Governor Davey’s Proclamation, 202, Helpmeet, 47 203 Hindmarsh, John, 282, 283, 285, Grant, Charles (Lord Glenelg), 262, 288, 310n134 288, 304n3 Histoire croisée, 14, 264 Great Exhibition Paris 1867, 175 History wars, 2, 3, 14, 328 Great Peace of Montreal 1701, 55 Hobart, 5, 6, 9, 79–81, 83–111, 113, Great Swan port, 100, 104, 120, 123, 115, 119, 121, 123–128, 145, 210, 211, 214n28, 215n51, 282 165, 184, 189, 190, 204, 205, Great Treaty, 54, 57, 75n136, 246, 210, 232, 252, 303, 323, 327 251, 262 Hobart Friends’ School, see Friends’ Grey, Sir George, 262, 304n3 School Hobart Gurney, Anna, 220 Hobart Monthly Meeting, 81 Gurney, Elizabeth, see Fry, Elisabeth Hobart Savings Banks, 107, 172 (née Gurney) Hobbs, James, 120 Gurney family, 24, 220 Hodgkin, Thomas, 219, 220, 222, Gurney, Joseph John, 46, 48, 49, 125, 240, 247–249, 272, 273, 291, 220 299 Holdship, William, 79–82, 93, 123 Holy Experiment, 50, 67, 244, 320 H Home making, 161 Hack, Bridget (née Watson), 267, Homemaker, see Homemaking 306n26, 306n29 Homosexuality, see Same sex practices Hack, John Barton, 221, 264, 267, Honduras, 202 270–274, 279, 282, 283, 285, Horton, William, 105 287, 289–299, 302, 303, House of Commons Select Committee 306n29, 309n99, 310n134, on Aborigines, 108, 261 311n137, 320 Hubberthorne, Richard, 51, 122 Hack, Stephen, 267, 283, 284 Hudson Bay Company, 220 Hagen, Jacob, 270, 271 Humanitarian discourse, 5, 11, 26, 42, Hallett, John, 283 54, 219, 238, 239, 244–250, Hanbury, Charlotte, see Allen, 274, 290, 291, 298–301, 303, Charlotte (née Hanbury) 304, 319, 324 Hanbury, Cornelius, 240, 256n50 Humanitarianism, 16, 24–27, 217, Haudenosaunee, see Iroquois 239, 241, 252, 315, 320, 321 Confederacy Humanitarian networks, 240, 250, Hawdon, Joseph, 281 264, 272, 299, 319, 320 Hawkins, James, 232, 235 Human remains, 104, 175, 326 Hayter, Kezia Elizabeth, 186, 187 Hunting, 119, 162, 201, 207 The hedge, 41, 83 dogs, 292 Helen, Elizabeth, see Cotton, kangaroos, 248 Elizabeth (née Helen) Hypermasculinity, 119, 120 INDEX 395

I Kelvedon, 100, 101, 115, 123, Imperial humanitarianism, 24–27 129n11, 130n18, 165, 168–170, Improvement, 4, 22, 34n110, 146, 172–175, 177–179, 182, 229, 148, 152, 154, 161, 173, 178, 231, 232, 272, 273, 322–324, 189, 191, 224, 225, 238, 245, 326 292, 322 Kilham, Hannah (née Spurr), 148 Independent Order of Rechabites King Philip’s War, 54 (IOR), 94 King, Richard, 220 Indian Committee of the Philadelphia Knopwood, Robert, 188 Yearly Meeting (PYMIC), 59 Indian Removal Act 1830, 149 Inman, Henry, 279, 281 L Inner Light, 39, 42–49, 321, 324 Lake Macqarie Mission, 146 Invented tradition, 244, 252, 326 Lambton, John George (Earl of Iroquois Confederacy, 57, 58 Durham), 222 Iroquois League, see Iroquois Land grant, 86, 164, 170 Confederacy Land of the Sleeping Gods, 322, 323, 326 Land rights, 24, 46, 56, 150, 246, J 251–253, 288, 289, 295, 296, Jackson, Adam, 118 298, 317, 318 Jackson, Andrew, 149 Land rights movement, 24, 291, 318 Jackson, Isabella, see Cotton, Isabella Lang, John Dunmore, 221 (née Jackson) Langatong, 189 Jeanneret, Harriett (née Merrett), 190 Lauderdale, 105 Jeanneret, Henry, 108, 190 Launceston, 89, 94, 95, 101, 110, Jennings, Marian, 187, 188 123, 127, 196n84, 290, 316 Jeux d’échelles, 10, 13 Launceston Monthly Meeting, 123, Jews, 69n11, 131n34 290 Johnston, Andrew, 219 Lawry, Walter, 106 Johnston, Priscilla (née Buxton), 219 Lemkin, Raphaël, 3, 28, 29, 35n131 Jorgenson, Jorgen, 208 Lenape, 54, 56–58, 244, 251, 252 See also Delaware Lennon, Eugene Rossiet, 127, 169, K 183 Kangaroos, 165, 206, 236, 274, 277, Letters Patent establishing the 301 Province of South Australia 1836, meat, 165 262 skin (see Hunting, kangaroos) Light, William, 282 Kaurna, 277, 280, 281, 285 Lindsey, Robert, 84, 61, 123, 123 Kekwick, Daniel, 270 Lindsey, Sarah (née Crosland), 61, 123 396 INDEX

Literary and Scientific Association and Mather family, 6, 97, 108–110, 113, Mechanics Institute, 282 114, 265, 316 Livestock, 168, 173, 182 Mather, Ann (née Benson), 105 London Meeting for Sufferings, see Mather, Ann (née Pollard), 115, 116, Meeting for Sufferings 169 London Missionary Society (LMS), Mather, Ann Benson Jnr, 116 146, 148, 149, 220, 221 Mather, Anna Maria (née Cotton), 67, London Peace Society, 250, 259n159 97–99, 102–104, 106, 115–118, London Yearly Meeting, 6 124, 126, 127, 130n18, Lord Glenelg, see Grant, Charles (Lord 134n101, 138n191, 141n263, Glenelg) 161, 165, 178, 198n138, 207, Lowe, Deborah, see Backhouse, 229–231, 317, 322 Deborah (née Lowe) Mather, Anna Maria Jnr, 99, 113 Luggenemenener, 190 Mather, George Lidbetter, 114 Mather, Isabella (née Biggs), 109, 139n225 M Mather, Jane Dixon, 114 Machonochie, Alexander, 108 Mather, John Benson, 8n28, 109, 115 Mackie, Frederick, 61, 84, 123, 128, Mather, Joseph Benson Jnr, 106, 129, 170, 177, 178, 180 110–113, 115–118, 120, Mackie, Rachel (née May), 128, 129 168–170, 172, 173, 178–180, Macquarie Harbour, 88, 94 183, 184 Magdalen Society, 108 Mather, Robert, 104–107, 109–111, Manley, William, 230, 234 252 Mann, Charles, 282, 283, 286, 289 Mather, Robert Andrew, 105, 109, Mannalargenna, 204 115, 116, 121, 127, 128, 169 Māoris, 3, 84, 128, 175, 292 Mather, Robert Jnr, 114 Maraura, 281 Mather, Samuel Benson, 105, 109 March, Thomas, 270 Mather, Samuel Robert, 114 Marriage Act 1837, 113 Mather, Sarah Benson Jnr, 116, 118 Marriage networks, 109, 113–118, Mather, Sarah Benson, see Walker, 316 Sarah Benson (née Mather) Marsden, Samuel, 145, 146 Mather, Theophilus Henry, 114 Martial law, 206, 212, 238 Mather, Thomas Bourne, 114 Mary (Aboriginal youth living with Mather, Tryphena (née Barnett), 109 May family), 275 Mathinna (also Methina or Mary), 189 Masculinist society, 119–122 Maud, Esther, see Tuke, Esther (née Masculinity, 47, 51, 52, 119, 120, Maud) 140n239, 159 Mauritius, 145, 240, 287 Mason, Thomas, 84, 128, 303 May family, 6, 113, 275–277, 280, Massacres, 58, 188, 204 299, 300 Masters, 4, 82, 89, 92, 96, 160, 169, May, Edward, 279 180, 181, 183, 187, 243 May, Elisabeth, 114 INDEX 397

May, Emma Sophia (née Coleman), Missionary stations, 17, 145, 146 114 See also Lake Macqarie Mission; May, Frederick, 267 Parramatta Mission May, Hanna Morris, 264, 267 Moomairremener, 105 May, Hannah (née Morris), 320 Moorhouse, Matthew, 263 May, Hannah Sophia, 277 Morphett, Sir John, 283, 285 May, Joseph, 264, 265, 269, 270, 299 Morris, Maria, 274 May, Lucy, see Coleman, Lucy (née Mount Barker, 267, 270, 276, 277, May) 280, 281, 299, 300 May, Margaret, see Phillips, Margaret Muddy Plains, 105 (née May) Murray River, 263, 281 May, Maria, see Phillips, Maria (née Murray, George, 217–218 May) Murray, Lindley, 48 May, Mary (née Cotton), 99, 118, Muscogee-Creek, 149 127, 183, 314n190 May, Rachel Ann, 277 May, Rachel, see Mackie, Rachel (née N May) Napoleonic Wars, 86, 149, 201, 232, May, Sarah Fowler (née Coleman), 317 114 Napoleonic Wars, veterans, 120 May, Thomas, 276, 277 Native American, 42, 50, 54, 56, 58, May, William, 118, 299–304, 59, 149, 220, 223–226, 244, 314n190 245, 247, 251, 303 McKay, Alexander, 234, 235, 237 See also Aboriginal land rights; Land McLaren, David, 283, 285, 286 rights movement McLeod, Margaret, see Cotton, Native title, 56 Margaret (née McLeod) Nayler, James, 39, 69n9 Medicine, 104, 151, 176 Neave, Joseph James, 61 Meeting for Sufferings, 5, 125 Nevis, 52 Melbourne, 110, 281, 304n3 Newcastle, 106, 107 Meredith, George, 86, 120, 164, 165, New Holland, see Australia 170, 179, 206, 208, 209 New Imperial History, 16–21, 160 Methodist church, 271 New Jersey, 56 Microhistory, 13–15 New Model Army, 39, 50 Middle passage, 95 New South Wales (NSW), 4, 82, 85, Migration, 17–20, 42–49, 60, 67, 83, 87, 92, 105, 145, 170, 175, 204, 84, 86, 95, 181, 265, 269, 316 287, 290, 299 Military manliness, 120, 121 New Zealand, 5, 22, 62, 77n165, Militia Act 1806, 52 84, 85, 96, 128, 137n162, 146, Milligan, Joseph, 108, 190 175, 196n87, 241, 266, 304n3, Missionaries, 17, 21, 25, 26, 43, 61, 315 105–107, 145–147, 150, 152, Ngarrindjeri, 277 155, 160, 220, 221, 247, 249 Ngāti Toa Rangatira, 128 398 INDEX

Nichollias, William, 93 on Aborigines (British North America, 4, 29, 40, 43, 50, 51, Settlements) of the House of 53, 57, 65, 68, 83, 84, 122, 149, Commons; Religious Society of 155, 177, 222, 241, 242, 266, Friends, Aborigines Committee 269 Parramatta, 145 Parramatta Native Institution (also Black Town Settlement), 146 O Pastoralism, 222 Oath taking, 82, 111, 112 Pastoral leases, 100, 168, 170, 180 Aboriginal Australians, 112 Paxton Boys, 58 Quakers, 40, 112 Peace Society, see London Peace Oatlands District, 206 Society Ochre, 277, 279, 308n74 Peace testimony, 52–54, 74n115, 109, Ohio Yearly Meeting, 220 126, 205, 207, 245, 272, 324 Ojibway, 225 See also Pacifism See also Anishinaabe Penal reform, 5, 96, 150 Oneida (or Onyota’a: ka), 59 Penal station, 88, 89, 150 Onkaparinga, 281 Macquarie Harbour, 88 Onondaga, 57 Port Arthur, 89, 150 Orchard, 173, 280 Penal system, 68, 87, 90, 93, 104, Orphan School Hobart, 117, 189, 205 150, 151, 154, 173, 181–188, Orphan School New Town, see Orphan 191 School Hobart Penn, William, 37, 38, 44, 49, 50, Oyster Bay Nation, 53, 105, 165, 167, 54–57, 65, 67, 125, 174, 205, 205, 252 223, 224, 241, 244–253, Oyster Cove, 189 259n165, 262, 266, 267, 271, Oyster Cove station, 205 272, 291, 295, 319, 320, 324, 325 Pennsylvania, 11, 41, 43–45, 50, P 54–59, 67, 83, 205, 207, 223, Pacific Islanders, 226 244, 245, 247, 248, 251, Pacifism, 4, 9–30, 49, 50, 207, 212, 266–273, 320, 324, 325 252, 253 Peramangk, 276, 277, 300 See also Quaker peace testimony Petition, 45, 210, 211, 222, 224, 225, Palawa, 163–173, 176, 177, 181, 188, 292, 321 189, 279, 318, 326 Phelan, Mary, 188 Pardon, 92, 290 Philadelphia Yearly Meeting, 58, 59, conditional, 93 71n51, 205 full, 93, 95 Philanthropy, 45, 47, 154, 187, 205, Parkinson, Sydney, 83, 195n73 224 Parliamentary Select Committee on Philipp, John, 149 Aborigines, see Select Committee Phillips, George, 306n29 INDEX 399

Phillips, Henry Weston, 270, 271, 276 Quaker identity and practice, 10, 59, Phillips, Joseph Edward, 306n29 63, 65, 82, 109–122, 173, 181, Phillips, Margaret (née May), 274–280, 228, 243, 253, 270 300, 307n66, 308n72, 308n74, Quakerism, evangelical, 10, 45–49, 308n75, 314n193 59, 65, 81, 126, 165, 176, 181, Phillips, Maria (née May), 276, 183, 317 307n64 Quaker networks, 5, 11, 19, 24, 241, Pike’s City School Hobart, 121 261 See also Schools Quaker peace testimony, 41, 50, Police, 87, 89, 92, 95, 104, 119, 184, 53–54, 126, 272 202, 206, 207, 211, 250, 273, Quaker publication networks, 64, 108, 281, 285, 324 112, 262, 298 Police magistrate, 82, 120, 169, 206, Quakers, 3, 9, 19, 37–68, 79–129, 209, 211 145–155, 188–191, 201–213, Policing, 181, 183 220, 223, 249–253, 261–304, Port Arthur, 1, 89, 150–152, 169 315, 322–328 Portmanteau biota, 163, 164, 174, abolitionism, 42–49, 205 213, 235 Aborigines Committee, 221, 225, Port Nicholson, 175 227, 240, 241, 244, 249, 250, Port Phillip, 190 269, 295, 297, 299 Potatoes, 165, 170 Adelaide, 6, 267, 271, 291, 295, Press, 327 298, 299 Printing Committee, see Religious Australia, 5, 11, 48, 50, 82, 84, 85, Society of Friends, Printing 113, 123, 142n286, 221, 226, Committee 267, 290, 316, 327 Prisons, 3, 4, 85, 88, 95, 119, 145, education, 58, 68, 121, 125, 128, 186, 187, 221 129, 253 solitary confinement, 89, 151 endogamy, 41, 68, 124, 316 Propsting, Henry, 94 family, 3, 6, 46, 67, 68, 86, 106, Protector of Aborigines, 285, 287, 127, 161, 181, 182, 191, 211, 289 253, 264, 279, 299 South Australia, 266, 282 family networks, 47, 231 France, 62 Hobart, 6, 9, 79, 81, 82, 93, 96, Q 102, 106, 110, 123–128, 161, Quaker Aborigines Committee, see 168, 174, 186, 252 Religious Society of Friends, home, 10, 47, 126, 129, 155, 162, Aborigines Committee 182, 188–191 Quaker Atlantic, 19, 59, 60, 63, 96, Launceston, 101, 110, 123, 127, 113, 126, 182, 205 290 Quaker, evangelicalism, 45, 46, 303, North America, 4, 43, 50, 53, 68, 316 83, 84, 122, 155, 222, 226 400 INDEX

Quakers (cont.) Continental Committee, 5, 62, 63, organisation, 5, 38, 46, 66, 225 67, 77n165, 137n165, 228, role of women, 10, 24, 39–43, 297, 306n31 46–48, 66, 82, 118, 128, 182, London Yearly Meeting, 6 186, 187, 201, 220, 239, 317 Meeting for Sufferings, 5 schools, 62, 121, 124–129 (see also ministry, 83 Friends School Croydon; Respectability, 38, 81, 82, 96, 110, Friends’ School Hobart; 113, 115, 118, 127, 154, 160, Bootham Boarding School) 174, 177, 180, 270 slavery, 43–45, 290, 319, 324 The Retreat, 48 South Australia, 6, 11, 118, 261, Rhode Island Yearly Meeting, 44 264–272, 280, 282, 289–304, Ring-barking, 163 320 Risdon Cove, 204 special relations with Indigenous Risdon Cove massacre, 204 people, 320 Robinson, George Augustus, 27, 92, Tasmania, 10, 19, 20, 27–29, 53, 93, 189, 190, 202, 204, 205, 92, 101, 108, 109, 112, 118, 210–212, 221, 233–235, 263, 120, 128, 181, 188, 315, 322, 286, 290, 291, 318, 325 323 Robson, Elizabeth, 62 Van Diemen’s Land, 4, 79–129, Robson, Walter, 61 246, 250–253, 287 Rocky Hills Station, 127 Queen’s Orphan School Hobart, 189, Rodney (ship), 184 190 Rolepa, 190 Quietism, 40, 41, 48 Roving parties, 189, 206, 208, Quit rents, 170 214n28, 233, 235 Royal Proclamation 1763, 56 Royal Society of Tasmania, see Royal R Society of Van Diemen’s Land, Rajah (ship), 186 108 Rape, 45 Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land, Rayner, Elisabeth (née Goldsmith), 92 104, 108, 174, 175 Rayner, Isabella, 93 Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Rayner, Susannah (née Chapman), 174 92–94 Rufus River Massacre, 281 Rayner, William, 79, 90, 92, 93 Religious Society of Friends, 3–6, 10, 16, 23, 24, 26, 50, 67, 82–84, S 92, 109, 124, 173, 263, 287, Sabbath, observation of, 153, 269 292 St Clair people, 225 Australia, 23, 263 See also Anishinaabe Committee for Corresponding with Saints, 261 Friends Travelling Abroad, 63, Salmon, Rachel (née Cotton), 118, 228 138n191 INDEX 401

Salmon, Samuel, 118 Shackamaxon, 54, 244, 251 Same-sex practices, 119 Shawnee, 57, 220, 221 Sanders, George, 270 Sheep, 100, 164, 165, 168, 170, 172, Savory, Martha, see Yeardley, Martha 174, 182, 201, 248, 281, 318 (née Savory) meat, 172, 194n56 Schools, 4, 29, 48, 62, 105, 121, merino, 170, 172, 194n56 124–129, 139n229, 141n257, skins, 172 142n291, 143n295, 147, 160, stations, 274, 283 189, 190, 196n84, 205, 242, wool, 194n56 303, 327 Sierra Leone, 148, 159 See also Orphan School Hobart; Slave revolts, 44, 50, 53 Queen’s Orphan School Slavery, 43–45, 71n63, 175, 218, 219, Hobart; Pike’s City School 241, 243, 290, 319 Hobart; Quakers, schools Slow violence, 23, 164 Sealers, 204, 264 Society for Effecting the Abolition of See also Bass Strait community; the Slave Trade, 45 sealing Society for the Abolition of the Slave Sealing, see Bass Strait community Trade, 45 Second Day Morning Meeting of Society for the Suppression of Vice, London Yearly Meeting, 60, 62 108 Select Committee on Aborigines Soldiers, 1, 2, 50, 86, 120, 141n250, (British Settlements) of the House 192n33, 208, 215n40 of Commons, 108, 217, 221, 261 Solitary confinement, 89, 151 Seneca, 58, 59, 76n140, 205 See also Prison reform Serious Christians, 64, 229, 253 South Africa, 4, 22, 107, 145, 147, Servants, 43, 53, 68, 89, 92, 99, 152, 149, 190, 220 153, 160, 169, 177, 181–183, South Australia, 9, 11, 118, 128, 185, 188–190, 204, 208, 210, 170, 196n88, 261, 263, 264, 215n38, 233, 270 266–272, 281, 287, 289, 290, assigned, 89, 208, 215n40, 232 292, 294, 297, 300, 302, See also Assignment; Convicts; 305n11, 306n26, 309n93, Probation system 311n141, 320 Servitude, 68, 82, 92, 120 South Australia Colonisation Act See also Assignment 1834, 249, 259n153 Settler colonial expansion, 21, 22, South Australian Aborigines, 273 150, 243, 263, 319, 320, 324 South Australian Association, 261, 283 Settler colonialism, 13, 20–23, 119, South Australian Colonization 319, 320 Commission, 287 Settler colonial space|time, 253 South Australian Colonization Settler Colonial Studies, 15, 16, Commissioners, 289, 294, 21–23, 162, 315 311n135 Settler imperialism, 5, 23, 30, 149, South Australian Company, 261, 263, 222, 226, 236, 239, 269, 317 266, 282, 283, 320 402 INDEX

South Australian Constitution Act Tasmanian Aboriginal Education 1834, 261 Association, 327 South Australian Executive Council, Tasmanian lessons, 261–304 287 Tasmanian Quakers, 6, 10, 11, 26, 85, South Australian Quakers, 11, 94, 96, 104, 113, 116, 127, 161, 216n62, 221, 264, 267, 269– 162, 189, 250, 253, 264, 290, 272, 280, 282, 289–304, 316, 317, 322 305n17, 320 Terra nullius, 56, 112, 113, 164, 213, South Australian School Society, 282 227, 249, 296, 322 Southwark Monthly Meeting, 97, 98, Testimony in a court of law, 292 102, 124, 229 Thompson, James, 280, 294 Squatters, 229, 235, 248 Threlkeld, Lancelot Edward, 146 Stephen, George Milner, 281, 286, Ticket-of-leave, 169, 215n40 289, 304n3, 309n93, 309n99 Timemenidic (Timmie, Timeo or Stephen, James, 262 Adolphus), 189, 199n152 Stevenson, George, 263, 282 Toleration Act 1689, 39 Stock-keepers, 89, 204, 218, 237, Towterer, 189 239, 264, 272–274, 290, Trail of Tears, 149 307n58 Translocal community, 10, 19, 42, See also Convicts; Sheep stations 59–68, 82, 83, 316 Stolen Generations, 2, 151, 188, 205 Transportation, 40, 85, 86, 88, 93, Story, George Fordyce, 11, 104, 205, 95, 113, 119, 131n44, 170, 173, 208, 212, 230–232, 273, 282, 184–186, 270 319 See also Penal reform Sturt, Charles, 280 Transportation Act 1824, 88 Superintendent of Police, 281 Travelling ministers, 10, 27, 45, 47, Susquehannock, 57 48, 59–65, 67, 81, 101, 103, Sydney, 1, 2, 88, 95, 106, 110, 115, 106–108, 111, 113, 121, 124, 117, 189, 211, 216n62, 217, 125, 146, 147, 170, 177, 190, 221, 233, 281, 290, 312n149, 195n73, 207, 228–230, 239, 316 256n70, 268, 287, 318, 319, 323 Systematic colonization, 266, 267 Travelling under concern, 17, 60–63, 66 See also Travelling ministers T Trouwunna, 164, 195n74 Tamar River, 192n33 Tuke, Henry, 49, 65, 125 Tasmania, 2, 3, 10, 19, 20, 27–29, Tuke, Ann, 48 35n137, 47, 53, 61, 87–89, 92, Tuke, Elizabeth, 48 93, 101, 108, 109, 112, 118– Tuke, Esther (née Maud), 48 120, 128, 146, 164, 174, 175, Tuke, Sarah, 48 188, 191, 204, 206, 235, 241, Turner, Frederick Jackson, 15 266 Tyereelore, 204 INDEX 403

U Wales, 4, 131n44 UN Convention on the Prevention Walker family, 161, 182 and Punishment of the Crime of Walker, George Benson, 108 Genocide, 235 Walker, George Washington, 3, 10, United States of America, 58, 85, 222, 24, 61, 63, 102, 106, 107, 148, 225 199n151, 228, 229, 231, 232, University of Edinburgh, 104 235, 237, 240, 262, 268, 270, University of Tasmania (Utas), 6, 108, 287, 291, 311n137, 311n142 174 Walker, James Backhouse, 3, 24, 61, Upper Canada, 85, 222 63, 80–82, 94, 95, 103, 106, 108, 120, 123, 125, 129, 129n6, 130n18, 141n269, 145–155, V 205, 207, 241, 262, 268, 270, Van Diemen’s Land (VDL), 79–129, 287, 291, 293, 298, 303, 159–191, 250–253 306n31, 311n142, 319 Van Diemen’s Land Auxiliary Walker, John Ridley, 108 Temperance Society, 108 Walker, Sarah Benson (née Mather), Vandemonian Quakers, 97, 109, 117, 102, 105–107, 113, 161, 124, 127, 163, 172, 187, 253, 186–188, 190, 198n138, 250 263 Walker, Thompson, 127, 280, 294 See also Quakers, Van Diemen’s Walking Purchase 1737, 57, 58 Land Wallabies, see Kangaroos Vanishing races, 213, 237, 290, 298 Waterloo Point, 111, 112, 170, 174, Veterans, 86, 120, 141n250, 209, 232 282, 317 Waterloo Point Station, 104, 184, Victoria, 170, 190, 200n168, 214n28, 208, 211 263, 274, 281 Watson, Henry, 271, 283, 309n99 Victorian Gold Rush, 170 Watson, Martha, 270 Vigilante parties, 206 Watson, William, 221 Violence, 2, 4, 9–30, 30n8, 35n137, Wattle bark, 165 63, 75n134, 86, 112, 119, 120, Weapons, 52, 175, 180, 206, 207, 210, 164, 201, 206–208, 212, 225, 212, 245, 250, 302, 323, 325 233–235, 237, 239, 241, 243, fire arms, 226 246, 252, 253, 266, 271, 273, spears, 49, 208, 232 274, 293, 301, 319, 327 Wellesley, Arthur (First Duke of Visiting Committee Cascades Female Wellington), 86 Factory, 108 Wesleyan Methodist Church, 106 Wesleyan Missionary Society, 221 Western Australia, 292 W West Jersey, 244 Wakefield, Edward Gibbon, 266, Westminster Monthly Meeting, 93 305n24 Whalers, 264 Wakefield, Priscilla, 267 Whaling, 165, 209 404 INDEX

Whaling station, 209 Wongerneep, 189 Wheat, 165 Wood, Lydia, 129 Wheeler, Charles, 61, 141n263, 240, Woolman, John, 44, 45, 65, 125 255n50, 319 World Exhibition Paris 1855, 104 Wheeler, Daniel, 65, 73n90, 211, 221, Wyatt, William, 263, 272, 285, 295, 226, 240 311n137 Whewell, William, 218 Wybalenna, 108, 150, 189, 190, 204, Wills, Mary Ann, 118 205, 210, 234, 291, 312n146 Women, 6, 10, 24, 39–43, 46–48, 66, Wymerric, 189 69n12, 82, 90, 98, 99, 108, 117, 118, 128, 153, 160, 162, 165, 169, 182, 186, 187, 201, 204, Y 206, 219, 220, 267, 276–279, Yeardley, John, 180 281, 285, 300, 302, 317, 324 Yeardley, Martha (née Savory), 180 See also Aboriginal Tasmanians, York, 48, 95, 154 women; Convicts, women; York Monthly Meeting, 48, 81, 106, Female factories 147